Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 2, 2015

Registration No. 333-203891

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 2

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

WINGSTOP INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware 5812

47-3494862

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

5501 LBJ Freeway, 5th Floor,

Dallas, Texas 75240

(972) 686-6500

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Charles R. Morrison

President and Chief Executive Officer

Wingstop Inc.

5501 LBJ Freeway, 5th Floor,

Dallas, Texas 75240

(972) 686-6500

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

with copies to:

 

Keith M. Townsend, Esq.   Marc D. Jaffe, Esq.
King & Spalding LLP   Ian D. Schuman, Esq.
1180 Peachtree Street, N.E.   Latham & Watkins LLP
Atlanta, GA 30309   885 Third Avenue
Telephone: (404) 572-4600   New York, NY 10022
Facsimile: (404) 572-5100   Telephone: (212) 906-1200
  Facsimile: (212) 751-4864

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one):

 

Larger accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Amount to be
Registered (1)

 

Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price

Per Share (2)

  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee (3)

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  6,670,000   $14.00   $93,380,000   $10,850.76

 

 

(1) Includes 870,000 shares of common stock that may be sold if the underwriters’ exercise their option to purchase additional shares. See “Underwriters (Conflicts of Interest).”
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act.
(3) The Registrant previously paid $10,022.25 in connection with a prior filing of this Registration Statement on May 6, 2015.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued June 2, 2015

5,800,000 shares

 

 

LOGO

Common stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of Wingstop Inc. We are offering 2,150,000 shares of common stock and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering 3,650,000 shares of common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares being sold by the selling stockholders in this offering.

No public market currently exists for our shares. We have applied for listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market, or Nasdaq, under the symbol “WING.” The estimated initial public offering price is expected to be between $12.00 and $14.00 per share.

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary—Emerging Growth Company Status.”

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 18.

 

     Price to
public
     Underwriting
discounts and
commissions
     Proceeds,
before expenses

to us (1)
     Proceeds,
before expenses
to the selling
stockholders
 

Per share

   $                    $                    $                    $                

Total

   $         $         $         $     

 

(1) We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses. See “Underwriters (Conflicts of Interest).”

The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional 870,000 shares of common stock from one of the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock on or about                     , 2015.

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley    Jefferies    Baird
Goldman, Sachs & Co.    Barclays    Wells Fargo Securities

                    , 2015


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELCOME TO WINGSTOP

We’re not in the wing business. We’re in the flavor business. It’s been our mission to serve the world flavor since we first opened shop in ‘94, and we’re just getting started.

It’s flavor that defines us. It inspires our fans and fuels their crave. It’s our unfair advantage and has made Wingstop one of the fastest growing brands in the restaurant industry. We’re tough to forget. Because when you crave wings, ordinary just won’t do.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     18   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     41   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     43   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     44   

CAPITALIZATION

     45   

DILUTION

     46   

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     48   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     51   

BUSINESS

     75   

MANAGEMENT

     96   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     104   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     118   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     121   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     123   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     128   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     131   

UNDERWRITERS (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

     135   

LEGAL MATTERS

     142   

EXPERTS

     142   

CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT

     142   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     143   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free-writing prospectus we may specifically authorize to be delivered or made available to you. Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters (or any of our or their respective affiliates) authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters (or any of our or their respective affiliates) take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus or any free-writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or the time of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Until                     , 2015 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents

MARKET DATA AND FORECASTS

Unless otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus concerning economic conditions, our industry, our markets and our competitive position is based on a variety of sources, including information from independent industry analysts and publications, as well as our own estimates and research. The term “designated market area,” or “DMA,” refers to a geographic area as defined by Nielsen Media Research Company as a group of counties that make up a particular media market. Technomic, Inc. is a leading restaurant industry consulting and researching firm.

Our estimates are derived from publicly available information released by third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on such data and our knowledge of our industry, which we believe to be reasonable. None of the independent industry publications used in this prospectus were prepared on our behalf.

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

This prospectus includes our trademarks, such as WING-STOP ® ; Wing-Stop—The Wing Experts; WINGSTOP; THE WING EXPERTS and THE BONELESS WING EXPERTS, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of Wingstop Inc. or its subsidiaries. Solely for convenience, trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® , TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, the terms “Wingstop,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” and “our business” refer collectively to, prior to the completion of the reorganization described in this prospectus, Wing Stop Holding Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries and, after the completion of the reorganization, Wingstop Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. On May 28, 2015, Wing Stop Holding Corporation merged with and into Wingstop Inc., a newly formed, wholly owned Delaware subsidiary of Wing Stop Holding Corporation, with Wingstop Inc. as the surviving corporation in the merger. Wingstop Restaurants Inc. is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wingstop Inc. and is the franchisor of all Wingstop franchised restaurants and the lessee, owner and operator of all company-owned restaurants. Accordingly, any references to “Wingstop,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” or “our business” in the context of domestic and international franchising activities, domestic and international franchised restaurants and the leasing, ownership or operations of company-owned restaurants should be read as a reference to Wingstop Restaurants Inc. The term “selling stockholders” refers to the entities named herein (other than the company) that intend to sell shares in this offering. RC II WS LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, or RC II WS, is our majority stockholder.

Throughout this prospectus, we provide a number of key performance indicators used by management and typically used by our competitors in the restaurant industry, including same store sales, system-wide sales and average unit volume. Same store sales reflect the change in year-over-year sales for the same store base, which includes restaurants open for at least 52 weeks. System-wide sales include restaurant net sales at all company-owned restaurants and at all franchised restaurants, as reported by franchisees. While we do not record franchised restaurant sales as revenue, our royalty revenue is calculated based on a percentage of franchised restaurant sales, which generally range from 5.0% to 6.0% of gross sales net of discounts. Average unit volume, or AUV, consists of the average annual sales of all restaurants that have been open for a trailing 52-week period or longer. This measure is calculated by dividing sales during the applicable period for all restaurants being measured by the

 

ii


Table of Contents

number of restaurants being measured. In this prospectus, we provide AUV for domestic restaurants and company-owned restaurants. Domestic AUV includes revenue from both company-owned and franchised restaurants, which are not owned by us. Unless otherwise indicated, references to domestic same store sales and domestic AUV include both domestic franchised restaurants and domestic company-owned restaurants. These and other key performance indicators are discussed in more detail in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators.” In this prospectus, we also reference EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Prospectus Summary—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a discussion of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as well as a reconciliation of those measures to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure required by, or presented in accordance with, generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP.

Our fiscal year ends on the last Saturday of each calendar year. Our most recent fiscal year ended on December 27, 2014. Fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 were 52-week years, fiscal year 2011 was a 53-week year and fiscal years 2015 and 2016 are 52-week and 53-week years, respectively. References to fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 and references to 2014, 2013 and 2012 are references to the fiscal years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively. Our fiscal quarters are comprised of 13 weeks each, except for 53-week fiscal years for which the fourth quarter will be comprised of 14 weeks, and end on the 13 th Saturday of each quarter (14 th Saturday of the fourth quarter, when applicable). For purposes of same store sales and AUV calculations in 53-week fiscal years, we do not include the 53 rd week of the fiscal year.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights significant aspects of our business and this offering that appear later in this prospectus, but it is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before making your investment decision. You should read carefully the entire prospectus, especially the information set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

OVERVIEW

#TheWingExperts

Wingstop is a high-growth franchisor and operator of restaurants that specialize in cooked-to-order, hand-sauced and tossed chicken wings. Founded in 1994 in Garland, Texas, we believe we pioneered the concept of wings as a “center-of-the-plate” item for all of our meal occasions. We offer our guests 11 bold, distinctive and craveable flavors on our bone-in and boneless chicken wings paired with hand-cut, seasoned fries and sides made fresh daily. Our menu is highly customizable for different dining occasions, and we believe it delivers a compelling value proposition for groups, families, and individuals. Our average transaction size in 2014 was $15.61, as a result of our large, value-oriented family packs, as well as meals for two and individual combo meals, which start at approximately $8. Additionally, carry-out orders constituted approximately 75% of our sales during the same time period. Our concept has received numerous accolades, including recognition in 2014 as the “Best Chicken Wings” in the U.S. by Food and Wine , the “#3 Fastest-Growing Chain” by Nation’s Restaurant News , and the “Best Franchise Deal in North America” by QSR Magazine .

We are the largest fast casual chicken wings-focused restaurant chain in the world, and have demonstrated strong, consistent growth on a national scale. We have sold approximately 4 billion wings over the last 20 years, as we grew to 745 restaurants across 37 states and 6 countries, as of March 28, 2015. Wings are our “center-of-the-plate” specialty. While other concepts include wings as add-on menu items or focus on wings in a bar or sports-centric setting, we are singularly focused on wings, fries and sides, which generate approximately 90% of our sales. We have broad and growing consumer appeal anchored by a sought after core demographic of 18-34 year old Millennials, which we believe is a loyal consumer group that dines at fast casual restaurants more frequently. Increasing customer loyalty and brand awareness have enabled us to deliver positive domestic same store sales for 11 consecutive years through 2014, while growing our restaurant count at a 15.3% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, over the same timeframe.

As of March 28, 2015, our restaurant base was 97% franchised, with 726 franchised locations (including 45 international locations) and 19 company-owned restaurants. We believe our simple and efficient restaurant operating model, low initial cash investment and compelling restaurant economics help drive continued system growth through both existing and new franchisees. Our “wings, fries, sides, repeat” restaurant operating model requires few ingredients and easy preparation within a small, flexible real estate footprint. We believe we offer an attractive investment opportunity for our franchisees as evidenced by our domestic average sales-to-investment ratio of 2.9x and the 43.4% increase in domestic restaurant count since the end of 2011. We believe our asset-light, highly-franchised business model generates strong operating margins and requires low capital expenditures, creating shareholder value through strong and consistent free cash flow and capital-efficient growth.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

#ExceptionalFinancialPerformance

We believe our bold flavors, compelling value proposition, strong base of franchisees, growing brand awareness and focused development strategy drive strong operating results, as illustrated by the following:

 

    Domestic restaurant count has increased 43.4% since the end of 2011, with the pace of restaurant openings increasing each year;

 

    We have grown domestic same store sales 11 consecutive years through 2014, which includes three-year cumulative domestic same store sales growth of 36.2% since 2011; and

 

    On a year-over-year basis, for fiscal year 2014, our total revenue increased by 14.3% to $67.4 million, our Adjusted EBITDA increased by 25.0% to $24.4 million, our Adjusted EBITDA margin increased 310 basis points to 36.1%, and our net income increased by 19.3% to $9.0 million. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP metric, to net income, see “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

The graphs below highlight the consistency of our exceptional performance and growth across our key metrics, including restaurant expansion and system-wide sales, domestic same store sales and domestic AUV. Each of the graphs below include information regarding franchised restaurants and company-owned restaurants.

 

LOGO

 

(1) The percentage of system-wide sales attributable to company-owned restaurants for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, December 29, 2012, December 28, 2013 and December 27, 2014 was 6.0%, 5.8%, 5.2% and 4.3%, respectively. The remainder was generated by franchised restaurants, as reported by our franchisees. Our total revenue during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, December 29, 2012, December 28, 2013 and December 27, 2014 was $46.1 million, $51.6 million, $59.0 million and $67.4 million, respectively.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

OUR STRENGTHS

#UnleashTheFlavor

Wingstop is the destination when our guests crave fresh, cooked-to-order wings with bold, layered flavors that touch all of the senses. People who prioritize flavor prioritize Wingstop—because it is more than a meal, it is a flavor experience. We speak in bold, distinctive and craveable flavors. Our dialect is our 11 proprietary flavors, presented here in order from most spicy to least:

 

 

LOGO

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Our diverse flavor offerings allow our guests to customize their experience. All of our wings are cooked-to-order, hand-sauced and tossed and served fresh to our guests for dine-in or carry-out. We never use heat lamps or microwaves in the preparation of our food. To complement our wings, we serve hand-cut, freshly-prepared seasoned fries, crafted from carefully-selected whole Russet potatoes. We complete the flavor experience with fresh carrots and celery and ranch and bleu cheese dips made from buttermilk in-house daily, as well as freshly-prepared side items, including coleslaw, bourbon baked beans, potato salad and freshly-baked yeast rolls. We believe our bold and distinctive flavors leave our guests craving more and create a differentiated and tailor-made flavor experience that drives repeat business and brand loyalty.

Our customizable menu and craveable flavors drive demand across multiple day-parts and occasions. Our 11 flavors, signature fries, freshly-prepared sides and numerous order options (eat-in / to go, individual / combo meals / family packs) allow guests to eat Wingstop during any occasion, whether it is a quick carry-out snack, dine-in dinner with friends or picking up a party size order for their favorite sporting event. Since our inception, we have received numerous accolades from both consumers and industry-leading publications for the quality of our food offering and strong brand appeal, including:

 

    “Best Chicken Wings in the U.S.,” Food and Wine (2014); and

 

    “Best Menu Variety and Best Craveability,” Nation’s Restaurant News (2014).

#CompellingUnitEconomics

We believe the growing popularity of the Wingstop experience and the operational simplicity of our restaurants translate into attractive economics at our franchised and company-owned locations. Our compelling franchisee investment opportunity has been recognized across the industry, including by QSR magazine , which in 2014 named us “The Best Franchise Deal in North America” amongst fast casual and QSR brands. Additionally, existing franchisees accounted for approximately 69% of franchised restaurants opened in 2013 and 2014, which we believe further underscores our restaurant model’s financial appeal.

Our restaurants do not generally experience a “honeymoon” period of higher sales upon opening, but instead typically build year over year. Our domestic AUV has grown consistently, achieving $1.07 million during fiscal year 2014. In addition, new restaurant sales volumes in the first year of operation have improved 43% since 2006, with the 2013 new restaurants openings averaging approximately $820,000 during their first 52 weeks of operations, accelerating our franchisees’ return on investment. Our restaurants are approximately 1,700 square feet on average and yield average sales per square foot of $631 based on 2014 domestic AUV due to the high average domestic carry-out mix of 75% in 2014. Our operational simplicity results in low labor costs, further improving the profitability of our concept. Our operating model targets a low average estimated initial investment of approximately $370,000, excluding real estate purchase or lease costs and pre-opening expenses. In year two of operation, we believe that, on average, our franchisees can achieve an unlevered cash-on-cash return, which is defined as restaurant-level operating profit after royalties and advertising fund contributions, divided by initial investment costs, of approximately 35% to 40%. We believe low entry costs and high returns provide a compelling investment opportunity for our franchisees that has helped drive the continued growth of our system.

#ProvenPortability

Our concept is successful across the United States, with restaurants operating in 37 states across varying geographic regions, population densities and real estate settings. We have had positive same store sales growth across a wide variety of major markets over the last three years, including Dallas / Ft. Worth, Los Angeles, the San Francisco Bay area, Chicago, Houston, San Antonio, Miami, Denver, Sacramento and Memphis. Broad appeal and the simplicity of our restaurant operating model have supported our success across the country. While our concept has succeeded in a variety of real estate formats and locations, our preferred real estate site is an

 

 

4


Table of Contents

in-line or end-cap retail strip center location available in most shopping centers. The flexibility of our real estate model coupled with the broad appeal of our food has enabled us and our franchisees to locate profitable restaurants in both urban and suburban areas throughout the country. Accordingly, we believe our concept is well-positioned for continued system growth in both existing and new markets.

#SocialEngagement

We believe we have developed a broad, loyal and diverse guest base which is attracted to Wingstop by the unique flavor experience, product quality, brand personality and the convivial nature of eating wings. While we appeal to a broad demographic, we have been particularly successful at actively engaging the coveted Millennial consumer. Millennials leverage technology via smartphones and social media to connect with each other, search out dining experiences and voice their opinions, and we engage them on all of these fronts. We take pride in connecting with our guests, both inside and outside of our restaurants.

We believe much of our growth is attributable to our focus on meaningful consumer engagement, fueled by social media. We actively engage our core audience in conversation through key social media channels, which in turn drives our editorial calendar and advertising content. As of March 28, 2015, we had 908,196 Facebook followers, 93,942 Twitter followers and 26,705 Instagram followers, representing year-over-year growth of 220%, 137% and 425%, respectively. According to a report published by Forbes in November 2014, 30% of our almost 1 million followers across all social media platforms engage with our content over a period of 30 days, compared to an average 3% for the top 25 restaurants in social media cited in the same study. Our social game is just as strong as our wing game and we believe that this continues to inspire brand loyalty and repeat visits to our restaurants.

#StrengthInNumbers

We have demonstrated a consistent track record of strong financial performance:

 

    Domestic same store sales increased 13.8% in 2012, 9.9% in 2013 and 12.5% in 2014, representing three year cumulative domestic same store sales growth of 36.2%, driven primarily by an increase in transactions, which demonstrates the growing awareness and popularity of our brand;

 

    Our domestic same store sales growth is even more meaningful given that we have had 11 consecutive years of positive same store sales;

 

    From 2012 to 2014, our system-wide sales increased from $457 million to $679 million, which represents growth of 48.4% over the period;

 

    Total revenue increased from $51.6 million in 2012, to $59.0 million in 2013, to $67.4 million in 2014, our Adjusted EBITDA increased from $15.6 million, to $19.5 million, to $24.4 million, respectively, and our net income grew from $3.6 million, to $7.5 million, to $9.0 million, respectively; and

 

    From 2012 to 2014, our Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 30.3% in 2012, to 33.0% in 2013, to 36.1% in 2014, while our capital expenditures were 3.1%, 3.6% and 2.2% of revenue, respectively, leading to high cash flow conversion.

#OurCrew

Our strategic vision and results-driven culture are directed by our executive management team under the leadership of our President and Chief Executive Officer, Charlie Morrison. Charlie joined Wingstop in 2012, bringing more than 20 years of experience in the restaurant and multi-unit retail industry, including leadership positions at Pizza Hut, Boston Market, Kinko’s, Steak & Ale and, most recently, Rave Restaurant Group, where

 

 

5


Table of Contents

he served as Chief Executive Officer and led the creation of the award winning Pie Five restaurant concept. Charlie is supported by a strong executive team with significant retail and restaurant experience. Bill Engen, our Chief Operating Officer, previously was the Senior Vice President of Eastern Operations at 7-Eleven, overseeing approximately 4,000 stores. Our Chief Financial Officer, Mike Mravle, came to us from Bloomin’ Brands, where he was the Chief Financial Officer of the U.S. segment. Heading up our marketing efforts is Flynn Dekker, who has over 20 years of experience and was previously the Chief Marketing Officer of Fogo de Chao and Rave Restaurant Group. Dave Vernon, our Chief Development Officer, joined us from Sonic Corporation, where he was Vice President of Franchise Sales, and brings 25 years of experience in the restaurant industry to oversee our franchise development efforts. Jay Young, our General Counsel, joined us from CEC Entertainment Inc., the parent company of Chuck E. Cheese, where he was Senior Vice President and General Counsel. Completing our executive team is Stacy Peterson, our Chief Information Officer, who has over 15 years of information technology experience at multi-unit retailers, including Blockbuster and Kinko’s. We believe our management team is a key driver of our success and positions us well for long-term growth.

OUR GROWTH STRATEGY

#SpreadOurWings

We believe that there is significant opportunity to expand in the United States, and we intend to focus our efforts on increasing our geographic penetration in both existing and new markets. We believe our highly-franchised model positions us for continued strong unit growth over the medium and long-term. We expect high franchisee demand for our brand, supported by compelling unit economics, operational simplicity, low entry costs and flexible real estate profile, to drive domestic restaurant growth. Based on our internal analysis, we believe there is opportunity for our brand to grow to approximately 2,500 restaurants across the United States.

We intend to achieve our domestic restaurant potential by expanding in our existing markets, where we believe we have the opportunity to more than double our current restaurant count. In addition, we will continue to expand into new markets. Our “inside out” domestic market expansion strategy focuses our initial development in urban centers where our core demographic is most densely populated and then builds outward into suburban areas as our brand awareness grows in the market. We have a robust domestic development pipeline including 503 total commitments to open new franchised restaurants as of December 27, 2014. Approximately 63% of our current domestic commitments are from existing franchisees, supporting the attractiveness of our restaurant business model as well as our positive franchisor / franchisee relationships. We believe that our highly-franchised business model provides a platform for continued growth as it allows us to focus on our core strengths of flavor innovation, marketing and guest engagement, and franchisee selection and support, while growing our restaurant presence and brand recognition with limited capital investment by us.

We also believe that there is significant international growth opportunity. We opened our first international location in Mexico in 2009. As of March 28, 2015, we had 45 international restaurants located in Indonesia, Mexico, the Philippines, Russia and Singapore, all of which were franchised. In 2014, we opened 20 international locations. We had 310 international restaurant commitments as of December 27, 2014, and our first location in the United Arab Emirates opened in April 2015. We believe that our restaurant operating model will translate well internationally based on our small real estate footprint, our simplicity of operations, the universal and broad appeal of chicken, and our ability to customize our wide variety of flavors to local tastes.

#KeepItGrowing

 

  Flavor Innovation

We plan to leverage flavor innovation to drive restaurant traffic and social media engagement. We do not have limited time offers; instead, we have limited time “flavor events” that pique our guests’ interest and drive

 

 

6


Table of Contents

frequency of visit. We approach additions to our menu as a conversation between us and our guests and make changes only after intense scrutiny in our test kitchen. For example, our Mango Habanero flavor was introduced as a limited time flavor event. When the flavor event ended, overwhelming demand from our highly-engaged social following to bring it back influenced us to return it to the menu as a permanent flavor. We do not believe in “off-the-shelf” flavors and are careful not to crowd the menu with too many flavors or any flavors the development of which has not received the attention and care that our guests expect. We anticipate that our powerful and selective flavor innovation will continue to drive domestic same store sales growth.

 

  Improve Efficiency to Drive Sales

We are making focused investments in technology and restaurant design to increase the efficiency of our model and drive increased revenue. We are in the process of rolling out a single integrated point-of-sale system, or POS system. We also launched an updated online ordering system and mobile ordering application, or app, in 2014, that simplifies the ordering process and integrates into our POS system, uniting online and register ordering across our system for the first time. We believe that we can continue to grow sales through integration of orders through our website and app. As an example, since the implementation of our new online ordering platform and app in September 2014, online ordering increased from less than 7% of sales during the nine months preceding the launch of the new online ordering platform and app to over 11% of sales during the first quarter of 2015. Additionally, average transaction size for online orders is approximately $4 higher than the average for all other orders. As guests’ ordering preferences continue to shift online, we will implement a new front counter design in our existing and new restaurants, creating a dedicated queuing area for guests to efficiently pick up their prepaid online orders.

 

  Grow Brand Awareness

We believe our strong domestic same store sales growth has been supported by growing brand awareness as our concept has expanded. Franchisees in our 13 most penetrated markets have formed advertising co-ops at our direction to leverage their collective local marketing spend to buy traditional and digital media more efficiently. As our restaurant base continues to grow and we further penetrate existing and new markets, we expect to add more advertising co-ops in markets where efficient media purchasing can be achieved. Over time, we believe increased marketing funds contributed to our ad fund combined with local co-op spending will yield sufficient funds to efficiently purchase traditional and digital media nationally to further expand our brand recognition.

 

  Leverage Social Media

We expect that our advertising will become more cost-effective and drive system-wide revenue more efficiently as we grow in scale and further increase our use of social media to activate interest from our guests. We believe social media is a cost-effective way of targeting existing and new guests, as we do not have to purchase as much advertising through more expensive forms of traditional media. Furthermore, we believe that our strong and growing social media presence will drive more orders through our online portals.

#CreateShareholderValue

We expect our asset-light, highly-franchised business model to generate strong operating margins and consistent free cash flow as a result of low capital expenditures and working capital needs. As we execute our growth strategy, we believe we will continue to grow revenue and leverage our cost infrastructure, generating continued earnings growth and strong free cash flow, which will create additional equity value for our shareholders.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

CORPORATE AND OTHER INFORMATION

The first Wingstop restaurant opened in July 1994. Our operating company, Wingstop Restaurants Inc., was incorporated in November 1996 and began offering franchises for Wingstop restaurants in May 1997. The first franchised restaurant opened in April 1998. On April 9, 2010, Wingstop Holdings, Inc., the holding company for Wingstop Restaurants Inc., was acquired by Wing Stop Holding Corporation. As of March 28, 2015, we were the franchisor of 726 restaurants and owned and operated 19 restaurants for a total of 745 system-wide restaurants in 37 states and 6 countries.

Our principal executive offices are located at 5501 LBJ Freeway, 5th Floor, Dallas, Texas 75240, and our telephone number at that address is (972) 686-6500. Our website is located at www.wingstop.com. Our website, and the information on our website, is neither part of this prospectus nor incorporated by reference herein.

THE REORGANIZATION

Wingstop Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on March 18, 2015, as a wholly owned subsidiary of Wing Stop Holding Corporation. On May 28, 2015, Wing Stop Holding Corporation merged with and into Wingstop Inc., with Wingstop Inc. as the surviving corporation in the merger.

Pursuant to the merger, each holder of Wing Stop Holding Corporation common stock received 0.545 shares of common stock of Wingstop Inc. for each one share of Wing Stop Holding Corporation with fractional shares being cashed out and each option to purchase common stock of Wing Stop Holding Corporation was assumed by Wingstop Inc. and converted into an option to purchase 0.545 shares of common stock of Wingstop Inc. for each one share of Wing Stop Holding Corporation with the remaining terms of each such option remaining unchanged, except as was necessary to reflect the reorganization. 48,497,594 shares of Wing Stop Holding Corporation common stock were converted into 26,431,182 shares of common stock of Wingstop Inc. in connection with the reorganization. The Wing Stop Holding Corporation shares were then cancelled and retired. The following chart illustrates our organizational structure upon completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock:

 

LOGO

 

(1) The franchisor of all Wingstop franchised restaurants and the lessee, owner and operator of all company-owned restaurants.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk, and our ability to successfully operate our business is subject to numerous risks, including those that are generally associated with our industry. Any of the risks set forth in this prospectus under the heading “Risk Factors” may limit our ability to successfully execute our business strategy. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific risks set forth in this prospectus under the heading “Risk Factors” in deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The following is a summary of some of the principal risks we face:

 

    if we fail to successfully implement our growth strategy, which includes opening new domestic and international restaurants, our ability to increase our revenue and operating profits could be adversely affected;

 

    our financial results are affected by the operating results of our and our franchisees existing restaurants;

 

    our results of operations and growth strategy depend in significant part on the success of our franchisees, and we are subject to a variety of additional risks associated with our franchisees;

 

    if we fail to identify, recruit and contract with a sufficient number of qualified franchisees, our ability to open new franchise restaurants and increase our revenue could be materially adversely affected;

 

    our franchisees could take actions that could harm our business;

 

    interruptions in the supply of product to company-owned restaurants and franchisees could adversely affect our revenue;

 

    our success depends on our ability to compete with many other restaurants;

 

    reliance on past increases in our domestic same store sales or our average weekly sales as an indication of our future results of operations;

 

    our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly, resulting in a decline in our stock price; and

 

    expansion into new markets presents increased risks.

EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY STATUS

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, which permits us to elect not to be subject to certain disclosure and other requirements that otherwise would have been applicable to us had we not been an “emerging growth company.” These provisions include:

 

    only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus;

 

    reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

    no requirement for non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

 

    exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time as we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We will qualify as an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of (1) the last

 

 

9


Table of Contents

day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of completion of this offering, (2) the last day of our fiscal year in which we have annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more, (3) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt, and (4) the last day of the fiscal year in which we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Under this definition, we will be an “emerging growth company” upon completion of this offering and could remain an “emerging growth company” until as late as December 26, 2020.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER

Roark Capital Partners II, LP and Roark Capital Partners Parallel II, LP, which we refer to in this prospectus, along with RC II WS (but excluding us and other companies that they own as a result of their investment activity), as Roark, are part of an Atlanta-based private equity firm with over $6 billion in equity capital commitments raised since inception. Roark and its affiliates invest primarily in consumer, business and environmental service companies with a specialization around franchised and multi-unit business models in the retail, restaurant and consumer services sectors. Immediately prior to this offering, Roark beneficially owned 84.5% of our outstanding common stock, and will beneficially own approximately 69.9% of our common stock immediately following consummation of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock. Therefore, Roark will be able to have a significant effect over fundamental and significant corporate matters and transactions. For example, we currently expect that, following this offering, four of the seven members of our board of directors will be employees of Roark Capital Management, LLC, which is an affiliate of Roark, and that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the doctrine of corporate opportunity will not apply against Roark, or any of our directors who are employees of or affiliated with Roark. Accordingly, the interests of Roark may supersede ours, causing it or its affiliates to compete against us or to pursue opportunities instead of us, for which we have no recourse. We also expect to be a “controlled company” under Nasdaq corporate governance standards and to take advantage of the corporate governance exceptions related thereto. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock.”

 

 

10


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

2,150,000 shares.

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

3,650,000 shares (or 4,520,000 shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from one of the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus is exercised in full).

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

28,581,182 shares.

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock

The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional 870,000 shares of common stock from one of the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) we will receive proceeds from the offering of approximately $22.9 million after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the proceeds from this offering (i) for the repayment of debt, (ii) to pay a fee in connection with the termination of our management agreement with Roark Capital Management, LLC and (iii) other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.” We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

Principal stockholder

Upon completion of this offering, RC II WS will continue to own a controlling interest in us. Accordingly, we currently intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exemption under the corporate governance rules of Nasdaq.

 

Dividend policy

We currently expect to retain all future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and repayment of debt; therefore, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy” below.

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved 5.0% of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase shares, this will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the public.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Risk factors

You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” of this prospectus and all other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

 

Conflicts of Interest

The net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay borrowings under our senior secured credit facility. Because an affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is a lender under our senior secured credit facility and will receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA. As a result, this offering will be conducted in accordance with FINRA Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of FINRA Rule 5121. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Underwriters (Conflicts of Interest).”

 

Proposed Nasdaq ticker symbol

“WING”

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus relating to the number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding following this offering:

 

    gives effect to the reorganization;

 

    excludes, as of March 28, 2015, 1,356,262 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.03 per share;

 

    excludes 2,143,589 shares reserved for future issuance under our new equity compensation plan, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same;

 

    assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from one of the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus; and

 

    an initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

 

 

12


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

Wingstop Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on March 18, 2015. On May 28, 2015, Wing Stop Holding Corporation merged with and into Wingstop Inc., with Wingstop Inc. as the surviving corporation in the merger. Pursuant to the merger, each holder of Wing Stop Holding Corporation common stock received 0.545 shares of common stock of Wingstop Inc. for each one share of Wing Stop Holding Corporation and each option to purchase common stock of Wing Stop Holding Corporation was assumed by Wingstop Inc. and converted into an option to purchase 0.545 shares of common stock of Wingstop Inc. for each one share of Wing Stop Holding Corporation with the remaining terms of each such option remaining unchanged, except as was necessary to reflect the reorganization. The following tables set forth the financial statements of Wingstop Inc., giving effect to the reorganization. All references to per share amounts in the table below have been adjusted to reflect the reorganization retrospectively.

We derived the financial information for the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the financial information for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Wingstop utilizes a 52- or 53-week fiscal year that ends on the last Saturday of the calendar year. The fiscal years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 included 52 weeks. The first three quarters of our fiscal year consist of 13 weeks and our fourth quarter consists of 13 weeks for 52-week fiscal years and 14 weeks for 53-week fiscal years.

The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. This information should be read in conjunction with “Risk Factors,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and each of their related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Thirteen weeks ended     Year ended  
(in thousands)   March 28,
2015
    March 29,
2014
    December 27,
2014
    December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

         

Revenue:

         

Royalty revenue and franchise fees

  $ 11,157      $ 8,659      $ 38,032      $ 30,202      $ 25,057   

Company-owned restaurant sales

    7,869        8,015        29,417        28,797        26,534   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  19,026      16,674      67,449      58,999      51,591   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost and expenses:

Cost of sales

  5,736      5,311      20,473      22,176      21,262   

Selling, general and administrative

  7,676      4,761      26,006      18,913      15,896   

Depreciation and amortization

  663      815      2,904      3,030      2,930   

Earn-out obligation

  —        —        —        —        2,500   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

  14,075      10,887      49,383      44,119      42,588   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

  4,951      5,787      18,066      14,880      9,003   

Interest expense, net

  787      1,016      3,684      2,863      2,431   

Other (income) expense, net

  29      23      84      (6   (8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

  4,135      4,748      14,298      12,023      6,580   

Income tax expense

  1,581      1,764      5,312      4,493      3,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

$ 2,554    $ 2,984    $ 8,986    $ 7,530    $ 3,580   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Data:

Net cash provided by operating activities

  2,520      5,763    $ 14,370    $ 10,906    $ 10,421   

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  (99   707      (363   (2,144   (1,447

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  (9,242   198      (7,457   (9,842   (6,902
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

$ (6,821 $ 6,668    $ 6,550    $ (1,080 $ 2,072   

 

 

13


Table of Contents
     Thirteen weeks ended     Year ended  
(in thousands, except share, per share and unit data)    March 28,
2015
    March 29,
2014
    December 27,
2014
    December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

Per Share Data:

          

Earnings per share:

          

Basic

     $ 0.10      $ 0.12      $ 0.35      $ 0.30      $ 0.14   

Diluted

     $ 0.10      $ 0.11        0.34        0.29        0.14   

Weighted average shares outstanding:

          

Basic

     26,290        25,621        25,846        25,168        24,746   

Diluted

     26,607        26,053        26,204        25,648        25,338   

Pro forma earnings per share (1):

          

Basic

     0.09          0.32       

Diluted

     0.09          0.32       

Selected Other Data (2):

          

Number of system-wide restaurants open at end of period

     745        627        712        614        546   

Number of domestic company restaurants open at end of period

     19        19        19        24        23   

Number of domestic franchise restaurants open at end of period

     681        587        652        569        510   

Number of international franchise restaurants open at end of period

     45        21        41        21        13   

System-wide sales (3)

     $199,217      $ 162,764      $ 678,771      $ 549,904      $ 457,315   

Domestic restaurant AUV

     N/A        N/A      $ 1,073      $ 974      $ 902   

Company-owned domestic AUV

     N/A        N/A      $ 1,504      $ 1,206      $ 1,126   

Number of restaurants opened (during period)

     34        14        102        74        57   

Number of restaurants closed (during period)

     1        1        4        6        10   

Company-owned restaurants refranchised (during period)

     —          —          5        —          1   

EBITDA (4)

     $ 5,585      $ 6,579      $ 20,886      $ 17,916      $ 11,941   

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

     $ 7,194      $ 6,715      $ 24,378      $ 19,495      $ 15,615   

Adjusted EBITDA margin (5)

     37.8     40.3     36.1     33.0     30.3

Same Store Sales Data (6):

          

Domestic same store base (end of period)

     603        538        589        527        482   

Change in domestic same store sales

     10.7     9.7     12.5     9.9     13.8

 

     As of March 28, 2015  
     (unaudited)  
(in thousands)    Actual     Pro forma (7)(8)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,902      $ 2,902   

Total assets

     114,071        114,071   

Total long-term debt (including current portion)

     132,500        112,900   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (54,048     (31,097

 

(1) See note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements and note 13 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements.
(2) See the definitions of key performance indicators under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators.”

 

 

14


Table of Contents
(3) The percentage of system-wide sales attributable to company-owned restaurants was 3.9% and 4.9% for the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014, respectively, and was 4.3%, 5.2% and 5.8% for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively. The remainder was generated by franchised restaurants, as reported by our franchisees.
(4) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, U.S. GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measurements of our financial performance under U.S. GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income or any other performance measure derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP, or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of our liquidity.

We define “EBITDA” as net income before interest expense, net, income tax expense, and depreciation and amortization. We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as EBITDA further adjusted for management fees and expense reimbursement, transaction costs, gains and losses on the disposal of assets, stock-based compensation expense and earn-out obligation. We caution investors that amounts presented in accordance with our definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by our competitors, because not all companies and analysts calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner. We present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA because we consider them to be important supplemental measures of our performance and believe they are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry. Management believes that investors’ understanding of our performance is enhanced by including these non-GAAP financial measures as a reasonable basis for comparing our ongoing results of operations. Many investors are interested in understanding the performance of our business by comparing our results from ongoing operations period over period and would ordinarily add back non-cash expenses such as depreciation and amortization, as well as items that are not part of normal day-to-day operations of our business.

Management uses EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

 

    as a measurement of operating performance because they assist us in comparing the operating performance of our restaurants on a consistent basis, as they remove the impact of items not directly resulting from our core operations;

 

    for planning purposes, including the preparation of our internal annual operating budget and financial projections;

 

    to evaluate the performance and effectiveness of our operational strategies;

 

    to evaluate our capacity to fund capital expenditures and expand our business; and

 

    to calculate incentive compensation payments for our employees, including assessing performance under our annual incentive compensation plan and determining the vesting of performance shares.

By providing these non-GAAP financial measures, together with a reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP measure, we believe we are enhancing investors’ understanding of our business and our results of operations, as well as assisting investors in evaluating how well we are executing our strategic initiatives. Items excluded from these non-GAAP measures are significant components in understanding and assessing financial performance. In addition, the instruments governing our indebtedness use EBITDA (with additional adjustments) to measure our compliance with covenants such as fixed charge coverage, lease adjusted leverage and debt incurrence. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation, or as an alternative to, or a substitute for net income or other financial statement data presented in our consolidated financial statements as indicators of financial performance. Some of the limitations are:

 

    such measures do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

    such measures do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

 

15


Table of Contents
    such measures do not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

    such measures do not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

 

    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future and such measures do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

 

    other companies in our industry may calculate such measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

Due to these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our U.S. GAAP results and using these non-GAAP measures only supplementally. As noted in the table below, Adjusted EBITDA includes adjustments for transaction costs, gains and losses on disposal of assets and stock-based compensation, among other items. It is reasonable to expect that these items will occur in future periods. However, we believe these adjustments are appropriate because the amounts recognized can vary significantly from period to period, do not directly relate to the ongoing operations of our restaurants and complicate comparisons of our internal operating results and operating results of other restaurant companies over time. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA includes adjustments for other items that we do not expect to regularly record following this offering, such as management fees and expense reimbursement. Each of the normal recurring adjustments and other adjustments described in this paragraph and in the reconciliation table below help management with a measure of our core operating performance over time by removing items that are not related to day-to-day operations.

The following table reconciles EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial performance measure, which is net income:

 

     Thirteen weeks ended      Year ended  
(in thousands)    March 28,
2015
     March 29,
2014
     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
     December 29,
2012
 

Net income

     $2,554         $2,984       $ 8,986       $ 7,530       $ 3,580   

Interest expense, net

     787         1,016         3,684         2,863         2,431   

Income tax expense

     1,581         1,764         5,312         4,493         3,000   

Depreciation and amortization

     663         815         2,904         3,030         2,930   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $5,585      $6,579    $ 20,886    $ 17,916    $ 11,941   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Management fees (a)

  117      114      449      436      422   

Transaction costs (b)

  1,303      5      2,169      395      308   

Gains and losses on disposal of assets (c)

  —        (86)      (86   —        (20

Stock-based compensation expense (d)

  189      103      960      748      464   

Earn-out obligation (e)

  —        —        —        —        2,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $7,194      $6,715    $ 24,378    $ 19,495    $ 15,615   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a) Includes management fees and other out-of-pocket expenses paid to Roark Capital Management, LLC.
  (b) Represents costs and expenses related to refinancings of our credit agreement and our initial public offering.
  (c) Represents non-cash gains and losses resulting from the sale of company-owned restaurants to a franchisee and associated goodwill impairment.

 

 

16


Table of Contents
  (d) Includes non-cash, stock-based compensation.
  (e) Represents an earn-out payment made to our prior owner based on us achieving revenue benchmarks specified in the acquisition agreement governing our purchase. There are no further obligations related to the earn-out remaining under the acquisition agreement.
(5) Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to total revenue. We present Adjusted EBITDA margin because it is used by management as a performance measurement of Adjusted EBITDA generated from total revenue. See footnote 4 above for a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA as a non-GAAP measure and a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.
(6) We define the domestic same store base to include those domestic restaurants open for at least 52 full weeks. Change in domestic same store sales reflects the change in year-over-year sales for the domestic same store base.
(7) The pro forma balance sheet data gives effect to (i) the sale by us of 2,150,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses paid by us and (ii) the application of the net proceeds from this offering to us as described under “Use of Proceeds.”
(8) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) on a pro forma basis by approximately $2.0 million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to Our Business

If we fail to successfully implement our growth strategy, which includes opening new restaurants, our ability to increase our revenue and operating profits could be adversely affected.

Our growth strategy relies substantially upon new restaurant development by existing and new franchisees. While we believe there is opportunity for our brand to grow to up to approximately 2,500 domestic restaurants over the long term, we do not currently target a specific number of annual new restaurant openings over a multi-year period. Therefore, we cannot predict the time period over which we can achieve this level of domestic restaurant growth or whether we will achieve this level of growth at all. In addition, we and our franchisees face many challenges in opening new restaurants, including:

 

    availability of financing;

 

    selection and availability of suitable restaurant locations;

 

    competition for restaurant sites;

 

    negotiation of acceptable lease and financing terms;

 

    securing required governmental permits and approvals;

 

    consumer tastes in new geographic regions and acceptance of our products;

 

    employment and training of qualified personnel;

 

    impact of inclement weather, natural disasters, and other acts of nature;

 

    general economic and business conditions; and

 

    the general legal and regulatory landscape in which we and our restaurants operate.

In particular, because the majority of our new restaurant development is funded by franchisee investment, our growth strategy is dependent on our franchisees’ (or prospective franchisees’) ability to access funds to finance such development. We do not provide our franchisees with direct financing and therefore their ability to access borrowed funds generally depends on their independent relationships with various financial institutions. Some of our existing franchisees utilize loans guaranteed by the U.S. Small Business Administration, or SBA, which guarantees loans made by financial institutions to small businesses in the U.S., including franchisees. If SBA guaranteed loans are no longer available to our franchisees (or potential franchisees), their ability to obtain the requisite financing at attractive rates, or at all, could be adversely affected. Moreover, if our franchisees (or prospective franchisees) are not able to obtain financing from any source at commercially reasonable rates, or at all, they may be unwilling or unable to invest in the development of new restaurants, and our future growth could be adversely affected.

To the extent our franchisees are unable to open new restaurants as we anticipate, our revenue growth would come primarily from growth in comparable store sales. Our failure to add a significant number of new restaurants or grow domestic same store sales would adversely affect our ability to increase our revenue and operating income and could materially and adversely harm our business and operating results.

Our business and results of operations depend significantly upon the success of our and our franchisees’ existing restaurants.

Our business and results of operations are significantly dependent upon the success of our franchisees and our company-owned restaurants. We and our franchisees may be adversely affected by:

 

    declining economic conditions;

 

    increased competition in the restaurant industry;

 

18


Table of Contents
    changes in consumer tastes and preferences;

 

    demographic trends;

 

    customers’ budgeting constraints;

 

    customers’ willingness to accept menu price increases;

 

    adverse weather conditions;

 

    our reputation and consumer perception of our concepts’ offerings in terms of quality, price, value and service; and

 

    customers’ experiences in our restaurants.

Our company-owned restaurants and our franchisees are also susceptible to increases in certain key operating expenses that are either wholly or partially beyond our control, including:

 

    food, particularly bone-in chicken wings, which we do not or cannot effectively hedge;

 

    labor costs, including wage, workers’ compensation, minimum wage requirements, health care and other benefits expenses;

 

    rent expenses and construction, remodeling, maintenance and other costs under leases for our existing and new restaurants;

 

    compliance costs as a result of changes in legal, regulatory or industry standards;

 

    energy, water and other utility costs;

 

    insurance costs;

 

    information technology and other logistical costs; and

 

    expenses associated with legal proceedings and regulatory compliance.

Our business and results of operations depend in significant part on the future performance of existing and new franchise restaurants, and we are subject to a variety of additional risks associated with our franchisees.

A substantial portion of our revenue comes from royalties generated by our franchised restaurants. We anticipate that franchise royalties will represent a substantial part of our revenue in the future. As of March 28, 2015, we had 264 domestic franchisees operating 681 domestic restaurants and 6 international franchisees operating 45 international restaurants. Our largest franchisee operated 46 restaurants and our top 10 franchisees operated a total of 186 restaurants as of March 28, 2015. Accordingly, we are reliant on the performance of our franchisees in successfully operating their restaurants and paying royalties to us on a timely basis. Our franchise system subjects us to a number of risks, any one of which may impact our ability to collect royalty payments from our franchisees, may harm the goodwill associated with our franchise, and may materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our franchisees are an integral part of our business. We may be unable to successfully implement our growth strategy without the participation of our franchisees. Franchisees may fail to participate in our marketing initiatives, which could materially adversely affect their sales trends, average weekly sales and results of operations. The failure of our franchisees to focus on the fundamentals of restaurant operations, such as quality, service and cleanliness, would have a negative impact on our success. In addition, if our franchisees fail to renew their franchise agreements, our royalty revenue may decrease which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. It also may be difficult for us to monitor our international franchisees’ implementation of our growth strategy due to our lack of personnel in the markets served by such franchisees.

Furthermore, a bankruptcy of any multi-unit franchisee could negatively impact our ability to collect payments due under such franchisee’s franchise agreements. In a franchisee bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee

 

19


Table of Contents

may reject its franchise agreements pursuant to Section 365 under the United States bankruptcy code, in which case there would be no further royalty payments from such franchisee. There can be no assurance as to the proceeds, if any, that may ultimately be recovered in a bankruptcy proceeding of such franchisee in connection with a damage claim resulting from such rejection.

If we fail to identify, recruit and contract with a sufficient number of qualified franchisees, our ability to open new franchised restaurants and increase our revenue could be materially adversely affected.

The opening of additional franchised restaurants depends, in part, upon the availability of prospective franchisees who meet our criteria. We may not be able to identify, recruit or contract with suitable franchisees in our target markets on a timely basis or at all. In addition, our franchisees may not ultimately be able to access the financial or management resources that they need to open the restaurants contemplated by their agreements with us, or they may elect to cease restaurant development for other reasons. If we are unable to recruit suitable franchisees or if franchisees are unable or unwilling to open new restaurants as planned, our growth may be slower than anticipated, which could materially adversely affect our ability to increase our revenue and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our franchisees could take actions that could harm our business.

Our franchisees are contractually obligated to operate their restaurants in accordance with the operations, safety, and health standards set forth in our agreements with them and applicable laws. However, although we will attempt to properly train and support all of our franchisees, franchisees are independent third parties whom we do not control. The franchisees own, operate, and oversee the daily operations of their restaurants, and their employees are not our employees. Accordingly, their actions are outside of our control. Although we have developed criteria to evaluate and screen prospective franchisees, we cannot be certain that our franchisees will have the business acumen or financial resources necessary to operate successful franchises at their approved locations, and state franchise laws may limit our ability to terminate or not renew these franchise agreements. Moreover, despite our training, support and monitoring, franchisees may not successfully operate restaurants in a manner consistent with our standards and requirements, or may not hire and adequately train qualified managers and other restaurant personnel. The failure of our franchisees to operate their franchises in accordance with our standards or applicable law, actions taken by their employees or a negative publicity event at one of our franchised restaurants or involving one of our franchisees could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, our brand, our ability to attract prospective franchisees, our company-owned restaurants, and our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Interruptions in the supply of product to company-owned restaurants and franchisees could adversely affect our revenue.

In order to maintain quality-control standards and consistency among restaurants, we require through our franchise agreements that our franchisees obtain food and other supplies from preferred suppliers approved in advance. In this regard, we and our franchisees depend on a group of suppliers for food ingredients, beverages, paper goods, and distribution, including, but not limited to, four primary chicken suppliers, The Sygma Network for distribution, The Coca-Cola Company, and other suppliers. In 2014, we and our franchisees purchased products from approximately 112 approved suppliers, with approximately 10 of such suppliers providing 80%, based on dollar volume, of all products purchased. We look to approve multiple suppliers for most products, and require any single sourced supplier, such as The Coca-Cola Company, to have contingency plans in place to ensure continuity of supply. In addition, we believe that, if necessary, we could obtain readily available alternative sources of supply for each product that we currently source through a single supplier. To facilitate the efficiency of our franchisees’ supply chain, we have historically entered into several preferred-supplier arrangements for particular food or beverage items. In addition, our restaurants bear risks associated with the timeliness, solvency, reputation, labor relations, freight costs, price of raw materials, and compliance with health and safety standards of each supplier, including, but not limited to, risks associated with contamination to food

 

20


Table of Contents

and beverage products. We have little control over such suppliers. Disruptions in these relationships may reduce franchisee sales and, in turn, our royalty income. Overall difficulty of suppliers meeting restaurant product demand, interruptions in the supply chain, obstacles or delays in the process of renegotiating or renewing agreements with preferred suppliers, financial difficulties experienced by suppliers, or the deficiency, lack, or poor quality of alternative suppliers could adversely impact franchisee sales and our company-owned restaurant sales, which, in turn, would reduce our royalty income and revenue and could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our success depends on our ability to compete with many other restaurants.

The restaurant industry in general, and the fast casual category in particular, are intensely competitive, and we compete with many well-established restaurant companies on the basis of food taste and quality, price, service, value, location, convenience and overall customer experience. Our competitors include restaurant chains and individual restaurants that range from independent local operators to well-capitalized national and regional restaurant companies, including restaurants offering chicken wing products, as well as dine-in, carry-out and delivery services offering other types of food.

Some of our competitors have substantially greater financial and other resources than we do, which may allow them to react to changes in the restaurant industry better than we can. Other competitors are local restaurants that in some cases have a loyal guest base and strong brand recognition within a particular market. As our competitors expand their operations or as new competitors enter the industry, we expect competition to intensify. Should our competitors increase their spending on advertising and promotions, we could experience a loss of customer traffic to our competitors. Also, if our advertising and promotions become less effective than those of our competitors, we could experience a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We and our franchisees also compete with other restaurant chains and other retail businesses for quality site locations, management and hourly employees.

You should not rely on past increases in our domestic same store sales or our AUV as an indication of our future results of operations because they may fluctuate significantly.

A number of factors have historically affected, and will continue to affect, our domestic same store sales and AUV, including, among other factors:

 

    competition;

 

    consumer trends and confidence;

 

    our ability to execute our business strategy effectively;

 

    unusually strong initial sales performance by new restaurants; and

 

    regional and national macroeconomic conditions.

The level of domestic same store sales is a critical factor affecting our ability to generate profits because the profit margin on domestic same store sales is generally higher than the profit margin on new restaurant sales. Domestic same store sales reflects the change in year-over-year sales for the domestic same store base. We define the domestic same store base to include those restaurants open for at least 52 full weeks.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly and could fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors due to certain factors, some of which are beyond our control, resulting in a decline in our stock price.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly because of several factors, including:

 

    the timing of new restaurant openings;

 

    profitability of our restaurants, especially in new markets;

 

21


Table of Contents
    changes in interest rates;

 

    increases and decreases in average weekly sales and domestic same store sales;

 

    macroeconomic conditions, both nationally and locally;

 

    changes in consumer preferences and competitive conditions;

 

    expansion to new markets;

 

    impairment of long-lived assets and any loss on restaurant closures;

 

    increases in infrastructure costs; and

 

    fluctuations in commodity prices.

As a result, our quarterly and annual operating results and domestic same store sales may fluctuate significantly as a result of the factors discussed above. Accordingly, results for any one fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any other fiscal quarter or for any fiscal year and domestic same store sales for any particular future period may decrease. In the future, operating results may fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors. In that event, the price of our common stock would likely decrease.

Our expansion into new markets may present increased risks due to our unfamiliarity with those areas.

Some of our new restaurants are planned for markets where there may be limited or no market recognition of our brand. Those markets may have competitive conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns that are different from those in our existing markets. As a result, those new restaurants may be less successful than restaurants in our existing markets. We may need to build brand awareness in that market through greater investments in advertising and promotional activity than we originally planned. Our franchisees may find it more difficult in new markets to hire, motivate and keep qualified employees who can project our vision, passion and culture. Restaurants opened in new markets may also have lower average restaurant sales than restaurants opened in existing markets. Sales at restaurants opened in new markets may take longer to ramp up and reach expected sales and profit levels, and may never do so, thereby affecting our overall profitability.

Changes in food and supply costs could adversely affect our results of operations.

The profitability of our company-owned restaurants depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in food and supply costs. Any increase in the prices of the ingredients most critical to our menu, particularly chicken, could adversely affect our operating results. Bone-in chicken wing prices in our company-owned restaurants in 2014 averaged 15% lower than in 2013 as the average price per pound decreased. If there is a significant rise in the price of bone-in chicken wings, and we are unable to successfully adjust menu prices or otherwise make operational adjustments to account for the higher wing prices, our operating results could be adversely affected. For example, bone-in chicken wings accounted for approximately 25% and 26% of our costs of sales in fiscal 2013 and 2014, respectively. A hypothetical 10% increase in the bone-in chicken wing costs for fiscal 2014 would have increased cost of sales by approximately $0.5 million for fiscal 2014.

Although we try to manage the impact that these fluctuations have on our operating results, we remain susceptible to increases in food costs as a result of factors beyond our control, such as general economic conditions, seasonal fluctuations, weather conditions, demand, food safety concerns, product recalls and government regulations. As a result, we may not be able to anticipate or react to changing food costs by adjusting our purchasing practices or menu prices, which could cause our operating results to deteriorate. In addition, because we provide moderately-priced food, we may choose not to, or be unable to, pass along commodity price increases to our customers.

 

22


Table of Contents

If we or our franchisees or licensees are unable to protect our customers’ credit card data and other personal information, we or our franchisees could be exposed to data loss, litigation, and liability, and our reputation could be significantly harmed.

Privacy protection is increasingly demanding, and the use of electronic payment methods and collection of other personal information expose us and our franchisees to increased risk of privacy and/or security breaches as well as other risks. The majority of our restaurant sales are by credit or debit cards. In connection with credit or debit card transactions in-restaurant, we and our franchisees collect and transmit confidential information by way of secure private retail networks. Additionally, we collect and store personal information from individuals, including our customers, franchisees, and employees.

Our franchisees have experienced security breaches in which credit and debit card information could have been stolen and we and our franchisees may experience security breaches in which credit and debit card information is stolen in the future. Although we use secure private networks to transmit confidential information, third parties may have the technology or know-how to breach the security of the customer information transmitted in connection with credit and debit card sales, and our security measures and those of technology vendors may not effectively prohibit others from obtaining improper access to this information. The techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently and are often difficult to detect for long periods of time, which may cause a breach to go undetected for an extensive period of time. Advances in computer and software capabilities, new tools, and other developments may increase the risk of such a breach. Further, the systems currently used for transmission and approval of electronic payment transactions, and the technology utilized in electronic payment themselves, all of which can put electronic payment at risk, are determined and controlled by the payment card industry, not by us. In addition, our franchisees, contractors, or third parties with whom we do business or to whom we outsource business operations may attempt to circumvent our security measures in order to misappropriate such information, and may purposefully or inadvertently cause a breach involving such information. If a person is able to circumvent our security measures or those of third parties, he or she could destroy or steal valuable information or disrupt our operations. We may become subject to claims for purportedly fraudulent transactions arising out of the actual or alleged theft of credit or debit card information, and we may also be subject to lawsuits or other proceedings relating to these types of incidents. Any such claim or proceeding could cause us to incur significant unplanned expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Further, adverse publicity resulting from these allegations could significantly harm our reputation and may have a material adverse effect on us and our restaurants.

Our business activities subject us to litigation risk that could affect us adversely by subjecting us to significant money damages and other remedies or by increasing our litigation expense.

We and our franchisees are, from time to time, the subject of complaints or litigation, including customer claims, personal-injury claims, environmental claims, employee allegations of improper termination and discrimination, claims related to violations of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or the ADA, religious freedom, the Fair Labor Standards Act, or the FLSA, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, advertising laws and intellectual-property claims. Each of these claims may increase costs and limit the funds available to make royalty payments and reduce the execution of new franchise agreements. Litigation against a franchisee or its affiliates by third parties or regulatory agencies, whether in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, may also include claims against us by virtue of our relationship with the defendant-franchisee, whether under vicarious liability, joint employer, or other theories. In addition to decreasing the ability of a defendant-franchisee to make royalty payments in the event of such claims and diverting our management resources, adverse publicity resulting from such allegations may materially and adversely affect us and our brand, regardless of whether these allegations are valid or whether we are liable. Our international operations may be subject to additional risks related to litigation, including difficulties in enforcement of contractual obligations governed by foreign law due to differing interpretations of rights and obligations, compliance with multiple and potentially conflicting laws, new and potentially untested laws and judicial systems, and reduced or diminished protection of intellectual property. A substantial judgment against us or one of our subsidiaries could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

23


Table of Contents

We could also become subject to class action or other lawsuits related to the above-described or different matters in the future. Regardless, however, of whether any claim brought against us in the future is valid or whether we are liable, such a claim would be expensive to defend and may divert time, money and other valuable resources away from our operations and, thereby, hurt our business.

We and our franchisees are also subject to state and local “dram shop” statutes, which may subject us and our franchisees to uninsured liabilities. These statutes generally allow a person injured by an intoxicated person to recover damages from an establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the intoxicated person. Because a plaintiff may seek punitive damages, which may not be fully covered by insurance, this type of action could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. A judgment in such an action significantly in excess of insurance coverage could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Further, adverse publicity resulting from any such allegations may adversely affect us and our restaurants taken as a whole.

We may engage in litigation with our franchisees.

Although we believe we generally enjoy a positive working relationship with the vast majority of our franchisees, the nature of the franchisor-franchisee relationship may give rise to litigation with our franchisees. In the ordinary course of business, we are the subject of complaints or litigation from franchisees, usually related to alleged breaches of contract or wrongful termination under the franchise arrangements. We may also engage in future litigation with franchisees to enforce the terms of our franchise agreements and compliance with our brand standards as determined necessary to protect our brand, the consistency of our products and the customer experience. In addition, we may be subject to claims by our franchisees relating to our Franchise Disclosure Document, or FDD, including claims based on financial information contained in our FDD. Engaging in such litigation may be costly and time-consuming and may distract management and materially adversely affect our relationships with franchisees and our ability to attract new franchisees. Any negative outcome of these or any other claims could materially adversely affect our results of operations as well as our ability to expand our franchise system and may damage our reputation and brand. Furthermore, existing and future franchise-related legislation could subject us to additional litigation risk in the event we terminate or fail to renew a franchise relationship.

Changes to the current law with respect to the assignment of liabilities in the franchise business model could adversely impact our profitability.

One of the legal foundations fundamental to the franchise business model has been that, absent special circumstances, a franchisor is generally not responsible for the acts, omissions or liabilities of its franchisees. Recently, established law has been challenged and questioned by the plaintiffs’ bar and certain regulators, and the outcome of these challenges and new regulatory positions remains unknown. If these challenges and/or new positions are successful in altering currently settled law, it could significantly change the way we and other franchisors conduct business and adversely impact our profitability. For example, a determination that we are a “joint employer” with our franchisees or that franchisees are part of one unified system with joint and several liability under the National Labor Relations Act, statutes administered by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, regulations and other areas of labor and employment law could subject us and/or our franchisees to liability for the unfair labor practices, wage-and-hour law violations, employment discrimination law violations, OSHA regulation violations and other employment-related liabilities of one or more franchisees. Furthermore, any such change in law would create an increased likelihood that certain franchised networks would be required to employ unionized labor, which could impact franchisors like us through, among other things, increased labor costs, increased menu prices to offset labor costs and difficulty in attracting new franchisees. In addition, if these changes were to be expanded outside of the employment context, we could be held liable for other claims against franchisees such as personal injury claims by customers at franchised restaurants. Therefore, any such regulatory action or court decisions could impact our ability or desire to grow our franchised base and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

24


Table of Contents

We may be impacted by negative publicity regarding other franchisors controlled by Roark.

Through common control with or common management by Roark, we are affiliated with certain other franchise brands. While we operate as a separate company and are managed entirely independent from any other franchisors controlled by Roark, our affiliate relationship requires us to disclose certain information with respect to such other franchisors to potential franchisees. Therefore, negative publicity, legal proceedings, bankruptcies or other adverse events regarding other franchised concepts controlled by Roark or negative incidents involving these other companies or concepts, even though entirely independent from us, could adversely impact our reputation and our ability to attract franchisees.

Macroeconomic conditions could adversely affect our ability to increase sales at existing restaurants or open new restaurants.

Recessionary economic cycles, higher fuel and other energy costs, lower housing values, low consumer confidence, inflation, increases in commodity prices, higher interest rates, higher levels of unemployment, higher consumer debt levels, higher tax rates and other changes in tax laws or other economic factors that may affect discretionary consumer spending could adversely affect our revenue and profit margins and make opening new restaurants more difficult. Our customers may have lower disposable income and reduce the frequency with which they dine out during economic downturns. This could result in fewer transactions and reduced transaction size or limitations on the prices we can charge for our menu items, any of which could reduce our sales and profit margins. Also, businesses in the shopping vicinity in which some of our restaurants are located may experience difficulty as a result of macroeconomic trends or cease to operate, which could, in turn, further negatively affect customer traffic at our restaurants. All of these factors could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and growth strategy.

In addition, negative effects on our and our franchisees’ existing and potential landlords due to the inaccessibility of credit and other unfavorable economic factors may, in turn, adversely affect our business and results of operations. If our or our franchisees’ landlords are unable to obtain financing or remain in good standing under their existing financing arrangements, they may be unable to provide construction contributions or satisfy other lease obligations owed to us or our franchisees. In addition, if our and our franchisees’ landlords are unable to obtain sufficient credit to continue to properly manage their retail sites, we may experience a drop in the level of quality of such retail centers. The development of new restaurants may also be adversely affected by negative economic factors affecting developers and potential landlords. Developers and/or landlords may try to delay or cancel recent development projects (as well as renovations of existing projects) due to instability in the credit markets and declines in consumer spending, which could reduce the number of appropriate locations available that we would consider for our new restaurants. Furthermore, other tenants at the properties in which our restaurants are located may delay their openings, fail to open or cease operations. Decreases in total tenant occupancy in the properties in which our restaurants are located may affect customer traffic at our restaurants.

If any of the foregoing affect any of our or our franchisees’ landlords, developers and/or surrounding tenants, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected. To the extent our restaurants are part of a larger retail project or tourist destination, customer traffic could be negatively impacted by economic factors affecting surrounding tenants.

Because many of our restaurants are concentrated in local or regional areas, we are susceptible to economic and other trends and developments, including adverse weather conditions, in these areas.

As of March 28, 2015, 68% of our 700 domestic restaurants were spread across Texas (36%), California (25%) and Illinois (6%). Given our geographic concentrations, negative publicity regarding any of our restaurants in these areas could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations, as could other regional occurrences such as local strikes, terrorist attacks, increases in energy prices, or natural or man-made disasters and more stringent state and local laws and regulations. In particular, adverse weather conditions, such as regional winter storms, floods, severe thunderstorms, earthquakes, tornadoes and hurricanes, could negatively impact our results of operations.

 

25


Table of Contents

We and our franchisees rely on computer systems to process transactions and manage our business, and a disruption or a failure of such systems or technology could harm our ability to effectively manage our business.

Network and information technology systems are integral to our business. We utilize various computer systems, including our franchisee reporting system, by which our franchisees report their weekly sales and pay their corresponding royalty fees and required advertising fund contributions. When sales are reported by a franchisee, a withdrawal for the authorized amount is initiated from the franchisee’s bank on a set date each week based on gross sales during the week ended the prior Saturday. This system is critical to our ability to accurately track sales and compute royalties and advertising fund contributions due from our franchisees.

Our operations depend upon our ability to protect our computer equipment and systems against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or other catastrophic events, as well as from internal and external security breaches, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems. Any damage or failure of our computer systems or network infrastructure that causes an interruption in our operations could have a material adverse effect on our business and subject us to litigation or actions by regulatory authorities.

Despite the implementation of protective measures, our systems are subject to damage and/or interruption as a result of power outages, computer and network failures, computer viruses and other disruptive software, security breaches, catastrophic events, and improper usage by employees. Such events could result in a material disruption in operations, a need for a costly repair, upgrade or replacement of systems, or a decrease in, or in the collection of, royalties and advertising fund contributions paid to us by our franchisees. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability which could materially affect our results of operations.

It is also critical that we establish and maintain certain licensing and software agreements for the software we use in our day-to-day operations. A failure to procure or maintain these licenses could have a material adverse effect on our business operations.

The prospect of a pandemic spread of avian flu could adversely impact our supply of chicken and affect our business.

If avian flu were to affect our supply of chicken, our operations may be negatively impacted, as prices may rise due to limited supply. In addition, misunderstanding by the public of information regarding the threat of avian flu could result in negative publicity regarding the risks of consumption of chicken products that could adversely affect consumer spending and confidence levels. A decrease in traffic to our restaurants as a result of this negative publicity or as a result of health concerns, whether or not warranted, could materially harm our business.

Failure to obtain and maintain required licenses and permits or to comply with alcoholic beverage or food control regulations could lead to the loss of liquor and food service licenses and, thereby, harm our business.

The restaurant industry is subject to various federal, state and local government regulations, including those relating to the sale of food and alcoholic beverages. Such regulations are subject to change from time to time. The failure of our restaurants to obtain and maintain these licenses, permits and approvals could adversely affect our operating results. Typically, licenses must be renewed annually and may be revoked, suspended or denied renewal for cause at any time if governmental authorities determine that a restaurant’s conduct violates applicable regulations. Difficulties or failure to maintain or obtain the required licenses and approvals could adversely affect our existing restaurants and delay or result in our decision to cancel the opening of new restaurants, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

 

26


Table of Contents

Alcoholic beverage control regulations require each of our restaurants to apply to a state authority and, in certain locations, county or municipal authorities for a license or permit to sell alcoholic beverages on-premises and to provide service for extended hours and on Sundays. Alcoholic beverage control regulations relate to numerous aspects of daily operations of our restaurants, including minimum age of patrons and employees, hours of operation, advertising, trade practices, wholesale purchasing, other relationships with alcohol manufacturers, wholesalers and distributors, inventory control and handling, and storage and dispensing of alcoholic beverages. Any future failure to comply with these regulations and obtain or retain liquor licenses could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our current insurance and the insurance of our franchisees may not provide adequate levels of coverage against claims.

We currently maintain insurance customary for businesses of our size and type. However, there are types of losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not economically reasonable to insure. Such losses could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, we self-insure a significant portion of expected losses under our workers’ compensation, general liability and property insurance programs. Unanticipated changes in the actuarial assumptions and management estimates underlying our reserves for these losses could result in substantially higher losses than anticipated. Any substantial inadequacy of, or inability to obtain, insurance coverage could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our franchise agreements require each franchisee to maintain certain insurance types and levels. Certain extraordinary hazards, however, may not be covered, and insurance may not be available (or may be available only at prohibitively expensive rates) with respect to many other risks. Moreover, any loss incurred could exceed policy limits and policy payments made to franchisees may not be made on a timely basis. Any such loss or delay in payment could have a material and adverse effect on a franchisee’s ability to satisfy obligations under the franchise agreement, including the ability to make royalty payments.

We also require franchisees to maintain general liability insurance coverage to protect against the risk of product liability and other risks and demand strict franchisee compliance with health and safety regulations. However, franchisees may receive or produce defective food or beverage products, which may materially adversely affect our brand’s goodwill and our business. Further, a franchisee’s failure to comply with health and safety regulations, including requirements relating to food quality or preparation, could subject them, and possibly us, to litigation. Any litigation, including the imposition of fines or damage awards, could adversely affect the ability of a franchisee to make royalty payments or could generate negative publicity or otherwise adversely affect us.

Fluctuations in exchange rates affect our revenue.

We are subject to inherent risks attributed to operating in a global economy. Most of our revenue, costs, and debts are denominated in U.S. dollars. However, sales made by franchisees outside of the United States are denominated in the currency of the country in which the point of distribution is located, and this currency could become less valuable prior to calculation of our royalty payments in U.S. dollars as a result of exchange rate fluctuations. As a result, currency fluctuations could reduce our royalty income. Unfavorable currency fluctuations could result in a reduction in our revenue.

Our business is subject to various laws and regulations and changes in such laws and regulations, and/or failure to comply with existing or future laws and regulations, could adversely affect us.

We are subject to state franchise registration requirements, the rules and regulations of the Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, various state laws regulating the offer and sale of franchises in the United States through the provision of franchise disclosure documents containing certain mandatory disclosures, various state

 

27


Table of Contents

laws regulating the franchise relationship, and certain rules and requirements regulating franchising arrangements in foreign countries. Although we believe that our franchise disclosure documents, together with any applicable state-specific versions or supplements, and franchising procedures that we use comply in all material respects with both the FTC guidelines and all applicable state laws regulating franchising in those states in which we offer and grant new franchise arrangements, noncompliance could reduce anticipated royalty income, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

We and our franchisees are subject to various existing United States federal, state, local, and foreign laws affecting the operation of the restaurants, including various health, sanitation, fire, and safety standards. Franchisees may in the future become subject to regulation (or further regulation) seeking to tax or regulate high-fat foods, to limit the serving size of beverages containing sugar, to ban the use of certain packaging materials, or to require the display of detailed nutrition information. Each of these regulations would be costly to comply with and/or could result in reduced demand for our products.

The impact of current laws and regulations, the effect of future changes in laws or regulations that impose additional requirements and the consequences of litigation relating to current or future laws and regulations, or our inability to respond effectively to significant regulatory or public policy issues, could increase our compliance and other costs of doing business and therefore have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Failure to comply with the laws and regulatory requirements of federal, state, local and foreign authorities could result in, among other things, revocation of required licenses, administrative enforcement actions, fines and civil and criminal liability. In addition, certain laws, including the ADA, could require us or our franchisees to expend significant funds to make modifications to our restaurants if we failed to comply with applicable standards. Compliance with all of these laws and regulations can be costly and can increase our exposure to litigation or governmental investigations or proceedings.

We and our franchisees may experience increased costs for employee health care benefits.

Minimum employee health care coverage mandated by state or federal legislation, such as the federal healthcare reform legislation that became law in March 2010 (known as the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or the PPACA), could significantly increase our employee health benefit costs or require us to alter the benefits we provide to our employees. While we are assessing the potential impact the PPACA will have on our business, certain of the mandates in the legislation are not yet effective. If our or our franchisees’ employee health benefit costs increase, we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to offset these costs through increased revenue or reductions in other costs, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Damage to our reputation or lack of acceptance of our brand in existing or new markets could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe we have built our reputation on the high quality and bold, distinctive and craveable flavors of our food, value and service, and we must protect and grow the value of our brand to continue to be successful in the future. Any incident that erodes consumer affinity for our brand could significantly reduce its value and damage our business. For example, our brand value could suffer and our business could be adversely affected if customers perceive a reduction in the quality of our food, value or service or otherwise believe we have failed to deliver a consistently positive experience.

We may be adversely affected by news reports or other negative publicity, regardless of their accuracy, regarding food quality issues, public health concerns, illness, safety, injury, or government or industry findings concerning our restaurants, restaurants operated by other foodservice providers, or others across the food industry supply chain. The risks associated with such negative publicity cannot be eliminated or completely mitigated and may materially affect our business.

 

28


Table of Contents

Opening new restaurants in existing markets may negatively affect sales at existing restaurants.

We intend to continue opening new franchised restaurants in our existing markets as a core part of our growth strategy. Expansion in existing markets may be affected by local economic and market conditions. Further, the customer target area of our restaurants varies by location, depending on a number of factors, including population density, other local retail and business attractions, area demographics and geography. As a result, the opening of a new restaurant in or near markets in which our restaurants already exist could adversely affect the sales of these existing restaurants. We and our franchisees may selectively open new restaurants in and around areas of existing restaurants. Sales cannibalization between restaurants may become significant in the future as we continue to expand our operations and could affect sales growth, which could, in turn, materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our expansion into international markets exposes us to a number of risks that may differ in each country where we have franchise restaurants.

We currently have franchised restaurants in Mexico, Singapore, Indonesia, the Philippines, Russia and the United Arab Emirates (opened in April 2015) and plan to continue to grow internationally. However, international operations are in early stages. Expansion in international markets may be affected by local economic and market conditions. Therefore, as we expand internationally, our franchisees may not experience the operating margins we expect, and our results of operations and growth may be materially and adversely affected. Our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected if the global markets in which our franchised restaurants compete are affected by changes in political, economic or other factors. These factors, over which neither our franchisees nor we have control, may include:

 

    recessionary or expansive trends in international markets;

 

    changing labor conditions and difficulties in staffing and managing our foreign operations;

 

    increases in the taxes we pay and other changes in applicable tax laws;

 

    legal and regulatory changes, and the burdens and costs of our compliance with a variety of foreign laws;

 

    changes in inflation rates;

 

    changes in exchange rates and the imposition of restrictions on currency conversion or the transfer of funds;

 

    difficulty in protecting our brand, reputation and intellectual property;

 

    difficulty in collecting our royalties and longer payment cycles;

 

    expropriation of private enterprises;

 

    anti-American sentiment in certain locations and the identification of the Wingstop brand as an American brand;

 

    political and economic instability; and

 

    other external factors.

Our success depends in part upon effective advertising and marketing campaigns, which may not be successful, and franchisee support of such advertising and marketing campaigns.

We believe the Wingstop brand is critical to our business and expend resources in our marketing efforts using a variety of media. We expect to continue to conduct brand awareness programs and customer initiatives to attract and retain customers. Should our advertising and promotions not be effective, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

29


Table of Contents

The support of our franchisees is critical for the success of the advertising and marketing campaigns we seek to undertake, and the successful execution of these campaigns will depend on our ability to maintain alignment with our franchisees. Our franchisees are currently required to contribute two percent of their gross sales to a common ad fund to support the development of new products, brand development and national marketing programs. Our current form of franchise agreement also requires franchisees to spend at least one percent of gross sales directly on local advertising, but the majority of our franchisees are not subject to such requirement. Franchisees also may be required to contribute approximately two percent of gross sales to a cooperative advertising association when a franchisee and at least one other restaurant operator have opened restaurants in the same DMA (the cooperative advertising contribution is credited toward the 1% minimum spend). While we maintain control over advertising and marketing materials and can mandate certain strategic initiatives pursuant to our franchise agreements, we need the active support of our franchisees if the implementation of these initiatives is to be successful. If our initiatives are not successful, resulting in expenses incurred without the benefit of higher revenue, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely effected.

Food safety, food-borne illness and other health concerns may have an adverse effect on our business.

Food safety is a top priority, and we dedicate substantial resources to ensure that our customers enjoy safe, quality food products. However, food-borne illnesses, such as salmonella, E. coli or hepatitis A, and food safety issues have occurred in the food industry in the past, and could occur in the future. Any report or publicity linking our restaurants to instances of food-borne illness or other food safety issues, including food tampering or contamination, could adversely affect our brand and reputation as well as our revenue and profits. Even instances of food-borne illness, food tampering or food contamination occurring solely at restaurants of our competitors could result in negative publicity about the food service industry or fast casual restaurants generally and adversely impact our restaurants.

In addition, our reliance on third-party food suppliers and distributors increases the risk that food-borne illness incidents could be caused by factors outside of our control and that multiple restaurants would be affected rather than a single restaurant. We cannot assure that all food items are properly maintained during transport throughout the supply chain and that our employees and our franchisees and their employees will identify all products that may be spoiled and should not be used in our restaurants. In addition, our industry has long been subject to the threat of food tampering by suppliers and employees, such as the addition of foreign objects in the food that we sell. Reports, whether or not true, of injuries caused by food tampering have in the past severely injured the reputations and brands of restaurant chains in the quick service restaurant segment and could affect us in the future as well. If our customers become ill from food-borne illnesses, we could also be forced to temporarily close some restaurants. Furthermore, any instances of food contamination, whether or not at our restaurants, could subject our restaurants or our suppliers to a food recall pursuant to the Food and Drug Administration Food Safety Modernization Act.

Furthermore, the United States and other countries have also experienced, and may experience in the future, outbreaks of viruses, such as H1N1, avian influenza, various other forms of influenza, enterovirus, SARS and Ebola. To the extent that a virus is transmitted by human-to-human contact, our employees or customers could become infected or could choose, or be advised, to avoid gathering in public places and avoid eating in restaurant establishments such as our restaurants, which could adversely affect our business.

We are vulnerable to changes in consumer preferences and regulation of consumer eating habits that could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

Consumer preferences often change rapidly and without warning, moving from one trend to another among many product or retail concepts. We depend on trends regarding away-from-home or take-out dining. Consumer preferences towards away-from-home and take-out dining or certain food products might shift as a result of, among other things, health concerns or dietary trends related to cholesterol, carbohydrate, fat and salt content of

 

30


Table of Contents

certain food items, including chicken wings, in favor of foods that are perceived as more healthy. Our menu is currently comprised primarily of chicken wings and a change in consumer preferences away from these offerings would have a material adverse effect on our business. Negative publicity over the health aspects of the food items we sell may adversely affect demand for our menu items and could result in lower traffic, sales and results of operations. Our continued success will depend in part on our ability to anticipate, identify and respond to changing consumer preferences.

Regulations and consumer eating habits may continue to change as a result of new information and attitudes regarding diet and health. These changes may include regulations that impact the ingredients and nutritional content of our menu items. The federal government, as well as a number of states, counties and cities, have enacted menu labeling laws requiring multi-unit restaurant operators to make certain nutritional information available to customers or have enacted legislation prohibiting the sales of certain types of ingredients in restaurants. For example, the PPACA mandates menu labeling of certain nutritional aspects of restaurant menu items such as caloric, sugar, sodium, and fat content. California, a state in which 25% of our domestic restaurants are located, has also enacted menu labeling laws. Altering our recipes in response to such legislation could increase our costs and/or change the flavor profile of our menu offerings which could have an adverse impact on our results of operations. Additionally, if our customers perceive our menu items to contain unhealthy caloric, sugar, sodium, or fat content, our results of operations could be adversely affected. The success of our restaurant operations depends, in part, upon our ability to effectively respond to changes in consumer health and disclosure regulations and to adapt our menu offerings to fit the dietary needs and eating habits of our customers without sacrificing flavor. To the extent we are unable to respond with appropriate changes to our menu offerings, it could materially affect customer traffic and our results of operations. Furthermore, a change in our menu could result in a decrease in customer traffic.

We depend upon our executive officers and management team and may not be able to retain or replace these individuals or recruit additional personnel, which could harm our business.

We believe that we have already benefited and expect to benefit substantially in the future from the leadership and experience of our executive officers and management team. The loss of the services of any of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects, as we may not be able to find suitable individuals to replace such personnel on a timely basis. In addition, any such departure could be viewed in a negative light by investors and analysts, which could cause our common stock price to decline. As our business expands, our future success will depend greatly on our continued ability to attract and retain highly-skilled and qualified executive-level personnel. Our inability to attract and retain qualified executive officers in the future could impair our growth and harm our business.

The number of new franchised Wingstop restaurants that actually open in the future may differ materially from the number of signed commitments from potential existing and new franchisees.

The number of new franchised Wingstop restaurants that actually open in the future may differ materially from the number of signed commitments from potential existing and new franchisees. As of December 27, 2014, we had 503 total restaurant commitments domestically and 310 total restaurant commitments internationally. Historically, a portion of our commitments have not ultimately opened as new franchised Wingstop restaurants. On an annual basis for the past four years approximately 10% - 20% of our total domestic commitments have been terminated. Based on our limited history of international restaurant openings, we believe the termination rate of international commitments is likely to approximate the historic termination rate of domestic commitments. The historic conversion rate of signed commitments to new franchised Wingstop locations may not be indicative of the conversion rates we will experience in the future and the total number of new franchised Wingstop restaurants actually opened in the future may differ materially from the number of signed commitments disclosed at any point in time.

 

31


Table of Contents

Our stated sales to investment ratio and average unlevered cash-on-cash return may not be indicative of future results of any new franchised restaurant.

Initial investment levels, AUV levels, restaurant-level operating costs and restaurant-level operating profit of any new restaurant may differ from average levels experienced by franchisees in prior periods due to a variety of factors, and these differences may be material. Accordingly, our stated sales to investment ratio and average unlevered cash-on-cash return may not be indicative of future results of any new franchised restaurant. In addition, estimated initial investment costs and restaurant-level operating costs are based on information self-reported by our franchisees and have not been verified by us. Furthermore, performance of new restaurants is impacted by a range of risks and uncertainties beyond our or our franchisees’ control, including those described by other risk factors described in this prospectus.

Our failure or inability to enforce our trademarks or other proprietary rights could adversely affect our competitive position or the value of our brand.

We believe that our trademarks and other proprietary rights are important to our success and our competitive position, and, therefore, we devote resources to the protection of our trademarks and proprietary rights. The protective actions that we take, however, may not be enough to prevent unauthorized use or imitation by others, which could harm our image, brand or competitive position. If we commence litigation to enforce our rights, we will incur significant legal fees.

We cannot assure you that third parties will not claim infringement by us of their proprietary rights in the future. Any such claim, whether or not it has merit, could be time-consuming and distracting for executive management, result in costly litigation, cause changes to existing menu items or delays in introducing new menu items, or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. As a result, any such claim could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-corruption laws or trade control laws, as well as other laws governing our operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We and our franchisees are subject to anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business. The FCPA, UK Bribery Act and these other laws generally prohibit us, our food service personnel, our franchisees, their food service personnel and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. We operate in a number of jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential FCPA violations, and we participate in joint ventures and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the FCPA or local anti-corruption laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.

We and our franchisees are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security, the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control, and various non-U.S. government entities, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions on countries and persons, customs requirements, currency exchange regulations and transfer pricing regulations, or collectively, Trade Control laws.

However, there is no assurance that we and our franchisees will be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anticorruption laws, including the FCPA or other legal requirements, including Trade Control laws. If we or our franchisees are not in compliance with the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws, we or our franchisees may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our business,

 

32


Table of Contents

financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of the FCPA other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws by United States or foreign authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may need additional capital in the future, and it may not be available on acceptable terms.

We have historically relied upon cash generated by our operations and our senior secured credit facility to fund our operations and strategy. In the future, we intend to rely on funds from operations and, if necessary, our senior secured credit facility. We may also need to access the debt and equity capital markets. There can be no assurance, however, that these sources of financing will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Our ability to obtain additional financing will be subject to a number of factors, including market conditions, our operating performance, investor sentiment and our ability to incur additional debt in compliance with agreements governing our then-outstanding debt. These factors may make the timing, amount, terms or conditions of additional financings unattractive to us. If we are unable to generate sufficient funds from operations or raise additional capital, our growth could be impeded.

Our existing senior secured credit facility contains financial covenants, negative covenants and other restrictions and failure to comply with these requirements could cause the related indebtedness to become due and payable and limit our ability to incur additional debt.

The lenders’ obligation to extend credit under our existing senior secured credit facility depends upon our maintaining certain financial covenants. In particular, our senior secured credit facility requires us to maintain a consolidated leverage ratio and a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio. Failure to maintain these ratios could result in an acceleration of outstanding amounts under the term loan and restrict us from borrowing amounts under the revolving credit facility to fund our future liquidity requirements. In addition, our senior secured credit facility contains certain negative covenants, which, among other things, limit our ability to:

 

    incur additional indebtedness;

 

    pay dividends and make other restrictive payments beyond specified levels;

 

    create or permit liens;

 

    dispose of certain assets;

 

    make certain investments;

 

    engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and

 

    consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets.

Our ability to make scheduled payments and comply with financial covenants will depend on our operating and financial performance, which, in turn, is subject to prevailing economic conditions and to other financial, business and other factors beyond our control described herein.

We will incur significantly increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance efforts.

We will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses as a result of being a public company. The Dodd-Frank Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as related rules implemented by the SEC, have required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. In addition, rules that the SEC is implementing or is required to implement pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to require additional changes. We expect that compliance with these and other similar laws, rules and regulations, including compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, will substantially increase our expenses, including our legal and accounting costs, and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect these laws, rules and regulations to make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage, which may make it more difficult for us to

 

33


Table of Contents

attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as officers. Although the JOBS Act may, for a limited period of time, somewhat lessen the cost of complying with these additional regulatory and other requirements, we nonetheless expect a substantial increase in legal, accounting, insurance and certain other expenses in the future, which will negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.

The JOBS Act will allow us to postpone the date by which we must comply with certain laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information we provide in our reports filed with the SEC. We cannot be certain if this reduced disclosure will make our common stock less attractive to Investors.

The JOBS Act, is intended to reduce the regulatory burden on “emerging growth companies.” As defined in the JOBS Act, a public company whose initial public offering of common equity securities occurred after December 8, 2011 and whose annual gross revenue are less than $1.0 billion will, in general, qualify as an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of:

 

    the last day of its fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of its initial public offering of common equity securities;

 

    the last day of its fiscal year in which it has annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more;

 

    the date on which it has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; and

 

    the date on which it is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which will occur at such time as the company (1) has an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700.0 million or more as of the last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (2) has been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act for a period of at least 12 months and (3) has filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act.

Under this definition, we will be an “emerging growth company” upon completion of this offering and could remain an “emerging growth company” until as late as December 26, 2020. For so long as we are an “emerging growth company,” we will, among other things:

 

    not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

    not be required to hold a nonbinding advisory stockholder vote on executive compensation pursuant to Section 14A(a) of the Exchange Act;

 

    not be required to seek stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved pursuant to Section 14A(b) of the Exchange Act;

 

    be exempt from any rule adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplemental auditor discussion and analysis; and

 

    be subject to reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This permits an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

Furthermore, if we take advantage of some or all of the reduced disclosure requirements above, we cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

34


Table of Contents

As a public reporting company, we will be subject to rules and regulations established from time to time by the SEC regarding our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to remediate material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting or otherwise establish and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, or report them in a timely manner.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public reporting company subject to the rules and regulations established from time to time by the SEC and Nasdaq. These rules and regulations will require, among other things, that we establish and periodically evaluate procedures with respect to our internal controls over financial reporting. Reporting obligations as a public company are likely to place a considerable strain on our financial and management systems, processes and controls, as well as on our personnel.

In addition, as a public company we will be required to document and test our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act so that our management can certify as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting by the time our second annual report is filed with the SEC and thereafter, which will require us to document and make significant changes to our internal controls over financial reporting. Likewise, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at such time as we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, although, as described in the preceding risk factor, we could potentially qualify as an “emerging growth company” until December 26, 2020.

In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the years ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, we identified material weaknesses related to a lack of sufficient information technology controls, policies and procedures, a lack of adequate accounting policies and procedures and a lack of internal control procedures related to the accounting for income taxes. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal controls such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected in a timely basis. The material weaknesses related to the lack of adequate accounting policies and procedures and income taxes no longer existed as of December 27, 2014. Following the identification of these material weaknesses, we made investments in our accounting resources, including the hiring of a new CFO and controller, documenting policies and procedures, and implementing new controls, such as enhanced internal review procedures during the financial reporting and disclosure process. We also continue to make additional enhancements to our accounting policies and procedures and internal control procedures related to the accounting for income taxes. In addition, we continue to take the necessary steps to remediate the material weakness regarding information technology that existed as of December 27, 2014. We expect to incur costs related to implementing an internal audit and compliance function in the upcoming years to further improve our internal control environment. If we fail to effectively remediate deficiencies in our control environment or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over information technology, financial reporting and disclosure controls to meet the demands that will be placed upon us as a public company, including the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results, or report them within the timeframes required by the SEC. In addition, if there are any future material weaknesses that impact our ability to prepare timely and accurate financial statements, this may cause a default under our senior secured credit facility, which could result in our inability to access funds or result in an acceleration of such facility.

If our senior management is unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, or to certify the effectiveness of such controls, or if our independent registered public accounting firm cannot render an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, when required, or if material weaknesses in our internal controls are identified, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of public and investor confidence, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and our stock price. In addition, if we do not maintain adequate financial and management personnel, processes and controls, we may not be able to manage our business effectively or accurately report our financial performance on a timely basis, which could cause a decline in our common stock price and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

35


Table of Contents

An impairment in the carrying value of our goodwill or other intangible assets could adversely affect our financial condition and consolidated results of operations.

We review goodwill for impairment annually, or whenever circumstances change in a way which could indicate that impairment may have occurred, and record an impairment loss whenever we determine impairment factors are present. Significant impairment charges could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock

Roark and its affiliates will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, and may also pursue corporate opportunities independent of us that could present potential conflicts with our and our stockholders’ interests.

Upon consummation of this offering, Roark will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 69.9% of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” for more information on our beneficial ownership. As a result, Roark will be able to exercise control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions and will have significant control over our management and policies. We currently expect that, following this offering, 4 of the 7 members of our board of directors will be employees of Roark Capital Management, LLC, which is an affiliate of Roark. Roark can take actions that have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us or discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares, which could prevent stockholders from receiving a premium for their shares. These actions may be taken even if other stockholders oppose them. The concentration of voting power with Roark may have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock. The interests of Roark may not be consistent with your interests as a stockholder. After the lock-up period expires, Roark will be able to transfer control of us to a third-party by transferring their common stock, which would not require the approval of our board of directors or our other stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the doctrine of corporate opportunity will not apply against Roark, or any of our directors who are employees of or affiliated with Roark, in a manner that would prohibit them from investing or participating in competing businesses. To the extent Roark affiliated funds invest in such other businesses, they may have differing interests than our other stockholders. For example, Roark affiliated funds currently own and may choose to own in the future other restaurant brands through other investments, which may compete with our brands. Accordingly, the interests of Roark may supersede ours, causing it or its affiliates to compete against us or to pursue opportunities instead of us, for which we have no recourse. These actions on the part of Roark and inaction on our part could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of Nasdaq, and, as a result, we will rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to stockholders of other companies.

Upon completion of this offering, Roark will beneficially own more than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock and we will be a “controlled company” under Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards. As a controlled company, we will be exempt under Nasdaq listing standards from the obligation to comply with certain of Nasdaq’s corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:

 

    that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors, as defined under the rules of Nasdaq;

 

    that we have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

36


Table of Contents
    that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.

It is unknown as to the period of time during which Roark will maintain its majority ownership of our common stock following the offering. As a result, there can be no assurance as to the period of time during which we will be able to avail ourselves of the controlled company exemptions.

There is no existing market for our common stock and we do not know if one will develop. Even if a market does develop, the stock prices in the market may not exceed the offering price.

Prior to this initial public offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market or otherwise, or how liquid that market may become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any common stock that you buy.

The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering.

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the public offering price.

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which we cannot control, including those described under “—Risks Related to Our Business” and the following:

 

    potential fluctuation in our annual or quarterly operating results;

 

    changes in capital market conditions that could affect valuations of restaurant companies in general or our goodwill in particular or other adverse economic conditions;

 

    changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our common stock, our failure to meet these estimates or failure of those analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our common stock;

 

    downgrades by any securities analysts who follow our common stock;

 

    future sales of our common stock by our officers, directors and significant stockholders;

 

    global economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance;

 

    investors’ perceptions of our prospects;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint ventures or capital commitments; and

 

    investor perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives.

In addition, the stock markets, and in particular Nasdaq, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many food service companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.

 

37


Table of Contents

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. Upon completion of this offering, we will have 28,581,182 shares of common stock outstanding. The shares of common stock offered in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, which we refer to as the Securities Act, except for any shares of our common stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available.

After this offering, Roark will have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements registering additional shares of common stock, and Roark and certain other stockholders will have the right to require us to include shares of common stock in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or Roark. In order to exercise these registration rights, the holder must be permitted to sell shares of its common stock under applicable lock-up restrictions described below. Subject to compliance with applicable lock-up restrictions and restrictions under the registration rights agreement (both of which may be waived), shares of common stock sold under these registration statements can be freely sold in the public market. In the event such registration rights are exercised and a large number of shares of common stock are sold in the public market, such sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock. These sales also could impede our ability to raise future capital. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights Agreement.” In addition, we will incur certain expenses in connection with the registration and sale of such shares.

We, each of our officers and directors and all of our stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of the shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except, in our case, for the issuance of common stock upon exercise of options under existing option plans. Morgan Stanley and Jefferies may, in their sole discretion, release any of these shares from these restrictions at any time without notice. See “Underwriters (Conflicts of Interest).”

All of our shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus may be sold in the public market by existing stockholders 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to applicable volume and other limitations imposed under federal securities laws and subject to the transfer restrictions of certain stockholders set forth in stock transfer restriction agreements. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling shares of our common stock after this offering.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated in connection with this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include provisions that:

 

    authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to              shares of undesignated preferred stock;

 

    require that, after the investments funds associated with Roark collectively own less than 50% of our outstanding common stock, any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

38


Table of Contents
    specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only upon the request of a majority of our board of directors or, at the request of RC II WS so long as RC II WS (or its affiliates) owns at least 10% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

    establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

    establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, with each class serving three-year staggered terms; and

 

    prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management, and may discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change of control of our company that is in the best interest of our minority stockholders. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if they are viewed as discouraging future takeover attempts. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we have opted out of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which we refer to as the DGCL, but our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder (any stockholder with 15% or more of our capital stock) for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder is prohibited, subject to certain exceptions. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203 of the DGCL, except that they will provide RC II WS, any affiliated investment entity and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees of at least 15% of our outstanding common stock and any group as to which such persons are party to, do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.

Our certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers and employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to the Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this provision of our certificate of incorporation. This choice of forum provision may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. Stockholders who do bring a claim in the Court of Chancery could face additional litigation costs in pursuing any such claim, particularly if they do not reside in or near Delaware. The Court of Chancery may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments or results may be more favorable to us than to our stockholders. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

39


Table of Contents

We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future following this offering.

The continued operation and expansion of our business may require substantial funding. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock for the foreseeable future following this offering. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, including our senior secured credit facility and other indebtedness we may incur, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant.

If you purchase shares in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your stock, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the shares you acquire. The pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share, calculated as of March 28, 2015 and after giving effect to the offering at an estimated initial public offering price of $13.00 (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), is $(4.65), resulting in dilution of your shares of $17.65 per share. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares.

In addition, you will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of options to purchase our common stock, including those options currently outstanding and possibly those granted in the future, and the issuance of restricted stock or other equity awards under our stock incentive plans. To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience substantial additional dilution. See “Dilution.”

If securities analysts or industry analysts downgrade our shares, publish negative research or reports, or do not publish reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us, our business and our industry. If one or more analysts adversely change their recommendation regarding our shares or our competitors’ stock, our share price would likely decline. If one or more analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline. As a result, the market price for our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price and you might not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

 

40


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains statements about future events and expectations that constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future financial and operating performance and growth plans, taking into account the information currently available to us. These statements are not statements of historical fact. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations of future results we express or imply in any forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on such statements. Factors that could contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    overall macroeconomic conditions may impact our ability to successfully execute our growth strategy and franchise and open new restaurants that are profitable and to increase our revenue and operating profits;

 

    the impact of the operating results of our and our franchisees’ existing restaurants on our financial performance;

 

    the impact of new restaurant openings on our financial performance;

 

    our ability to recruit and contract with qualified franchisees and to open new franchise restaurants;

 

    our ability to develop and maintain the Wingstop brand, including through effective advertising and marketing and the support of our franchisees’ and the negative impact of actions of a franchisee, acting as an independent third party, could have on our financial performance or brand;

 

    our and our franchisees’ reliance on vendors, suppliers and distributors or changes in food and supply costs, including any increase in the prices of the ingredients most critical to our menu, particularly bone-in chicken wings;

 

    our and our franchisees’ ability to compete with many other restaurants and to increase domestic same store sales and average weekly sales;

 

    our ability to successfully meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts or investors concerning our annual or quarterly operating results, domestic same store sales or average weekly sales;

 

    our expansion into new markets may present increased risks due to our unfamiliarity with those areas;

 

    the reliability of our, our franchisees’ and our licensees’ information technology systems and network security, including costs resulting from breaches of security of confidential guest, franchisee or employee information;

 

    legal complaints, litigation or regulatory compliance, including changes in laws impacting the franchise business model;

 

    our and our franchisees’ ability to attract and retain qualified employees while also controlling labor costs;

 

    publicity regarding other franchisors controlled by Roark;

 

    potential fluctuations in our annual or quarterly operating results and the impact of significant adverse weather conditions and other disasters;

 

    disruptions in our and our franchisees’ ability to utilize computer systems to process transactions and manage our business;

 

    health concerns arising from outbreaks of viruses, including the impact of a pandemic spread of avian flu on our and our franchisees’ supply of chicken and concerns regarding food safety and food-borne illness;

 

    our and our franchisees’ ability to obtain and maintain required licenses and permits or to comply with alcoholic beverage or food control regulations;

 

41


Table of Contents
    our ability to maintain insurance that provides adequate levels of coverage against claims;

 

    fluctuations in exchange rates on our revenue;

 

    our and our franchisees’ ability to successfully operate in unfamiliar markets and markets where there may be limited or no market recognition of our brand, including the impact that our expansion into international markets has on our exposure to risk factors over which neither we nor our franchisees have control;

 

    the potential impact opening new restaurants in existing markets could have on sales at existing restaurants;

 

    the effectiveness of our advertising and marketing campaigns, which may not be successful;

 

    food safety issues, which may adversely impact our or our franchisees’ business;

 

    changes in consumer preferences, including changes caused by diet and health concerns or government regulation;

 

    the continued service of our executive officers;

 

    our ability to successfully open new franchised Wingstop restaurants for which we have signed commitments;

 

    our stated sales to investment ratio and average unlevered cash-on-cash return may not be indicative of future results of any new franchised restaurant;

 

    our ability to protect our intellectual property;

 

    our ability to generate or raise capital on acceptable terms in the future, including our ability to incur additional debt and other restrictions under the terms of our existing senior secured credit facility;

 

    the JOBS Act allowing us to postpone the date by which we must comply with certain laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information we provide in our reports filed with the SEC;

 

    the costs and time requirements as a result of operating as a public company, including our ability to effectively remediate identified material weaknesses and improve internal control over financial reporting in order to comply with applicable reporting obligations;

 

    future impairment charges;

 

    the concentration of ownership by our principal stockholder and “controlled company” exemptions under Nasdaq listing standards; and

 

    the impact of anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law, which could make an acquisition of us more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “continues,” “estimates,” “expects,” “goal,” “objectives” “intends,” “may,” “opportunity,” “plans,” “potential,” “near-term,” “long-term,” “projections,” “assumptions,” “projects,” “guidance,” “forecasts,” “outlook,” “target,” “trends,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “will” and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. We qualify any forward-looking statements entirely by these cautionary factors. Other risks, uncertainties and factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors,” could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements we make. We assume no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

 

42


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) we will receive proceeds from the offering of approximately $22.9 million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

We intend to use the proceeds from the sale of common stock by us in this offering:

 

    to repay an aggregate amount of $19.6 million of outstanding indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility;

 

    to pay a fee in an aggregate amount of $3.3 million in connection with the termination of our management agreement with Roark Capital Management, LLC; and

 

    the remainder, if any, for general corporate purposes.

On March 18, 2015, we used borrowings under our senior secured credit facility and cash on hand to pay a $48.0 million dividend to our stockholders. As of March 28, 2015, we had $132.5 million of borrowings outstanding under our senior secured credit facility, which matures in March 2020. The interest rate under our senior secured credit facility was 3.52% as of the quarter ended March 28, 2015. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Senior secured credit facility” for a more detailed description of our senior secured credit facility.

Pending use of the net proceeds from this offering described above, we may invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States government.

Assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $2.0 million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each 1,000,000 share increase or decrease in the number of shares offered in this offering would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $12.1 million, assuming that the price per share for the offering remains at $13.00 (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

43


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2015 and fiscal years 2013 and 2012, we paid cash dividends in the aggregate amounts of $48.0 million, $38.5 million and $19.3 million, respectively, to our stockholders. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness, and therefore we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries and us to pay dividends or make distributions to us under the terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to compliance with covenants in current and future agreements governing our indebtedness, and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.

Accordingly, you may need to sell your shares of our common stock to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock—We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future following this offering.”

 

44


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of March 28, 2015 (1) on an actual basis and (2) on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the sale by us of 2,150,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses paid by us and (ii) the application of the net proceeds from this offering to us as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

The pro forma information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read the following information together with the information contained in “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 28, 2015  
     (unaudited)  
     Actual     Pro forma  
(in thousands, except share data)             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,902      $ 2,902   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt (including current portion):

Senior secured credit facility

  132,500      112,900   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 26,158,882 shares issued and outstanding, actual and 28,308,882 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

  262      284   

Additional paid-in capital

  71      23,000   

Accumulated deficit

  (54,381   (54,381
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  (54,048   (31,097
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

$ 78,452    $ 81,803   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, senior secured credit facility, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $2.0 million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each 1,000,000 share increase or decrease in the number of shares offered in this offering would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $12.1 million, assuming that the price per share for the offering remains at $13.00 (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table above:

 

    excludes, as of March 28, 2015, 1,356,262 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.03 per share; and

 

    excludes, 2,143,589 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our new equity compensation plan, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

 

45


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in shares of our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.

Dilution represents the difference between the amount per share paid by investors in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value per share as of March 28, 2015 represented the amount of our total tangible assets less the amount of our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at March 28, 2015. After giving effect to the sale of the 2,150,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at a price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds from this offering to us as described under “Use of Proceeds,” our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 28, 2015 would have been approximately $(131.6) million, or $(4.65) per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to our existing stockholders of $1.13 per share and an immediate dilution to new investors in this offering of $17.65 per share.

The following table illustrates this per share dilution in net tangible book value to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

$ 13.00   

Net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 28, 2015

$ (5.78

Increase per share attributable to new investors

  1.13   
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

  (4.65
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

$ 17.65   
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (or decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (or decrease) pro forma net tangible book value by $2.0 million, or $0.07 per share, and would increase (or decrease) the dilution per share to new investors by $0.07, based on the assumptions set forth above.

The following table sets forth, as of March 28, 2015, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, after giving effect to the total price paid and average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by the new investors in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) but before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares purchased     Total consideration     Average
price per
share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     26,158,882         92.4   $ 46,784,585         62.6   $ 1.79   

New investors

     2,150,000         7.6        27,950,000         37.4        13.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  28,308,882      100 $ 74,734,585      100 $ 2.64   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or decrease total consideration paid by new investors and the total average price per share by approximately $2.2 million and $0.08, respectively, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

 

46


Table of Contents

A 1,000,000 share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered in this offering would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $12.1 million, assuming that the price per share for the offering remains at $13.00 (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

After giving affect to the sale of shares by us and the selling stockholders in this offering, new investors will hold 5,800,000, or 20.3% of the total number of shares of common stock after this offering and existing stockholders will hold 79.7% of the total shares outstanding. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of shares held by new investors will increase to 6,670,000, or 23.3% of the total number of shares of common stock after this offering and the percentage of shares held by existing stockholders will decrease to 76.7% of the total shares outstanding.

The foregoing discussion and tables assume no exercise of stock options to purchase 1,356,262 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 28, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.03 per share. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities or any options are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

 

47


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

Wingstop Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on March 18, 2015. On May 28, 2015, Wing Stop Holding Corporation merged with and into Wingstop Inc., with Wingstop Inc. as the surviving corporation in the merger. Pursuant to the merger, each holder of Wing Stop Holding Corporation common stock received 0.545 shares of common stock of Wingstop Inc. for each one share of Wing Stop Holding Corporation and each option to purchase common stock of Wing Stop Holding Corporation was assumed by Wingstop Inc. and converted into an option to purchase 0.545 shares of common stock of Wingstop Inc. for each one share of Wing Stop Holding Corporation with the remaining terms of each such option remaining unchanged, except as was necessary to reflect the reorganization. The following tables set forth the financial statements of Wingstop Inc., giving effect to the reorganization. All references to per share amounts in the tables below have been adjusted to reflect the reorganization retrospectively.

The selected historical consolidated financial and other data presented below for the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial and other data presented below for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2014, December 29, 2013 and December 28, 2012 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Wingstop utilizes a 52- or 53-week fiscal year that ends on the last Saturday of the calendar year. The fiscal years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 included 52 weeks. The first three quarters of our fiscal year consist of 13 weeks and our fourth quarter consists of 13 weeks for 52-week fiscal years and 14 weeks for 53-week fiscal years.

The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. This information should be read in conjunction with “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and each of their related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Thirteen weeks ended     Year ended  
(in thousands)   March 28,
2015
    March 29,
2014
    December 27,
2014
    December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

         

Revenue:

         

Royalty revenue and franchise fees

  $  11,157      $  8,659      $ 38,032      $ 30,202      $ 25,057   

Company-owned restaurant sales

    7,869        8,015        29,417        28,797        26,534   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  19,026      16,674      67,449      58,999      51,591   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost and expenses:

Cost of sales

  5,736      5,311      20,473      22,176      21,262   

Selling, general and administrative

  7,676      4,761      26,006      18,913      15,896   

Depreciation and amortization

  663      815      2,904      3,030      2,930   

Earn-out obligation

  —        —        —        —        2,500   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

  14,075      10,887      49,383      44,119      42,588   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

  4,951      5,787      18,066      14,880      9,003   

Interest expense, net

  787      1,016      3,684      2,863      2,431   

Other (income) expense, net

  29      23      84      (6   (8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

  4,135      4,748      14,298      12,023      6,580   

Income tax expense

  1,581      1,764      5,312      4,493      3,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

$ 2,554    $ 2,984    $ 8,986    $ 7,530    $ 3,580   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents
    Thirteen weeks ended     Year ended  
(in thousands)   March 28,
2015
    March 29,
2014
    December 27,
2014
    December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Data:

         

Net cash provided by operating activities

    2,520        5,763      $ 14,370      $ 10,906      $ 10,421   

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (99     707        (363     (2,144     (1,447

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (9,242     198        (7,457     (9,842     (6,902
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

$ (6,821 $ 6,668    $ 6,550    $ (1,080 $ 2,072   

Per Share Data:

Earnings per share:

Basic

$ 0.10    $ 0.12    $ 0.35    $ 0.30    $ 0.14   

Diluted

$ 0.10    $ 0.11    $ 0.34    $ 0.29    $ 0.14   

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic

  26,290      25,621      25,846      25,168      24,746   

Diluted

  26,607      26,053      26,204      25,648      25,338   

Pro forma earnings per share (1):

Basic

  0.09      0.32   

Diluted

  0.09      0.32   

Selected Other Data (2):

Number of system-wide restaurants open at end of period

  745      627      712      614      546   

Number of domestic company restaurants open at end of period

  19      19      19      24      23   

Number of domestic franchise restaurants open at end of period

  681      587      652      569      510   

Number of international franchise restaurants open at end of period

  45      21      41      21      13   

System-wide sales (3)

$ 199,217    $ 162,764    $ 678,771    $ 549,904    $ 457,315   

Domestic restaurant AUV

  N/A      N/A    $ 1,073    $ 974    $ 902   

Company-owned domestic AUV

  N/A      N/A    $ 1,504    $ 1,206    $ 1,126   

Number of restaurants opened (during period)

  34      14      102      74      57   

Number of restaurants closed (during period)

  1      1      4      6      10   

Company-owned restaurants refranchised (during period)

  —        —        5      —        1   

EBITDA (4)

$ 5,585    $ 6,579    $ 20,886    $ 17,916    $ 11,941   

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

$ 7,194    $ 6,715    $ 24,378    $ 19,495    $ 15,615   

Adjusted EBITDA margin (5)

  37.8   40.3   36.1   33.0   30.3

Same Store Sales Data (6):

Domestic same store base (end of period)

  603      538      589      527      482   

Change in domestic same store sales

  10.7   9.7   12.5   9.9   13.8

 

     As of  
(in thousands)    March 28, 2015     December 27, 2014     December 28, 2013  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

     2,902      $ 9,723      $ 3,173   

Total assets

     114,071        120,236        113,451   

Total long-term debt (including current portion)

     132,500        93,721        102,500   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (54,048     (8,994     (20,262

 

(1) See note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements and note 13 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements.
(2) See the definitions of key performance indicators under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators.”

 

49


Table of Contents
(3) The percentage of system-wide sales attributable to company-owned restaurants was 3.9% and 4.8% for the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014, respectively, and was 4.3%, 5.2% and 5.8% for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively. The remainder was generated by franchised restaurants, as reported by our franchisees.
(4) Please see footnote 4 to “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for our definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and why we consider them useful, as well as a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial performance measure, which is net income.
(5) Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to total revenue. We present Adjusted EBITDA margin because it is used by management as a performance measurement of Adjusted EBITDA generated from total revenue. See “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA as a non-GAAP measure and a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.
(6) We define the domestic same store base to include those domestic restaurants open for at least 52 full weeks. Change in domestic same store sales reflects the change in year-over-year sales for the domestic same store base.

 

50


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion together with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” and the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements in this discussion regarding industry outlook, our expectations regarding our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and other non-historical statements in this discussion are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described in “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements.

Our fiscal year ends on the last Saturday of each calendar year. Fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 were 52-week years. References to fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 are references to the fiscal years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013, and December 29, 2012, respectively. Our fiscal quarters are comprised of 13 weeks each, except for 53-week fiscal years for which the fourth quarter will be comprised of 14 weeks, and end on the 13 th Saturday of each quarter (14 th Saturday of the fourth quarter, when applicable).

Overview

Wingstop is a high-growth franchisor and operator of restaurants that specialize in cooked-to-order, hand-sauced and tossed chicken wings. Founded in 1994 in Garland, Texas, we believe we pioneered the concept of wings as a “center-of-the-plate” item for all of our meal occasions. We offer our guests 11 bold, distinctive and craveable flavors on our bone-in and boneless chicken wings paired with hand-cut, seasoned fries and sides made fresh daily. Our menu is highly-customizable for different dining occasions, and we believe it delivers a compelling value proposition for groups, families, and individuals. Our average transaction size in 2014 was $15.61, as a result of our large, value-oriented family packs, as well as meals for two and individual combo meals, which start at approximately $8. Additionally, carry-out orders constituted approximately 75% of our sales during the same time period. Our concept has received numerous accolades, including recognition in 2014 as the “Best Chicken Wings” in the U.S. by Food and Wine , the “#3 Fastest-Growing Chain” by Nation’s Restaurant News , and the “Best Franchise Deal in North America” by QSR Magazine .

We are the largest fast casual chicken wings-focused restaurant chain in the world, and have demonstrated strong, consistent growth on a national scale. We have sold approximately 4 billion wings over the last 20 years, as we grew to 745 restaurants across 37 states and 6 countries, as of March 28, 2015. Wings are our “center-of-the-plate” specialty. While other concepts include wings as add-on menu items or focus on wings in a bar or sports-centric setting, we are singularly focused on wings, fries and sides, which generate approximately 90% of our sales. We have broad and growing consumer appeal anchored by a sought after core demographic of 18-34 year old Millennials, which we believe is a loyal consumer group that dines at fast casual restaurants more frequently. Increasing customer loyalty and brand awareness have enabled us to deliver positive domestic same store sales for 11 consecutive years through 2014, while growing our restaurant count at a 15.3% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, over the same timeframe.

As of March 28, 2015, our restaurant base was 97% franchised, with 726 franchised locations (including 45 international locations) and 19 company-owned restaurants. We believe our simple and efficient restaurant operating model, low initial cash investment and compelling restaurant economics help drive continued system growth through both existing and new franchisees. Our “wings, fries, sides, repeat” restaurant operating model requires few ingredients and easy preparation within a small, flexible real estate footprint. We believe we offer an attractive investment opportunity for our franchisees as evidenced by our domestic average sales-to-investment ratio of 2.9x and the 43.4% increase in domestic restaurant count since the end of 2011. We believe our asset-light, highly-franchised business model generates strong operating margins and requires low capital expenditures, creating shareholder value through strong and consistent free cash flow and capital-efficient growth.

 

51


Table of Contents

Growth Strategy and Outlook

We plan to grow our business by opening new franchised restaurants and increasing our same store sales, while leveraging our franchise model to create shareholder value.

 

    Domestic restaurant count has increased 43.4% since the end of 2011, with the pace of restaurant openings increasing each year. We expect to continue to increase the pace of openings and believe our domestic unit potential is approximately 2,500 units.

 

    Domestic same store sales have increased for 11 consecutive years beginning in 2004, which includes 3-year cumulative domestic same stores sales growth of 36.2% since 2011. We anticipate further increases in domestic same store sales through improvements in brand awareness, flavor innovation, increases in online ordering and improved advertising media efficiency.

 

    We believe our asset-light, highly-franchised business model generates strong operating margins and requires low capital expenditures, creating shareholder value through strong and consistent free cash flow and capital-efficient growth.

The financial results provided herein reflect the fact that, to this date, we have been a private company and as such have not incurred costs typically found in publicly traded companies. We expect that those costs will increase our selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses, similar to other companies who complete an initial public offering.

In addition, we expect to recognize certain non-recurring costs as part of our transition to a publicly traded company consisting of professional fees, a termination fee associated with our management agreement with Roark, transaction bonuses and other expenses, which will be reflected in our SG&A expenses until the completion of this offering. Such costs and other non-offering expenses will be in addition to the estimated underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses.

Key Performance Indicators

Key measures that we use in evaluating our restaurants and assessing our business include the following:

Number of restaurants. Management reviews the number of new restaurants, the number of closed restaurants, and the number of acquisitions and divestitures of restaurants to assess net new restaurant growth, system-wide sales, royalty and franchise fee revenue and company-owned restaurant sales.

System-wide sales. System-wide sales represents net sales for all of our company-owned and franchised restaurants, as reported by franchisees. While we do not record franchised restaurant sales as revenue, our royalty revenue is calculated based on a percentage of franchised restaurant sales, which generally range from 5.0% to 6.0% of gross sales net of discounts. This measure allows management to better assess changes in our royalty revenue, our overall store performance, the health of our brand and the strength of our market position relative to competitors. Our system-wide sales growth is driven by new restaurant openings as well as increases in same store sales.

Average unit volume (AUV). AUV consists of the average annual sales of all restaurants that have been open for a trailing 52-week period or longer. This measure is calculated by dividing sales during the applicable period for all restaurants being measured by the number of restaurants being measured. In this prospectus, we provide AUV for domestic restaurants and company-owned restaurants. Domestic AUV includes revenue from both company-owned and franchised restaurants. AUV allows management to assess our company-owned and franchised restaurant economics. Our AUV growth is primarily driven by increases in same store sales and is also influenced by opening new restaurants.

Same store sales. Same store sales reflects the change in year-over-year sales for the same store base. We define the same store base to include those restaurants open for at least 52 full weeks. This measure highlights the performance of existing restaurants, while excluding the impact of new restaurant openings and closures. We review

 

52


Table of Contents

same store sales for company-owned restaurants as well as system-wide restaurants. Same store sales growth is driven by increases in transactions and average transaction size. Transaction size increases are driven by price increases or favorable mix shift from either an increase in items purchased or shifts into higher priced items.

Adjusted EBITDA. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income before interest expense, net, income tax expense, and depreciation and amortization, with further adjustments for management fees and expense reimbursement, transaction costs, gains and losses on the disposal of assets, stock-based compensation expense and earn-out obligation. Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to differences in methods of calculation. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income and a further discussion of how we utilize this non-GAAP financial measure, see “Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

The following table sets forth our key performance indicators for the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014 and the fiscal years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 (in thousands, except unit data):

 

    Thirteen weeks ended     Year ended  
    March 28,
2015
    March 29,
2014
    December 27,
2014
    December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

Number of system-wide stores at period end

    745           627        712        614        546   

System-wide sales

  $ 199,217         $ 162,764      $ 678,771      $ 549,904      $ 457,315   

Domestic restaurant AUV

    N/A           N/A      $ 1,073      $ 974      $ 902   

Company-owned domestic AUV

    N/A           N/A      $ 1,504      $ 1,206      $ 1,126   

Change in domestic same store sales

    10.7%        9.7     12.5     9.9     13.8

Change in company-owned domestic same store sales

    9.6%        14.5     16.0     7.2     17.5

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 7,194         $ 6,715      $ 24,378      $ 19,495      $ 15,615   

Key Financial Definitions

Revenue. Our revenue is comprised of the collection of development fees, franchise fees, royalties, other fees associated with franchise and development rights, and sales of wings and other food and beverage products by our company-owned restaurants. The following is a brief description of our components of revenue:

Royalty revenue and franchise fees includes revenue we earn from our franchise business segment in the form of royalties, fees, and vendor contributions and rebates. Royalties consist primarily of fees earned from franchisees equal to a percentage of gross franchise restaurant sales of all restaurants developed under the applicable franchise agreement. The majority of our franchise agreements require our franchise owners to pay us a royalty of 5.0% of their gross sales net of discounts. Development agreements entered into on or after July 1, 2014 require our franchisees to pay us a royalty of 6.0% of their gross sales net of discounts. Franchise fees consist of initial development and franchise fees related to new restaurants, master license fees for international territories, fees to renew or extend franchise agreements and transfer fees. Initial franchise fees are recognized upon the opening of a restaurant and are impacted by the number of new franchise store openings in a specified period. Development and territory fees related to an individual restaurant are recognized upon the opening of each individual restaurant. Royalty revenue and franchise fees also include revenue from vendor contributions and rebates that are attributable to system-wide volume purchases that are in excess of the total expense of the vendor’s products, and are received for general marketing and other purposes.

Sales from company-owned restaurants are generated through sales of food and beverage at company-owned restaurants.

Cost of sales. Cost of sales consists of direct food, beverage, paper goods, packaging, labor costs and other restaurant operating costs such as rent, restaurant maintenance costs and property insurance, at our company-

 

53


Table of Contents

owned restaurants. Additionally, a portion of vendor rebates attributable to system-wide volumes purchases are recorded in cost of sales. The components of cost of sales are partially variable in nature and fluctuate with changes in sales volume, product mix, menu pricing and commodity costs.

Selling, general and administrative. SG&A costs consist of wages, benefits, franchise development expenses, other compensation, travel, marketing, accounting fees, legal fees, sponsor management fees and other expenses related to the infrastructure required to support our franchise and company-owned stores. SG&A costs also include voluntary contributions on behalf of the company to the advertising fund that we manage on behalf of all system-wide restaurants. We also expect to incur additional expense related to the payment of a one-time fee in an aggregate amount of $3.3 million in connection with the termination of our management agreement with Roark Capital Management, LLC, which represents the remaining amounts due under the terms of the management agreement. We expect our SG&A expense to increase as we incur additional legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses associated with being a public company.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization includes the depreciation of fixed assets, capitalized leasehold improvements and amortization of intangible assets.

Earn-out obligation. Earn-out obligation is related to Wing Stop Holding Corporation’s acquisition of the equity interests of Wingstop Holdings, Inc. and was contingent upon specific revenue benchmarks. Expense was recorded when future payment was determined to be probable. There are no further earn-out obligations remaining under the acquisition agreement.

Interest expense. Interest expense includes expenses related to borrowings under our senior secured credit facility and amortization of deferred debt issuance costs.

Income tax expense. Income tax expense includes current and deferred federal tax expenses as well as state and local income taxes.

The Reorganization

Wingstop Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on March 18, 2015. Until the completion of the reorganization described in this prospectus, which occured on May 28, 2015, Wingstop Inc. was a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Wing Stop Holding Corporation and had no material assets. Following the reorganization, the consolidated financial statements of Wingstop Inc. will reflect the assets, liabilities and results of operations of Wing Stop Holding Corporation, but for historical periods, the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus are those of Wing Stop Holding Corporation. Accordingly, the following discussion currently relates to the consolidated financial and other data of Wing Stop Holding Corporation for the periods and as of the dates indicated and will relate to the consolidated financial and other data of Wingstop Inc. following the reorganization.

Significant Factors Impacting Historical Financial Results

Earn-out obligation. In accordance with the terms of the acquisition agreement related to Wing Stop Holding Corporation’s acquisition of the equity interests of Wingstop Holdings, Inc. on April 9, 2010, an earn-out payment, with a minimum payout of $0 and maximum payout of $5.0 million, which was contingent upon specific revenue benchmarks, was recorded at fair value on our balance sheet. We accrued an earn-out payable amount of $2.5 million, at the time of the acquisition, which was estimated based on management’s forecasts of future operations. During the year ended December 29, 2012, we achieved the benchmarks specified in the acquisition agreement to trigger the additional earn-out payment of $2.5 million. Accordingly, an additional liability and expense was included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Operations, respectively, at December 29, 2012 and for the year then ended. During fiscal year 2013, we made the full $5.0 million payment due under the terms of the earn-out, and there are no further obligations related to the earn-out remaining under the acquisition agreement.

 

54


Table of Contents

Refranchised restaurants. In February 2014, we sold five restaurants to an existing franchisee, which had a carrying value of $1.0 million, comprised of $610,000 in net assets and $442,000 in allocated goodwill, for proceeds of $1.1 million, resulting in a gain on disposal of approximately $100,000. In October 2012, we sold a restaurant to an existing franchisee, which had a carrying value of $150,000, comprised of $25,000 in net assets and $125,000 in allocated goodwill, for proceeds of $170,000, resulting in a gain on disposal of approximately $20,000.

Results of Operations

The following table presents the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014 and the past three fiscal years expressed as a percentage of revenue:

 

     Thirteen weeks ended     Year ended  
     March 28,
2015
    March 29,
2014
    December 27,
2014
    December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

Revenue:

          

Royalty revenue and franchise fees

     58.6     51.9     56.4     51.2     48.6

Company-owned restaurant sales

     41.4        48.1        43.6        48.8        51.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

Cost of sales (1)

  72.9   66.3   69.6   77.0   80.1

Selling, general and administrative

  40.3      28.6      38.6      32.1      30.8   

Depreciation and amortization

  3.5      4.9      4.3      5.1      5.7   

Earn-out obligation

  —        —        —        —        4.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

  74.0   65.3   73.2   74.8   82.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

  26.0   34.7   26.8   25.2   17.5

Interest expense, net

  4.1      6.1      5.5      4.9      4.7   

Other (income) expense, net

  0.2      0.1      0.1      —        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

  21.7   28.5   21.2   20.4   12.8

Income tax expense

  8.3      10.6      7.9      7.6      5.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  13.4   17.9   13.3   12.8   6.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) As a percentage of company-owned restaurant sales. Exclusive of depreciation and amortization, shown separately. The percentages reflected have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures expressed as percentages when aggregated may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the percentages that precede them.

 

55


Table of Contents

Thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 compared to thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2014

The following table sets forth information comparing the components of net income for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Thirteen weeks ended      Increase / (Decrease)  
     March 28,
2015
     March 29,
2014
     $      %  

Revenue

           

Royalty revenue and franchise fees

   $ 11,157       $ 8,659       $ 2,498         28.8

Company-owned restaurant sales

     7,869         8,015         (146      (1.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

  19,026      16,674      2,352      14.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Costs and expenses

Cost of sales (1)

  5,736      5,311      425      8.0   

Selling, general and administrative

  7,676      4,761      2,915      61.2   

Depreciation and amortization

  663      815      (152   (18.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

  14,075      10,887      3,188      29.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

  4,951      5,787      (836   (14.4

Interest expense, net

  787      1,016      (229   (22.5

Other (income) expense, net

  29      23      6      NM (2) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

  4,135      4,748      (613   (12.9

Income tax expense

  1,581      1,764      (183   (10.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

$ 2,554    $ 2,984    $ (430   (14.4 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Exclusive of depreciation and amortization, shown separately.
(2) Not meaningful.

Total revenue. Total revenue was $19.0 million during the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015, an increase of $2.4 million, or 14.1%, compared to $16.7 million in the comparable period in 2014.

Royalty revenue and franchise fees. Royalty revenue and franchise fees were $11.2 million during the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015, an increase of $2.5 million, or 28.8%, compared to $8.7 million in the comparable period in 2014. Royalty revenue increased by $1.8 million primarily due to an increase in the number of franchised stores from 608 at March 29, 2014 to 726 at March 28, 2015 and domestic same store sales growth of 10.7% resulting primarily from an increase in transaction counts. Franchise fees increased by $0.4 million driven by 34 franchise restaurant openings in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 compared to 14 restaurant openings in the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2014.

Company-owned restaurant sales. Company-owned restaurant sales were $7.9 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015, a decrease of $0.1 million, or (1.8%), compared to $8.0 million in the comparable period in 2014. The decrease is the result of the refranchising of five company-owned restaurants during the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2014 partially offset by company-owned domestic same store sales growth of 9.6%, resulting primarily from an increase in transaction counts.

Cost of sales. Cost of sales was $5.7 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015, an increase of $0.4 million, or 8.0%, compared to $5.3 million in the comparable period in 2014. Cost of sales as a percentage of company-owned restaurant sales was 72.9% in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 compared to 66.3% in the comparable period in 2014.

 

56


Table of Contents

The table below presents the major components of cost of sales (in thousands):

 

    Thirteen weeks
ended
March 28,
2015
    As a % of
company-
owned
restaurant sales
    Thirteen weeks
ended
March 29,
2014
    As a % of
company-
owned
restaurant sales
 

Cost of sales:

   

Food, beverage and packaging costs

  $ 3,065        39.0   $ 2,668        33.3

Labor costs

    1,624        20.6        1,801        22.5   

Other restaurant operating expenses

    1,223        15.5        1,276        15.9   

Vendor rebates

    (176     (2.2     (434     (5.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

$ 5,736      72.9 $ 5,311      66.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Food, beverage and packaging costs as a percentage of company-owned restaurant sales were 39.0% in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 compared to 33.3% in the comparable period in 2014. The increase is primarily due to a 42.0% increase in commodities rates for bone-in chicken wings compared to the comparable period in 2014, which was partially offset by menu pricing and favorable pricing for other commodities.

Labor costs as a percentage of company-owned restaurant sales were 20.6% in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 compared to 22.5% in the comparable period in 2014. The improvement is primarily due to the leveraging of fixed costs due to the company-owned domestic same store sales increase of 9.6% and the refranchising of five restaurants with lower AUV than the remaining company-owned restaurants.

Other restaurant operating expenses as a percentage of company-owned restaurant sales were 15.5% in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 compared to 15.9% in the comparable period in 2014. The improvement is primarily due to the leveraging of fixed costs due to the company-owned domestic same store sales increase of 9.6% and the refranchising of five restaurants with lower AUV than the remaining company-owned restaurants.

Vendor rebates decreased $0.3 million primarily due to a one-time reimbursement received in the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2014 related to transition costs from the company’s change to a new distributor that offset expenses incurred due to the transition.

Selling, general and administrative. SG&A expense was $7.7 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015, an increase of $2.9 million, or 61.2%, compared to $4.8 million in the comparable period in 2014. The increase in SG&A is primarily due to headcount additions, consulting / professional fees, and other recurring costs as we prepare to be a public company. Additionally, we incurred $1.3 million of non-recurring costs as we prepared for our initial public offering.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization was $0.7 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 18.7%, compared to $0.8 million in the comparable period in 2014. The refranchising of five restaurants caused a reduction in depreciation of $0.1 million during the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2014, which was slightly offset by capital expenditures.

Interest expense, net. Interest expense was $0.8 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015, a decrease of $0.2 million, or 22.5%, from $1.0 million in the comparable period in 2014. The decrease was primarily due to a lower principal amount of indebtedness incurred under our senior secured credit facility during a significant portion of the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 as compared to the comparable period in 2014.

Income tax expense. Income tax expense was $1.6 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015, yielding an effective tax rate of 38.2%, compared to an effective tax rate of 37.2% in the comparable period in 2014.

 

57


Table of Contents

Segment results. The following table sets forth our revenue and operating profit for each of our segments for the period presented (in thousands):

 

     Thirteen weeks ended      Increase / (Decrease)  
         March 28,    
2015
         March 29,    
2014
         $              %      

Revenue:

           

Franchise segment

   $ 11,157       $ 8,659       $ 2,498         28.8

Company segment

     7,869         8,015         (146      (1.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment revenue

$ 19,026    $ 16,674    $ 2,352      14.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment profit:

Franchise segment

$ 5,048    $ 4,110    $ 938      22.8

Company segment

  1,317      1,790      (473   (26.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment profit

$ 6,365    $ 5,900    $ 465      7.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Franchise segment. Franchise segment revenue was $11.2 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015, an increase of $2.5 million, or 28.8%, from $8.7 million in the comparable period in 2014. The increase was due to 118 franchise restaurant openings since March 29, 2014, domestic same store sales growth of 10.7% driven primarily by an increase in transaction counts and an increase of $0.3 million in vendor rebates driven by system-wide volume increases.

Franchise segment profit was $5.0 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015, an increase of $0.9 million, or 22.8%, from $4.1 million in the comparable period in 2014 due to the growth in revenue offset by increases in SG&A.

Company segment . Company-owned restaurant sales were $7.9 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015, a decrease of $0.1 million, or (1.8)%, compared to $8.0 million in the comparable period in 2014. The decrease is the result of the refranchising of five company-owned restaurants during the first quarter of 2014 partially offset by company-owned domestic same store sales growth of 9.6%, resulting primarily from an increase in transaction counts.

Company segment profit was $1.3 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015, a decrease of $0.5 million, or (26.4)%, compared to $1.8 million in the comparable period in 2014. The decrease is primarily due to the refranchising of five company-owned restaurants during the first quarter of 2014 and a 42.0% increase in commodities rates for bone-in-chicken wings partially offset by the leveraging of fixed costs due to the company-owned domestic same store sales increase of 9.6%.

 

58


Table of Contents

Year ended December 27, 2014 compared to year ended December 28, 2013

The following table sets forth information comparing the components of net income in fiscal year 2014 and fiscal year 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Year ended      Increase / (Decrease)  
     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
     $      %  

Revenue:

           

Royalty revenue and franchise fees

   $ 38,032       $ 30,202       $ 7,830         25.9

Company-owned restaurant sales

     29,417         28,797         620         2.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

  67,449      58,999      8,450      14.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

Cost of sales (1)

  20,473      22,176      (1,703   (7.7 )% 

Selling, general and administrative

  26,006      18,913      7,093      37.5   

Depreciation and amortization

  2,904      3,030      (126   (4.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

  49,383      44,119      5,264      11.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

  18,066      14,880      3,186      21.4

Interest expense, net

  3,684      2,863      821      28.7   

Other (income) expense, net

  84      (6   90      NM (2) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

  14,298      12,023      2,275      18.9

Income tax expense

  5,312      4,493      819      18.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

$ 8,986    $ 7,530    $ 1,456      19.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Exclusive of depreciation and amortization, shown separately.
(2) Not meaningful.

Total revenue. Total revenue was $67.4 million in fiscal year 2014, an increase of $8.5 million, or 14.3%, compared to $59.0 million in the prior fiscal year.

Royalty revenue and franchise fees. Royalty revenue and franchise fees were $38.0 million in fiscal year 2014, an increase of $7.8 million, or 25.9%, compared to $30.2 million in the prior fiscal year. Royalty revenue increased by $6.3 million primarily due to an increase in the number of franchised stores from 590 in fiscal year 2013 to 693 in fiscal year 2014 and domestic same store sales growth of 12.5% resulting primarily from an increase in transaction counts. Franchise fees increased by $0.8 million driven by 102 franchise restaurant openings in 2014 compared to 74 restaurant openings in 2013.

Company-owned restaurant sales. Company-owned restaurant sales were $29.4 million in fiscal year 2014, an increase of $0.6 million, or 2.2%, compared to $28.8 million in the prior fiscal year. The increase is the result of company-owned domestic same store sales growth of 16.0%, resulting primarily from an increase in transaction counts. Same store sales increases of $4.0 million were partially offset by the refranchising of five corporate restaurants during the first quarter of 2014.

Cost of sales. Cost of sales was $20.5 million in fiscal year 2014, a decrease of $1.7 million, or 7.7%, compared to $22.2 million in the prior fiscal year. Cost of sales as a percentage of company-owned restaurant sales was 69.6% in fiscal year 2014 compared to 77.0% in the prior fiscal year.

 

59


Table of Contents

The table below presents the major components of cost of sales (in thousands):

 

     Year ended
December 27,
2014
    As a % of
company-
owned
restaurant sales
    Year ended
December 28,
2013
    As a % of
company-
owned
restaurant sales
 

Cost of sales:

    

Food, beverage and packaging costs

   $ 10,327        35.1   $ 11,147        38.7

Labor costs

     6,637        22.6        6,800        23.6   

Other restaurant operating expenses

     4,688        15.9        4,972        17.3   

Vendor rebates

     (1,179     (4.0     (743     (2.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

$ 20,473      69.6 $ 22,176      77.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Food, beverage and packaging costs as a percentage of company-owned restaurant sales were 35.1% in fiscal year 2014 compared to 38.7% in the prior fiscal year. The improvement is primarily due to a 15.2% reduction in commodities rates for bone-in chicken wings compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year.

Labor costs as a percentage of company-owned restaurant sales were 22.6% in fiscal year 2014 compared to 23.6% in the prior fiscal year. The improvement is primarily due to the leveraging of fixed costs due to the company-owned domestic same store sales increase of 16.0% and the refranchising of 5 restaurants with lower AUV than the remaining company stores.

Other restaurant operating expenses as a percentage of company-owned restaurant sales were 15.9% in fiscal year 2014 compared to 17.3% in the prior fiscal year. The improvement is primarily due to the leveraging of fixed costs due to the company-owned domestic same store sales increase of 16.0% and the refranchising of 5 restaurants with lower AUV than the remaining company stores.

Vendor rebates increased $0.4 million primarily due to a one-time reimbursement of transition costs from the company’s change to a new distributor that offset expenses incurred in 2013 due to the transition.

Selling, general and administrative. SG&A expense was $26.0 million in fiscal year 2014, an increase of $7.1 million, or 37.5%, compared to $18.9 million in the prior fiscal year. The increase in SG&A is primarily due to headcount additions, consulting / professional fees, and other recurring costs as we prepare to be a public company. Additionally, we incurred $2.2 million of non-recurring costs as we prepared for our initial public offering.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization was $2.9 million in fiscal year 2014, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 4.2%, compared to $3.0 million in the prior fiscal year. The refranchising of 5 restaurants caused a reduction in depreciation of $0.3 million which was mostly offset by additional capital expenditures.

Interest expense, net. Interest expense was $3.7 million in fiscal year 2014, an increase of $0.8 million, or 28.7%, from $2.9 million in the prior fiscal year. The increase was primarily due to the increased principal amount of indebtedness incurred under our senior secured credit facility in connection with an amendment and restatement of the facility completed in the fourth quarter of 2013.

Income tax expense. Income tax expense was $5.3 million in fiscal year 2014, yielding an effective tax rate of 37.2%, compared to an effective tax rate of 37.4% in prior fiscal year. The effective tax rate in 2014 is comparable to 2013.

 

60


Table of Contents

Segment results. The following table sets forth our revenue and operating profit for each of our segments for the period presented (in thousands):

 

     Year ended      Increase / (Decrease)  
     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
         $              %      

Revenue:

           

Franchise segment

   $ 38,032       $ 30,202         7,830         25.9

Company segment

     29,417         28,797         620         2.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment revenue

$ 67,449    $ 58,999    $ 8,450      14.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment profit:

Franchise segment

$ 15,213    $ 13,106      2,107      16.1

Company segment

  5,471      2,605      2,866      110.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment profit

$ 20,684    $ 15,711    $ 4,973      31.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Franchise segment. Franchise segment revenue was $38.0 million in fiscal year 2014, an increase of $7.8 million, or 25.9%, from $30.2 million in the prior fiscal year. The increase was due to 102 franchise restaurant openings, domestic same store sales growth of 12.5% driven primarily by an increase in transaction counts and an increase of $0.8 million in vendor rebates driven by system-wide volume increases.

Franchise segment profit was $15.2 million in fiscal year 2014, an increase of $2.1 million, or 16.1%, from $13.1 million in the prior fiscal year due to the growth in revenue offset by increases in SG&A.

Company segment. Company-owned restaurant sales were $29.4 million in fiscal year 2014, an increase of $0.6 million, or 2.2%, compared to $28.8 million in the prior fiscal year. The increase is the result of company-owned domestic same store sales growth of 16.0%, resulting primarily from an increase in transaction counts. Same store sales increases of $4.0 million were partially offset by the refranchising of five corporate restaurants during the first quarter of 2014.

Company segment profit was $5.5 million in fiscal year 2014, an increase of $2.9 million, or 110.0%, compared to $2.6 million in the prior fiscal year. The improvement is due to increase in sales, a 15.2% reduction in commodities rates for bone-in chicken wings and leveraging of fixed costs due to the company-owned comparable same store sales increase of 16.0%.

 

61


Table of Contents

Year ended December 28, 2013 compared to year ended December 29, 2012

The following table sets forth information comparing the components of net income in fiscal year 2013 and fiscal year 2012 (in thousands):

 

     Year ended      Increase / (Decrease)  
     December 28,
2013
     December 29,
2012
     $      %  

Revenue:

           

Royalty revenue and franchise fees

   $ 30,202       $ 25,057       $ 5,145         20.5

Company-owned restaurant sales

     28,797         26,534         2,263         8.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

  58,999      51,591      7,408      14.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

Cost of sales (1)

  22,176      21,262      914      4.3   

Selling, general and administrative

  18,913      15,896      3,017      19.0   

Depreciation and amortization

  3,030      2,930      100      3.4   

Earn-out obligation

  —        2,500      (2,500   (100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

  44,119      42,588      1,531      3.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

  14,880      9,003      5,877      65.3   

Interest expense, net

  2,863      2,431      432      17.8   

Other (income) expense, net

  (6   (8   2      (25.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

  12,023      6,580      5,443      82.7   

Income tax expense

  4,493      3,000      1,493      49.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

$ 7,530    $ 3,580    $ 3,950      110.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Exclusive of depreciation and amortization, shown separately.

Total revenue. Total revenue was $59.0 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $7.4 million, or 14.4%, compared to $51.6 million in the prior fiscal year.

Royalty revenue and franchise fees. Royalty revenue and franchise fees were $30.2 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $5.1 million, or 20.5%, compared to $25.1 million in the prior fiscal year. Royalty revenue increased $4.0 million primarily due to an increase in the number of franchised stores from 523 in fiscal year 2012 to 590 in fiscal year 2013 and domestic same store sales growth of 9.9% resulting from both an increase in transaction counts and average transaction size. An additional $0.6 million in vendor credits was received for the franchisee convention. The convention is held every 18 months, and there was no convention in 2012.

Company-owned restaurant sales. Company-owned restaurant sales were $28.8 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $2.3 million, or 8.5%, compared to $26.5 million in the prior fiscal year. The increase is the result of company-owned domestic same store sales growth of 7.2%, resulting primarily from an increase in average transaction size. Same store sales increases of $1.9 million, and a new restaurant opening in the first quarter of 2013 were offset by the refranchising of a restaurant in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Cost of sales. Cost of sales was $22.2 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $0.9 million, or 4.3%, compared to $21.3 million in the prior fiscal year. Cost of sales as a percentage of company-owned restaurant sales was 77.0% in fiscal year 2013 compared to 80.1% in the prior fiscal year.

 

62


Table of Contents

The table below presents the major components of cost of sales (in thousands):

 

     Year ended
December 28,
2013
    As a % of
company-

owned
restaurant sales
    Year ended
December 29,
2012
    As a % of
company-
owned
restaurant sales
 

Cost of sales:

        

Food, beverage and packaging costs

   $ 11,147        38.7   $ 11,178        42.1

Labor costs

     6,800        23.6        6,150        23.2   

Other restaurant operating expenses

     4,972        17.3        4,540        17.1   

Vendor rebates

     (743     (2.6     (606     (2.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

$ 22,176      77.0 $ 21,262      80.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Food, beverage and packaging costs as a percentage of company-owned restaurant sales were 38.7% in fiscal year 2013 compared to 42.1% in the prior fiscal year. The improvement is primarily due to an 11.3% reduction in commodities rates for bone-in chicken wings compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year.

Labor costs as a percentage of company-owned restaurant sales were 23.6% in fiscal year 2013 compared to 23.2% in the prior fiscal year. The increase in cost is primarily due to increased field operations performance bonuses, a new restaurant opening, offset by leverage from same store sales growth.

Other restaurant operating expenses as a percentage of company-owned restaurant sales were 17.3% in fiscal year 2013 compared to 17.1% in the prior fiscal year. Year over year increases from increased rent and marketing spend related to a new restaurant opening were offset by leverage from same store sales growth.

Selling, general and administrative. SG&A expense was $18.9 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $3.0 million, or 19.0%, compared to $15.9 million in the prior fiscal year. SG&A increased by $3.0 million primarily due to headcount additions to support growth as well as $0.6 million of expense related to the franchisee convention. The convention is held every 18 months, and there was no convention in 2012.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization was $3.0 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $0.1 million, or 3.4%, compared to $2.9 million in the prior fiscal year. Depreciation increased by $0.2 million mainly due to the opening of a company restaurant and two renovations, offset by decreased amortization.

Earn-out obligation. There was no earn-out obligation expense in fiscal year 2013 as compared to $2.5 million in the prior fiscal year. There are no further earn-out obligations remaining under the 2010 acquisition agreement.

Interest expense, net. Interest expense was $2.9 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $0.4 million, or 17.8%, from $2.4 million in 2012. The increase was primarily due to the increased principal amount of indebtedness incurred under our senior secured credit facility in connection with an amendment and restatement of the facility completed in the fourth quarter of 2013.

Income tax expense. Income tax expense was $4.5 million in fiscal year 2013, yielding an effective tax rate of 37.4%, compared to an effective tax rate of 45.6% in fiscal year 2012. The lower effective tax rate in 2013 is primarily due to the earn-out obligation of $2.5 million in 2012 that was not deductible for income tax purposes.

 

63


Table of Contents

Segment results. The following table sets forth our revenue and operating profit for each of our segments for the period presented (in thousands):

 

     Year ended      Increase / (Decrease)  
     December 28,
2013
     December 29,
2012
         $              %      

Revenue:

           

Franchise segment

   $ 30,202       $ 25,057       $ 5,145         20.5

Company segment

     28,797         26,534         2,263         8.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment revenue

$ 58,999    $ 51,591    $ 7,408      14.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment profit:

Franchise segment

$ 13,106    $ 10,801    $ 2,305      21.3

Company segment

  2,605      1,432      1,173      81.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment profit

$ 15,711    $ 12,233    $ 3,478      28.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Franchise segment . Franchise segment revenue was $30.2 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $5.1 million, or 20.5%, from $25.1 million in the prior fiscal year. The increase was due to the net addition of 67 restaurants, domestic same store sales growth of 9.9%, and an increase of $1.0 million from vendor rebates driven by system-wide volume increases.

Franchise segment profit was $13.1 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $2.3 million, or 21.3%, from $10.8 million in the prior fiscal year due to the growth in revenue offset by growth in SG&A, including cost for our convention that was not included in 2012.

Company segment . Company-owned restaurant sales were $28.8 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $2.3 million, or 8.5%, compared to $26.5 million in the prior fiscal year. The increase is the result of company-owned domestic same store sales growth of 7.2%, resulting primarily from an increase in average transaction size. Same store sales increases of $1.9 million and a new restaurant opening in the first quarter of 2013 were partially offset by the refranchising of a restaurant in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Company segment profit was $2.6 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $1.2 million, or 81.9%, compared to $1.4 million in the prior fiscal year. The improvement is due to increase in sales, a 11.3% reduction in commodities rates for bone-in chicken wings and leveraging of fixed costs due to the company-owned comparable same store sales increase of 7.2%.

 

64


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results

The following table sets forth certain unaudited financial and operating data in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 and each fiscal quarter during fiscal year 2014 and 2013. The unaudited quarterly information includes all normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the information shown. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. All quarterly periods presented below include 13 weeks.

 

    Fiscal
year
2015
    Fiscal year 2014     Fiscal year 2013  
    First
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    First
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    First
Quarter
 

Number of system-wide restaurants open at end of period

    745        712        678        657        627        614        591        576        559   

Number of company restaurants open at end of period

    19        19        19        19        19        24        24        24        24   

Number of domestic franchise restaurants open at end of period

    681        652        628        612        587        569        550        534        518   

System-wide domestic same store sales growth

    10.7     12.5     12.4     15.3     9.7     8.1     8.6     10.1     13.0

Company-owned domestic same store sales growth

    9.6     14.8     14.0     21.0     14.5     7.5     5.8     5.0     10.4

System-wide sales (in thousands) (1)

  $ 199,217      $ 181,990      $ 168,454      $ 165,563      $ 162,764      $ 146,949      $ 136,121      $ 131,693      $ 135,141   

Total revenue (in thousands)

  $ 19,026      $ 18,057      $ 16,417      $ 16,301      $ 16,674      $ 15,536      $ 14,329      $ 14,678      $ 14,456   

Operating income (in thousands)

  $ 4,951      $ 3,223      $ 4,012      $ 5,044      $ 5,787      $ 3,105      $ 3,955      $ 4,274      $ 3,546   

Net income (in thousands)

  $ 2,554      $ 1,501      $ 1,993      $ 2,508      $ 2,984      $ 1,468      $ 2,050      $ 2,238      $ 1,774   

Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands) (2)

  $ 7,194      $ 5,814      $ 5,736      $ 6,113      $ 6,715      $ 4,883      $ 4,914      $ 5,217      $ 4,481   

 

(1) See the definitions of Key Performance Indicators under “—Key Performance Indicators.” System-wide sales includes revenue from company-owned restaurants and franchised restaurants, as reported by our franchisees.

 

65


Table of Contents
(2) The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial performance measure, which is net income. Please see footnote 4 to “Prospectus Summary—Summary of Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for our definition of Adjusted EBITDA and why we consider it useful.

 

    Fiscal year
2015
    Fiscal year 2014     Fiscal year 2013  
(in thousands)   First
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    First
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    First
Quarter
 

Net income

  $ 2,554      $ 1,501      $ 1,993      $ 2,508      $ 2,984      $ 1,468      $ 2,050      $ 2,238      $ 1,774   

Interest income, net

    787        813        876        979        1,016        748        695        704        716   

Income tax expense

    1,581        886        1,178        1,484        1,764        889        1,219        1,330        1,055   

Depreciation and amortization

    663        672        690        727        815        796        750        746        738   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

$ 5,585    $ 3,872    $ 4,737    $ 5,698    $ 6,579    $ 3,901    $ 4,714    $ 5,018    $ 4,283   

Additional adjustments (a)

Management fees

  117      111      111      113      114      109      108      109      110   

Transaction costs

  1,303      1,193      776      195      5      395      —        —        —     

Gains and losses on disposal of assets

  —        —        —        —        (86   —        —        —        —     

Stock-based compensation expense

  189      638      112      107      103      478      92      90      88   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$ 7,194    $ 5,814    $ 5,736    $ 6,113    $ 6,715    $ 4,883    $ 4,914    $ 5,217    $ 4,481   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) See “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a more detailed description of the additional adjustments set forth above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General . Our primary sources of liquidity and capital resources are cash provided from operating activities, cash and cash equivalents on hand, and proceeds from the incurrence of debt. Our primary requirements for liquidity and capital are working capital and general corporate needs. Our operations have not required significant working capital and, similar to many restaurant companies, we have been able to operate, and expect to continue to operate with negative working capital. We believe that our sources of liquidity and capital will be sufficient to finance our continued operations, growth strategy and additional expenses we expect to incur as a public company for at least the next twelve months.

The following table shows summary cash flows information for the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014 and the fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

 

     Thirteen weeks ended      Year ended  
     March 28,
2015
     March 29,
2014
     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
     December 29,
2012
 

Net cash provided by (used in):

              

Operating activities

   $ 2,520       $ 5,763       $ 14,370       $ 10,906       $ 10,421   

Investing activities

     (99      707         (363      (2,144      (1,447

Financing activities

     (9,242      198         (7,457      (9,842      (6,902
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

$ (6,821 $ 6,668    $ 6,550    $ (1,080 $ 2,072   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating activities . Our cash flows from operating activities are principally driven by sales at both franchise restaurants and company-owned restaurants, as well as franchise and development fees. We collect

 

66


Table of Contents

franchise royalties from our franchise owners on a weekly basis. Restaurant-level operating costs at our company-owned restaurants, unearned franchise and development fees and corporate overhead costs also impact our cash flows from operating activities.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $2.5 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015, a decrease of $3.2 million, from $5.8 million in the comparable period in 2014 due to a decrease in net income from the prior period and the timing in working capital changes.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $14.4 million in fiscal year 2014, an increase of $3.5 million, from $10.9 million in fiscal year 2013 primarily due to increased net income over the prior year, increased cash collected related to deferred revenue from franchise and development agreements, and the timing of the earn-out payment which occurred in 2013. The increase was partially offset by timing in working capital changes.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $10.9 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $0.5 million, from $10.4 million in fiscal year 2012 primarily as a result of increased net income over the prior year and changes in deferred taxes. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities was offset by the earn-out payment in 2013.

Investing activities . Our net cash used in investing activities was $0.1 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015, a decrease of $0.8 million, from $0.7 million provided by investing activities in the comparable period in 2014. The decrease in the use of cash was due to the proceeds of $1.1 million from the refranchising of five company-owned restaurants during the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2014, which was partially offset by a decrease in capital expenditures.

Our net cash used in investing activities was $0.4 million in fiscal year 2014, a decrease of $1.7 million, from $2.1 million in fiscal year 2013. The decrease in the use of cash was due to the proceeds of $1.1 million from the refranchising of 5 corporate restaurants as well as a decrease in capital expenditures.

Net cash used in investing activities was $2.1 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $0.7 million, from $1.4 million in fiscal year 2012. The increase was due to an increase in capital expenditures.

Financing activities . Our net cash used in financing activities was $9.2 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015, a decrease of $9.4 million, from cash provided by financing activities of $0.2 million in the comparable period in 2014. The decrease was due to debt recapitalization in 2015 with a subsequent dividend payout to stockholders. Our board of directors authorized a dividend payout in the amount of $48.0 million after increasing the debt balance by $40.0 million. No dividends were paid during the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2014.

Our net cash used in financing activities was $7.5 million in fiscal year 2014, a decrease of $2.3 million, from $9.8 million in fiscal year 2013. The decrease was primarily due to a debt recapitalization in 2013 with a subsequent dividend payout to stockholders. Our board of directors authorized a dividend payout in the amount of $38.5 million after increasing the debt balance by $33.2 million. We did not have a recapitalization in 2014. This increase was offset by a higher principal payment in 2014 vs. 2013 including a voluntary payment of $5.0 million. We also paid a $5.0 million earn-out payment in fiscal year 2013, with a portion included within financing activities, as a result of hitting the performance objectives associated with Wing Stop Holding Corporation’s 2010 acquisition of Wingstop Holdings, Inc.

Our net cash used in financing activities was $9.8 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $2.9 million, from $6.9 million in fiscal year 2012. The increase in net cash used in financing activities was primarily due to the $2.5 million earn-out payment in 2013, with no comparable payment in 2012.

Senior secured credit facility . In December 2013, we entered into a $107.5 million amended and restated senior secured credit facility. In connection with the amendment, the principal balance of the term loan was

 

67


Table of Contents

increased to $102.5 million from the previous principal balance of $72.0 million during fiscal year 2012. We used a portion of the proceeds from the amended facility and cash on hand to pay a dividend of $38.5 million to our stockholders. As of December 27, 2014 the principal balance was $97.3 million, $69.3 million bears interest at 3.70% and $33.2 million bears interest at 3.74%. In March 2015, we amended and restated the senior secured credit facility. In connection with the amended and restated facility, the facility size was increased to $137.5 million and is comprised of a $132.5 million term loan and a $5.0 million revolving credit facility. We used a portion of the proceeds from the amended and restated facility and cash on hand to pay a dividend of $48.0 million to our stockholders. Borrowings under the facility bear interest, payable quarterly, at our option at the base rate plus a margin (1.50% to 2.25%, dependent on our reported leverage ratio) or LIBOR plus a margin (2.50% to 3.25%, dependent on our reported leverage ratio), at the company’s discretion. The amended and restated facility also extended the maturity date of the senior secured credit facility from December 2018 to March 2020. Principal installments ranging from $1.66 million to $3.31 million are due quarterly starting June 30, 2015, with all unpaid amounts due at maturity in March 2020. Subject to certain conditions, we have the ability to increase the senior secured credit facility by up to an additional $30.0 million.

The senior secured credit facility is secured by substantially all of our assets and requires compliance with certain financial and non-financial covenants, including fixed charge coverage and leverage. We were in compliance with these covenants as of March 28, 2015. Failure to comply with these covenants in the future could cause an acceleration of outstanding amounts under the term loan and restrict us from borrowing under the revolving credit facility to fund our liquidity requirements.

Initial public offering . We believe that becoming a public company may provide additional sources of liquidity because we will have better access to public markets in order to raise additional capital. In addition, we believe that current conditions in the capital markets provide us with an attractive opportunity for an initial public offering.

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 27, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     Payments due by period  
     Fiscal year
2015
     Fiscal years
2016-2017
     Fiscal years
2018-2019
     Thereafter      Total  

Senior secured credit facility

   $ 4,869       $ 13,997       $ 74,855       $ —         $ 93,721  

Operating leases (a)

     1,250         2,206         1,477         2,954         7,887   

Interest payments

     2,969         5,433         2,176         —           10,578   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 9,088    $ 21,636    $ 78,508    $ 2,954    $ 112,186   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes base lease terms and certain optional renewal periods that are included in the lease term in accordance with accounting guidance related to leases.

Indemnifications . We are parties to certain indemnifications to third parties in the ordinary course of business. The probability of incurring an actual liability under such indemnifications is sufficiently remote so that no liability has been recorded.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disposals of Components of an Entity . The amendments in ASU 2014-08 change the criteria for reporting discontinued operations while enhancing disclosures in this area. It also addresses sources of confusion and inconsistent application related to financial

 

68


Table of Contents

reporting of discontinued operations guidance in U.S. GAAP. Under the new guidance, only disposals representing a strategic shift in operations should be presented as discontinued operations. Those strategic shifts should have a major effect on the organization’s operations and financial results. Examples include a disposal of a major geographic area, a major line of business, or a major equity method investment. In addition, the new guidance requires expanded disclosures about discontinued operations that will provide financial statement users with more information about the assets, liabilities, income, and expenses of discontinued operations. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, after December 31, 2015.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . This update provides a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts. This update is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016, which will require us to adopt these provisions in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. Early application is not permitted. This update permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. We are evaluating the effect this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. We are evaluating the impact on its consolidated financial statements and have not yet selected a transition method.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . The amendments in ASU 2014-15 are intended to define management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an organization’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Under GAAP, financial statements are prepared under the presumption that the reporting organization will continue to operate as a going concern, except in limited circumstances. The going concern basis of accounting is critical to financial reporting because it establishes the fundamental basis for measuring and classifying assets and liabilities. Currently, GAAP lacks guidance about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about the organization’s ability to continue as a going concern or to provide related footnote disclosures. This ASU provides guidance to an organization’s management, with principles and definitions that are intended to reduce diversity in the timing and content of disclosures that are commonly provided by organizations today in the financial statement footnotes. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, after December 31, 2016. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs . This update intends to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs in the balance sheet. The ASU specifies that debt issuance costs related to a note shall be reported in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the face amount of that note, and that amortization of debt issuance costs also shall be reported as interest expense. The ASU does not affect the current guidance on the recognition and measurement of debt issuance costs. The update is effective for our fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is allowed for all entities for financial statements that have not been previously issued. Entities would apply the new guidance retrospectively to all prior periods presented. We have evaluated the ASU and determined that it has no material impact on the consolidated financial statements and have elected not to early adopt.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those

 

69


Table of Contents

estimates. Critical accounting policies are those that management believes are both most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and operating results, and require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We base our estimates on historical experience, outside advice from parties believed to be experts in such matters, and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Judgments and uncertainties affecting the application of those policies may result in materially different amounts being reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. Our significant accounting policies can be found in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements. We consider the following policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue consists of sales from franchise and development fees, international territory fees, franchise royalties and company-owned stores. Franchise fees are recognized as revenue when all material services or conditions relating to the store have been substantially performed or satisfied by us, which is typically when a franchised store begins operations. Development fees for the right to develop a store are recognized as revenue when all material services or conditions relating to the sale have been substantially performed, which is typically when the franchised store begins operations. International territory fees and development fees determined based on the number of stores to open in an area are deferred and recognized as revenue on a pro rata basis at the same time the individual franchise fee is recognized, typically when individual stores are opened. Franchise fee, development fee and international territory fee payments received by us before the restaurant opens are recorded as deferred revenue in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Continuing royalties, which are a percentage of net sales of the franchisee, are recognized as income when earned. We record food and beverage revenue from company-owned stores upon sale to the customer. We collect and remit sales, food and beverage, alcoholic beverage and hospitality taxes on transactions with customers and reports such amounts under the net method in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Accordingly, these taxes are not included in gross revenue. We receive consideration from vendors that we record as revenue to the extent the amounts are in excess of total expense of the vendor’s products.

Valuation of Goodwill, Long-Lived and Other Intangible Assets

Our indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of goodwill and trade names. Goodwill represents the residual after allocation of the purchase price to the individual fair values and carryover basis of net assets acquired. On an annual basis (during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year) or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable, we review the recoverability of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. The impairment test for goodwill involves comparing the fair value of the reporting units to their carrying amounts. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is required to measure a goodwill impairment loss, if any. This step revalues all assets and liabilities of the reporting unit to their current fair values and then compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. The impairment test for trade names involves comparing fair value of the trade name, as determined through a discounted cash flow approach, to its carrying value.

Impairment indicators that may necessitate goodwill impairment testing in between our annual impairment tests include, but are not limited to the following:

 

    A significant adverse change in legal factors in the business climate;

 

    An adverse action of assessment by a regulator;

 

70


Table of Contents
    Unanticipated competition;

 

    A loss of key personnel;

 

    A more-likely-than-not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

    The testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit.

Impairment indicators that may necessitate indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment testing in between our annual impairment tests are consistent with those of its long-lived assets.

Sales declines at Wingstop restaurants, unplanned increases in health insurance, commodity or labor costs, deterioration in overall economic conditions and challenges in the restaurant industry may result in future impairment charges. It is possible that changes in circumstances or changes in management’s judgments, assumptions and estimates could result in an impairment charge of a portion or all of its goodwill or other intangible assets.

Property and equipment and finite-life intangibles are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We review applicable finite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets related to each restaurant on a periodic basis. Our assessment of recoverability of property and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets is performed at the component level, which is generally an individual restaurant. When events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset may not be recoverable, we estimate the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset. If the sum of the expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized. The impairment loss is recognized by measuring the difference between the carrying value of the assets and the estimated fair value of the assets. Our estimates of fair values are based on the best information available and require the use of estimates, judgments, and projections. The actual results may vary significantly from the estimates.

Stock-Based Compensation

Our 2010 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) permits the granting of awards to employees, directors and other eligible persons in the form of stock options. The Plan is administered by our board of directors. The options granted under the Plan are generally exercisable within a 10-year period from the date of grant. Under the Plan, we had 6,062,596 shares authorized for issuance. The options are subject to either service-based or performance-based vesting. Service-based options contain a service-based, or time-based, vesting provision. Performance-based options contain performance-based vesting provisions primarily based on us meeting certain Adjusted EBITDA profitability targets for each fiscal year during the vesting period. Any options that have not vested prior to a change of control or do not vest in connection with a change of control or do vest but are not exercised will be forfeited by the grantee upon a change of control for no consideration. Options issued and outstanding expire on various dates up to the year 2024.

We measure equity-based awards granted to our employees at fair value on the grant date and recognize the corresponding compensation expense for those awards, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. We have elected to recognize compensation cost for graded-vesting awards subject only to a service condition over the requisite service period of the entire award.

We recognize compensation expense only for the portion of awards that are expected to vest. In developing a forfeiture rate estimate, we have considered our historical experience to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures for service based awards. The impact of a forfeiture rate adjustment will be recognized in full in the period of adjustment, and if the actual forfeiture rate is materially different from our estimate, we may be required to

 

71


Table of Contents

record adjustments to equity-based compensation expense in future periods. These assumptions represent our best estimates, but involve inherent uncertainties and the application of our judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our equity-based compensation expense could be materially impacted in that period.

Income Taxes

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences or events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. We are also required to record a valuation allowance against any deferred tax assets, if it is more likely than not that all or some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The determination is based upon our analysis of existing deferred tax assets, expectations of our ability to utilize these tax attributes through a review of historical and projected taxable income and establishment of tax strategies. If we are not able to implement the necessary tax strategies and our future taxable income is reduced, the amount of tax assets considered realizable could be reduced in the near term.

We only record tax benefits for positions that we believe are more likely than not of being sustained under audit examination based solely on the technical merits of the associated tax position. The amount of tax benefit recognized in the financial statements for any position are measured based on the largest amount of the tax benefit that we believe is greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

Tax liabilities are adjusted as new, previously unknown information becomes available. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in estimation of tax liability, actual payment could be materially different from the estimated liability. These differences will impact the amount of income tax expense recorded in the period in which they are determined. Although we consider tax liabilities recorded for the years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, to be appropriate, the ultimate resolution of such matters could have a potentially material favorable or unfavorable impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Leases

We currently lease all of our domestic company-owned restaurants and our corporate office. At the inception of each lease, we determine its appropriate classification as an operating or capital lease. As of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013 there were no leases classified as capital leases. For operating leases that include rent escalations, we record the base rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease including reasonably assured option renewal periods and the difference between the base cash rent paid and the straight-line rent expense is recorded as deferred rent.

We expend cash for leasehold improvements and to build out and equip our leased premises. Generally, a portion of the leasehold improvements and building costs are reimbursed to us by our landlords as construction contributions pursuant to agreed-upon terms in our leases. If obtained, landlord construction contributions for leasehold improvements usually take the form of up-front cash, full or partial credits against our future minimum or percentage rents otherwise payable by us, or a combination thereof. When contractually due to us, we classify tenant improvement allowances as deferred rent on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and amortize the tenant improvement allowance on a straight-line basis over the lease term as a credit to occupancy and related expenses.

JOBS Act

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act, enacted on April 5, 2012. Section 102 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period is irrevocable.

 

72


Table of Contents

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

We are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if as an emerging growth company we choose to rely on such exemptions, we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our systems of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply until we no longer meet the requirements of being an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our IPO, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our prior second fiscal quarter, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures of Market Risks

Impact of inflation . The primary inflationary factors affecting our and our franchisees’ operations are food and beverage costs, labor costs, energy costs and the costs and materials used in the construction of new restaurants. Our restaurant operations are subject to federal and state minimum wage laws governing such matters as working conditions, overtime and tip credits. Significant numbers of our and our franchisees’ restaurant personnel are paid at rates related to the federal and/or state minimum wage and, accordingly, increases in the minimum wage increase our and our franchisees’ labor costs. To the extent permitted by competition and the economy, we have mitigated increased costs by increasing menu prices and may continue to do so if deemed necessary in future years. Substantial increases in costs and expenses could impact our operating results to the extent such increases cannot be passed through to our customers. Historically, inflation has not had a material effect on our results of operations. Severe increases in inflation, however, could affect the global and U.S. economies and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Commodity price risk . We are exposed to market risks from changes in commodity prices. Many of the food products purchased by us are affected by weather, production, availability and other factors outside our control. Although we attempt to minimize the effect of price volatility by negotiating fixed price contracts for the supply of key ingredients, there are no established fixed price markets for bone-in chicken wings so we are subject to prevailing market conditions. Bone-in chicken wings accounted for approximately 25.0% and 26.1% of our company-owned restaurant costs of sales in fiscal years 2014 and 2013, respectively, with an annual average price per pound of $1.55 and $1.82, respectively. A hypothetical 10% increase in the bone-in chicken wing costs in fiscal year 2014 would have increased costs of sales by approximately $0.5 million during the year. We do not engage in speculative financial transactions nor do we hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes. In instances when we use fixed pricing agreements with our suppliers, these agreements cover our physical commodity needs, are not net-settled, and are accounted for as normal purchases.

 

 

73


Table of Contents

Interest rate risk . We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with borrowings under our senior secured credit facility, which bear interest at variable rates. As of March 28, 2015, we had $132.5 million outstanding under our senior secured credit facility. Derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swap agreements and interest rate cap agreements, may be used for the purpose of managing fluctuating interest rate exposures that exist from our variable rate debt obligations that are expected to remain outstanding. Interest rate changes do not affect the market value of such debt, but could impact the amount of our interest payments, and accordingly, our future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. A hypothetical 1.0% percentage point increase or decrease in the interest rate associated with our credit facilities would have resulted in a $1.0 million impact on interest expense for the year ended December 27, 2014. In March 2012, the company entered into interest rate cap agreements for an aggregate notional amount of $25.5 million to minimize the variability of its cash flows related to a portion of its floating rate indebtedness. The interest rate cap agreement caps LIBOR at 1.5% from March 2012 through December 2014 with respect to the $25.5 million notional amount of such agreements. In March 2014, the company entered into an additional interest rate cap agreement for an additional notional amount of $24.4 million to minimize the variability of its cash flows related to a portion of its floating rate indebtedness. The interest rate cap agreement caps LIBOR at 2.50% from March 2014 through December 2016 with respect to the $24.4 million notional amount of such agreements. On December 31, 2014, the notional amount increased by $24.3 million to $48.7 million.

 

74


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

The Wing Experts

Wingstop is a high-growth franchisor and operator of restaurants that specialize in cooked-to-order, hand-sauced and tossed chicken wings. Founded in 1994 in Garland, Texas, we believe we pioneered the concept of wings as a “center-of-the-plate” item for all of our meal occasions. We offer our guests 11 bold, distinctive and craveable flavors on our bone-in and boneless chicken wings paired with hand-cut, seasoned fries and sides made fresh daily. Our menu is highly customizable for different dining occasions, and we believe it delivers a compelling value proposition for groups, families, and individuals. Our average transaction size in 2014 was $15.61, as a result of our large, value-oriented family packs, as well as meals for two and individual combo meals, which start at approximately $8. Because our family packs are designed to serve more than one person and vary in size, we calculate our estimated price per person for a family pack based on an assumed number of people that each family pack typically serves depending on its size, ranging from four people for a 30 piece family pack to 12 people for a 100 piece family pack, yielding an average price of approximately $7 per person. Additionally, carry-out orders constituted approximately 75% of our sales during the same time period. Our concept has received numerous accolades, including recognition in 2014 as the “Best Chicken Wings” in the U.S. by Food and Wine , the “#3 Fastest-Growing Chain” by Nation’s Restaurant News , and the “Best Franchise Deal in North America” by QSR Magazine .

We are the largest fast casual chicken wings-focused restaurant chain in the world, and have demonstrated strong, consistent growth on a national scale. We have sold approximately 4 billion wings over the last 20 years, as we grew to 745 restaurants across 37 states and 6 countries, as of March 28, 2015. Wings are our “center-of-the-plate” specialty. While other concepts include wings as add-on menu items or focus on wings in a bar or sports-centric setting, we are singularly focused on wings, fries and sides, which generate approximately 90% of our sales. We have broad and growing consumer appeal anchored by a sought after core demographic of 18-34 year old Millennials, which we believe is a loyal consumer group that dines at fast casual restaurants more frequently. Increasing customer loyalty and brand awareness have enabled us to deliver positive domestic same store sales for 11 consecutive years through 2014, while growing our restaurant count at a 15.3% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, over the same timeframe.

As of March 28, 2015, our restaurant base was 97% franchised, with 726 franchised locations (including 45 international locations) and 19 company-owned restaurants. We believe our simple and efficient restaurant operating model, low initial cash investment and compelling restaurant economics help drive continued system growth through both existing and new franchisees. Our “wings, fries, sides, repeat” restaurant operating model requires few ingredients and easy preparation within a small, flexible real estate footprint. We believe we offer an attractive investment opportunity for our franchisees as evidenced by our domestic average sales-to-investment ratio of 2.9x and the 43.4% increase in domestic restaurant count since the end of 2011. We believe our asset-light, highly-franchised business model generates strong operating margins and requires low capital expenditures, creating shareholder value through strong and consistent free cash flow and capital-efficient growth.

Exceptional Financial Performance

We believe our bold flavors, compelling value proposition, strong base of franchisees, growing brand awareness and focused development strategy drive strong operating results, as illustrated by the following:

 

    Domestic restaurant count has increased 43.4% since the end of 2011, with the pace of restaurant openings increasing each year;

 

    We have grown domestic same store sales 11 consecutive years through 2014, which includes three-year cumulative domestic same store sales growth of 36.2% since 2011; and

 

75


Table of Contents
    On a year-over-year basis, for fiscal year 2014, our total revenue increased by 14.3% to $67.4 million, our Adjusted EBITDA increased by 25.0% to $24.4 million, our Adjusted EBITDA margin increased 310 basis points to 36.1%, and our net income increased by 19.3% to $9.0 million. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP metric, to net income, see “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

The graphs below highlight the consistency of our exceptional performance and growth across our key metrics, including restaurant expansion and system-wide sales, domestic same store sales and domestic AUV. Each of the graphs below include information regarding franchised restaurants and company-owned restaurants.

 

 

LOGO

Our Industry

We operate in the rapidly growing, fast casual segment of the restaurant industry. According to Technomic, the fast casual segment generated approximately $34.5 billion of sales in 2013, representing an 11.3% increase from 2012. Technomic projects the fast casual segment will exceed $54 billion in annual sales by 2018. According to Technomic, 2013 total sales for restaurants categorized as limited service restaurants, or LSRs, which includes the fast casual segment, increased 3.5% to $231.1 billion. Fast casual concepts, such as Wingstop, attract customers away from other restaurant segments and, accordingly, are generating faster growth than the overall restaurant industry and increasing market share relative to other segments.

 

(1) The percentage of system-wide sales attributable to company-owned restaurants for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, December 29, 2012, December 28, 2013 and December 27, 2014 was 6.0%, 5.8%, 5.2% and 4.3%, respectively. The remainder was generated by franchised restaurants, as reported by our franchisees. Our total revenue during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, December 29, 2012, December 28, 2013 and December 27, 2014 was $46.1 million, $51.6 million, $59.0 million and $67.4 million, respectively.

 

76


Table of Contents

Although many restaurants offer wings, we are the largest national, fast casual, wings-focused restaurant chain. While other concepts include chicken wings as add-ons to other food categories, such as pizza, but do not emphasize wings, wings are our “center-of-the-plate” specialty. Furthermore, unlike certain of our peers that are focused on wings in a bar or sports-centric setting with high capital investments, we are singularly focused on wings, fries and sides. Therefore, our small restaurant footprint, low investment, multiple day-part mix and predominant take-out business uniquely position us among our peers.

OUR STRENGTHS

Our Wings

Wingstop is the destination when our guests crave fresh, cooked-to-order wings with bold, layered flavors that touch all of the senses. People who prioritize flavor prioritize Wingstop—because it is more than a meal, it is a flavor experience. We speak in bold, distinctive and craveable flavors. Our dialect is our 11 proprietary flavors, which range from extremely hot to mild: Atomic, Mango Habanero, Cajun, Original Hot, Louisiana Rub, Mild, Hickory Smoked BBQ, Lemon Pepper, Garlic Parmesan, Hawaiian and Teriyaki.

Our diverse flavor offerings allow our guests to customize their experience. All of our wings are cooked-to-order, hand-sauced and tossed and served fresh to our guests for dine-in or carry-out. We never use heat lamps or microwaves in the preparation of our food. To complement our wings, we serve hand-cut, freshly-prepared seasoned fries, crafted from carefully-selected whole Russet potatoes. We complete the flavor experience with fresh carrots and celery and ranch and bleu cheese dips made from buttermilk in-house daily, as well as freshly-prepared side items, including coleslaw, bourbon baked beans, potato salad and freshly-baked yeast rolls. We believe our bold and distinctive flavors leave our guests craving more and create a differentiated and tailor-made flavor experience that drives repeat business and brand loyalty.

Our customizable menu and craveable flavors drive demand across multiple day-parts and occasions. Our 11 flavors, signature fries, freshly-prepared sides and numerous order options (eat-in / to go, individual / combo meals / family packs) allow guests to eat Wingstop during any occasion, whether it is a quick carry-out snack, dine-in dinner with friends or picking up a party size order for their favorite sporting event. Since our inception, we have received numerous accolades from both consumers and industry-leading publications for the quality of our food offering and strong brand appeal, including:

 

    “Best Chicken Wings in the U.S.,” Food and Wine (2014); and

 

    “Best Menu Variety and Best Craveability,” Nation’s Restaurant News (2014).

Compelling Unit Economics

We believe the growing popularity of the Wingstop experience and the operational simplicity of our restaurants translate into attractive economics at our franchised and company-owned locations. Our compelling franchisee investment opportunity has been recognized across the industry, including by QSR magazine , which in 2014 named us “The Best Franchise Deal in North America” amongst fast casual and QSR brands. Additionally, existing franchisees accounted for approximately 69% of franchised restaurants opened in 2013 and 2014, which we believe further underscores our restaurant model’s financial appeal.

Our restaurants do not generally experience a “honeymoon” period of higher sales upon opening, but instead typically build year over year. Our domestic AUV has grown consistently, achieving $1.07 million during fiscal year 2014. In addition, new restaurant sales volumes in the first year of operation have improved 43% since 2006, with the 2013 new restaurant openings averaging approximately $820,000 during their first 52 weeks of operations, accelerating our franchisees’ return on investment. Our restaurants are approximately 1,700 square feet on average and yield average sales per square foot of $631 based on 2014 domestic AUV due to the high

 

77


Table of Contents

average domestic carry-out mix of 75% in 2014. Our operational simplicity results in low labor costs, further improving the profitability of our concept. Our operating model targets a low average estimated initial investment of approximately $370,000, excluding real estate purchase or lease costs and pre-opening expenses. In year two of operation, we believe that, on average, our franchisees can achieve an unlevered cash-on-cash return of approximately 35% to 40%. We believe low entry costs and high returns provide a compelling investment opportunity for our franchisees that has helped drive the continued growth of our system.

Proven Portability

Our concept is successful across the United States, with restaurants operating in 37 states across varying geographic regions, population densities and real estate settings. We have had positive same store sales growth across a wide variety of major markets over the last three years, including Dallas / Ft. Worth, Los Angeles, the San Francisco Bay area, Chicago, Houston, San Antonio, Miami, Denver, Sacramento and Memphis. Broad appeal and the simplicity of our restaurant operating model have supported our success across the country. While our concept has succeeded in a variety of real estate formats and locations, our preferred real estate site is an in-line or end-cap retail strip center location available in most shopping centers. The flexibility of our real estate model coupled with the broad appeal of our food has enabled us to profitably locate restaurants in both urban and suburban areas throughout the country. Accordingly, we believe our concept is well-positioned for continued system growth in both existing and new markets.

Social Engagement

We believe we have developed a broad, loyal and diverse guest base which is attracted to Wingstop by the unique flavor experience, product quality, brand personality and the convivial nature of eating wings. While we appeal to a broad demographic, we have been particularly successful at actively engaging the coveted Millennial consumer. Millennials leverage technology via smartphones and social media to connect with each other, search out dining experiences and voice their opinions, and we engage them on all of these fronts. We take pride in connecting with our guests, both inside and outside of our restaurants.

We believe much of our growth is attributable to our focus on meaningful consumer engagement, fueled by social media. We actively engage our core audience in conversation through key social media channels, which in turn drives our editorial calendar and advertising content. As of March 28, 2015, we had 908,196 Facebook followers, 93,942 Twitter followers and 26,705 Instagram followers, representing year-over-year growth of 220%, 137% and 425%, respectively. According to a report published by Forbes in November 2014, 30% of our almost 1 million followers across all social media platforms engage with our content over a period of 30 days, compared to an average 3% for the top 25 restaurants in social media cited in the same study. Our social game is just as strong as our wing game and we believe that this continues to inspire brand loyalty and repeat visits to our restaurants.

Results

We have demonstrated a consistent track record of strong financial performance:

 

    Domestic same store sales increased 13.8% in 2012, 9.9% in 2013 and 12.5% in 2014, representing three year cumulative domestic same store sales growth of 36.2%, driven primarily by an increase in transactions, which demonstrates the growing awareness and popularity of our brand;

 

    Our domestic same store sales growth is even more meaningful given that we have had 11 consecutive years of positive same store sales;

 

    From 2012 to 2014, our system-wide sales increased from $457 million to $679 million, which represents growth of 48.4% over the period;

 

78


Table of Contents
    Total revenue increased from $51.6 million in 2012, to $59.0 million in 2013, to $67.4 million in 2014, our Adjusted EBITDA increased from $15.6 million, to $19.5 million, to $24.4 million, respectively, and our net income grew from $3.6 million, to $7.5 million, to $9.0 million, respectively; and

 

    From 2012 to 2014, our Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 30.3% in 2012, to 33.0% in 2013, to 36.1% in 2014, while our capital expenditures were 3.1%, 3.6% and 2.2% of revenue, respectively, leading to high cash flow conversion.

Our Team

Our strategic vision and results-driven culture are directed by our executive management team under the leadership of our President and Chief Executive Officer, Charlie Morrison. Charlie joined Wingstop in 2012, bringing more than 20 years of experience in the restaurant and multi-unit retail industry, including leadership positions at Pizza Hut, Boston Market, Kinko’s, Steak & Ale and, most recently, Rave Restaurant Group, where he served as Chief Executive Officer and led the creation of the award winning Pie Five restaurant concept. Charlie is supported by a strong executive team with significant retail and restaurant experience. Bill Engen, our Chief Operating Officer, previously was the Senior Vice President of Eastern Operations at 7-Eleven, overseeing approximately 4,000 stores. Our Chief Financial Officer, Mike Mravle, came to us from Bloomin’ Brands, where he was the Chief Financial Officer of the U.S. segment. Heading up our marketing efforts is Flynn Dekker, who has over 20 years of experience and was previously the Chief Marketing Officer of Fogo de Chao and Rave Restaurant Group. Dave Vernon, our Chief Development Officer, joined us from Sonic Corporation, where he was Vice President of Franchise Sales, and brings 25 years of experience in the restaurant industry to oversee our franchise development efforts. Jay Young, our General Counsel, joined us from CEC Entertainment Inc., the parent company of Chuck E. Cheese, where he was Senior Vice President and General Counsel. Completing our executive team is Stacy Peterson, our Chief Information Officer, who has over 15 years of information technology experience at multi-unit retailers, including Blockbuster and Kinko’s. We believe our management team is a key driver of our success and positions us well for long-term growth.

OUR GROWTH STRATEGY

Franchise Expansion

We believe that there is significant opportunity to expand in the United States, and we intend to focus our efforts on increasing our geographic penetration in both existing and new markets. We believe our highly-franchised model positions us for continued strong unit growth over the medium and long-term. We expect high franchisee demand for our brand, supported by compelling unit economics, operational simplicity, low entry costs and flexible real estate profile, to drive domestic restaurant growth. Based on our internal analysis, we believe there is opportunity for our brand to grow to approximately 2,500 restaurants across the United States.

We intend to achieve our domestic restaurant potential by expanding in our existing markets where we believe we have the opportunity to more than double our current restaurant count. In addition, we will continue to expand into new markets. Our “inside out” domestic market expansion strategy focuses our initial development in urban centers where our core demographic is most densely populated and then builds outward into suburban areas as our brand awareness grows in the market. We have a robust domestic development pipeline including 503 total commitments to open new franchised restaurants as of December 27, 2014. Approximately 63% of our current domestic commitments are from existing franchisees, supporting the attractiveness of our restaurant business model as well as our positive franchisor / franchisee relationships. We believe that our highly-franchised business model provides a platform for continued growth as it allows us to focus on our core strengths of flavor innovation, marketing and guest engagement, and franchisee selection and support, while growing our restaurant presence and brand recognition with limited capital investment by us.

We also believe that there is significant international growth opportunity. We opened our first international location in Mexico in 2009. As of March 28, 2015, we had 45 international restaurants located in Indonesia,

 

79


Table of Contents

Mexico, the Philippines, Russia and Singapore, all of which were franchised. In 2014, we opened 20 international locations. We had 310 international restaurant commitments as of December 27, 2014, and our first location in the United Arab Emirates opened in April 2015. We believe that our restaurant operating model will translate well internationally based on our small real estate footprint, our simplicity of operations, the universal and broad appeal of chicken, and our ability to customize our wide variety of flavors to local tastes.

Domestic Same Store Sales Growth

 

  Flavor Innovation

We plan to leverage flavor innovation to drive restaurant traffic and social media engagement. We do not have limited time offers; instead, we have limited time “flavor events” that pique our guests’ interest and drive frequency of visit. We approach additions to our menu as a conversation between us and our guests and make changes only after intense scrutiny in our test kitchen. For example, our Mango Habanero flavor was introduced as a limited time flavor event. When the flavor event ended, overwhelming demand from our highly-engaged social following to bring it back influenced us to return it to the menu as a permanent flavor. We do not believe in “off-the-shelf” flavors and are careful not to crowd the menu with too many flavors or any flavors the development of which has not received the attention and care that our guests expect. We anticipate that our powerful and selective flavor innovation will continue to drive domestic same store sales growth.

 

  Improve Efficiency to Drive Sales

We are making focused investments in technology and restaurant design to increase the efficiency of our model and drive increased revenue. We are in the process of rolling out a single integrated POS system. We also launched an updated online ordering system and mobile ordering application, or app, in 2014, that simplifies the ordering process and integrates into our POS system, uniting online and register ordering across our system for the first time. We believe that we can continue to grow sales through integration of orders through our website and app. As an example, since the implementation of our new online ordering platform and app in September 2014, online ordering increased from less than 7% of sales during the nine months preceding the launch of the new online ordering platform and app to over 11% of sales during the first quarter of 2015. Additionally, average transaction size for online orders is approximately $4 higher than the average for all other orders. As guests’ ordering preferences continue to shift online, we will implement a new front counter design in our existing and new restaurants, creating a dedicated queuing area for guests to efficiently pick up their prepaid online orders.

 

  Grow Brand Awareness

We believe our strong domestic same store sales growth has been supported by growing brand awareness as our concept has expanded. Franchisees in our 13 most penetrated markets have formed advertising co-ops at our direction to leverage their collective local marketing spend to buy traditional and digital media more efficiently. As our restaurant base continues to grow and we further penetrate existing and new markets, we expect to add more advertising co-ops in markets where efficient media purchasing can be achieved. Over time, we believe increased marketing funds contributed to our ad fund combined with local co-op spending will yield sufficient funds to efficiently purchase traditional and digital media nationally to further expand our brand recognition.

 

  Leverage Social Media

We expect that our advertising will become more cost-effective and drive system-wide revenue more efficiently as we grow in scale and further increase our use of social media to activate interest from our guests. We believe social media is a cost-effective way of targeting existing and new guests, as we do not have to purchase as much advertising through more expensive forms of traditional media. Furthermore, we believe that our strong and growing social media presence will drive more orders through our online portals.

 

80


Table of Contents

Creating Shareholder Value

We expect our asset-light, highly-franchised business model to generate strong operating margins and consistent free cash flow as a result of low capital expenditures and working capital needs. As we execute our growth strategy, we believe we will continue to grow revenue and leverage our cost infrastructure, generating continued earnings growth and strong free cash flow, which will create additional equity value for our shareholders.

OUR CONCEPT

Our Restaurants

Our restaurants offer cooked-to-order, hand-sauced and tossed chicken wings in a variety of bold, distinctive and craveable flavors. We complement our wings with hand-cut, seasoned fries, freshly-prepared sides and ranch and bleu cheese dressings made in-house daily. Our wings are cooked to order and served fresh; we never use heat lamps or microwaves in the preparation of our food.

Our restaurant footprint is small, simple and conducive to carry-out, which represented approximately 75% of total sales in 2014. Our dining rooms typically accommodate approximately 40-50 guests. Our system-wide average square footage per restaurant is approximately 1,700 square feet. Our restaurants are typically open daily from 11 a.m. to 12 a.m. In 2014, 18% of our sales were from lunch, 18% were from snacks (between 2 p.m. and 5 p.m.), 47% were from dinner and 17% were from late night (after 9 p.m.).

Our restaurants all operate under the Wingstop ® trade name and use our distinctive logo and branding.

Our Menu

We serve bone-in and boneless chicken wings cooked-to-order in a variety of highly-seasoned flavors as our primary menu item. We have developed several proprietary sauces and seasonings to flavor our wings and fries and emphasize wings as a center-of-the-plate item for all of our meal occasions. Our eleven bold, distinctive and craveable flavors range from spicy to mild: Atomic, Mango Habanero, Cajun, Original Hot, Louisiana Rub, Mild, Hickory Smoked BBQ, Lemon Pepper, Garlic Parmesan, Hawaiian and Teriyaki. From time to time we also offer additional flavors for a limited time through “flavor events.” However, we add flavors permanently to our menu only when we are confident that the flavor will meet the standards our guests expect.

In general, our restaurants offer the following menu options, which can be combined in a number of ways, including individual combo meals, meals for two, family packs, and à la carte:

 

    bone-in wings, also referred to as classic wings;

 

    boneless wings;

 

    crispy chicken strips;

 

    a variety of house-made, freshly-prepared sides, including our hand-cut seasoned fries, veggie sticks, bourbon baked beans, creamy coleslaw, potato salad and fresh baked yeast rolls; and

 

    ranch and bleu cheese dips made-fresh daily.

All of our food menu items are available for carry-out. We offer fountain soft drinks and iced tea to accompany our food, and most of our restaurants offer a variety of bottled beers and in certain locations, beer on tap.

Properties

Due to lower square footage requirements, our restaurants can be located in a variety of locations. They tend to be located primarily in shopping centers, as in-line and end-cap locations. Our restaurants tend to occupy between 1,300 and 2,900 square feet (average 1,700 square feet) of leased retail space. As of March 28, 2015, we and our franchisees operated 745 restaurants in 37 states and 6 countries.

 

81


Table of Contents

Domestic . The map below shows Wingstop restaurants in the United States:

LOGO

International . We have franchisees in Latin America, Europe and Southeast Asia. As of March 28, 2015, our franchisees operated 45 international restaurants.

The chart below shows the locations of our restaurants as of March 28, 2015:

 

State

   Franchise
restaurants
     Company-owned
restaurants
     Total restaurants  

Alabama

     2                 2   

Arizona

     18                 18   

Arkansas

     7                 7   

California

     174                 174   

Colorado

     19                 19   

Florida

     26                 26   

Georgia

     12                 12   

Hawaii

     2                 2   

Idaho

     1                 1   

Illinois

     45                 45   

Indiana

     2                 2   

Kansas

     1                 1   

Kentucky

     3                 3   

Louisiana

     16                 16   

Maryland

     5                 5   

Michigan

     7                 7   

Minnesota

     1                 1   

Mississippi

     10                 10   

Missouri

     12                 12   

Nebraska

     2                 2   

Nevada

     5         5         10   

 

82


Table of Contents

State

   Franchise
restaurants
     Company-owned
restaurants
     Total restaurants  

New Jersey

     1                 1   

New Mexico

     6                 6   

New York

     3                 3   

North Carolina

     4                 4   

Ohio

     9                 9   

Oklahoma

     8                 8   

Oregon

     3                 3   

Pennsylvania

     3                 3   

South Carolina

     4                 4   

South Dakota

     1                 1   

Tennessee

     10                 10   

Texas

     241         14         255   

Utah

     1                 1   

Virginia

     3                 3   

Washington

     7                 7   

Wisconsin

     7                 7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Domestic Total

  681      19      700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

International

Mexico

  27           27   

Indonesia

  6           6   

Philippines

  7           7   

Russia

  3           3   

Singapore

  2           2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

International Total

  45           45   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Worldwide Total

  726      19      745   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2013, we opened 73 franchised restaurants and one company-owned restaurant, and in 2014, we opened 102 franchised restaurants and no company-owned restaurants. The following table shows the growth in our network of franchised and company-owned restaurants for the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014 and fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

    Thirteen weeks ended     Year ended  
    March 28,
2015
    March 29,
2014
    December 27,
2014
    December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

Franchised Restaurant Activity:

         

Beginning of period

    693        590        590        523        475   

Openings

    34        14        102        73        57   

Refranchised (1)

           5        5               1   

Closures and relocations

    (1     (1     (4     (6     (10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restaurants at end of period

  726      608      693      590      523   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Company-Owned Restaurant Activity:

Beginning of period

  19      24      24      23      24   

Openings

                 1        

Refranchised (1)

       (5   (5        (1

Closures and relocations

                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restaurants at end of period

  19      19      19      24      23   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Restaurants

  745      627      712      614      546   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Restaurant(s) sold by us to a franchisee.

 

83


Table of Contents

Our home office is located at 5501 LBJ Freeway, 5th Floor, Dallas, Texas 75240. We lease the property for this corporate office and for all of our company-owned restaurants. Lease terms for company-owned restaurants are generally between five to ten years of original term with an additional five to ten years of tenant option period, often contain rent escalation provisions, and generally require us to pay a proportionate share of real estate taxes, insurance and common area and other operating costs in addition to base or fixed rent.

Our franchised restaurants are situated on real property that is primarily leased by our franchisees directly from third-party landlords and in some instances, owned by our franchisees.

New Restaurant Development

We believe there is significant growth opportunity in both existing and new markets. Our existing markets are comprised of 92 DMAs that are dispersed across multiple geographies in the United States, which we believe demonstrates the portability of our brand. We believe we have the opportunity to more than double our current number of our restaurants through further development in these existing markets. We additionally intend to leverage the growing awareness and portability of our brand by expanding into new markets, which consist of 118 DMAs where we have limited or no presence at this time.

We believe our Dallas, Texas market reflects an optimized market for our concept. For the 82 Wingstop restaurants in the Dallas market, which translates into approximately 12 restaurants per 1 million people, we experience an AUV of approximately $1.2 million. While we do not expect to achieve the same penetration levels in each of our other markets, we believe there is meaningful opportunity to drive restaurant count growth in both our existing and new markets.

 

Whitespace

   Number of
DMAs
   Population based
on 2010 Census
   Current Restaurants
as of 12/27/2014
   Restaurants per
1 million people

 

Existing markets

 

  

 

92

 

  

 

188 million

 

  

 

659

 

  

 

3.5

 

 

New markets

 

  

 

118

 

  

 

120 million

 

  

 

12

 

  

 

0.1

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

All markets

 

210

 

 

308 million

 

 

671

 

 

2.2

 

Dallas case study (included in existing markets)

 

1

 

 

7 million

 

 

82

 

 

11.7

 

 

84


Table of Contents

Through additional penetration in existing and new markets, we believe there is opportunity for our brand to grow to up to 2,500 domestic restaurants. The table below provides a bridge of the expected growth from our existing 671 domestic restaurants to the potential 2,500 domestic restaurants that we believe exist. The table includes our 503 commitments as of December 27, 2014, consisting of 336 in existing markets and 167 in new markets, and the additional growth opportunity we believe we have through additional penetration in both our existing and new markets. We define restaurant commitments as the signing of a development agreement with a prospective franchisee to open one or more new Wingstop restaurants.

 

 

LOGO

Historically, a portion of our commitments have not ultimately opened as franchised Wingstop restaurants. On an annual basis for the past four years approximately 10% - 20% of our total domestic commitments have been terminated, and based on our limited history of international restaurant openings, we believe the termination rate of international commitments is likely to approximate the historic termination rate of domestic commitments. See “Risk Factors—The number of new franchised Wingstop restaurants that actually open in the future may differ materially from the number of signed commitments from potential existing and new franchisees” for additional information.

While we believe there is opportunity for our brand to grow to up to approximately 2,500 domestic restaurants over the long term, we do not currently target a specific number of annual new restaurant openings over a multi-year period. Therefore, we cannot predict the time period over which we can achieve this level of domestic restaurant growth or whether we will achieve this level of growth at all. Our ability to achieve new restaurant growth is impacted by a number of risks and uncertainties beyond our or our franchisees control, including those described under the caption “Risk Factors.” In particular, see “Risk Factors—If we fail to successfully implement our growth strategy, which includes opening new restaurants, our ability to increase our revenue and operating profits could be adversely affected” for specific risks that could impede our ability to achieve new restaurant growth in the future.

Franchise Development and Economics. We believe we have an attractive franchise model that results in a strong track record of opening restaurants with existing and new franchisees. Since the end of 2011, our restaurant base has grown by 246 restaurants, or 49%, and as of March 28, 2015, our brand operated in 37 states and 6 countries.

 

85


Table of Contents

In 2014, 59 of our 82 new domestic restaurants were opened by existing franchisees and 23 were opened by first-time franchisees. We believe Wingstop is an attractive investment opportunity for franchisees because of our compelling restaurant level economics, simple restaurant operating model and relatively low initial investment. Furthermore, our track record of consistent restaurant openings and low annual closure rate provides franchisees access to financing sources, including Small Business Administration, or “SBA,”-guaranteed loans, which reduces their initial cash cost of ownership, thereby enhancing the return on their invested capital.

Our domestic AUV was $1.07 million during fiscal year 2014. AUV for our domestic restaurants opened in 2013 was approximately $820,000 during their first 52 weeks of operations (which we refer to as “year one AUV”). While we do not have a full 52 weeks of operations for our 2014 openings, average weekly sales for restaurants opened in 2014 are currently tracking at or above our 2013 openings on average. Our restaurants do not typically experience a “honeymoon” period; rather, they open and build over time as awareness grows in the market. Historically, our opening of new stores in underpenetrated markets has often resulted in sustained increases in the AUV of the existing stores in that market.

The estimated initial investment required to open a restaurant ranges between approximately $210,000 and $650,000, including pre-opening and working capital. We believe the average initial investment required to open our prototype 1,700 square foot Wingstop restaurant is approximately $370,000 based on estimates derived from information reported to us by our franchisees that opened new restaurants during 2013 and 2014, excluding real estate purchase or lease costs, pre-opening costs and working capital. Our domestic restaurants delivered an average system-wide sales to investment ratio of 2.9x during fiscal year 2014, which we calculate based on our domestic AUV divided by the average estimated initial investment required to open a restaurant reported above. We believe that our franchisees can achieve average unlevered cash-on-cash returns, which is defined as restaurant-level operating profit per restaurant after royalties and advertising fund contributions, divided by initial investment costs, of approximately 35% to 40% in year two of operation. Our estimated year two average unlevered cash-on-cash returns are based on:

 

    year two AUV, calculated by taking 2013 year one AUV grown by the average year two growth rate for all new restaurants since 2006; and

 

    estimated restaurant-level operating costs based on restaurant-level operating costs reported to us by approximately 61% of our franchisees during 2013 and 2014.

Initial investment levels, AUV levels, restaurant-level operating costs and restaurant-level operating profit of any new restaurant may differ from average levels experienced by franchisees in prior periods due to a variety of factors, and these differences may be material. Accordingly, our stated sales to investment ratio and average unlevered cash-on-cash return may not be indicative of future results of any new franchised restaurant. In addition, estimated initial investment costs and restaurant-level operating costs are based on information self-reported by our franchisees and have not been verified by us. Furthermore, performance of new restaurants is impacted by a range of risks and uncertainties beyond our or our franchisees’ control, including those described under the caption “Risk Factors.”

We believe our highly-diversified franchisee base demonstrates the viability of our restaurant concept across numerous types of owners and operators, limits our risk and provides an attractive base of owners with capacity to grow with our brand. We believe the strong relationships we have with our franchise system provide a strong platform for growth.

Company-Owned Restaurants . Our company-owned restaurants represent a combination of restaurants opened by us and acquired from franchisees. As of March 28, 2015, we had 19 company-owned restaurants, which is approximately 3% of our restaurant base.

With respect to our company-owned restaurants, once a suitable trade area is identified, we examine site specific details, including visibility, signage, access and parking. Final approval by our executive management team is required for each company-owned site.

 

86


Table of Contents

Our company-owned restaurants generate highly-attractive financial returns. During fiscal year 2014, our company-owned restaurants generated an AUV of $1.5 million. We will continue to evaluate as potential acquisition opportunities various franchised restaurants that we believe would allow us to improve restaurant operations and generate an attractive return on invested capital. We may also sell certain company-owned restaurants to franchisees. For example, in February 2014, we sold five company-owned restaurants located in Arizona to a franchisee. We currently expect our mix of franchised to company-owned restaurants over the long-term to remain relatively consistent with our current mix.

Franchise Overview

Our franchisees operated a total of 726 restaurants in 37 states, Europe, Latin America and Southeast Asia as of March 28, 2015. We have rigorous qualification criteria and training programs for our franchisees and require them to adhere to strict operating standards. We work hard to ensure that every Wingstop franchise location meets the same quality and customer service benchmarks in order to preserve the consistency and reliability of the Wingstop brand.

We have a broad and diversified domestic franchisee base. As of March 28, 2015, approximately 97% of our restaurant base was franchised with approximately 20% of our restaurants operated by franchisees who own more than ten restaurants, approximately 14% of our restaurants operated by franchisees who owned six to ten restaurants, approximately 45% of our restaurants operated by franchisees who owned two to five restaurants, and approximately 19% of our restaurants owned by franchisees who owned only one restaurant. Our domestic franchise base has an average restaurant ownership of approximately 2.6 restaurants per franchisee.

Franchise and Development Agreements . Our franchisees execute a separate franchise agreement for each restaurant opened, typically providing for a 10-year initial term, with an opportunity to enter into one or more renewal franchise agreements subject to certain conditions. Our standard franchise agreement changes from time to time, and terms may vary among franchisees. We generally update and/or revise our franchise agreement on an annual basis and, as a result, the agreements we enter into with individual franchisees may vary. Our current franchise documents provide that franchisees must pay a franchise fee of $20,000 for the first restaurant opened under a development agreement and $12,500 for each additional restaurant opened. If a franchisee has entered into an area development agreement with us (which occurs, in most cases, even if a franchisee wants to develop only one restaurant), the aggregate initial fee currently is $30,000 for the first restaurant and $22,500 for each subsequent restaurant under such development agreement, in each case including a $10,000 development fee per restaurant. The $10,000 development fee per restaurant to-be-developed is paid in full at the time a development agreement is signed for the grant of development rights and is not refundable. Virtually all of our existing franchise agreements require our franchisees to pay us a royalty of 5% of their gross sales net of discounts. New franchise agreements signed pursuant to development agreements entered into on or after July 1, 2014 require our franchisees to pay us a royalty of 6% of their gross sales net of discounts. Our franchise agreements allow us to assess franchisees an advertising fund contribution based on their gross sales net of discounts. We currently charge an advertising fund contribution equal to 2% of gross sales under all existing franchise agreements. In addition, franchisees may vote to increase their required advertising fund contribution.

The boundaries of the area in which a franchisee may locate its restaurant, which we refer to as the development area, depend on the population and other demographic features of the locale in which the franchisee wants to locate its restaurant(s). The development area may range from a sector of a large metropolitan area to the city or county limits of a smaller municipality. Based on the franchisee’s proposal and our analysis, we identify and describe in the development agreement the boundaries of an appropriately-sized development area and, if we expect the franchisee to operate more than one restaurant, the number of restaurants that must be developed in the development area. The development agreement does not permit us to change the development area after it is established (unless a franchisee is in default). Whether a development agreement covers one or several restaurants, it contains a schedule of the dates by which the franchisee must sign leases and open each restaurant, and failure by the franchisee to adhere to the development agreement’s schedule is an event of default under the development agreement.

 

87


Table of Contents

All of our franchise agreements require each franchised restaurant to operate in accordance with our defined operating procedures, adhere to the menu we establish for the system and meet applicable quality, service, health and cleanliness standards. Our franchise operating standards include requirements for specific menu items, food inventory procurement, storage, and rotation, paper supplies, order-taking, customer interaction and related customer service, food preparation and presentation, cleaning of equipment and furniture, point-of-sale systems, and other reporting methods regarding restaurant operations.

If a franchisee fails to comply with the terms of its franchise agreement, we have multiple remedies depending on the particular circumstances, including providing additional assistance to help the franchisee resolve its operating issues, issuing a formal default notice and providing the franchisee a specific cure period within which to correct its operating deficiencies, commencing a formal legal proceeding to enforce the franchisee’s compliance with its contractual obligations, or transitioning the franchisee out of the system by helping it find another franchisee to whom to sell its franchise rights. If necessary because all other appropriate remedies to enforce the franchisee’s compliance with our standards and requirements have proved to be unsuccessful, we also may terminate the franchise rights of any non-compliant franchisee.

We are required under our franchise agreements to provide to our franchisees, among other things, certain restaurant build-out and development support services, initial and (when appropriate) refresher training for franchise owners and managerial employees, lists of designated, recommended, and approved suppliers for the equipment, food products, supplies, and other items franchisees need to operate their restaurants, and an operations manual identifying the standards, specifications, and operating procedures that franchisees must follow in order to operate their restaurants in accordance with our brand standards. We believe that maintaining superior food quality, an inviting and energetic atmosphere and excellent guest service, all of which are components of our brand standards, are critical to our concept’s reputation and success. Therefore, we enforce requirements in our franchise agreements as necessary to protect our brand.

How We Support our Franchisees

Site Selection and Development . Franchisees operating in the United States must use our approved real estate broker in their markets during the site search, review, and leasing process. We also have lists of approved site surveyors, permit expeditors and architectural and engineering consultants for restaurant development and build-out. We give franchisees general guidelines to follow and consider in choosing a site for any new restaurant. We do not own any real estate in the United States on which franchised restaurants are located and do not lease restaurant sites to franchisees.

We provide franchisees information about a typical restaurant’s lay-out, utility requirements and signs and, in the United States, a lease rider containing provisions we require to be attached to every restaurant lease. Once a domestic franchisee has selected one or more proposed sites, we will evaluate and critique the written site proposals required to be submitted for our consideration and may, at our option, visit the development area to inspect the sites proposed. Franchisees may not proceed with negotiations to lease a site before we approve that site.

We currently are not significantly involved in our international franchisees’ site selection process. We review but do not pre-approve the sites they select for their franchised restaurants. However, we give our international franchisees general guidelines to follow and consider in choosing sites for their restaurants. We do not own any real estate internationally on which franchised restaurants are located and do not lease restaurant sites to franchisees.

Training, Pre-Opening Assistance and Ongoing Support . Franchisees (along with their manager(s)) must attend and successfully complete a 4-week training program before we will issue an opening date for a restaurant. Our training program covers various topics, including: Wingstop culture, food preparation and storage, food safety, specific position training, uniforms, cleaning and sanitation, marketing and advertising, POS systems,

 

88


Table of Contents

accounting and hospitality, among others. Unless a franchisee commits to operate his or her own restaurant ( i.e. , “owner-operated”), the franchisee must hire a general manager who either has roots in the general area where the restaurant is located or is willing to move to the general area. Our international franchisees likewise must complete required training and are principally responsible for training their managers and other employees.

When a domestic franchisee opens his or her first Wingstop restaurant, we provide the owner with an opening restaurant trainer for up to 6 days and may elect to send an opening restaurant trainer to a franchisee’s second or later restaurant location for an amount of time we determine to be appropriate. We also provide lists of approved inventory, suppliers and small-wares that are needed to stock and operate each restaurant and help franchisees locate qualified suppliers of chicken and other supplies and ingredients that meet our specifications.

We also have an internal operations infrastructure that provides ongoing support to our franchisees. We utilize a field-based team of franchise business consultants who act as local resources to assist our franchisees to run their restaurants in accordance with Wingstop standards and who also assist with efforts to grow restaurant sales. The main responsibilities of our franchise business consultants include communicating and conveying certain initiatives and process enhancements to our franchisees and conducting business reviews in order to assist franchisees to operate more efficiently, with a focus on increasing restaurant sales and profits. Additionally, we maintain programs to monitor and evaluate the adherence of franchised restaurants to our quality, service and cleanliness standards. For example, we have a group of field alignment managers who conduct standardized quarterly reviews of each of our franchised restaurants’ operations to help ensure that our brand standards are maintained. We also employ a third-party mystery shopper program to monitor guest experience and quality standards at franchised restaurants in the United States.

In addition to our hands-on training and assistance, we provide an operations manual to each restaurant location that includes sections on topics such as: business operations, food safety, crew, hospitality, quality products, guest services, packaging and presentation, restaurant cleaning, restaurant and equipment maintenance, POS systems, quality control, advertising and marketing and emergency management.

Franchise Advisory Council . In December 2002, we organized a Franchise Advisory Council, which we refer to as the Council, to consult with us about system-wide advertising themes and campaigns and other operational matters. The Council is composed of 11 franchise members, all of whom are elected by our franchisees, and meets quarterly to review marketing strategies and provide input on topics such as advertising messages, operational standards and system-wide initiatives. While the Council functions only in an advisory capacity, and we may disregard its recommendations if we choose, we view the Council as an important component of our franchisee support program.

Point-of-Sale System . We require that our franchisees utilize a uniform POS system. We are currently upgrading to a more robust POS system from prior legacy systems and expect to complete the rollout system-wide over the next two years. Both our legacy and our new POS systems, in conjunction with our Intranet system, allow us to track sales at each restaurant location. Our restaurant operations require no other computers for a restaurant location. Our new POS system will integrate with our new online ordering app, allowing for seamless recording and tracking of sales. Furthermore, our new POS system will provide our franchisees with additional back office tools that we believe will assist in cost control, create operational efficiencies and drive sales.

Bookkeeping Services . We provide a designated franchise accounting service for first-time domestic franchisees to assist with all bookkeeping services related to a restaurant’s operations for at least the first 12 months of operation, including assembly of reports and other financial information that we require.

Supply Chain Assistance . We assist our franchisees by negotiating regional and national contracts for chicken and other commodities and other items needed to develop and operate a Wingstop restaurant. We designate and approve suppliers in order to ensure that all ingredients and supplies utilized in our restaurants

 

89


Table of Contents

satisfy our grade and quality standards. As we negotiate regional and national contracts, we seek to promote the overall interests of our franchise system and our interests as the franchisor. We have not adopted formal procedures for issuing and modifying supplier approval standards, but we expect to approve suppliers based on their ability to meet our specifications and quality control requirements and to supply products to our franchisees at competitive prices.

Research and Development . We lead product innovation and testing efforts for our franchisees, including new wing sauce flavors, side items, new chicken wing, chicken strip or other menu additions, and new beverage options. New product research and development is located in our headquarters facility in Dallas, Texas. We rely on our internal culinary team and, from time to time, third party experts, leveraging consumer research to develop and test new products for our franchised and company-owned restaurants.

Marketing and Advertising Support

We utilize four levels of advertising: (1) system-wide advertising, which is coordinated through our ad fund; (2) digital and social media advertising; (3) local advertising, which franchisees handle with materials we create or approve; and (4) cooperative advertising with other franchisees in a given market. Franchisees may not use their own advertising materials without our prior permission.

Ad Fund . We created a not-for-profit advertising fund in July 1999, which we refer to as the ad fund. All restaurants, including our company-owned restaurants, must contribute to the ad fund. Our franchise agreements allow us to assess domestic franchisees an ad fund contribution based on their gross sales net of discounts. We currently charge 2% of gross sales under all existing domestic franchise agreements.

We direct and retain sole control over all advertising and promotions that the ad fund finances. We use a national advertising agency to create our advertising and promotional materials. We use another agency to create localized versions of our advertising and promotional materials.

Digital Advertising . We currently utilize an extensive range of social media and digital marketing tools including, search engine, programmatic, native, video on demand and social media advertising. We also maintain website hosting and manage the development and maintenance of the mobile Wingstop app. We market Wingstop products, services and restaurants through our website that we maintain at www.wingstop.com. It features a site locator page on the website showing the addresses, telephone numbers and ability to online order for each restaurant. At a national level, we advertise in Google, Yahoo and Bing through search engine advertising and also in Facebook and Twitter via paid social advertising. Additionally, we assist franchisees in planning and executing localized geo-targeted digital marketing for their restaurants, including internet and mobile marketing.

Franchisees may not use electronic media to advertise their restaurants, including the Internet or mobile, without first obtaining our written consent and complying with any conditions and restrictions we wish to impose. We may assess franchisees a fee of up to $100 per month to pay for our Website’s and Intranet’s maintenance and improvement costs.

Social Media . Wingstop has a strong brand presence in both emerging and well-established social media platforms for digital collaboration, including smartphone apps and native sites including Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Tumblr. We adhere to social media guidelines that embody our strategic vision and apply to both company-owned and franchised restaurants. These guidelines will continually evolve as new technologies and social networking tools emerge.

Local Advertising . We advertise our company-owned restaurants primarily through local direct mail, out of home signage, paid search, and online and mobile advertising and expect franchisees to follow the same pattern. Our current form of franchise agreement requires franchisees to spend at least 1% of their quarterly gross sales

 

90


Table of Contents

on local advertising and promotions, which is in addition to amounts contributed to the ad fund as described above. Franchisees operating under pre-2014 forms of franchise agreement were not contractually required to spend any minimum amount on local advertising, although we recommended that they spend at least 4% of their restaurants’ gross sales on local advertising and marketing.

Advertising Cooperatives . When a franchisee and at least one other restaurant operator have opened restaurants in the same DMA, we may require the franchisee and the other operator(s) to form a cooperative advertising association. Each cooperative’s members will set their cooperative’s required contribution rate, but we retain the right to disapprove a rate lower than 2% of gross sales. Contributions to advertising cooperatives are credited toward a franchisee’s 1% local advertising obligation. Currently, the members of an advertising cooperative administer the cooperative, and we step in only to resolve disputes. In that event, our decision is binding.

As of March 28, 2015, advertising cooperatives have been formed in the following DMAs: Phoenix, Arizona; Los Angeles, California; Sacramento-Stockton-Modesto, California; San Diego, California; San Francisco, California; Denver, Colorado; Miami-Ft. Lauderdale, Florida; Chicago, Illinois; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Austin, Texas; Dallas / Ft. Worth, Texas; Houston, Texas; and San Antonio, Texas.

Competition

The restaurant industry is intensely competitive. We compete on the basis of the taste, quality and price of food offered, guest service, ambience, location and overall dining experience. We believe that our attractive price-value relationship, our flexible service model and the quality and distinctive flavor of our food enable us to differentiate ourselves from our competitors.

We believe we compete primarily with fast casual establishments and quick service restaurants such as other wing-based take-out concepts, local and regional sports bars and casual dining restaurants. Many fast casual and carry-out concepts offer wings as add-on items to other food categories such as pizza, but typically do not focus on wings. Other competitors emphasize wings in a bar or sports-centric setting. Many of these direct and indirect competitors are well-established national, regional or local chains. We also compete with many restaurant and retail establishments for site locations and restaurant-level employees.

Suppliers and Distribution

We insist that all ingredients and supplies utilized in Wingstop restaurants satisfy our grade and quality standards. Our franchisees are required to purchase all chicken, groceries, produce, beverages, equipment and signage, furniture, fixtures, logo-imprinted paper goods and cleaning supplies solely from suppliers that we designate and approve. We regularly inspect vendors to ensure that products purchased conform to our standards and that prices offered are competitive.

The principal raw materials for a Wingstop restaurant operation are bone-in and boneless chicken wings. Therefore, chicken is our largest product cost item and represented 65% of all purchases for 2014. Company-owned and franchised restaurants purchase their bone-in and boneless chicken wings from suppliers that we designate and approve. We designate sources for potatoes to ensure that they are grown to our specifications. We also require franchisees to use our proprietary sauces, seasonings and spice blends and purchase them and other proprietary products only from designated sources.

All food items and packaging goods for our restaurants can be sourced through one vendor, The Sygma Network, Inc., which we refer to as Sygma. There are eight regional Sygma distribution centers which carry all products required for a Wingstop restaurant and service all of our domestic locations. Sygma is obligated under our agreement to deliver at least twice weekly to our restaurants. We contract directly with manufacturers to sell product to Sygma, who in turn receives a fee for delivering these items to our restaurants. The majority of our

 

91


Table of Contents

highest spend items are formula or fixed contract priced. We have also negotiated agreements with our soft drink suppliers to offer soft drink dispensing systems, along with associated branded products, in all Wingstop restaurants.

As the Wingstop system grows, we will continue to negotiate regional or national contracts for chicken and other commodities and other items needed to develop and operate all of our restaurants and may use a designated or approved supplier approach.

Management Information / Technology Systems

We have our core management information systems in place and believe they are scalable to support our future growth plans. We specify a standard POS system in all of our company-owned restaurants and many franchised restaurants that helps facilitate the operation of the restaurants by recording sales, cost of sales and labor and other operating metrics and allows managers to create various reports to assess performance. Our POS system is configured to record and store financial information in a manner that we specify, and we require franchisees to provide us with continual and unlimited independent access to all information on each POS system. As noted above, we are in the process of upgrading our POS system and believe our current information systems are sufficient to support our planned expansion for the foreseeable future.

In September 2014, we began rolling-out an updated online ordering system and mobile ordering application with a new look and feel. Our updated system and app make it easy for our guests to order-ahead, which we believe will increase the frequency of their visits and lead to higher check averages. Since the beginning of this rollout, we have seen significant increases in our online sales as a percentage of domestic sales.

We require that our and our franchisees’ electronic information systems, including POS systems, comply with and maintain established network security standards, including applicable Payment Card Industry (PCI) standards.

Intellectual Property and Trademarks

We own a number of trademarks and service marks registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. We have registered the following marks with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office: WING-STOP ® ; Wing-Stop—The Wing Experts and Design (shown on cover page of this prospectus); WINGSTOP; THE WING EXPERTS; and THE BONELESS WING EXPERTS. We have also registered the Internet domain name: www.wingstop.com.

We believe that our trademarks and other proprietary rights are important to our success and our competitive position, and, therefore, we devote resources to the protection of our trademarks and proprietary rights.

Seasonality

Our restaurants have not experienced significant seasonal revenue fluctuations that can be attributed to seasonal factors.

Employees

As of March 28, 2015, we employed 366 persons, of whom 111 were full-time corporate-based and regional personnel. The remainder was part-time or restaurant-level employees. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and we believe that we have good relations with our employees. Our franchise owners are independent business owners, so they and their employees are not included in our employee count.

 

92


Table of Contents

Government Regulation

Federal .  We and our franchisees are subject to varied federal regulations affecting the operation of our business. We and our franchisees are subject to the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act, the U.S. Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, the Occupational Safety and Health Act and various other federal and state laws governing such matters as minimum wage requirements, overtime, fringe benefits, workplace safety and other working conditions and citizenship requirements. A significant number of our and our franchisees’ food service personnel are paid at rates related to the applicable minimum wage, and past increases in the minimum wage have increased our and our franchisees’ labor costs, as would future increases. Further, we are continuing to assess the impact of recently-adopted federal health care legislation on our health care benefit costs. Many of our smaller franchisees have few enough employees that they may qualify for exemption from the mandatory requirement to provide health insurance benefits. The imposition of any requirement that we or our franchisees provide health insurance benefits to our or their employees that are more extensive than the health insurance benefits we currently provide to our employees or that franchise owners may or may not provide, or the imposition of additional employer paid employment taxes on income earned by our employees, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. Our distributors and suppliers also may be affected by higher minimum wage and benefit standards, which could result in higher costs for goods and services supplied to us and our franchisees.

We and our franchisees are also required to comply with the accessibility standards mandated by the U.S. Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and related federal and state statutes, which generally prohibit discrimination in accommodations or employment based on disability. We and our franchisees may in the future have to modify our restaurants to provide service to or make reasonable accommodations for disabled persons. While these expenses could be material, our current expectation is that any such actions will not require us to expend substantial funds.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (PPACA), enacted in March 2010, requires chain restaurants with 20 or more locations in the United States to comply with federal nutritional disclosure requirements. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) recently published the final rules on menu and vending machine nutrition labeling, which amended section 403(q) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA) to establish requirements for the nutrition labeling of standard menu items at restaurants or similar retail food establishments with 20 or more locations and will become effective December 1, 2015. Under the rule, calorie information must be provided clearly and conspicuously next to the listed standard menu item on a menu or menu board. In addition to calorie information, each menu or menu board must prominently include a succinct statement concerning suggested caloric intake. Upon request, covered establishments must provide information about the total calories, calories from fat, total fat, saturated fat, trans fat, cholesterol, sodium, total carbohydrates, fiber, sugars, and protein in their standard menu items. The rule contains detailed requirements for providing calorie and nutrition information and determining nutrient content. The effect of such labeling requirements on consumer choices, if any, is unclear at this time.

Furthermore, a number of states, counties and cities have previously enacted menu labeling laws requiring multi-unit restaurant operators to disclose certain nutritional information to customers, or have enacted legislation restricting the use of certain types of ingredients in restaurants. Although the federal legislation is intended to preempt conflicting state or local laws on nutritional labeling, until our system is required to comply with the federal law we and our franchisees will be subject to a patchwork of state and local laws and regulations regarding nutritional content disclosure requirements. Many of these requirements are inconsistent or are interpreted differently from one jurisdiction to another.

There is also a potential for increased regulation of food in the United States, such as recent changes in the Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP) system requirements. HACCP refers to a management system in which food safety is addressed through the analysis and control of potential hazards from production, procurement and handling, to manufacturing, distribution and consumption of the finished product. Many states have adopted legislation or implemented regulations which require restaurants to develop and implement

 

93


Table of Contents

HACCP systems. Similarly, the United States Congress and the FDA continue to expand the sectors of the food industry that must adopt and implement HACCP programs. The Food Safety Modernization Act (FSMA) was signed into law in January 2011 and significantly expanded the FDA’s authority over food safety, granting the FDA authority to proactively ensure the safety of the entire food system, including through new and additional hazard analysis, food safety planning, increased inspections and permitting mandatory food recalls. Although restaurants are specifically exempted from some of these new requirements and not directly implicated by other requirements, we anticipate that some of the FSMA provisions and the FDA’s implementation of the new requirements may impact our industry. We cannot assure you that we will not have to expend additional time and resources to comply with new food safety requirements required by either the FSMA or future federal food safety regulation or legislation. Additionally, our suppliers may initiate or otherwise be subject to food recalls that may impact the availability of certain products, result in adverse publicity or require us to take actions that could be costly for us or otherwise harm our business.

We and our franchisees are also subject to anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA, and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business. The FCPA, UK Bribery Act and these other laws generally prohibit us, our food service personnel, our franchisees, their food service personnel and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. We operate in a number of jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential FCPA violations, and we participate in relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the FCPA or local anti-corruption laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.

We and our franchisees are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security, the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control, and various non-U.S. government entities, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions on countries and persons, customs requirements, currency exchange regulations and transfer pricing regulations.

One of the legal foundations fundamental to the franchise business model has been that, absent special circumstances, a franchisor is generally not responsible for the acts, omissions or liabilities of its franchisees. Recently, established law has been challenged by the plaintiffs’ bar and certain regulatory agencies and the outcome of these challenges remains unknown. If these challenges are successful in altering currently settled law, it could significantly change the way we and other franchisors conduct business and adversely impact our profitability. For example, a determination that we are a “joint employer” with our franchisees or that franchisees are part of one unified system with joint and several liability under the National Labor Relations Act, statutes administered by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, regulations and other areas of labor and employment law could subject us and/or our franchisees to liability for the unfair labor practices, wage-and-hour law violations, employment discrimination law violations, OSHA regulation violations and other employment-related liabilities of one or more franchisees.

State We are subject to extensive and varied state and local government regulation affecting the operation of our business, as are our franchisees, including regulations relating to public and occupational health and safety, sanitation, fire prevention and franchise operation. Each franchised restaurant is subject to licensing and regulation by a number of governmental authorities, including with respect to zoning, health, safety, sanitation, nutritional information disclosure, environmental and building and fire safety, in the jurisdiction in which the franchised restaurant is located. Our and our franchisees’ licenses to sell alcoholic beverages must be renewed annually and may be suspended or revoked at any time for cause, including violation by us or our employees, or our franchisees or their employees, of any law or regulation pertaining to alcoholic beverage control, such as those regulating the minimum age of patrons or employees, advertising, wholesale purchasing and inventory control.

 

94


Table of Contents

We require our franchisees to operate in accordance with standards and procedures designed to comply with applicable codes and regulations. However, our or our franchisees’ inability to obtain or retain health department or other licenses would adversely affect operations at the impacted restaurant or restaurants. Although we have not experienced, and do not anticipate, any significant difficulties, delays or failures in obtaining required licenses, permits or approvals, any such problem could delay or prevent the opening, or adversely impact the viability, of a particular restaurant.

We and our franchisees may be subject in certain states to “dram-shop” statutes, which generally provide a person injured by an intoxicated person the right to recover damages from an establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the intoxicated person.

In addition, in order to develop and construct our restaurants, we and our franchisees need to comply with applicable zoning and land use regulations. Federal and state regulations have not had a material effect on our operations to date, but more stringent and varied requirements of local governmental bodies with respect to zoning and land use could delay or even prevent construction and increase development costs of new restaurants.

In addition, we are subject to the rules and regulations of the Federal Trade Commission and various state laws regulating the offer and sale of franchises. The Federal Trade Commission and various state franchise laws require that we furnish a franchise disclosure document containing certain information to prospective franchisees in advance of any franchise sale or the receipt of any consideration for the franchise, and a number of states require registration of the franchise disclosure document at least annually with state authorities. We are operating under exemptions from registration (though not disclosure) in several states based on our qualifications for exemption as set forth in each such state’s laws. Substantive state laws that regulate the franchisor-franchisee relationship, including in the areas of termination and non-renewal, presently exist in a substantial number of states. We believe that our franchise disclosure document and franchising procedures comply in all material respects with both the Federal Trade Commission guidelines and all applicable state laws regulating franchising in those states in which we have offered franchises.

International .  Our franchised restaurants in Europe, Mexico and Southeast Asia are subject to national and local laws and regulations. We believe that our international franchised restaurants and procedures comply in all material respects with the laws of the applicable foreign jurisdiction.

Environmental Our operations, including the selection and development of company-owned and franchised restaurants and any construction or improvements we or our franchisees make at those locations, are subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws and regulations concerning waste disposal, pollution, protection of the environment and the presence, discharge, storage, handling, release and disposal of (or exposure to), hazardous or toxic substances. We provide training to, and require compliance with applicable laws by, our employees and franchisees in the use of chemicals, which are primarily used in small quantities for cleaning our restaurants. Storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous substances are not a significant part of our operations. Generally, our restaurants are located in residential neighborhoods but sometimes might be located in areas which were previously occupied by more environmentally significant operations. Environmental laws can provide for significant fines and penalties for non-compliance and liabilities for remediation and sometimes require owners or operators of contaminated property to remediate the property, regardless of fault. We are not aware of any environmental laws that will materially affect our results of operations, or result in material capital expenditures relating to our operations. However, we cannot predict what environmental laws will be enacted in the future, how existing or future environmental laws will be administered, interpreted or enforced, or the amount of future expenditures that we may need to comply with, or to satisfy claims relating to, environmental laws.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we may be involved in claims and legal actions that arise in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that the ultimate resolution of any of these actions, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

 

95


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Set forth below are the name, age, position and a description of the business experience of each of our executive officers and directors as of March 28, 2015, as well as one executive officer that will be joining the company on June 11, 2015.

 

NAME

   AGE     

POSITION

Charles R. Morrison

     46       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Michael F. Mravle

     40       Chief Financial Officer

William M. Engen

     43       Chief Operating Officer

Larry D. Kruger

     50       President of International

Jay A. Young

     45       General Counsel

David A. Vernon

     57       Chief Development Officer

Flynn K. Dekker

     45       Chief Marketing Officer

Stacy Peterson

     39       Chief Information Officer

Neal K. Aronson

     50       Chairman of the Board of Directors

Sidney J. Feltenstein

     74       Director

Michael J. Hislop

     60       Director

Lawrence P. Molloy

     53       Director

Erik O. Morris

     40       Director

Steven M. Romaniello

     48       Director

Background of Executive Officers and Directors

Charles R. Morrison has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since June 2012, and a member of our board of directors, since September 2012. Prior to joining Wingstop, Charlie was Chief Executive Officer of Rave Restaurant Group, a publicly traded international pizza chain, from January 2007 to June 2012. Charlie has also held multiple senior leadership positions during his more than 20 years of restaurant experience, including serving as President of Steak & Ale and The Tavern Restaurants for Metromedia Restaurant Group, as well as various management positions at Kinko’s, Boston Market and Pizza Hut.

As a result of Charlie’s extensive experience in the restaurant industry, including as a chief executive officer of a public restaurant company, and his service as our Chief Executive Officer, Charlie brings to the board, among other skills and qualifications, his significant knowledge and understanding of the industry and our business and his extensive operating experience.

Michael F. Mravle  has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2014. Mike joined Wingstop from Bloomin’ Brands, a large publicly traded casual dining company, where he spent over seven years in various financial roles. He was most recently Group Vice President of Financial Planning and Analysis and U.S. Chief Financial Officer since October 2013. Prior to that, he served as Vice President of Corporate Finance since February 2012 and as Vice President of Finance for Carrabba’s Italian Grill beginning in January 2011. Prior to that, Mike was Vice President of Finance for Fleming’s Prime Steakhouse and Wine Bar from 2009 to 2011. Prior to Bloomin’ Brands, Mike spent over eight years at McDonald’s Corporation. Mike has over 15 years of finance and accounting experience in the restaurant industry.

William M. Engen has served as our Chief Operating Officer since September 2014. Bill joined Wingstop from 7-Eleven, the world’s largest operator, franchisor and licensor of convenience stores, where he was Senior Vice President of Operations for the Eastern U.S. since 2011 and served as Division Vice President from 2009 to 2011. Prior to that, he served for ten years in various roles at Circuit City, a large United States electronics retailer, including most recently as Vice President, Retail Operations. Bill has also held management roles during his almost 20 year career in retail operations at Saks Fifth Avenue and Bachrach Clothing Company, a men’s clothing retailer.

 

96


Table of Contents

Larry D. Kruguer is joining the company as President of International on June 11, 2015. Prior to joining Wingstop, Larry was at Wendy’s International, where he served as Vice President, International Joint Ventures and Key Markets from October 2014 to June 2015, Vice President, International Business Development and Finance from January 2010 to October 2014 and Vice President, International Marketing from October 2007 to January 2010. Prior to that, he was the President and Managing Partner of Prontowash USA, a global car wash services company, from January 2002 to October 2007. From October 1998 to August 2001, he served as Vice President, Marketing and Strategic Alliances for SportsLine.com, a CBS Sports affiliate. Larry has also held management positions with Alamo-Autonation and American Express.

Jay A. Young has served as our General Counsel since October 2014. Jay joined Wingstop from CEC Entertainment Inc., the parent company of Chuck E. Cheese, a chain of family entertainment centers, where he was Senior Vice President and General Counsel since 2007. Prior to that he was Vice President and Assistant General Counsel for Wachovia Corporation since 1999. Prior to Wachovia, Jay was Assistant General Counsel and Antitrust Compliance Officer for Charles Schwab Capital Markets. Jay has nearly 20 years of experience in handling complex corporate legal matters.

David A. Vernon  has served as our Chief Development Officer since November 2012. Dave joined Wingstop in October 2010 as Vice President of Franchise Sales, and was promoted to Senior Vice President of Development in January 2012 before becoming Chief Development Officer in November 2012. Prior to Wingstop, he was Vice President of Franchise Sales for Sonic Corporation, the nation’s largest drive-in restaurant chain, from December 1996 to June 2010. With more than 20 years of restaurant franchise experience, Dave also spent 13 years as Vice President of Sales at Sonic Corporation and has held development positions for Brinker International, Rave Restaurant Group, USA Cafes and Signature Foods.

Flynn K. Dekker  has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since February 2014. Prior to joining Wingstop, Flynn was Chief Marketing Officer for Rave Restaurant Group from February 2012 to February 2014. Prior to that, he owned his own upscale restaurant, Home & Dekker, located in Dallas, Texas, from February 2010 to February 2012 and was also Chief Marketing Officer for Fogo de Chao, a Brazilian steakhouse chain, from March 2008 to February 2010. With more than 20 years of leadership experience, Flynn has also held senior marketing positions with Metromedia Restaurant Group, FedEx Kinko’s, EMI Music Distribution and Blockbuster.

Stacy Peterson  has served as our Chief Information Officer since August 2014. Stacy joined Wingstop in September 2013 and served as Senior Vice President of Information Technology before becoming Chief Information Officer. Prior to Wingstop, she was Vice President of IT for CB Richard Ellis, a major commercial real estate company, from October 2011 to August 2013 and served as Director of IT from October 2010 to October 2011. Prior to that, she was Director of IT for FedEx Services from August 2009 to September 2010 and Director of IT for FedEx Office from December 2006 to August 2009. With more than 15 years of information technology experience, Stacy has also held management roles at Kinko’s and Blockbuster.

Neal K. Aronson is Chairman of our board of directors and has been a member of our board of directors since February 2015. Neal founded Roark Capital Group and serves as its Managing Partner, a position he has held since 2001. Prior to founding Roark, Neal was Co-Founder and Chief Financial Officer for U.S. Franchise Systems, Inc., or USFS, a franchisor of hotel chains. Prior to USFS, Neal was a private equity professional at Rosecliff (a successor company to Acadia Partners), Odyssey Partners and Acadia Partners (now Oak Hill). Neal began his career in the corporate finance department at Drexel, Burnham, Lambert Inc.

Neal’s experience as a private equity partner, chief financial officer and in other senior executive leadership roles working with franchise companies in the restaurant, retail, consumer and business services industries, and knowledge of complex financial matters provide him with valuable and relevant experience in franchise administration, strategic planning, corporate finance, financial reporting, mergers and acquisitions and leadership of complex organizations, and provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

 

97


Table of Contents

Sidney J. Feltenstein has been a member of our board of directors since July 2010. Sid has had a successful career as a corporate executive and entrepreneur, including as the Chief Executive Officer of Yorkshire Global Restaurants, Inc., a company formed under his leadership through the acquisitions of A&W and Long John Silver, until it was sold to YUM! Brands in 2002. Sid also served as Executive Vice President of Worldwide Marketing for Burger King and spent 19 years at Dunkin’ Donuts in both operations and marketing positions, most recently as its Chief Marketing Officer. Sid is a past chairman of the International Franchise Association (IFA) and a former chairman of the IFA Educational Foundation. He is also a member of the IFA Hall of Fame and a past recipient of the IFA’s Entrepreneur of the Year Award. Sid also serves on the board of directors of Tutor Perini Corporation.

Sid’s experience as a chief executive officer and senior marketing executive officer in the restaurant industry and vast knowledge of franchise operations provide him with valuable and relevant experience in brand management, consumer strategy, advertising and leadership of complex organizations, as well as extensive industry knowledge, and provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Michael J. Hislop has been a member of our board of directors since October 2011. Mike has been the Chief Executive Officer of Corner Bakery, a national bakery-cafe chain, since February 2006. In addition, Mike has been the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Il Fornaio since 2001 and, prior to that, served as President and Chief Operating Officer since 1995. Prior to Il Fornaio, Mike was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer for Chevys Mexican Restaurants, where he built the company’s infrastructure in preparation for taking it public. He has also served in a number of operating positions at El Torito Mexican Restaurants and T.G.I. Friday’s. In 2010, Mike was recognized by the International Foodservice Manufacturers Association with the Silver Plate award, which pays tribute to the most outstanding and innovative talents in foodservice operations, and in 2013, he received Nation’s Restaurant News’ Golden Chain Award, an honor bestowed on those representing the very best that the restaurant industry has to offer.

Mike’s experience as a chief executive officer and chief operating officer in the restaurant industry and vast knowledge of franchise operations provide him with valuable and relevant experience in operations, brand management, consumer strategy and leadership of complex organizations, as well as extensive industry knowledge, and provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Erik O. Morris  has been a member of our board of directors since April 2010. Erik has been affiliated with Roark since 2007 and is currently a Managing Director. Prior to joining Roark, Erik was a Partner at Grotech Capital Group concentrating in the restaurant and franchise industries. Prior to joining Grotech, Erik worked in the investment banking division of Deutsche Bank and its predecessor entities, where he focused primarily on the industrial, environmental, and business services sectors.

Erik’s involvement with his respective firms’ investments in many branded consumer companies over the past 15 years, including investments in the restaurant industry, in-depth knowledge and industry experience, coupled with his skills in private financing and strategic planning, provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Lawrence P. (Chip) Molloy has been a member of our board of directors since February 2015. Chip has been affiliated with Roark since 2014 and is currently a Senior Advisor. Prior to joining Roark, Chip was the Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of PetSmart, an international specialty pet supply retailer, from September 2007 until June 2013. Prior to joining PetSmart, Chip was employed by Circuit City Stores, Inc., a national consumer electronics retailer, from 2003 to 2007, where he served as the Director of Financial Planning and Analysis from 2003 to 2004, Vice President, Financial Planning and Analysis from 2004 to 2006 and Chief Financial Officer of Retail from 2006 to 2007. Prior to Circuit City, he served in various leadership, planning and strategy roles for Capital One Financial Corporation; AGL Capital Investments, LLC; Deloitte & Touche Consulting Group; and the U.S. Navy. He served ten years in the Navy as a fighter pilot, later retiring from the Navy Reserve with a rank of Commander. Chip also serves on the board of directors of Sprouts Farmers Markets, Inc. and Party City Holdco Inc.

 

98


Table of Contents

Chip’s experience as a chief financial officer and in senior leadership roles in the retail industry and vast knowledge of financial reporting operations provide him with valuable and relevant experience in finance, accounting, reporting, as well as operational matters in the retail industry, and leadership of complex organizations, and provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Steven M. Romaniello has been a member of our board of directors since April 2010. Steve currently serves as a Managing Director at Roark, a position he has held since 2008. Prior to joining Roark, Steve served in executive positions at FOCUS Brands, a franchisor and operator of ice cream shoppes, bakeries, restaurants and cafes in the United States, most recently as Chief Executive Officer. Prior to his tenure at FOCUS Brands, Steve was President and Chief Operating Officer of USFS. Prior to joining USFS, Steve has also held various management positions in franchise services, support and training at Holiday Inn Worldwide and Days Inn of America. Steve is the immediate past Chairman of the IFA.

Steve’s experience as a chief executive officer and chief operating officer in the restaurant and hospitality industries and vast knowledge of franchise operations provide him with valuable and relevant experience in franchise management, operations and leadership of complex organizations, as well as extensive industry knowledge, and provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Each executive officer or key employee serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members, Messrs. Morrison, Aronson, Feltenstein, Hislop, Molloy, Morris and Romaniello. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we will adopt prior to the completion of this offering, will provide that our board of directors shall consist of such number of directors as determined from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors then in office. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors may only be filled by the directors then in office.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with one class being elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. After their initial terms, each director will serve a three-year term, with the end of each term staggered according to class. Class I will initially consist of two directors, Class II will initially consist of two directors, and Class III will initially consist of three directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of directors.

The Class I directors, whose initial terms will expire at the first annual meeting of our stockholders following the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, will be Messrs. Feltenstein, and Hislop. The Class II directors, whose initial terms will expire at the second annual meeting of our stockholders following the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, will be Messrs. Molloy and Romaniello. The Class III directors, whose initial terms will expire at the third annual meeting of our stockholders following the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, will be Messrs. Aronson, Morris and Morrison.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Feltenstein and Hislop qualify as independent directors under the rules of Nasdaq, and that each of Messrs. Feltenstein and Hislop are an independent director, as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act. In accordance with Nasdaq phase-in rules for newly

 

99


Table of Contents

public companies, we will have at least one director that is independent under Nasdaq rules and under Rule 10A-3(b)(1) at the time our shares are listed, two such directors within 90 days of such listing and three such directors by the first anniversary of listing.

Controlled Company

Upon completion of this offering, Roark will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” under Nasdaq corporate governance standards. As a controlled company, exemptions under the standards will free us from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:

 

    that a majority of our board of directors consists of “independent directors,” as defined under Nasdaq rules;

 

    that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

    that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

    for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee.

These exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and Nasdaq rules within the applicable time frame.

Board Committees

Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have three committees: the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee. Each committee will report to the board of directors as they deem appropriate and as the board may request. Each committee will have the composition, duties and responsibilities described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignations or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. The charter of each committee will be available on our website at www.wingstop.com upon the completion of this offering. Our website is not part of this prospectus. In the future, our board of directors may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities.

Audit Committee

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a new written charter for our audit committee that complies with the rules of Nasdaq, as applicable. The primary purposes of our audit committee will be to assist the board of directors’ oversight of:

 

    the integrity of our financial statements;

 

    our internal financial reporting and compliance with our financial, accounting and disclosure controls and procedures;

 

    the qualifications, engagement, compensation, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    our independent registered public accounting firm’s annual audit of our financial statements and approving all audit and permissible non-audit services;

 

    the performance of our internal audit function;

 

100


Table of Contents
    our legal and regulatory compliance; and

 

    the approval of related party transactions.

Upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee will be composed of Messrs. Feltenstein, Morris and Molloy. Mr. Molloy will serve as chair of the audit committee. Mr. Molloy qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term has been defined by the SEC in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Mr. Feltenstein meets the definition of an “independent director” for the purposes of serving on the audit committee under applicable rules of Nasdaq and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. We intend to comply with these independence requirements for all members of the audit committee within the time periods specified under such rules.

Compensation Committee

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a new written charter for our compensation committee that complies with the rules of Nasdaq, as applicable. The primary purposes of our compensation committee will be to:

 

    set the overall compensation philosophy, strategy and policies for our executive officers and directors;

 

    review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other key employees and evaluate performance in light of those goals and objectives;

 

    review and determine the compensation of our directors, Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

 

    make recommendations to the board of directors with respect to our incentive and equity-based compensation plans; and

 

    review and approve employment agreements and other similar arrangements between us and our executive officers.

Upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will be composed of Messrs. Romaniello, Aronson, Feltenstein, Hislop and Morris. Mr. Romaniello will serve as chair of the compensation committee. We intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exception under Nasdaq rules which exempt us from the requirement that we have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a new written charter for our nominating and corporate governance committee that complies with the rules of Nasdaq, as applicable. The primary purposes of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be to:

 

    recommend to the board of directors for approval the qualifications, qualities, skills and expertise required for board of directors membership;

 

    identify potential members of the board of directors consistent with the criteria approved by our board of directors and select and recommend to the board of directors the director nominees for election at annual meetings of stockholders or to otherwise fill vacancies;

 

    evaluate and make recommendations regarding the structure, membership and governance of the committees of the board of directors;

 

    develop and make recommendations to the board of directors with regard to our corporate governance policies and principles, including development of a set of corporate governance guidelines and principles applicable to us; and

 

    oversee the annual review of the board of directors’ performance.

 

101


Table of Contents

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee comprised of Messrs. Morris, Molloy and Romaniello. Mr. Morris will serve as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. We intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exception under Nasdaq rules which exempt us from the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors.

Risk Oversight

Our board of directors is currently responsible for overseeing our risk management process. The board focuses on our general risk management strategy and the most significant risks facing us, and ensures that appropriate risk mitigation strategies are implemented by management. The board is also apprised of particular risk management matters in connection with its general oversight and approval of corporate matters and significant transactions.

Following the completion of this offering, our board will delegate to the audit committee oversight of our risk management process. Our other board committees will also consider and address risk as they perform their respective committee responsibilities. All committees will report to the full board as appropriate, including when a matter rises to the level of a material or enterprise level risk.

Our management is responsible for day-to-day risk management. This oversight includes identifying, evaluating and addressing potential risks that may exist at the enterprise, strategic, financial, operational, compliance and reporting levels.

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

We will adopt a code of ethics and business conduct applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of that code will be available on our corporate website at  www.wingstop.com  upon completion of this offering. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. Our website is not part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other company of which any members of our compensation committee or any of our directors is an executive officer.

Director Compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning the fiscal year 2014 compensation of our non-employee directors that served during any part of 2014:

 

Name

   Fees
earned
or paid
in cash
($)(1)
     Stock /
option
awards

($)(2)
     All
other
compensation

($)(3)
     Total
($)
 

Sidney J. Feltenstein

     26,000         —           —           26,000   

Michael J. Hislop

     26,000         —           —           26,000   

Troy K. Aikman

     6,500         —           300,000         306,500   

Steven M. Romaniello

     —           —           —           —     

Stephen D. Aronson

     —           —           —           —     

Erik O. Morris

     —           —           —           —     

Geoff A. Hill

     —           —           —           —     

Michael S. Sharkey

     —           —           —           —     

 

102


Table of Contents
(1) In 2014, we paid our non-employee directors that were not affiliates of Roark a fee of $6,500 per board meeting attended.
(2) We did not grant any stock or option awards to any of the non-employee directors in 2014. At December 31, 2014, none of our non-employee directors held any restricted stock or other unvested stock awards. At December 31, 2014, the following non-employee directors held stock options as follows: Mr. Feltenstein—10,900 vested stock options and 10,900 unvested stock options; Mr. Hislop—7,266 vested stock options and 14,534 unvested stock options; and Mr. Aikman—21,800 vested stock options and 10,900 unvested stock options.
(3) We paid Mr. Aikman spokesperson fees during 2014. We do not provide any perquisites to our non-employee directors.

We have entered into change in control bonus award agreements with Mr. Feltenstein and Mr. Hislop. Under these agreements, cash bonuses are payable to each of Mr. Feltenstein and Mr. Hislop upon the consummation of a change in control so long as he remains a director. The consummation of this offering is not expected to meet the definition of a change in control, and therefore, is not expected to trigger any cash bonus payouts. The cash bonus calculation for each participant differs and is determined by multiplying the participant’s covered securities by an amount designated in each agreement. Further, no cash bonus is payable if the per share consideration paid for our common stock in the change in control transaction is equal to or less than an amount specified in each agreement. The maximum potential payments to Mr. Feltenstein and Mr. Hislop under these agreements are $58,000 and $32,800, respectively.

Following the offering, each of our independent directors, currently Messrs. Hislop and Feltenstein, will receive an annual cash retainer fee of $50,000. We will evaluate the appropriate level of any future equity compensation for independent directors on an annual basis. Non-independent directors, including those associated with Roark, will not receive any compensation in connection with the offering or for services as directors following the offering.

 

103


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Introduction

This section provides an overview of our executive compensation program, including a narrative description of the material factors necessary to understand the information disclosed in the summary compensation table below. For 2014, our named executive officers are:

 

    Charles R. Morrison, who has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since June 2012 and as a member of our board of directors since September 2012;

 

    Michael F. Mravle, who has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2014; and

 

    William M. Engen, who has served as our Chief Operating Officer since September 2014.

The objective of our compensation program is to provide a total compensation package to each named executive officer that will enable us to attract, motivate and retain outstanding individuals, reward named executive officers for performance and align the financial interests of each named executive officer with the interests of our stockholders to encourage each named executive officer to contribute to our long-term performance and success.

The compensation program for our named executive officers consists of the following elements: base salary; performance-based cash bonus; equity-based incentive compensation; and severance and change of control benefits.

Historically, our board of directors has determined the compensation for our named executive officers. Upon completion of this offering, we expect to have a compensation committee that will be responsible for determining the compensation for our named executive officers and administering our equity compensation plans and awards. Roark will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock upon completion of this offering. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” and we will not be required to have a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into written employment agreements with each of our named executive officers. These agreements were negotiated on an arms-length basis and establish the key elements of compensation.

Mr. Morrison’s Employment Agreement

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Morrison in June 2012. The agreement provides for a term of five years. The annual base salary set forth in the agreement is $375,000.

Mr. Morrison is eligible for an annual bonus with a target of 50% of his base salary based upon the achievement of performance targets established by the board from time to time.

Mr. Morrison’s agreement entitled him to the grant of an option to purchase 408,750 shares of our common stock. In satisfaction of this provision, in August 2012 Mr. Morrison was granted an option to purchase 408,750 shares of our common stock, 50% of which is subject to time vesting (204,375 shares) and 50% of which vests based on our achievement of annual EBITDA targets for 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 (204,375 shares).

The agreement provides that Mr. Morrison is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans, programs and policies maintained by the company from time to time. The agreement also provides for severance benefits in the event of his termination by us without cause or a termination by him for good reason, subject to his compliance with certain confidentiality, non-compete, non-solicitation and non-disparagement obligations and the execution of a general release of claims. For more information see “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”

 

104


Table of Contents

Mr. Mravle’s Employment Agreement

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Mravle in September 2014. The agreement provides for a term of five years. The annual base salary set forth in the agreement is $315,000.

Mr. Mravle is eligible for an annual bonus with a target of 40% of his base salary based upon the achievement of performance targets established by the board from time to time. For fiscal year 2014 only, we have guaranteed him an annual bonus in the amount of $140,000, $100,000 of which must be repaid to us upon written request if he does not remain employed by us through the first anniversary of the effective date. He is also eligible for a one-time payment of $90,000 to cover all moving and relocation expenses, which must be repaid to us upon written request if he does not remain employed by us through the first anniversary of the effective date.

The agreement provides that Mr. Mravle is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans, programs and policies maintained by the company from time to time. The agreement also provides for severance benefits in the event of his termination by us without cause, subject to his compliance with certain confidentiality, non-compete, non-solicitation and non-disparagement obligations and the execution of a general release of claims. For more information see “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”

Mr. Engen’s Employment Agreement

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Engen in September 2014. The agreement provides for a term of five years. The annual base salary set forth in the agreement is $350,000.

Mr. Engen is eligible for an annual bonus with a target of 40% of his base salary based upon the achievement of performance targets established by the board from time to time. For fiscal year 2014 only, we have guaranteed him an annual bonus in the amount of $140,000, $95,000 of which must be repaid to us on written request if he does not remain employed by us through the first anniversary of the effective date.

The agreement provides that Mr. Engen is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans, programs and policies maintained by the company from time to time. The agreement also provides for severance benefits in the event of his termination by us without cause, subject to his compliance with certain confidentiality, non-compete, non-solicitation and non-disparagement obligations and the execution of a general release of claims. For more information see “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”

Base Salary

We pay base salaries to attract, recruit and retain qualified employees. Following the consummation of this offering, our compensation committee will review and set base salaries of our named executive officers annually. For fiscal 2014, the annual base salary of each named executive officer was as set forth in such named executive officer’s employment agreement, pro rated as applicable for employment during the year. In May 2015, our board of directors approved an increase in Mr. Morrison’s base salary to an annual amount of $500,000, subject to and effective following the completion of this offering.

Performance-Based Cash Bonus Compensation

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our annual performance-based cash bonus plan. Our board of directors has and, following the completion of this offering, our compensation committee intends to continue an annual performance-based cash bonus plan for eligible employees, including the named executive officers.

Of the named executive officers, only Mr. Morrison participated in the annual performance-based cash bonus plan for fiscal year 2014, or the 2014 Bonus Plan. As Mr. Mravle and Mr. Engen joined us late in 2014, we agreed in each such named executive officer’s employment agreement to guarantee a bonus for fiscal year 2014.

 

105


Table of Contents

The 2014 Bonus Plan applicable to the participating named executive officers included the following performance goals: 50% is earned based on achieving an adjusted EBITDA target and 50% is earned based on achieving a franchise store openings target. In accordance with the plan, the board of directors retains the discretion to approve additional adjustments to adjusted EBITDA for compensation purposes. The payout for the adjusted EBITDA portion of the bonus could exceed 100% of the targeted payout if we achieved adjusted EBITDA above certain levels. The payout for the franchise store openings target portion of the bonus was capped at 100% payout. For fiscal 2014, we achieved 111% of our adjusted EBITDA target, which achievement resulted in a bonus payout that exceeded target. In determining this achievement level, the board of directors approved additional discretionary adjustments to adjusted EBITDA. In addition, for fiscal 2014, we achieved 120% of our franchise store opening target, though the payout was capped at target. Based on our overall achievement of the performance goals, the chief executive officer earned 120% of his target performance based bonus.

Equity Incentive Compensation

We provide equity-based incentive compensation to our named executive officers because it links our long-term results achieved for our stockholders and the rewards provided to named executive officers, thereby ensuring that such officers have a continuing stake in our long-term success. Historically, we have granted equity awards to our named executive officers in conjunction with a named executive officer’s initial hire. Our named executive officers have been granted stock option awards under the 2010 Stock Option Plan, or the 2010 Plan.

In September 2014, we granted Mr. Mravle an option to purchase 163,500 shares of our common stock and Mr. Engen an option to purchase 119,900 shares of our common stock. Half of each such option grant is subject to time vesting (20% per year on each anniversary of the grant date). The remaining half of each such option grant is subject to vesting in five equal installments, based upon our achievement of an annual adjusted EBITDA targets for each of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019. In addition, if we achieve the adjusted EBITDA target for 2019, any unvested options that were eligible to vest prior to 2019 but did not will also vest. Vesting is also subject to the executive’s continued employment through each vesting date. We did not make an option grant to Mr. Morrison in 2014.

In the future, we may increase our use of long-term equity incentives, particularly through grants of equity awards under the Wingstop Inc. 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, effective upon the completion of this offering. The purpose of the 2015 Plan is to further align the interests of our executives with those of stockholders. For additional information regarding the 2015 Plan, see “—2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.”

Historically, we have granted awards under the 2010 Plan. In connection with the adoption of the 2015 Plan, we intend to terminate the 2010 Plan, and no further awards will be granted under the 2010 Plan. The termination of the 2010 Plan would not affect awards outstanding under the 2010 Plan at the time of its termination and the terms of the 2010 Plan would continue to govern outstanding awards granted under the 2010 Plan.

IPO Bonuses

For their work performed in connection with this offering, Messrs. Morrison and Mravle are receiving one-time cash bonuses in the amount of $240,000 and $100,000, respectively.

Benefits and Perquisites

We offer health and welfare benefits and life insurance to our named executive officers on the same basis that these benefits are offered to our other eligible employees. We also offer a 401(k) plan to our eligible employees. Our named executive officers participate in our 401(k) on the same basis as our other eligible employees. Pursuant to Mr. Mravle’s employment agreement, we agreed to a one-time payment to reimburse him for his moving and relocation expenses.

 

106


Table of Contents

We do not provide any perquisites to our named executive officers.

2014 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the total compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to the named executive officers for 2014, calculated in accordance with SEC rules and regulations.

 

Name and Principal Position

Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($) (2)
  Option
awards

($) (3)
  Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($) (4)
  All other
compensation
($) (5)
  Total
($)
 

Charles R. Morrison

  2014      375,000      —        —        225,000      2,678      602,678   

President and Chief

Executive Officer

Michael F. Mravle (1)

  2014      78,750      140,000      648,030      —        90,033      956,813   

Chief Financial

Officer

William M. Engen (1)

  2014      107,692      140,000      475,222      —        55      722,969   

Chief Operating

Officer

 

(1) Mr. Mravle and Mr. Engen joined our company in September 2014. The amount reflected in the “Salary” column for each of Mr. Mravle and Mr. Engen represents the pro-rated amount of each such named executive officer’s annual base salary earned following the commencement of employment.
(2) In their employment agreements, we agreed to guarantee Mr. Mravle and Mr. Engen a bonus for fiscal year 2014 only.
(3) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value for option awards granted in 2014, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Information about the assumptions used to value these awards can be found in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. See “—Equity Incentive Compensation” for more information about the options granted in 2014.
(4) Represents amounts earned under the 2014 Bonus Plan. Only Mr. Morrison participated in the 2014 Bonus Plan. See “—Performance-Based Cash Bonus Compensation” for information about the 2014 Bonus Plan.
(5) Includes the following: company match under the 401(k) plan; life insurance premiums; relocation costs to Mr. Mravle per the terms of his employment agreement; and company health savings account contribution.

 

  401(k) match ($)   Relocation ($)   Life insurance ($)   HSA contribution ($)  

Mr. Morrison

  1,839      —        339      500   

Mr. Mravle

  —        90,000      33      —     

Mr. Engen

  —        —        55      —     

2014 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information with respect to outstanding option awards for each of the named executive officers as of December 27, 2014. We have not granted any stock awards to the named executive officers.

 

  Option Awards  

Name

Grant date   Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
  Equity
incentive

plan
awards:

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options (#)
  Option
exercise
price ($)
  Option
expiration
date
 

Charles R. Morrison

  8/30/12 (1)    51,094      153,281      153,281    $ 1.52 (4)    8/30/2022   

Michael F. Mravle

  9/26/14 (2)    —        81,750      81,750    $ 5.76 (5)    9/26/2024   

William M. Engen

  9/09/14 (3)    —        59,950      59,950    $ 5.76 (5)    9/09/2024   

 

107


Table of Contents
(1) Mr. Morrison’s option grant for 408,750 shares is divided equally between time vesting and performance vesting options. Of the 204,375 time vesting options, 25% vested on each of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the remaining options vest 25% per year on December 31, 2015 and 2016. Of the performance vesting options, 51,094 options vest upon our achievement of an annual adjusted EBITDA target for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016. In addition, if we meet or achieve the adjusted EBITDA target for 2016, any unvested options that were eligible to vest prior to 2016 but did not will also vest. Vesting is also subject to the executive’s continued employment through each vesting date. We achieved our adjusted EBITDA target (determined for compensation purposes) for the year ended December 31, 2013, and, as a result, 51,094 options vested. Mr. Morrison exercised 51,094 of his vested options in March 2014.
(2) Mr. Mravle’s option grant for 163,500 shares is divided equally between time vesting and performance vesting options. The 81,750 time vesting options vest 20% per year on September 25, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019. Of the performance vesting options, 16,350 shares vest upon our achievement of an annual adjusted EBITDA target for each of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019. In addition, if we meet or achieve the adjusted EBITDA target for 2019, any unvested options that were eligible to vest prior to 2019 but did not will also vest. Vesting is also subject to the executive’s continued employment through each vesting date.
(3) Mr. Engen’s option grant for 119,900 shares is divided equally between time vesting and performance vesting options. The 59,950 time vesting options vest 20% per year on September 25, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019. Of the performance vesting options, 11,990 options vest upon our achievement of an annual adjusted EBITDA target for each of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019. In addition, if we meet or achieve the adjusted EBITDA target for 2019, any unvested options that were eligible to vest prior to 2019 but did not will also vest. Vesting is also subject to the executive’s continued employment through each vesting date.
(4) The option exercise price of Mr. Morrison’s grant was originally $3.80 per share. The exercise price was initially reduced to $3.03 to reflect the impact of a dividend paid to our stockholders in December 2012 and further reduced to $1.52 to reflect the impact of a second dividend paid to our stockholders in December 2013.
(5) The option exercise price of the grant to each of Mr. Mravle and Mr. Engen was originally $7.60 per share. The exercise price of each grant was reduced to $5.76 to reflect the impact of a dividend paid to our stockholders in March 2015.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control

The employment agreements with each of our named executive officers provide for the payment of certain severance benefits upon termination. In addition, the terms of the stock options granted to the named executive officers under the 2010 Plan include certain vesting rights upon a change of control.

Severance Benefits under the Employment Agreements

We have agreed to pay severance benefits in the event of an executive’s termination by us without cause or, for Mr. Morrison, a termination by the executive for good reason. We also provide severance benefits in the case of death and disability.

Mr. Morrison

The agreement provides for severance benefits if Mr. Morrison’s employment is terminated without cause (as defined in the agreement) or if he resigns for good reason (as defined in the agreement). In such instance, Mr. Morrison is entitled to (1) any earned but unpaid cash bonus and (2) the continuation of base salary for 13 months following the termination of his employment, subject to his compliance with the non-disclosure of trade secrets, a five-year confidentiality obligation, an 18 month non-compete obligation, a 24 month non-solicitation obligation, a non-disparagement obligation and the execution of a general release of claims. If a change of

 

108


Table of Contents

control of the company occurs, there is no obligation to make severance payments in connection with such change of control unless Mr. Morrison’s employment is terminated without cause or he resigns for good reason simultaneously with such change of control.

If Mr. Morrison is terminated as a result of a permanent disability (as defined in the agreement), he is entitled to (1) a prorated portion of the annual cash bonus earned for the year of termination (if any) calculated at the end of such year and paid on the same date on which bonuses are paid to other executives of the company, (2) any other amounts earned, accrued or owing but not yet paid, and (3) continued participation in employee welfare benefit plans which, by their terms, permit a former employee to participate. In the event of his death, his estate is entitled to (1) and (2) above as well as any other benefits to which he would be entitled in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans and programs of the company.

If we terminate Mr. Morrison’s employment for cause or he resigns other than for good reason, we will pay (1) his base salary actually earned up to the date of termination and (2) any earned cash bonus from the previous year not yet paid.

Mr. Mravle and Mr. Engen

The agreements for Mr. Mravle and Mr. Engen provide for severance benefits if the executive’s employment is terminated without cause (as defined in the agreement). In such instance, the executive is entitled to the continuation of base salary for 12 months following the termination of the executive’s employment, subject to the executive’s compliance with the non-disclosure of trade secrets, a five-year confidentiality obligation, a 24 month non-compete obligation, a 24 month non-solicitation obligation, a non-disparagement obligation and the execution of a general release of claims. If a change of control of the company occurs, there is no obligation to make severance payments in connection with such change of control unless the executive’s employment is terminated without cause simultaneously with such change of control.

If the executive is terminated as a result of a permanent disability (as defined in the agreement), he is entitled to any amounts earned, accrued or owing but not yet paid and continued participation in employee welfare benefit plans which, by their terms, permit a former employee to participate. In the event of the executive’s death, his estate is entitled to any amounts earned, accrued or owing but not yet paid as well as any other benefits to which he would be entitled in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans and programs of the company.

If we terminate the executive’s employment for cause, or the executive resigns for any reason, we will pay the executive’s base salary actually earned up to the date of termination.

Accelerated Vesting under Equity Award Agreements

The stock options granted to the named executive officers under the 2010 Plan include provisions that accelerate vesting in certain circumstances, including upon a change of control (as defined in the 2010 Plan). The consummation of this offering is not expected to meet the definition of a change of control, and therefore, is not expected to accelerate the vesting of the stock option grants.

Mr. Morrison

With respect to Mr. Morrison’s time vesting options, 100% of his unvested options will vest if a change of control occurs after December 31, 2015. If a change of control occurs prior to December 31, 2015, then 50% of his unvested options will vest.

With respect to his performance vesting options, if a change of control occurs prior to December 31, 2016 and if the board determines that we were on track to meet or exceed the adjusted EBITDA target for the year in which the change of control occurs, then any unvested options that were eligible to vest prior to the change of control but did not will vest.

 

109


Table of Contents

In addition, if (1) a change of control occurs prior to December 31, 2016, (2) during the year preceding the change of control we met or exceeded the adjusted EBITDA target for any year after the year during which the change of control occurs, and (3) the board determines that we were on track to meet or exceed the adjusted EBITDA target for the year in which the change of control occurs, then the unvested options allocated to the year in which the change of control occurs and the unvested options allocated to any subsequent year for which the adjusted EBITDA target was achieved will vest.

In the case of termination as a result of death or disability, Mr. Morrison’s employment will be deemed to have been terminated on the last day of the year in which the death or disability occurs, and that year will count toward the applicable vesting schedule, subject to the achievement of adjusted EBITDA targets with respect to the performance vesting options.

Mr. Mravle and Mr. Engen

With respect to the performance vesting options held by Mr. Mravle and Mr. Engen, if (1) a change of control occurs prior to December 31, 2019, (2) we met or exceeded the adjusted EBITDA target for the year prior to the year in which the change of control occurs, and (3) the board determines that we were on track to meet or exceed the adjusted EBITDA target for the year in which the change of control occurs, then any unvested options that were eligible to vest prior to the change of control but did not will vest.

In addition, if (1) a change of control occurs prior to December 31, 2019, (2) during the year preceding the change of control, we achieved the adjusted EBITDA target for a year following the year of the change of control, and (3) the board determines that we are on track to achieve the adjusted EBITDA target for such subsequent year in the year that the change of control occurs, then the unvested options allocated to the year in which the change of control occurs and any subsequent year for which we met such adjusted EBITDA target will vest.

In the case of termination as a result of death or disability, the employment for each of Mr. Mravle and Mr. Engen will be deemed to have been terminated on the last day of the year in which the death or disability occurs, and that year will count toward the applicable vesting schedule, subject to the achievement of adjusted EBITDA targets with respect to the performance vesting options.

2010 Stock Option Plan

In 2010, we adopted the 2010 Plan in order to provide a means to attract, retain and motivate our directors, employees, and consultants upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts our continued success, growth and development are dependent. The 2010 Plan provides that each award will expire no later than the tenth anniversary of the grant. Vesting of the options granted under the 2010 Plan is determined in accordance with the provisions of the applicable option certificate. The specific provisions of option certificates issued pursuant to the 2010 Plan, including those concerning vesting of options, may vary. In order to exercise any portion of the options, the holder must be an active director, employee, or consultant at the time of exercise of the option unless, otherwise provided in the applicable option certificate. If the termination of a director, employee, or consultant’s status as an active employee is due to his death, the person or persons to whom any portion of the options are transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, as applicable, thereafter shall be treated as the holder of the options. In no event will an employee be entitled to exercise the option after its original expiration date. All options, whether or not vested, will be forfeited if an employee’s employment is terminated for cause unless, otherwise provided in the applicable option certificate.

 

110


Table of Contents

2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

We intend to adopt the Wingstop Inc. 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, effective upon completion of this offering. The 2015 Plan is intended to promote our long-term success and increase stockholder value by attracting, motivating, and retaining non-employee directors, officers, employees, advisors and consultants. To achieve this purpose, the 2015 Plan will allow the flexibility to grant or award stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance unit awards, performance share awards, cash-based awards and other stock-based awards to eligible individuals, thereby strengthening their commitment to our success and aligning their interests with those of our stockholders. No awards have been made under the 2015 Plan.

Administration

The compensation committee will have discretionary authority to administer the 2015 Plan in accordance with its terms and applicable laws. The compensation committee will determine the non-employee directors, employees, advisors and consultants who will be granted awards under the 2015 Plan, the size and types of awards, the terms and conditions of awards and the form and content of the award agreements representing awards. The compensation committee will not be required to grant awards on a uniform or consistent basis. The compensation committee will be authorized to establish, administer and waive terms, conditions and performance goals of outstanding awards and to accelerate the vesting or exercisability of awards, in each case, subject to limitations contained in the 2015 Plan. The compensation committee will be authorized to interpret the 2015 Plan and award agreements and will have authority to correct any defects, supply any omissions and reconcile any inconsistencies in the 2015 Plan and/or any award agreements and to take any other action that the compensation committee deems necessary or appropriate for the administration of the 2015 Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the 2015 Plan, the compensation committee’s decisions, interpretations and actions concerning the 2015 Plan or any award will be within the sole discretion of the compensation committee, will be permitted to be made at any time and will be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons and entities, including any participant and any holder or beneficiary of any award. Within the limitations of the 2015 Plan and applicable law, the compensation committee will be authorized to delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers under the 2015 Plan to persons selected by it, and the board will be permitted to exercise all of the compensation committee’s powers under the 2015 Plan.

Shares Subject to the 2015 Plan

A total of 2,143,589 shares of our common stock, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, will be available for delivery under the 2015 Plan. The number of shares available for delivery under the 2015 Plan will also be subject to adjustment for certain changes in our capital structure, as described below under “Changes in Capital.” The shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2015 Plan will be either authorized and unissued shares (which will not be subject to preemptive rights) or previously issued shares that have been reacquired. Any shares subject to an award that is (1) forfeited, terminated, cancelled or otherwise expires or (2) settled for cash, will be available for future awards under the 2015 Plan. If we acquire or combine with another company, any awards that may be granted under the 2015 Plan in substitution or exchange for outstanding stock options or other awards of that other company will not reduce the shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

Participation

The compensation committee will be authorized grant awards under the 2015 Plan to (a) employees, advisors and consultants of us and our subsidiaries and affiliates, (b) those individuals who have accepted an offer of employment or consultancy from us or our subsidiaries or affiliates, and (c) our non-employee directors. However, only employees of us and our subsidiaries will be eligible to receive “incentive stock options” under the 2015 Plan.

 

111


Table of Contents

Stock Options

A stock option is the right to purchase a specified number of shares of common stock in the future at a specified exercise price and subject to the other terms and conditions that will be specified in the option agreement and the 2015 Plan. Stock options granted under the 2015 Plan will be either “incentive stock options,” which may be eligible for special tax treatment under the Internal Revenue Code, or options other than “incentive stock options”, referred to as “nonqualified stock options,” as determined by the compensation committee. All stock options that are intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” will be granted pursuant to award agreements expressly stating that the options are intended to qualify as incentive stock options, and will be subject to the terms and conditions that comply with the rules provided under section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. The exercise price of each option will be set by the compensation committee but cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock at the time of grant (or, in the case of an “incentive stock option” granted to a 10% or more stockholder of the company, or subsidiary, as applicable, 110% of the fair market value). Options granted under the 2015 Plan in substitution or exchange for options or awards of another company involved in a corporate transaction with the company or a subsidiary will have an exercise price that is intended to preserve the economic value of the award that is replaced. The fair market value of our common stock generally means the closing price of the common stock on the option grant date. The exercise price of any stock options granted under the 2015 Plan will be paid by check, or, with the compensation committee’s approval, shares of our common stock already owned by the option holder, a cashless broker-assisted exercise that complies with law, withholding of shares otherwise deliverable to the option holder upon exercise of the option or any other method approved or accepted by the compensation committee in its discretion. Any fractional shares of common stock will be settled in cash.

Options will become exercisable and expire at the times and on the terms established by the compensation committee, not later than the tenth anniversary of the grant date. If the exercise of a “nonqualified stock option” on its scheduled expiration date would violate law, the option may be extended until its exercise would not violate law. Further, if a “nonqualified stock option” would expire at a time when trading of shares of our common stock is prohibited by our insider trading policy (or “blackout period” imposed by us), the term will automatically be extended to the 30th day following the end of such period. Options generally terminate when the holder’s employment or service with us terminates. However, an option may be exercised for up to one year following the holder’s termination of employment or services in specified circumstances, unless the compensation committee or the option agreement permits exercise of the option following the holder’s termination to any greater or lesser extent.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock appreciation rights, or SARs, may be granted by the compensation committee (either in connection with, or independent of, an option) upon such terms and conditions determined by the compensation committee which are permitted under the 2015 Plan. Generally, SARs are awards that, upon their exercise, give the holder a right to receive from us an amount equal to the product of (1) the number of shares for which the SAR is exercised, multiplied by (2) the excess of the (a) fair market value of a share of our common stock on the exercise date, over (b) the grant price per share. The grant price per share cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date of such SAR. SARs granted under the 2015 Plan in substitution or exchange for SARs or awards of another company involved in a corporate transaction with the company or a subsidiary will have an exercise price that is intended to preserve the economic value of the award that is replaced. A SAR may be settled in cash, shares or a combination of cash and shares, as determined by the compensation committee. SARs will become exercisable and expire at the times and on the terms established by the compensation committee.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock awards are shares of our common stock that are awarded to a participant subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions established by the compensation committee. Until the applicable

 

112


Table of Contents

restrictions lapse, shares of restricted stock will be subject to forfeiture and may not be sold, assigned, pledged or otherwise disposed of by the participant who holds those shares. Restricted stock units will be denominated in units of shares of our common stock, except that no shares are actually issued to the participant on the grant date. When a restricted stock unit award vests, the participant will be entitled to receive shares of our common stock, a cash payment based on the value of shares of our common stock or a combination of shares and cash. Vesting of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units may be based on continued employment or service and/or satisfaction of performance goals or other conditions established by the compensation committee. Subject to the other terms of the 2015 Plan, a recipient of restricted stock will generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder during the restriction period, including the right to receive any dividends, which may be subject to the same restrictions as the restricted stock, unless the compensation committee provides otherwise in the award agreement. A recipient of restricted stock units will have none of the rights of a stockholder unless and until shares are actually delivered to the recipient. Upon termination of employment or service, or failure to satisfy other vesting conditions, a participant’s unvested shares of restricted stock and unvested restricted stock units are forfeited unless the participant’s award agreement, or the compensation committee, provides otherwise.

Performance Units, Performance Shares and Cash-Based Awards

Performance units, performance shares and cash-based awards granted to a participant under the 2015 Plan will be amounts credited to a bookkeeping account established for the participant. A performance unit is a fixed or variable dollar denominated unit with a value determined by the compensation committee and stated in the award agreement. The value of a performance share is based on the value of our common stock. A cash-based award has a value that is established by the compensation committee at the time of its grant. Whether a performance unit, performance share or cash-based award actually will result in a payment to a participant will depend upon the extent to which performance goals or other conditions established by the compensation committee are satisfied. After a performance unit, performance share or cash-based award has vested, the participant will be entitled to receive a payout of cash, shares of our common stock or a combination thereof, as determined by the compensation committee. A participant’s award agreement will describe the effect of a termination of employment or service on the participant’s performance units, performance shares or cash-based award.

Other Stock-Based Awards

The compensation committee will be authorized to grant to participants other stock-based awards under the 2015 Plan, which will be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, shares of our common stock. The form of any other stock-based awards will be determined by the compensation committee, and may include a grant or sale of unrestricted shares of our common stock. Other stock-based awards may be paid in shares of our common stock, cash or a combination of shares and cash, according to the award agreement. The terms and conditions, including vesting conditions, of another stock-based award will be established by the compensation committee when the award is made. The compensation committee will determine the effect of a termination of employment or service on a participant’s other stock-based awards.

Dividend Equivalents

The compensation committee will be authorized to provide part of an award with dividends or payment of dividend equivalents, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the compensation committee in its sole discretion and consistent with the 2015 Plan; provided, however, that no dividends or dividend equivalents will be payable in respect to outstanding options or SARS. Dividend equivalents may not be paid until and to the extent the underlying award vests or is exercised.

Performance-Based Awards

Restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance units, performance shares, cash-based awards and other stock-based awards subject to performance conditions may, in the compensation committee’s discretion and

 

113


Table of Contents

subject to stockholder approval of the 2015 Plan prior to the payment of any awards, be structured to qualify as performance-based compensation that is exempt from the deduction limitations of section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. Awards intended to satisfy this exemption must be conditioned on the achievement of objectively determinable performance goals based on one or more of the performance measures listed below, determined in relation to the company or its subsidiaries or any of their business units, divisions, services or products, or in comparison to a designated group of other companies or index: net sales; system-wide sales; comparable store sales; revenue; revenue growth or product revenue growth; operating income (before or after taxes); pre- or after-tax income or loss (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); earnings or loss per share; net income or loss (before or after taxes); adjusted operating income; adjusted net income; adjusted earnings per share; channel revenue; channel revenue growth; franchising commitments; manufacturing profit; manufacturing profit margin; store closures; return on equity; total stockholder return; return on assets or net assets; appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of the shares or any other publicly traded securities of the company; market share; gross profits; earnings or losses (including earnings or losses before taxes, before interest and taxes, or before interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); economic value-added measurements; comparisons with various stock market indices; reductions in costs; cash flow or cash flow per share (before or after dividends); return on capital (including return on total capital or return on invested capital); cash flow return on investment; attainment of expense, working capital, cash, inventory or accounts receivable levels; operating margin; gross margin; year-end cash; cash margin; debt reduction; stockholders’ equity; market share; customer satisfaction; customer growth; supply chain achievements (including establishing relationships with suppliers, points of distribution and gross or net store openings); financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; cost of capital or assets under management; financing, factoring transactions and other capital raising transactions; strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified goals with respect to research, development, manufacturing, commercialization, products or projects, production volume levels, acquisitions and divestitures; and recruiting or turnover of personnel.

The compensation committee will determine whether the performance goals that have been chosen for a particular performance-based award have been met. The compensation committee will have the discretion to adjust downwards but not upwards amounts payable or benefits granted, issued, retained or vested under a performance-based award described above. The compensation committee may not waive the achievement of performance goals applicable to these awards, except in the case of the participant’s death, disability or a change of control of the company. The compensation committee’s evaluation of the achievement of performance goals may include or exclude any of the following events that occur during a performance period: (a) gains or losses on sales or dispositions, (b) asset write-downs, (c) changes in tax law or rate, including the impact on deferred tax liabilities, (d) the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, (e) extraordinary items, or with respect to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, events of an “unusual nature” and/or of a type that indicate “infrequency of occurrence,” and appearing in the company’s financial statements or notes thereto appearing in the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, and/or in “management’s discussion and analysis of financial performance” appearing in such Annual Report, (f) acquisitions occurring after the start of a performance period or unbudgeted costs incurred related to future acquisitions, (g) operations discontinued, divested or restructured during the performance period, including severance costs, (h) gains or losses on refinancing or extinguishment of debt, (i) foreign exchange gains and losses, and (j) any other similar event or condition specified in the applicable award agreement.

Awards Limits

The number of shares covered by each award type will be determined by the compensation committee, but no participant may be granted in any fiscal year an aggregate of more than 500,000 stock options, including incentive stock options, and SARs, an aggregate of more than 350,000 restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance shares and other stock-based awards (or cash amounts with respect to other stock-based awards based on the fair market value, as defined in the 2015 Plan, of such number of shares on the grant date), an aggregate amount of performance units in excess of $5,000,000 or an aggregate amount of cash based-awards in excess of $5,000,000.

 

114


Table of Contents

Deferrals of Awards

The compensation committee may, to the extent permitted by law, require or allow participants to defer receipt of all or part of any cash or shares subject to their award agreements on the terms of any deferred compensation plan of the company or other terms set by the compensation committee. Any such deferred compensation plan or other terms set by the compensation committee will be exempt from, or comply with the rules under section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

Transferability of Awards

Options, SARs, unvested restricted stock, and other awards under the 2015 Plan may not be sold or otherwise transferred except in the event of a participant’s death to his or her designated beneficiary or by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee. The compensation committee may permit awards other than “incentive stock options” and any related SARs to be transferred for no consideration.

Change of Control

A change of control of the company (as defined in the 2015 Plan) will have no effect on outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan that the board or the compensation committee determines will be honored or assumed or replaced with new rights by a new employer (referred to as an alternative award), so long as the alternative award:

 

    is based on securities that are, or within 60 days after the change of control will be, traded on an established United States securities market;

 

    provides the holder with rights and entitlements (such as vesting and timing or methods of payment) that are at least substantially equivalent to the rights, terms and conditions of the outstanding award;

 

    has an economic value that is substantially equivalent to that of the outstanding award;

 

    provides that if the holder’s employment with the new employer terminates under any circumstances, other than due to termination for cause or resignation without good reason, within 1 year following the change of control (or prior to a change of control, but following the date on which we agree in principle to enter into that change of control transaction), (1) any conditions on the holder’s rights under, or any restrictions on transfer or exercisability applicable to, the alternative award will be waived or will lapse in full, and the alternative award will become fully vested and exercisable, and (2) the alternative award may be exercised until the later of (a) the last date on which the outstanding award would otherwise have been exercisable, and (b) the earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the change of control and (ii) expiration of the term of the outstanding award; and

 

    will not subject the holder to additional taxes or penalties under section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

If the board or the compensation committee determines not to honor, assume or replace the outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan with alternative awards, then, with respect to any outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan:

 

  (1) the awards will fully vest and become nonforfeitable and exercisable immediately prior to the change of control;

 

  (2) the board or the compensation committee will provide that in connection with the change of control:

 

    each outstanding option and SAR will be cancelled in exchange for an amount equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the change of control date, reduced by the option exercise price or grant price of the option or SAR;

 

115


Table of Contents
    each outstanding share of restricted stock, restricted stock unit and any other award denominated in shares will be cancelled in exchange for an amount equal to the number of shares covered by the award multiplied by the price per share offered for our common stock in the change of control transaction, or, in some cases, the highest fair market value of the common stock during the 30 trading days preceding the change of control date; and

 

    any outstanding award not denominated in shares, including any award the payment of which was deferred, will be cancelled in exchange for the full amount of the award;

 

  (3) the target performance goals applicable to any outstanding awards will be deemed to be fully attained, unless actual performance exceeds the target, in which case actual performance will be used, for the entire performance period then outstanding; and

 

  (4) the board or the compensation committee may otherwise adjust or settle outstanding awards as it deems appropriate, consistent with the 2015 Plan’s purposes.

Any amounts described under (2) above will be paid in cash, publicly traded securities of the new employer or a combination of cash and securities as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than 10 business days, following the change of control.

Changes in Capital

In the event of a change in our capital structure, such as a stock dividend, stock split or recapitalization, or a corporate transaction, such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization or spin-off, the compensation committee or the board will make substitutions or adjustments that it deems appropriate and equitable to: (a) the aggregate number, class and kind of shares or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the 2015 Plan, (b) the number, class and kind of shares or other securities subject to outstanding awards; (c) the option exercise price, grant price or other price of securities subject to outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and, to the extent applicable, other awards; and (d) the limits on the number of shares that may be subject to awards granted to a single participant under the 2015 Plan. In the case of a corporate transaction, these adjustments may include, for example, (1) cancellation of outstanding awards in exchange for payments of cash and/or property; (2) substitution of other property (for example, stock of another company) for shares of our common stock subject to outstanding awards; and (3) in connection with a transaction in which a subsidiary, affiliate or division of us is sold or otherwise ceases to be owned by us, arranging for the assumption of awards, or replacement of awards with new awards based on other property or other securities, by the affected subsidiary, affiliate, or division, or by the entity that controls that subsidiary, affiliate, or division (as well as any corresponding adjustments to awards that remain based upon our securities). The compensation committee will also make appropriate adjustments and modifications in the terms of any outstanding awards to reflect, or related to, any such events, adjustments, substitutions or changes, including modifications of performance goals and changes in the length of performance periods.

Amendment and Termination

The board will have the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2015 Plan in whole or in part, in its sole discretion. However, the board will be required to obtain approval of the stockholders, if required by the exemption from the short-swing profit recovery rules of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the tax law requirements for “incentive stock options” or any applicable law, regulation or rule, of any amendment of the 2015 Plan that would: (a) increase the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be sold or awarded under the 2015 Plan, or that may be subject to awards granted to a single participant; (b) decrease the minimum option exercise price or SAR grant price required by the 2015 Plan, except, in the case of (a) or (b), in the event of certain changes in capital of the company (as described above under “Changes in Capital”); (c) change the class of persons eligible to receive awards under the 2015 Plan; (d) change the performance measures applicable to awards intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under section 162(m) of

 

116


Table of Contents

the Internal Revenue Code; (e) extend the duration of the 2015 Plan or the maximum exercise periods of any options or SARs granted under the 2015 Plan; or (f) otherwise require stockholder approval to comply with applicable laws, regulations or rules. The compensation committee may also amend outstanding awards.

However, no amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the 2015 Plan or amendment of outstanding awards may materially impair the previously accrued rights of a participant under any outstanding award without his or her written consent, except (a) to comply with (1) the exemption from the short-swing profit recovery rules of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or (2) the exception for performance-based compensation under section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, or (b) where the board or the compensation committee determines that the amendment or alteration either (1) is required or advisable to comply with laws, regulations, rules or accounting standards or (2) is not reasonably likely to significantly diminish, without adequate compensation, the benefits provided under an award. Additionally, the provisions of the 2015 Plan described above under “Change of Control” may not be amended, terminated or modified on or after the date of a Change of Control to materially impair any participant’s outstanding award without that participant’s prior written consent. The board or the compensation committee will also make adjustments that it deems appropriate to awards under the 2015 Plan in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the company or its financial statements or changes in laws, regulations, rules or accounting principles.

The 2015 Plan will prohibit the company from reducing the exercise price or grant price of an outstanding stock option or SAR or replacing an outstanding stock option or SAR with a new option or SAR that has a lower exercise price or grant price, or with any other type of new award under the 2015 Plan, except in connection with a share change, a corporate transaction or as otherwise described under “Changes in Capital” above, without first obtaining stockholder approval.

Duration of 2015 Plan

No awards will be made under the 2015 Plan on or after the earlier of (1) the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2015 Plan, or (2) the date on which all shares of common stock reserved under the 2015 Plan have been issued or are no longer available for use under the 2015 Plan.

Forfeiture

The 2015 Plan will authorize the compensation committee to provide for the forfeiture or recoupment of a participant’s awards in certain situations, such as the termination of the participant’s employment for cause, serious misconduct, breach of noncompetition, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants, or other activity detrimental to our business, reputation or interests. If the company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the company’s material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under the federal securities laws, the company may seek to recover from any current or former executive officer any payment in settlement of an award earned or accrued during the three-year period preceding the accounting restatement. The amount to be recovered will be based on the excess of the amount paid under the award over the amount that would have been paid under the award if the financial statements had been correct.

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering our shares issuable under the 2015 Plan.

 

117


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information as of May 31, 2015 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock (i) immediately prior to this offering and (ii) as adjusted to give effect to this offering based on the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, by:

 

    each person known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding common stock;

 

    each of our directors and named executive officers;

 

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    each selling stockholder.

For further information regarding material transactions between us and certain of our stockholders, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2015 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 26,431,182 shares of common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2015, assuming no exercise of the option to purchase additional shares from us. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder. Unless otherwise indicated in the table or footnotes below, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o Wingstop Inc., 5501 LBJ Freeway, 5th Floor, Dallas, Texas 75240.

 

    Shares beneficially owned
prior to this offering (1)
    Number
of shares
offered
    Shares beneficially owned
after this offering (1)(2)
(no option exercised)
    Shares beneficially owned
after this offering (1)(2)
(full option exercised)
 
    Number     Percentage       Number     Percentage     Number     Percentage  

Principal stockholder:

             

RC II WS LLC (3)

    22,345,000        84.5     2,354,610        19,990,390        69.9     19,120,390        66.9

Other selling stockholders:

             

Gleacher Mezzanine Fund II,
L.P (4)

    1,103,625        4.2     551,813        551,812        1.9     551,812        1.9

Bill Knight Trust (5)

    611,089        2.3     183,327        427,762        1.5     427,762        1.5

Wes Jablonski (6)

    474,043        1.8     142,213        331,830        1.2     331,830        1.2

Lance Loshelder (7)

    335,034        1.3     100,510        234,524        *        234,524        *   

Jim Flynn (8)

    257,612        1.0     77,284        180,328        *        180,328        *   

Andrew Howard (9)

    237,787        *        71,336        166,451        *        166,451        *   

Tom Roberts (10)

    188,662        *        56,599        132,063        *        132,063        *   

Troy Aikman (11)

    179,850        *        71,940        107,910        *        107,910        *   

Other Selling Stockholders (12)

    134,559        *        40,368        94,191        *        94,191        *   

 

118


Table of Contents
    Shares beneficially owned
prior to this offering (1)
    Number
of shares
offered
    Shares beneficially owned
after this offering (1)(2)
(no option exercised)
    Shares beneficially owned
after this offering (1)(2)
(full option exercised)
 
    Number     Percentage       Number     Percentage     Number     Percentage  

Named executive officers and directors:

             

Charles R. Morrison (13)

    204,374        *               204,374        *        204,374        *   

Michael F. Mravle

                                                

William M. Engen

                                                

Neal K. Aronson (3)

    22,345,000        84.5     2,354,610        19,990,390        69.9     19,120,390        66.9

Sidney J. Feltenstein (14)

    54,500        *               54,500        *        54,500        *   

Michael J. Hislop

    21,800        *               21,800        *        21,800        *   

Lawrence P. Molloy

                                                

Erik O. Morris

                                                

Steven M. Romaniello

                                                

All current executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons) (3)(15)

    22,753,749        85.7     2,354,610        20,399,139        71.1     19,529,139        68.1

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of our outstanding common stock.
(1) Shares shown in the table above include shares held in the beneficial owner’s name or jointly with others, or in the name of a bank, nominee or trustee for the beneficial owner’s account.
(2) Beneficial ownership does not include any shares that may be purchased in this offering. See “Underwriters (Conflicts of Interest).”
(3) RC II WS LLC directly owns 22,345,000 shares of common stock. RC II WS LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, is controlled by Roark Capital Partners II, LP, a Delaware limited partnership. Roark Capital Partners II, LP is controlled by its general partner, Roark Capital GenPar II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which is in turn controlled by its managing member, Neal K. Aronson. Each of Roark Capital Partners II, LP, Roark Capital GenPar II, LLC and Mr. Aronson may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the common stock directly owned by RC II WS LLC and therefore be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the common stock held by RC II WS LLC, but each disclaim beneficial ownership of such common stock. The principal business address of each of the entities and persons identified in this paragraph is c/o Roark Capital Management, LLC, 1180 Peachtree Street, Suite 2500, Atlanta, GA, 30309.
(4) Represents shares held by Gleacher Mezzanine Fund II, L.P. (the “Mezzanine Fund”). The Mezzanine Fund is a pooled investment vehicle managed by Arrowhead Mezzanine LLC, an investment adviser registered with the SEC (“Arrowhead”). A majority of Arrowhead’s Investment Committee with respect to the Mezzanine Fund, which is comprised of Mary P. Gay, Phillip Krall, Elliott Jones, Craig Pisani, Eric Gleacher and Jeffery Tepper are responsible for directing the votes of any shares in any company held by the Mezzanine Fund.
(5) Bill Knight is the Trustee of the selling stockholder and has voting and investment power over the shares. Mr. Knight formerly served as our chief operating officer through October 2014.
(6) Mr. Jablonski was an executive with the company through February 2013.
(7) Mr. Loshelder formerly served as our chief financial officer and in other executive positions with the company through March 2015.
(8) Mr. Flynn was an executive with the company through December 2012. He also served as a director through December 2013.
(9) Mr. Howard was an executive with the company through November 2012.
(10) Mr. Roberts formerly served as our vice president of financial and operating analysis through December 2014.

 

119


Table of Contents
(11) Mr. Aikman served as a director through December 2014. Mr. Aikman has also acted as a spokesperson on behalf of the company. See “Management—Director Compensation.”
(12) All of such persons beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 1% of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering. Other selling stockholders include five former employees of the company and one former director of the company.
(13) Includes options to purchase 94,421 shares vested or vesting within 60 days of May 31, 2015.
(14) Includes options to purchase 10,900 shares vested or vesting within 60 days of May 31, 2015.
(15) Includes options to purchase 105,321 shares vested or vesting within 60 days of May 31, 2015. Does not include Larry Kruger, who will join the company on June 11, 2015. As of May 31, 2015, Mr. Kruger did not beneficially own any shares of our common stock.

 

120


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Management Agreement

We are a party to an amended and restated management advisory and consulting services agreement, dated December 15, 2011, or the management agreement, with Roark Capital Management, LLC, or Roark Capital Management, pursuant to which Roark Capital Management provides management consulting services to us and receives specified consideration for such services. The management consulting services generally consist of advice concerning management, finance, marketing, strategic planning and such other services as may be requested from time to time by our board of directors. We paid an aggregate of $0.1 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million for these management consulting services for the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 and each of the fiscal years 2014 and 2013, respectively. We expect to terminate the management agreement in connection with this offering. Upon termination of the management agreement and the consummation of this offering, Roark Capital Management will receive an aggregate payment from us of $3.3 million. The management agreement includes customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of Roark Capital Management.

Stock Transfer Restriction Agreements

We and our principal stockholder, RC II WS, have entered into agreements with other stockholders of the company with respect to 2,238,980 shares of our common stock not being sold in the offering pursuant to which such stockholders have agreed, effective as of the closing of this offering and subject to limited exceptions, that, without the prior written consent of us and RC II WS, they will not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of:

 

  any of their remaining shares following the closing of this offering for a period of six months following the closing of this offering;

 

  two-thirds of their remaining shares during the period beginning six months following the closing of this offering and ending on the date that is 12 months following the closing of this offering; and

 

  one-third of their remaining shares during the period beginning 12 months following the closing of this offering and ending on the earlier of (x) the date that is 18 months following the closing of this offering and (y) the date that our outstanding shares of common stock held by non-affiliates of us exceeds 50% of the total outstanding shares of common stock.

In addition, pursuant to the terms of agreements effective upon the closing of this offering, the shareholders agreement applicable to the respective stockholder will terminate and be of no further force and effect.

Shareholder Agreements

We and our principal stockholder, RC II WS, previously entered into shareholder agreements with each of the other stockholders of the company prior to our initial public offering, which set forth certain rights and restrictions with respect to the ownership of shares of our common stock, including:

 

    drag-along rights in the event RC II WS proposes to sell any of its shares of our common stock;

 

    tag-along rights in the event RC II WS proposes to sell its shares of our common stock in a transaction that would result in RC II WS and its affiliates owning less than 50% of our common stock;

 

    restrictions on the transfer of shares of our common stock; and

 

    other provisions relating to among other things, non-disparagement.

All of these shareholders agreements will terminate upon the closing of this offering pursuant to the terms of the stock transfer restriction agreements described above or pursuant to the terms of individual shareholders agreements.

 

121


Table of Contents

We and our principal stockholder, RC II WS, have also entered into a shareholder agreement with respect to 551,812 shares of our common stock not being sold in the offering, which will terminate upon the closing of this offering, except that the following rights and restrictions will continue with respect to such shares following the offering:

 

    piggyback registration rights that provide the stockholder the right to register its shares of our common stock if we register any of our common stock (either for our account or the account of a stockholder exercising demand registration rights), subject to limited exceptions; and

 

    restrictions related to confidential information.

In accordance with the terms of the shareholder agreements described above, holders of all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Jefferies LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. For additional information, see “Underwriters (Conflicts of Interest).”

Board Compensation

Upon completion of this offering, all non-employee members of our board of directors will be compensated as set forth under “Management—Director Compensation.”

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.

Registration Rights Agreement

We expect to enter into a registration rights agreement with RC II WS and certain other stockholders in connection with this offering. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for more information.

Policies and Procedures With Respect to Related Party Transactions

In accordance with our Policy on Related Party Transactions that we intend to adopt upon the closing of this offering, our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions. In addition, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will require that all of our employees and directors inform the General Counsel of any material transaction or relationship that comes to their attention that could reasonably be expected to create a conflict of interest. Further, at least annually, each director and executive officer will complete a detailed questionnaire that asks questions about any business relationship that may give rise to a conflict of interest and all transactions in which we are involved and in which the executive officer, a director or a related person has a direct or indirect material interest.

 

122


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description summarizes important terms of our capital stock. For a complete description, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, forms of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant portions of the Delaware General Corporation Law. References to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws are to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, respectively, each of which will become effective upon completion of this offering.

Common Stock

General . As of May 31, 2015, there were 26,431,182 shares of our common stock outstanding, par value $0.01 per share, and 30 stockholders of record. After this offering, our certificate of incorporation will authorize the issuance of 100,000,000 shares of our common stock, and there will be 28,581,182 shares of our common stock outstanding.

Voting rights . Except as required by law or matters relating solely to the terms of preferred stock, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors, and will not have cumulative voting rights. Unless otherwise required by law, matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders will require the approval of a majority of votes cast by stockholders represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote on such matter, except that directors will be elected by a plurality of votes cast. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors will be able to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose.

Dividend rights . Holders of common stock will be entitled to receive ratably dividends if, as and when dividends are declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any then outstanding preferred stock. Our ability to pay dividends is limited by covenants in our credit facilities. See “Dividend Policy.”

Other matters . Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to any other distribution rights granted to holders of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock will have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights, and no redemption or sinking fund provisions will be applicable to our common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

Our certificate of incorporation will permit our board of directors, without further action of stockholders, to issue up to 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock from time to time in one or more classes or series. The board also may fix the relative rights and preferences of those shares, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, terms of sinking funds, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or series or the designation of the class or series. Terms selected by our board of directors in the future could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of common stock or adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the holders of common stock without any further vote or action by the stockholders. As a result, the rights of holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that may be issued by us in the future, which could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock. Upon consummation of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

123


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

We expect to enter into a registration rights agreement with RC II WS in connection with this offering. The terms of the registration rights agreement will include provisions for demand registration rights and piggyback registration rights in favor of RC II WS and piggyback registration rights in favor of certain other stockholders. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, RC II WS, which will be the holder of 19,990,390 shares of our common stock after this offering (or 19,120,390 shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), will have the right to require that we register its shares under the Securities Act for sale to the public. So long as we do not have an effective shelf registration statement with respect to our common stock, RC II WS may request registration (a “demand registration”) of all or a portion of its common stock (“RC II WS registrable securities”). If RC II WS makes a demand registration, certain other stockholders of 1,675,059 shares of our common stock after this offering, together with the RC II WS registrable securities (“registrable securities”) may request that such holder’s registrable securities be included in such registration statement in proportion to the registrable securities of RC II WS that are to be included in the demand registration. We shall not be obligated to effectuate more than three demand registrations in any 12-month period. Any demand registration must be for an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $10 million. The registration rights agreement will provide that subject to certain limitations, at any time that we are eligible to use Form S-3, we will upon request of RC II WS file a shelf registration statement covering all registrable securities and, if such shelf registration statement is not automatically effective, use reasonable best efforts to cause the shelf registration statement to be declared effective. If RC II WS requests that we file a shelf registration statement, the other stockholders parties to the agreement may request that such holder’s registrable securities be included in such registration statement in proportion to the registrable securities of RC II WS that are to be included in the shelf registration statement. Once the shelf registration statement is effective, we are required to use reasonable best efforts to keep the shelf registration statement continuously effective and usable for resale of registrable securities. In addition, if at any time we propose or are required to register any shares of our common stock under the Securities Act (other than a demand registration or pursuant to an employee benefit) (a “piggyback registration”), we will be required to notify RC II WS and the other stockholders parties to the agreement of their right to participate in such registration. We will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause registrable securities requested to be included in the registration to be so included. These piggyback registration rights are subject to certain exceptions set forth in the registration rights agreement. The registration rights agreement will also provide that, subject to limitations described below, RC II WS may effect an underwritten offering of registrable securities after delivery of advance notice to us.

In connection with an underwritten offering, we may have to agree to not effect any public sale or distribution of equity securities (1) during the 90-day period following the effective date of any underwritten demand registration or (2) during the period ending 90 days after commencement of such underwritten shelf offering, unless the managing underwriters agree to a shorter period. Under the registration rights agreement, we will agree, subject to certain limitations, to indemnify RC II WS and any other participating stockholders and their respective officers, directors, managers and partners, and each person controlling such holder against all losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities and expenses in certain circumstances and to pay any expenses reasonably incurred in connection investigating, preparing or defending these, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to us by such holder expressly for use therein.

In addition, a shareholder agreement with respect to 551,812 shares of our common stock not being sold in the offering includes piggy back registration rights giving such stockholder the right to register its shares of our common stock if we register any of our common stock, subject to limited exceptions. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreements.”

We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters’ discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with the exercise of these demand and piggyback registration rights. The registration rights agreement will not provide for the payment of any consideration by us to holders of registrable shares if a registration statement for the resale of shares of common stock held by holders of registrable shares is not declared effective or if the effectiveness is not maintained. 22,217,261 shares of our common stock will be entitled to these registration

 

124


Table of Contents

rights following completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock. However, the underwriting agreement and lock-up agreements prohibit us from a filing any registration statement for the resale of shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior consent of the representatives. Shares registered with the SEC pursuant to these registrations rights will be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to the lock-up agreements described in “Underwriters (Conflicts of Interest).” See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Anti-takeover Effects of Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Law

The provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or DGCL, and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting an unsolicited offer to acquire our company. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Election and removal of directors . Our board of directors will be divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III. The initial terms of Class I directors will expire at the first annual meeting of our stockholders following the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The initial terms of Class II directors will expire at the second annual meeting of our stockholders following the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The initial terms of Class III directors will expire at the third annual meeting of our stockholders following the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Following their initial terms, each class of directors will be elected for a three-year term. Our directors may be removed only by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 3 % of our then outstanding common stock and only for cause. For more information on the terms of our directors, see the section entitled “Management—Board of Directors.” This system of electing and removing directors generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of our directors.

Authorized but unissued shares. The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and our preferred stock will be available for future issuance without any further vote or action by our stockholders. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and our preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control over us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Stockholder action; advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by a consent in writing. Our certificate of incorporation also requires that special meetings of stockholders be called only by a majority of our board of directors. In addition, our bylaws provide that candidates for director may be nominated and other business brought before an annual meeting only by the board of directors or by a stockholder who gives written notice to us no later than 90 days prior to nor earlier than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the last annual meeting of stockholders. These provisions may have the effect of deterring unsolicited offers to acquire our company or delaying changes in control of our management, which could depress the market price of our common stock.

Stockholder action by written consent. The DGCL provides that, unless otherwise stated in a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, the stockholders may act by written consent without a meeting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that after the investments funds associated with Roark collectively own less than 50% of our outstanding common stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of the stockholders may only be taken at an annual or special meeting before which it is properly brought, and not by written consent without a meeting. As a result, Roark will be able to act by written consent so long as it beneficially owns at least 50% of our outstanding common stock.

 

125


Table of Contents

Special meeting of stockholders and advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called only upon the request of a majority of our board of directors or, at the request of RC II WS so long as RC II WS (or its affiliates) owns at least 10% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our common stock.

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws require advance notice procedures for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders, including the nomination of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider the proposals specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered a timely written notice in proper form to our secretary, of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting.

These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting any stockholder actions, even if they are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

Amendment to certificate of incorporation and bylaws . The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote on amendments to a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws is required to approve such amendment, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our amended and restated bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or, in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, the approval by holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Additionally, the approval by holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, is required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provision inconsistent with the “Classified Board of Directors,” “Action by Written Consent,” “Special Meetings of Stockholders,” “Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws” and “Business Combinations” provisions described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging the removal of any anti-takeover defenses provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws.

No cumulative voting . The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation will expressly prohibit cumulative voting.

Corporate opportunity . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may from time to time be presented to Roark or any of its officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries (other than us and our subsidiaries) and that may be a business opportunity for Roark, even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. No such person will be liable to us for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person, acting in good faith, pursues or acquires any such business opportunity, directs any such business opportunity to another person or fails to present any such business opportunity, or information regarding any such business opportunity, to us unless, in the case of any such person who is our director or officer, any such business opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer solely in his or her capacity as our director or officer. None of Roark, any of the investment funds associated with Roark or any of their respective representatives has any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us or any of our subsidiaries.

Exclusive jurisdiction of certain actions. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law that derivative actions brought in the name of the company, actions against

 

126


Table of Contents

directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision benefits the company by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Business combinations . We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

    prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

 

    at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our voting stock.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring our company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that RC II WS, any affiliated investment entity, and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees of at least 15% of our outstanding common stock and any group as to which such persons are party to, do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated bylaws will limit the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and provides that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by such law. We expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our current directors and executive officers prior to the completion of this offering and expect to enter into a similar agreement with any new directors or executive officers. We expect to increase our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage prior to the completion of this offering.

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “WING.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

 

127


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sales, will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of our common stock.

Sale of Restricted Shares

Upon completion of this offering, we will have 28,581,182 shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares of common stock, the 5,800,000 shares of common stock being sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be held or acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. The remaining 22,781,182 shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144, and may be resold only after registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including, among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below; provided that, 2,238,980 shares will be subject to transfer restrictions for six months following this offering, 1,492,644 shares will be subject to transfer restrictions for 12 months following this offering and 746,316 shares will be subject to transfer restrictions for the earlier of 18 months following this offering and the date that our outstanding shares of common stock of non-affiliates exceeds 50% of the total outstanding shares of common stock, in each case in accordance with the stock transfer restriction agreements described below. These remaining shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be available for sale in the public market only after the termination of the applicable stock transfer restriction agreement described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stock Transfer Restriction Agreements” and after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described in “Underwriters (Conflicts of Interests),” and then only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as described below.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, persons who are not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale and are not otherwise subject to stock transfer restrictions described herein may sell shares of our common stock beneficially held upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of a six-month holding period, if we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and have filed all required reports for at least 90 days prior to the date of the sale, or (ii) a one-year holding period.

At the expiration of the six-month holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale and is not subject to a stock transfer restriction agreement would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock provided current public information about us is available, and a person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 285,812 shares immediately after this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2015; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

 

128


Table of Contents

At the expiration of the one-year holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock without restriction. A person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would remain subject to the volume restrictions described above.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general and subject to the expiration of the lock-up restrictions and to the transfer restrictions described herein, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, are eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding periods of Rule 144 and subject only to the manner-of-sale restrictions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions.

Stock Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under the new equity incentive plan we intend to adopt in connection with this offering. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, each of our officers and directors and the holders of all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Jefferies LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. For additional information, see “Underwriters (Conflicts of Interest).”

Registration Rights Agreement

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with RC II WS and certain other stockholders. The terms of the registration rights agreement will include provisions for demand registration rights and piggyback registration rights in favor of RC II WS and piggyback registration rights in favor of certain other stockholders. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, RC II WS will have the right to require that we register its shares under the Securities Act for sale to the public. If RC II WS requires that we register its shares, certain other stockholders may request that such holder’s shares be included in such registration in proportion to shares of RC II WS that are to be included in the registration. Immediately following

 

129


Table of Contents

consummation of this offering, 21,665,449 shares of our common stock will be entitled to these registration rights, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock. Shares registered with the SEC pursuant to these registration rights will be eligible for sale in the public markets upon effectiveness of the registration statement covering those shares. However, the underwriting agreement and lock-up agreements prohibit us from a filing any registration statement for the resale of shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior consent of the representatives. By exercising its registration rights and causing a large number of shares to be registered and sold in the public market, RC II WS could cause the price of the common stock to fall. In addition, any demand to include these shares in our registration statements could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise needed capital. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” In addition, following the offering, pursuant to one of our shareholder agreements, 551,812 shares of our common stock will continue to be subject to piggyback registration rights that provide the stockholder the right to register its shares of our common stock if we register any of our common stock (either for our account or the account of a stockholder exercising demand registration rights), subject to limited exceptions.

Stock Transfer Restriction Agreements

We and our principal stockholder, RC II WS, have entered into agreements with certain stockholders pursuant to which they have agreed, effective as of the closing of this offering and subject to limited exceptions, that, without the prior written consent of us and RC II WS, they will not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of:

 

  any of their remaining shares (2,238,980 total shares) following the closing of this offering for a period of six months following the closing of this offering;

 

  two-thirds of their remaining shares (1,492,644 total shares rounding down to the nearest whole share for each shareholder party to an agreement) during the period beginning six months following the closing of this offering and ending on the date that is 12 months following the closing of this offering; and

 

  one-third of their remaining shares (746,316 total shares rounding down to the nearest whole share for each shareholder party to an agreement) during the period beginning 12 months following the closing of this offering and ending on the earlier of (x) the date that is 18 months following the closing of this offering and (y) the date that our outstanding shares of common stock held by non-affiliates of us exceeds 50% of the total outstanding shares of common stock.

See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stock Transfer Restriction Agreements.”

 

130


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

Overview

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock to a non-U.S. holder that purchases shares of our common stock in this offering. For purposes of this summary, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any of the following:

 

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

In the case of a holder that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common stock, then you should consult your own tax advisor.

This summary is based upon the provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. We cannot assure you that a change in law, possibly with retroactive application, will not alter significantly the tax consequences described in this summary. We have not sought and do not plan to seek any ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, with respect to the statements and conclusions set forth in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxes that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their personal circumstances, and does not address federal taxes other than the U.S. federal income tax, or address state, local or non-U.S. tax considerations. Special rules, not discussed here, may apply to certain non-U.S. holders, including (without limitation):

 

    U.S. expatriates or former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    controlled foreign corporations;

 

    passive foreign investment companies; and

 

    pass-through entities (or investors in such entities) that are subject to special treatment under the Code.

Such non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them.

This summary applies only to a non-U.S. holder that holds our common stock as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code).

If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisor concerning the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under U.S. tax laws other than the federal income tax laws or under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

 

131


Table of Contents

Dividends

As discussed under the section entitled “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently anticipate paying any dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we make a distribution of cash or property (other than certain distributions of our common stock) with respect to our common stock (or complete a redemption that is treated as a distribution with respect to our common stock), such distribution will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Dividends paid to you generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of the gross amount of the dividends. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by you within the United States and, in cases in which certain tax treaties require, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by you, are not subject to the withholding tax, but instead are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated individual or corporate rates. Certain certification and disclosure requirements including delivery of a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI must be satisfied for effectively connected income to be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

If the amount of a distribution paid on our common stock exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be allocated ratably among each share of common stock with respect to which the distribution is paid and treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in each such share, and thereafter as capital gain from a sale or other taxable disposition of such share of common stock that is taxed to you as described below under the heading “Gain on disposition of common stock.” Your adjusted tax basis in a share of our common stock is generally the purchase price of such share, reduced by the amount of any such tax-free returns of capital.

If you wish to claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty to avoid or reduce withholding of U.S. federal income tax on dividends, then you must (i) provide the withholding agent with a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) and certify under penalties of perjury that you are not a U.S. person and are eligible for treaty benefits, or (ii) if you hold our common stock through certain foreign intermediaries (including partnerships), satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations by providing appropriate documentation to the intermediaries (which then will be required to provide certification to the applicable withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries).

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal income tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, then you may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS. You should consult your tax advisor regarding your entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

You generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock (other than a redemption that is treated as a distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes and taxed as described above), unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business you conduct in the United States, and, in cases in which certain tax treaties require, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by you;

 

    if you are an individual, you are present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale or other taxable disposition, and you have a “tax home” (as defined in the Code) in the United States; or

 

132


Table of Contents
    we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of (i) the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock and (ii) your holding period for our common stock.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above, you generally will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the disposition under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. If you are a foreign corporation described in the first bullet point above, you may also be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% of your effectively connected earnings and profits or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual described in the second bullet point above, you will generally be subject to a flat 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) tax on the gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States) but may not be offset by any capital loss carryovers.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation. However, because the determination of whether we are a U.S. real property holding corporation depends on the fair market value of our United States real property interests relative to the fair market value of our global real property interests and other business assets, there can be no assurance that we are not a United States property holding corporation and will not become one in the future. In the event we do become a United States real property holding corporation, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, gain on a sale or disposition of our common stock will generally be subject to taxation pursuant to the third bullet point above only if you actually or constructively held more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the shorter of (i) the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or disposition of our common stock or (ii) your holding period for our common stock. If gain on the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock were subject to taxation under the third bullet point above, you would be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain in generally the same manner as a U.S. person.

You should consult your tax advisor regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

We must report annually to the IRS and to you the amount of dividends paid to you and the amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to such dividends. The IRS may make this information available to the tax authorities in the country in which you are resident.

In addition, you may be subject to information reporting requirements and backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) with respect to dividends paid on, and the proceeds from the disposition of, shares of our common stock, unless, generally, you certify to the withholding agent under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E) that you are not a U.S. person or you otherwise establish an exemption.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which you reside (or are established).

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished by you to the IRS.

 

133


Table of Contents

Additional Withholding Tax

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as “FATCA”) generally will impose a 30% withholding tax on dividends paid on our common stock and, beginning after December 31, 2016, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock, in each case if the common stock is held by or through:

 

    certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless the institution otherwise qualifies for an exemption or enters into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury (i) to collect and report, on an annual basis, information with respect to accounts in the institution held by certain U.S. persons and by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons, and (ii) to withhold 30% on certain payments; or

 

    a non-financial non-U.S. entity, unless the entity (i) either certifies to the applicable withholding agent or the IRS that the entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners” or (ii) otherwise establishes an exemption from such withholding tax.

The rules described above may be modified by an intergovernmental agreement entered into between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or by future Treasury regulations or other guidance. Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of these rules on their investment in our common stock.

POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

 

134


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Jefferies LLC and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of shares  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total:

  5,800,000   
  

 

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

One of the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 870,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 870,000 shares of common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per
share
     No exercise      Full
exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

        

Us

   $         $         $     

The selling stockholders

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

   $         $         $     

 

135


Table of Contents

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $3.0 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expense relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $30,000.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We intend to apply for listing of our common stock on Nasdaq under the trading symbol “WING.”

We and all directors and officers and the holders of all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Jefferies LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into common stock, or to acquire other securities or rights ultimately exchangeable or exercisable for, or convertible into, common stock (“related securities”);

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the shares of common stock; or

 

    with respect to us, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Jefferies LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph to do not apply to:

 

    the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

    transactions relating to shares of common stock or related securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the shares;

 

    dispositions, transfer or distribution of shares of common stock or related securities to controlled affiliates, limited or general partners, members, stockholders or other of our equity holders;

 

    transfers of shares as bona fide gifts or to a trust;

 

    transfers by will or intestacy or by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

 

    transfers to us, as permitted or required under any benefit plans, any agreement pursuant to which such shares of common stock were issued or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws in connection with the repurchase or forfeiture of shares of common stock or related securities;

 

    the exercise of options, stock appreciation rights or warrants;

 

    transfers to us pursuant to a net exercise or cashless exercise;

 

136


Table of Contents
    transfers, sales, tenders or other dispositions of common stock to a bona fide third party pursuant to a tender offer for our securities or any merger, consolidation or other business combination involving a transfer to a person or group of affiliated persons if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would holder more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities that has been approved by our board of directors; or

 

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer, sale or any other disposition of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and (ii) no public announcement is made regarding the establishment of such plan is made;

provided, that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to the third, fourth and fifth bullets above, it will be a condition of transfer or distribution, as the case may be, that each transferee and distribute shall enter into a written agreement accepting the restrictions set forth in the preceding paragraph as if it were a selling stockholder; provided, further, that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to the second, third, fourth and sixth bullets above, no filing under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the restricted period). In the case of the seventh and eighth bullets above, any shares of common stock received upon such exercise, vesting, conversion, exchange or settlement shall be subject to all of the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreements. Any filing or announcement by us or a holder relating to a transfer or distribution under the fifth, seventh, eighth and ninth bullets above shall briefly note the applicable circumstances that cause such clause to apply and explain that the filing or announcement relates solely to transfers or distributions falling within the category described in the relevant clause.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Jefferies LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

137


Table of Contents

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging. financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In particular, an affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is the administrative agent and issuing lender under the amended and restated senior secured credit facility.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Conflicts of Interest

The net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay borrowings under our senior secured credit facility. Because an affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is a lender under our senior secured credit facility and will receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under FINRA Rule 5121. As a result, this offering will be conducted in accordance with FINRA Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of FINRA Rule 5121. See “Prospectus Summary—The Offering” and “Use of Proceeds.” Wells Fargo Securities, LLC will not confirm any sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved 5.0% of the shares of common stock to be issued by us and offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. If purchased by these persons, these shares will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

 

138


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

 

139


Table of Contents

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (2) to a relevant person or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

 

140


Table of Contents

Where our shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor; shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA, except: (1) to an institutional investor (for corporations under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or (3) where the transfer is by operation of law.

Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

141


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

King & Spalding LLP, Atlanta, Georgia, will pass upon the validity of the common stock offered hereby on our behalf. King & Spalding LLP represents entities affiliated with Roark in connection with certain legal matters. The underwriters are represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Wingstop Inc. at December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013 and for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 27, 2014 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT

On August 15, 2014, our board of directors determined to dismiss McGladrey LLP and retain Ernst & Young LLP as our independent public accounting firm.

The reports of McGladrey LLP on our consolidated financial statements for each of the two fiscal years prior to its dismissal did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were such reports qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. We had no disagreements with McGladrey LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, consolidated financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to its satisfaction, would have caused McGladrey LLP to make reference in connection with its opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement during its audits for each of the two fiscal years prior to its dismissal or the subsequent interim period through August 15, 2014. During the two most recent fiscal years preceding McGladrey LLP’s dismissal, and the subsequent interim period through August 15, 2015, there were no ‘‘reportable events’’ as such term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

During the two years ended December 28, 2013 and the subsequent interim period through August 15, 2014, neither we, nor anyone acting on our behalf, consulted with Ernst & Young LLP on matters that involved the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our consolidated financial statements, and neither a written report nor oral advice was provided to us by Ernst & Young LLP that Ernst & Young LLP concluded was an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue or any other matter that was the subject of a disagreement as that term is used in Item 304 (a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions to Item 304 of Regulation S-K or a reportable event as that term is used in Item 304(a)(1)(v) and the related instructions to Item 304 of Regulation S-K.

We have provided McGladrey LLP with a copy of the foregoing disclosure and have requested that McGladrey LLP furnish us with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not McGladrey LLP agrees with the above statements and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. A copy of the letter from McGladrey LLP is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

142


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith, will file periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement, will be available to you for free on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov . To receive copies of public records not posted to the SEC’s web site at prescribed rates, you may complete an online form at http://www.sec.gov , send a fax to (202) 772-9337 or submit a written request to the SEC, Office of FOIA/PA Operations, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information.

 

143


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets—As of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations—For the Years Ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity—For the Years Ended December 27, 2014, December  28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—For the Years Ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

Consolidated Balance Sheets—As of March 28, 2015 (unaudited) and December 27, 2014

     F-28   

Consolidated Statements of Operations—For the Thirteen Weeks Ended March 28, 2015 (unaudited) and March 29, 2014 (unaudited)

     F-29   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity—For the Thirteen Weeks Ended March 28, 2015 (unaudited)

     F-30   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—For the Thirteen Weeks Ended March 28, 2015 (unaudited) and March 29, 2014 (unaudited)

     F-31   

Notes to Interim Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

     F-32   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Wingstop Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Wingstop Inc. (formerly Wing Stop Holding Corporation) and Subsidiaries as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 27, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Wingstop Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 27, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Dallas, Texas

March 27, 2015

except Note 19, as to which the

date is June 2, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(amounts in thousands, except share and par value data)

 

     Year ended  
     December 27,
2014
    December 28,
2013
 

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,723      $ 3,173   

Accounts receivable, net

     2,380        1,764   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,848        1,386   

Advertising fund assets, restricted

     3,170        2,227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

  18,121      8,550   

Property and equipment, net

  3,622      4,299   

Goodwill

  45,128      45,570   

Trademarks

  32,700      32,700   

Customer relationships, net

  19,668      21,052   

Other non-current assets

  997      1,280   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 120,236    $ 113,451   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

Current liabilities

Accounts payable

$ 1,502    $ 1,005   

Other current liabilities

  6,895      4,782   

Current portion of debt

  4,869      3,844   

Advertising fund liabilities, restricted

  3,170      2,227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  16,436      11,858   

Long-term debt, net of current

  88,852      98,656   

Deferred revenue, net of current

  7,159      5,688   

Deferred income tax liabilities, net

  15,250      16,205   

Other non-current liabilities

  1,533      1,306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  129,230      133,713   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (see note 12)

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 26,101,755 and 25,607,302 shares issued and outstanding as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively

  261      256   

Additional paid-in-capital

  2,313      36   

Accumulated deficit

  (11,568   (20,554
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  (8,994   (20,262
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

$ 120,236    $ 113,451   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(amounts in thousands, except share data)

 

     Year ended  
     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

Revenue

       

Royalty revenue and franchise fees

   $ 38,032       $ 30,202      $ 25,057   

Company-owned restaurant sales

     29,417         28,797        26,534   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  67,449      58,999      51,591   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses

Cost of sales (*)

  20,473      22,176      21,262   

Selling, general and administrative

  26,006      18,913      15,896   

Depreciation and amortization

  2,904      3,030      2,930   

Earn-out obligation

  —        —        2,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

  49,383      44,119      42,588   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

  18,066      14,880      9,003   

Interest expense, net

  3,684      2,863      2,431   

Other (income) expense, net

  84      (6   (8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

  14,298      12,023      6,580   

Income tax expense

  5,312      4,493      3,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

$ 8,986    $ 7,530    $ 3,580   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share

Basic

$ 0.35    $ 0.30    $ 0.14   

Diluted

$ 0.34    $ 0.29    $ 0.14   

Weighted average shares outstanding

Basic

  25,846      25,168      24,746   

Diluted

  26,204      25,648      25,338   

Dividends per share

  —      $ 1.50    $ 0.77   
Pro forma earnings per share (unaudited):

Basic

$ 0.32      —        —     

Diluted

$ 0.32      —        —     

 

(*) exclusive of depreciation and amortization, shown separately

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(amounts in thousands, except share data)

 

    

 

Common Stock

     Additional
Paid-
In Capital
    Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit)
 
     Shares      Amount         

Balance at December 31, 2011

     24,697,818       $ 247       $ 23,362      $ —        $ 23,609   

Net income

     —           —           —          3,580        3,580   

Exercise of stock options

     321,068         3         274        —          277   

Stock-based compensation expense

     —           —           464        —          464   

Excess tax benefit of stock-based compensation

           254          254   

Dividends paid

     —           —           (15,810     (3,471     (19,281
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 29, 2012

  25,018,886      250      8,544      109      8,903   

Net income

  —        —        —        7,530      7,530   

Exercise of stock options

  588,416      6      504      —        510   

Stock-based compensation expense

  —        —        748      —        748   

Excess tax benefit of stock-based compensation

  575      575   

Dividends paid

  —        —        (10,335   (28,193   (38,528
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 28, 2013

  25,607,302      256      36      (20,554   (20,262

Net income

  —        —        —        8,986      8,986   

Exercise of stock options

  494,453      5      568      —        573   

Stock-based compensation expense

  960      960   

Excess tax benefit of stock-based compensation

  —        —        749      —        749   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 27, 2014

  26,101,755    $ 261    $ 2,313    $ (11,568 $ (8,994
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(amounts in thousands)

 

     Year ended  
     December 27,
2014
    December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

Operating activities

      

Net income

   $ 8,986      $ 7,530      $ 3,580   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     2,904        3,030        2,930   

Excess tax benefit of stock-based compensation

     (749     (575     (254

Change in earn-out contingent consideration

     —          —          2,500   

Deferred income taxes

     (1,530     (917     (1,119

Stock-based compensation expense

     960        748        464   

(Gain)/Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     (95     4        (20

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     185        245        170   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (616     (152     303   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (806     65        598   

Accounts payable and current liabilities

     2,681        1,483        (126

Other current liabilities attributable to earn-out

     —          (2,500     —     

Deferred revenue

     2,128        1,243        1,446   

Other long-term liabilities attributable to deferred rent and lease incentives

     322        702        (51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities

  14,370      10,906      10,421   

Investing activities

Purchases of property and equipment

  (1,510   (2,146   (1,617

Proceeds from sales of assets

  1,147      2      170   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  (363   (2,144   (1,447

Financing activities

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

  573      510      277   

Borrowings of long term debt

  —        33,200      14,250   

Principal payments on long-term debt

  (8,779   (2,700   (2,250

Payment of deferred financing costs

  —        (399   (152

Excess tax benefit of stock-based compensation

  749      575      254   

Earn-out payment from 2010 acquisition

  —        (2,500   —     

Dividends paid

  —        (38,528   (19,281
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used in financing activities

  (7,457   (9,842   (6,902
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

  6,550      (1,080   2,072   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  3,173      4,253      2,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 9,723    $ 3,173    $ 4,253   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental information:

Cash paid for interest

$ 3,406    $ 2,476    $ 1,686   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for taxes

$ 6,158    $ 4,658    $ 4,495   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(1) Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Overview

Wingstop Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on March 18, 2015 (“ Wingstop” or the “Company”). Wing Stop Holding Corporation was merged with and into Wingstop Inc. pursuant to the reorganization described in Note 19 on May 28, 2015. Wing Stop Holding Corporation was originally formed on March 16, 2010 to purchase 100% of the equity interests of Wingstop Holdings, Inc. (“WHI”). WHI owns 100% of the common stock of Wingstop Restaurants Inc. (“WRI”). WSHC, through its primary operating subsidiary, WRI, collectively referred to as the “Company”, is in the business of franchising and operating Wingstop restaurants. As of December 27, 2014, 652 franchised restaurants were in operation domestically. As of December 27, 2014, 41 international franchised restaurants were in operation across five countries. As of December 27, 2014, WRI owned and operated 19 restaurants.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

(a) Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Wingstop Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

(b) Fiscal Year End

The Company uses a 52/53-week fiscal year that ends on the last Saturday of the calendar year. Fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 each consisted of 52 weeks.

 

(c) Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions, primarily related to long-lived asset valuation, indefinite and finite lived intangible asset valuation, income taxes, leases, stock-based compensation, contingencies and common stock equity valuations. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the period. Although management bases its estimates on historical experience and assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

(d) Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income is the same as net income for all periods presented. Therefore, a separate statement of comprehensive income (loss) is not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

(e) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of credit card receivables and all highly liquid investments with an initial maturity of three months or less when purchased. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost which approximates fair value. The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts that, at times, may exceed federally insured limits; however, the Company has not experienced any losses in these accounts. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(f) Derivatives

The Company has entered into derivative financial instruments, specifically interest rate cap agreements, to minimize the variability of our cash flows related to a portion of our floating rate indebtedness. The Company has not applied hedge accounting to these derivative instruments. The derivative financial instruments are recorded at estimated fair value at each balance sheet date and included in other non-current assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets; and the gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair value of the interest rate cap derivatives are recognized in current earnings as a component of Other (income) expense, net, on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

(g) Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, consists primarily of accrued royalty fee receivables, collected weekly in arrears, and vendor rebates. Management determines the allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical losses and current economic conditions. On a continuing basis, management analyzes delinquent receivables, which are charged off against the existing allowance account when determined to be uncollectible.

 

(h) Inventories

Inventories, which consist of food and beverage products, paper goods and supplies, are valued at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market.

 

(i) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Property and equipment is depreciated based on the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Property and Equipment   Estimated Useful Lives

Leasehold improvements

  Lesser of the expected lease term or useful life

Equipment, furniture and fixtures

  3 to 7 years

At the time property and equipment are retired, the asset and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in earnings. The Company expenses repair and maintenance costs that maintain the appearance and functionality of the restaurant but do not extend the useful life of any restaurant asset. Improvements to leased properties are depreciated over the shorter of their useful life or the lease term, which includes fixed, non-cancellable lease term plus any reasonably assured renewal periods.

 

(j) Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets

Property and equipment and finite-life intangible assets are reviewed for impairment periodically and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company’s assessment of recoverability of property and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets is performed at the component level, which is generally an individual restaurant and requires judgment and estimate of future restaurant generated cash flows. The Company’s estimates of fair values are based on the best information available and require the use of estimates, judgments, and projections. The actual results may vary significantly from the estimates.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(k) Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of goodwill and trademarks, which are not subject to amortization. On an annual basis (October 1 st of the fiscal year) and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable, the Company reviews the recoverability of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets.

The impairment test for goodwill involves comparing the fair value of the reporting units to their carrying amounts. We estimate fair value based on a combination of a guideline public companies market approach and discounted cash flow techniques using a risk adjusted discount rate that is commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is required to measure a goodwill impairment loss, if any. This step requires an estimation of fair value of all assets and liabilities of the reporting unit and then compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. No indications of impairment were identified during fiscal years 2014, 2013 or 2012.

The impairment test for trademarks involves comparing fair value of the trade name, as determined through a discounted cash flow approach, to its carrying value.

Impairment indicators that may necessitate goodwill impairment testing in between the Company’s annual impairment tests include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    A significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate;

 

    An adverse action or assessment by a regulator;

 

    Unanticipated competition;

 

    A loss of key personnel;

 

    A more-likely-than-not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

    The testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit.

Impairment indicators that may necessitate indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment testing in between the Company’s annual impairment tests are consistent with those of its long-lived assets.

Sales declines at Wingstop restaurants, commodity or labor costs, deterioration in overall economic conditions and challenges in the restaurant industry may result in future impairment charges. It is possible that changes in circumstances or changes in management’s judgments, assumptions and estimates could result in an impairment charge of a portion or all of its goodwill or other intangible assets.

 

(l) Revenue Recognition

Revenue consists of sales from franchise and development fees, international territory fees, franchise royalties and company-owned stores. Franchise fees are recognized as revenue when all material services or conditions relating to the store have been substantially performed or satisfied by WRI, which is typically when a franchised store begins operations. Development fees for the right to develop a store are recognized as revenue when all material services or conditions relating to the sale have been substantially performed, which is typically when the franchised store begins operations. International territory fees and development fees determined based on the

 

F-9


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

number of stores to open in an area are deferred and recognized as revenue on a pro rata basis at the same time the individual franchise fee is recognized, typically when individual stores are opened. Franchise fee, development fee and international territory fee payments received by WRI before the restaurant opens are recorded as deferred revenue in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Continuing royalties, which are a percentage of net sales of the franchisee, are recognized as revenue when earned. The Company records food and beverage revenue from company-owned stores upon sale to the customer. The Company collects and remits sales, food and beverage, alcoholic beverage and hospitality taxes on transactions with customers and reports such amounts under the net method in its Consolidated Statements of Operations. Accordingly, these taxes are not included in gross revenue.

 

(m) Consideration from Vendors

The Company has entered into food and beverage supply agreements with certain major vendors. Pursuant to the terms of these arrangements, rebates are provided to the Company from the vendors based upon the dollar volume of purchases for company-operated restaurants and franchised restaurants. Additionally, the Company receives certain incentives from vendors to sponsor its annual franchisee convention. These incentives are recognized as earned throughout the year and are classified as a reduction in cost of sales with any consideration received in excess of the total expense of the vendor’s products included within Royalty revenue and franchise fees within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The incentives recognized were approximately $4.7 million, $3.4 million and $2.8 million, during fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

(n) Advertising Expenses

WRI administers the Wingstop Restaurants Advertising Fund, for which WRI collects a percentage, generally 2%, of gross sales from Wingstop restaurant franchisees and WRI-owned restaurants, to be used for various forms of advertising for the Wingstop brand. In some international markets, franchisees manage their own advertising expenditures, which are not included in the advertising fund.

WRI administers and directs the development of all advertising and promotion programs in the advertising fund for which it collects advertising contributions, in accordance with the provisions of its franchise agreements. WRI has a contractual obligation with regard to these advertising contributions. The Company consolidates and reports all assets and liabilities of the advertising fund as restricted assets of the advertising fund and restricted liabilities of the advertising fund within current assets and current liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The assets and liabilities of the advertising fund consist primarily of cash, receivables, accrued expenses, other liabilities, and any cumulative surplus related specifically to the advertising fund. The revenue, expenses and cash flows of the advertising fund are not included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations or the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows because the Company does not have complete discretion over the usage of the funds. Rather, under the franchise agreements, contributions to the advertising fund are restricted to advertising, public relations, merchandising, similar activities, and administrative expenses to increase sales and further enhance the public reputation of the Wingstop brand. The aforementioned administrative expenses may also include personnel expenses and allocated costs incurred by the Company which are directly associated with administering the advertising fund, as outlined in the provisions of the franchise agreements.

WRI made discretionary contributions to the advertising fund for the purpose of supplementing national and regional advertising in certain markets of $1.5 million, $1.4 million, and $1.3 million for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively, which are included in SG&A expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Additionally, WRI made net contributions to the

 

F-10


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

advertising fund based on its sales as owner and operator of WRI owned restaurants of approximately $588,000, $575,000, and $531,000 for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively, which are included in Costs of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In addition to the contributions to the ad fund, the Company incurred advertising costs, which are expensed as incurred, were $1.6 million, $1.5 million and $1.3 million in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

(o) Leases

WRI leases restaurants and office space under operating leases. Most lease agreements contain tenant improvement allowances, rent holidays, rent escalation clauses, and/or contingent rent provisions. For purposes of recognizing incentives and minimum rental payments on the straight-line basis over the terms of the leases, WRI uses the date it takes possession of the leased space for construction purposes as the beginning of the term, which is generally two to three months prior to a restaurant’s opening date. For leases with renewal periods at WRI’s option, WRI determines the expected lease period based on whether the renewal of any options are reasonably assured at the inception of the lease. In addition to rental expense, certain leases require WRI to pay a portion of real estate taxes, utilities, building operating expenses, insurance and other charges in addition to rent.

For tenant improvement allowances, rent escalations, and rent holidays, WRI records a deferred rent liability in its Consolidated Balance Sheets and amortizes the deferred rent in the Consolidated Statements of Operations over the terms of the leases as charges to cost of sales and SG&A for company-owned stores and the corporate office, respectively.

 

(p) Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures stock-based compensation cost at fair value on the date of grant for all share-based awards and recognizes compensation expense over the service period that the awards are expected to vest. The Company has elected to recognize compensation cost for graded-vesting awards subject only to a service condition over the requisite service period of the entire award. For performance awards, the Company recognizes expense in the period in which vesting becomes probable.

 

(q) Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, a deferred tax asset or liability is recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities as well as tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period of the change. The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return including all of its subsidiaries.

Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Company’s uncertain tax positions and determining the Company’s income tax expense. The Company assesses the income tax position and records the liabilities for all years subject to examination based upon management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date.

 

(r) Net Income Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the reporting period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the

 

F-11


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. For the calculation of diluted net income per share, the basic weighted average number of shares is increased by the dilutive effect of stock options and restricted share awards, determined using the treasury stock method. We had approximately 83,000, 57,000 and 62,000 stock options outstanding at December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013, and December 29 2012, respectively, that were not included in the dilutive earnings per share calculation because the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

Basic weighted average shares outstanding is reconciled to diluted weighted average shares outstanding as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year ended  
     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
     December 29,
2012
 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

     25,846         25,168         24,746   

Dilutive stock options

     358         480         592   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

  26,204      25,648      25,338   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(s) Business Segments

The Company identifies its reporting segments based on the organizational units used by management to monitor performance and make operating decisions. These reporting segments are as follows: franchise operations and company restaurant operations.

Franchise segment

The Franchise segment consists of our domestic and international franchise restaurants, which represent the majority of our system-wide restaurants. As of December 27, 2014, the franchise operations segment consisted of 693 restaurants operated by Wingstop franchisees in the United States and five countries outside of the United States. Franchise operations revenue consists primarily of franchise royalty revenue, sales of franchise and development fees and international territory fees. Additionally, vendor rebates received for system-wide volume purchases in excess of the total expense of the vendor’s products are recognized as revenue of franchise operations.

Company segment

The Company segment consists of our company-owned restaurants, which are located only in the United States. As of December 27, 2014, the company segment consisted of 19 Wingstop company-operated restaurants. Company restaurant sales are for food and beverage sales at company-operated restaurants. Company restaurant expenses are operating expenses at company-operated restaurants and include food, beverage, labor, benefits, utilities, rent and other operating costs.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table shows our network of franchised and company-owned restaurants for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

     Year ended  
     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
     December 29,
2012
 

Franchised Restaurant Activity:

        

Beginning of period

     590         523         475   

Openings

     102         73         57   

Refranchised (*)

     5         —           1   

Closures and relocations

     (4      (6      (10
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restaurants at end of period

  693      590      523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Company-Owned Restaurant Activity:

Beginning of period

  24      23      24   

Openings

  —        1      —     

Refranchised (*)

  (5   —        (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closures and relocations

  —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restaurants at end of period

  19      24      23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Restaurants

  712      614      546   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) Restaurant(s) sold by us to a franchisee.

Certain corporate related items are not allocated to the reportable segments and consist primarily of expenses associated with the Company’s initial public offering and management fees. The Company allocates selling general and administrative expenses based on the relative support provided to each reportable segment.

 

(t) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No 2014-08. The amendments in ASU 2014-08 change the criteria for reporting discontinued operations while enhancing disclosures in this area. It also addresses sources of confusion and inconsistent application related to financial reporting of discontinued operations guidance in U.S. GAAP. Under the new guidance, only disposals representing a strategic shift in operations should be presented as discontinued operations. Those strategic shifts should have a major effect on the organization’s operations and financial results. Examples include a disposal of a major geographic area, a major line of business, or a major equity method investment. In addition, the new guidance requires expanded disclosures about discontinued operations that will provide financial statement users with more information about the assets, liabilities, income, and expenses of discontinued operations. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, after December 31, 2015.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This update provides a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts. This update is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016, which will require us to adopt these provisions in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. Early application is not permitted. This update permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company is evaluating the effect this guidance will have

 

F-13


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures and have not yet selected a transition method.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No 2014-15. The amendments in ASU 2014-15 are intended to define management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an organization’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Under GAAP, financial statements are prepared under the presumption that the reporting organization will continue to operate as a going concern, except in limited circumstances. The going concern basis of accounting is critical to financial reporting because it establishes the fundamental basis for measuring and classifying assets and liabilities. Currently, GAAP lacks guidance about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about the organization’s ability to continue as a going concern or to provide related footnote disclosures. This ASU provides guidance to an organization’s management, with principles and definitions that are intended to reduce diversity in the timing and content of disclosures that are commonly provided by organizations today in the financial statement footnotes. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, after December 31, 2016. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

(2) Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid upon transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability. Assets and liabilities are classified using a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value as follows:

Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

Level 2 — Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs corroborated by market data.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs reflecting management’s estimates and assumptions.

The following table shows the Company’s financial assets that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis in our Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value
Hierarchy
     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
 

Other non-current assets:

        

Interest rate caps

     Level 2       $ 38       $ —     

The fair value of the interest rate caps are estimated using industry standard valuation models and market-based observable inputs, including interest rate curves. In addition, the fair value of the interest rate caps includes consideration of the counterparty’s non-performance risk.

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. Fair value of our debt is determined on a non-recurring basis, which results are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

            December 27, 2014      December 28, 2013  
     Fair Value
Hierarchy
     Carrying
Value
     Fair Value      Carrying
Value
     Fair Value  

Total debt obligations:

              

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility (1)

     Level 3       $ 93,721       $ 94,443       $ 102,500       $ 102,500   

 

(1) The fair value of long-term debt was estimated using a discounted cash flow method based on a discount rate, reflecting the applicable credit spread.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Company estimated the fair value of debt using prevailing market rates for debt of similar remaining maturities and credit risk for our revolving and term loan facilities.

In connection with purchase accounting, the Company made estimates of the fair value of its long-lived and intangible assets based upon assumptions related to the future cash flows, discount rates and asset lives utilizing currently available information, and in some cases, valuation results from independent valuation specialists (Level 3 determination of fair value). The Company also measures certain non-financial assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, primarily long-lived assets, intangible assets and goodwill, in connection with our periodic evaluations of such assets for potential impairment.

 

(3) Divestures

In February 2014, WRI sold five restaurants to an existing franchisee, which had a carrying value of $1.0 million, comprised of $610,000 in net assets and $442,000 in allocated goodwill, for proceeds of $1.1 million, resulting in a gain on disposal of approximately $100,000. In October 2012, WRI sold a restaurant to an existing franchisee, which had a carrying value of $150,000, comprised of $25,000 in net assets and $125,000 in allocated goodwill, for proceeds of $170,000, resulting in a gain on disposal of approximately $20,000. Upon disposal of the assets, any gain or loss is recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Operations in selling, general and administrative.

 

(4) Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivables, net, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
 

Vendor rebates receivable

   $ 1,519       $ 1,013   

Royalties receivable

     649         566   

Other receivables

     245         228   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (33      (43
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

$ 2,380    $ 1,764   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(5) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
 

Equipment, furniture and fixtures

   $ 5,764       $ 5,748   

Leasehold improvements

     5,117         6,247   

Construction in progress

     70         23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

  10,951      12,018   

Less: accumulated deprecation

  (7,329   (7,719
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

$ 3,622    $ 4,299   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $1.5 million, $1.6 million and $1.4 million for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(6) Intangible Assets and Goodwill

The Company’s goodwill and other intangible assets arose from Wingstop’s acquisition of the equity interests of WHI in April 2010. Goodwill has been allocated to two reporting units, company-owned restaurants and franchised restaurants and represents the excess of purchase consideration transferred for the respective reporting unit over the fair value of the business at the time of the acquisition. See Note 16 for the allocation of goodwill among the two reporting units.

The following is a summary of goodwill balances and activity (in thousands):

 

     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
 

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 45,570       $ 45,570   

Divesture of restaurants

     (442      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

$ 45,128    $ 45,570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets, excluding goodwill, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
     Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period

(in years)
 

Intangible assets:

        

Trademarks

   $ 32,700       $ 32,700      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Indefinite-lived assets

  32,700      32,700   

Customer relationships

  26,300      26,300      20.0   

Proprietary software (1)

  115      115      5.0   

Noncompete agreements (1)

  250      250      2.8   

Less: accumulated amortization

  (6,990   (5,583
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Definite-lived assets

  19,675      21,082      19.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Intangible assets, net

$ 52,375    $ 53,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Included within Other non-current assets net of associated accumulated amortization within the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Amortization expense for definite-lived intangibles was $1.4 million for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013 and $1.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2012. Estimated amortization expense, principally related to customer relationships, for the five succeeding years and the aggregate thereafter is (in thousands):

 

Fiscal year 2015

$ 1,378   

Fiscal year 2016

  1,359   

Fiscal year 2017

  1,347   

Fiscal year 2018

  1,335   

Fiscal year 2019

  1,322   

Thereafter

  12,934   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 19,675   
  

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(7) Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets and Other Current Liabilities

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
 

Prepaid expenses

   $ 1,170       $ 360   

Deferred income tax asset

     1,408         833   

Inventories

     176         193   

Other

     94           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 2,848    $ 1,386   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
 

Accrued payroll and bonuses

   $ 1,814       $ 1,395   

Current portion of deferred revenue

     1,759         1,102   

Accrued legal and other professional fees

     1,655         120   

Accrued interest

     749         741   

Other accrued liabilities

     918         1,424   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 6,895    $ 4,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(8) Derivative Financial Instruments

At December 27, 2014, the Company had outstanding floating rate debt obligations of $93.7 million. In March 2012, the Company entered into interest rate cap agreements for an aggregate notional amount of $25.5 million to minimize the variability of its cash flows related to a portion of its floating rate indebtedness. The interest rate cap agreement caps LIBOR at 1.5% from March 2012 through December 2014 with respect to the $25.5 million notional amount of such agreements. In March 2014, the Company entered into an additional interest rate cap agreement for an additional notional amount of $24.4 million to minimize the variability of its cash flows related to a portion of its floating rate indebtedness. The interest rate cap agreement caps LIBOR at 2.50% from March 2014 through December 2016 with respect to the $24.4 million notional amount of such agreements. On December 31, 2014 the notional amount is scheduled to increase by $24.3 million.

Gains and losses realized due to the expiration of applicable portions of the interest rate caps are reclassified to Other (income) expense at the time quarterly interest payments are made.

 

(9) Earn-out Liability

In accordance with the terms of the acquisition agreement related to Wing Stop Holding Corporation’s acquisition of the equity interests of WHI on April 9, 2010, an earn-out payment, with a minimum payout of $0 and maximum payout of $5.0 million, which was contingent upon specific revenue benchmarks, was recorded at an acquisition date fair value of $2.5 million on the Company’s balance sheet. During the year ended December 29, 2012, the Company achieved the benchmarks specified in the acquisition agreement to trigger a required earn-out payment of $5.0 million. Accordingly, an additional liability and expense was included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Consolidated Balance Sheets, respectively, at December 29, 2012 and for the fiscal year then ended. During fiscal year 2013, the Company made the full $5.0 million payment due under the terms of the earn-out, and there are no further obligations related to the earn-out remaining under the acquisition agreement.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(10) Income Taxes

Income tax expense for the fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year ended  
     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
     December 29,
2012
 

Current expense

        

Federal

   $ 6,068       $ 4,936       $ 3,745   

State

     606         424         337   

Foreign

     168         50         37   

Deferred expense (benefit)

        

Federal

     (1,430      (860      (1,051

State

     (100      (57      (68
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 5,312    $  4,493    $ 3,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of income tax at the United States federal statutory tax rate (using a statutory tax rate of 34% and 35% as appropriate) to income tax expense for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 in dollars is as follows (in thousands):

 

    Year ended  
    December 27,
2014
    December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

Expected income tax expense at statutory rate

  $ 4,943      $ 4,088      $ 2,237   

Permanent differences

    53        55        635   

State tax expense, net of federal benefit

    15        (62     (35

Foreign tax expense

    168        50        37   

Foreign tax credits

    (168     (50     (37

Increase in unrecognized tax benefit

    28        33        28   

Valuation allowance

    306        299        198   

Other

    (33     80        (63
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

$  5,312    $  4,493    $  3,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The components of deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
 

Deferred tax assets:

     

Inventories

   $ 9       $ 9   

Deferred revenue

     3,252         2,476   

Accounts receivable

     40         48   

Gift card liability

     30         21   

Property and equipment

     241         295   

Equity compensation

     703         583   

Deferred rent

     277         155   

Advertising fund

     499         198   

Employee benefits

     46         44   

Intangible assets

     781         984   

Other

     51         60   

NOL/credits

     734         443   

Valuation allowance

     (799      (493
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  5,864      4,823   

Deferred tax liabilities:

Intangible assets

  (19,706   (20,195
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ (13,842 $ (15,372
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The current and non-current components of net deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
 

Deferred tax assets:

     

Current

   $ 1,408       $ 833   

Non-current

     4,456         3,990   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

  5,864      4,823   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

Current

  —        —     

Non-current

  (19,706   (20,195
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

  (19,706   (20,195
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset/(liability)

$ (13,842 $ (15,372
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company had a state net operating loss carry-forward of $23.3 million and $13.8 million at December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively. The state net operating loss carry forwards begin to expire in 2030.

As of December 27, 2014, the Company had a valuation allowance of $0.8 million against its deferred tax assets. In assessing whether a deferred tax asset will be realized, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion, or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company considers the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, we believe it is more likely than not we will realize a

 

F-19


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

portion of the benefits of the federal and state deductible differences with the exception of $65,000 and $734,000, respectively.

We have not recognized a deferred tax asset for excess tax benefits of $4.5 million that arose directly from tax deductions related to equity compensation greater than amounts recognized for financial reporting. These excess stock compensation benefits will be credited to additional paid-in capital if realized. We use the “with-and-without” method for purposes of determining when excess tax benefits have been realized. In fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, we recognized excess stock compensation benefits of $749,000, $575,000 and $254,000, respectively, which was recorded as additional paid-in capital and offset a portion of our current tax liability.

The Company files income tax returns, which are periodically audited by various federal and state jurisdictions. The Company was not subject to federal or state tax examinations prior to 2009. In fiscal 2013 the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) commenced an examination of the Company’s U.S. income tax returns for fiscal 2010 and 2011, As of December 27, 2014, the audit has been closed and the examination resulted in changes for which the Company has settled.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

$ 613   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

  —     

Expiration of statute of limitations

  (580

Additions for tax positions of current year

  28   

Subtractions for tax positions of current year

  —     
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 29, 2012

  61   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

  —     

Subtractions for tax positions of prior years

  —     

Additions for tax positions of current year

  33   

Subtractions for tax positions of current year

  —     
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 28, 2013

  94   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

  —     

Subtractions for tax positions of prior years

  —     

Additions for tax positions of current year

  35   

Subtractions for tax positions of current year

  —     
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 27, 2014

$ 129   
  

 

 

 

The Company currently anticipates that none of the $129,000 of unrecognized tax benefits will be recognized as of December 27, 2014.

As of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, the accrued interest and penalties on the unrecognized tax benefits were $43,000 and $35,000, respectively, excluding any related income tax benefits. The Company recorded accrued interest related to the unrecognized tax benefits and penalties as a component of the provision for income taxes recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

(11) Debt Obligations

In December 2012, the Company entered into an amendment to its senior secured credit facility, bringing the total facility to $77.0 million. In connection with the amended facility, the principle balance of the term loan was increased to $72.0 million. The Company used a portion of the proceeds from the amendment and cash on hand

 

F-20


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

to pay a dividend of $19.3 million. The term loan interest was payable quarterly at the base rate plus a margin, or LIBOR plus a margin, as defined in the credit agreement (3.61% at December 29, 2012).

In December 2013, the Company entered into a $107.5 million amended and restated senior secured credit facility which includes a term loan of $102.5 million and a revolver of $5.0 million. The Company used a portion of the proceeds from the amended and restated facility and cash on hand to pay a dividend of $38.5 million to its stockholders. The term loan bears interest, payable quarterly, at the base rate plus a margin (1.75% to 2.50%, dependent on the Company’s reported leverage ratio), or LIBOR plus a margin (2.75% to 3.50%, dependent on the Company’s reported leverage ratio), as defined in the amended and restated facility. In June of 2014, the Company made a $5.0 million prepayment towards the principle balance of the term loan. As of December 27, 2014, $69.3 million bears interest at 3.70% and $33.2 million bears interest at 3.74%. Principal installments ranging from $1.2 million to $2.4 million are due quarterly with all unpaid amounts due at maturity in December 2018.

The senior secured credit facility includes a $5.0 million revolver. The revolver bears interest, payable quarterly at the base rate plus a margin, as defined in the credit agreement documentation or LIBOR plus a margin, as defined in the credit agreement, with all unpaid amounts due at maturity in December 2018. At December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, there were no amounts outstanding on the line of credit.

The senior secured credit facility includes a $3.0 million line of credit which the Company may utilize to issue letters of credit. The letter of credit facility matures in December 2018. At December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, there were no letters of credit outstanding.

In conjunction with the amended and restated facility, the Company evaluated the refinancing of the amended facility and determined $78.7 million was accounted for as a debt modification and $23.8 million was new debt issuance. The Company incurred $664,000 in financing costs of which $265,000 was expensed and $399,000 was capitalized and is being amortized using the effective interest rate method.

In conjunction with the amended facility, the Company evaluated the refinancing of the original credit facility and determined that the entire $57.8 million was accounted for as a debt modification and none was extinguished. The Company incurred $386,000 in financing costs of which $234,000 was expensed and $152,000 was capitalized and is being amortized using the effective interest rate method.

The amended and restated senior secured credit facility is secured by substantially all assets of the Company and requires compliance with certain financial and non-financial covenants. As of December 27, 2014, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants.

As of December 27, 2014, the scheduled principle payments on debt were as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal year 2015

$ 4,869   

Fiscal year 2016

  8,520   

Fiscal year 2017

  5,477   

Fiscal year 2018

  74,855   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 93,721   
  

 

 

 

 

(12) Commitments and Contingencies

WRI leases certain office and retail space and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases with terms expiring between December 2014 and October 2025.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

A schedule of future minimum rental payments required under our operating leases, excluding contingent rent, that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year, as of December 27, 2014, is as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal year 2015

$ 1,250   

Fiscal year 2016

  1,145   

Fiscal year 2017

  1,061   

Fiscal year 2018

  846   

Fiscal year 2019

  631   

Thereafter

  2,954   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 7,887   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense under cancelable and non-cancelable leases was $1.9 million for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013 and $1.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2012, respectively.

The Company is subject to legal proceedings, claims and liabilities, such as employment-related claims and slip and fall cases, which arise in the ordinary course of business and are generally covered by insurance. In the opinion of management, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to those actions should not have a material adverse impact on financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Many of the food products the Company purchases are subject to changes in the price and availability of food commodities, including chicken. The Company works with its suppliers and uses a mix of forward pricing protocols for certain items under which we agree with our supplier on fixed prices for deliveries at some time in the future, fixed pricing protocols under which we agree on a fixed price with our supplier for the duration of that protocol, and formula pricing protocols under which the prices we pay are based on a specified formula related to the prices of the goods, such as spot prices.

The Company’s use of any forward pricing arrangements varies substantially from time to time and these arrangements tend to cover relatively short periods (i.e., typically twelve months or less). Such contracts are used in the normal purchases of our food products and not for speculative purposes, and as such are not required to be evaluated as derivative instruments. The Company does not enter into futures contracts or other derivative instruments.

 

(13) Employee Benefit Plan

The Company sponsors a 401(k) profit sharing plan for all employees who are eligible based upon age and length of service. The Company made matching contributions of approximately $84,000, $67,000 and $63,000 for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

(14) Stock-Based Compensation

Wingstop’s 2010 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) permits the granting of awards to employees, directors and other eligible persons of the Company in the form of stock options. The Plan is administered by Wingstop’s board of directors. The options granted under the Plan are generally exercisable within a 10-year period from the date of grant.

The options are subject to either service-based or performance-based vesting. Service-based options contain a service-based, or time-based, vesting provision. Performance-based options contain performance-based vesting provisions based on the Company meeting certain Adjusted EBITDA profitability targets for each fiscal year

 

F-22


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

during the vesting period. Any options that have not vested prior to a change of control or do not vest in connection with a change of control or do vest but are not exercised will be forfeited by the grantee upon a change of control for no consideration. Options issued and outstanding expire on various dates up to fiscal year 2024.

Under the Plan, Wingstop had 3,304,115 shares authorized for issuance. There are 1,466,363 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of currently outstanding options at December 27, 2014 and 159,278 shares available for future grants.

The following table summarizes stock option activity (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Stock
Options
    Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
     Weighted
Average
Remaining Term
 

Outstanding—December 28, 2013

     1,558      $ 1.64       $ 4,105         7.7   
       

 

 

    

Granted

  482    $ 7.47   

Exercised

  (494 $ 1.16   

Canceled

  (80 $ 1.21   
  

 

 

         

Outstanding—December 27, 2014

  1,466    $ 3.74    $ 7,551      8.0   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

The total grant-date fair value of stock options vested during each of the fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $0.9 million, $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $2.7 million, $2.3 million and $1.0 million for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date, based on the calculated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the requisite employee service period (generally the vesting period of the grant). The Company recognized approximately $960,000, $748,000 and $464,000 in stock compensation expense for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, with a corresponding increase to additional paid-in-capital. Stock compensation expense is included in selling, general and administrative in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

A summary of the status of non-vested shares as of December 27, 2014 and the changes during the period then ended is presented below (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     December 27, 2014  
     Shares      Weighted average
exercise price
 

Non-vested shares at beginning of year

     1,321       $ 1.77   

Granted

     482       $ 7.47   

Vested

     (410    $ 1.43   

Forfeited

     (80    $ 1.21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-vested shares at end of year

  1,313    $ 4.01   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 27, 2014, there was $3.0 million of total unrecognized stock compensation expense related to non-vested stock options, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.2 years.

The estimated fair value of each option granted is calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatilities are based on volatilities from publicly traded companies operating in the Company’s industry. The Company uses historical data to estimate expected employee forfeiture of stock options. The

 

F-23


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

expected life of options granted is management’s best estimate using recent and expected transactions. The risk-free rate for periods within the expected life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The weighted-average assumptions used in the model were as follows:

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Risk-free interest

     1.96     1.72     1.19

Expected life (years)

     6.5        6.5        6.3   

Expected dividend yield

     0     0     0

Volatility

     50.8     56.0     56.0

Weighted-average Black-Scholes fair value per share at date of grant

   $ 2.11      $ 1.40      $ 1.13   

The Company used the simplified method for determining the expected life of the options. In addition, assumptions made regarding forfeitures in determining the remaining unamortized share-based compensation are re-evaluated periodically.

During 2013, the Wingstop’s Board of Directors authorized a dividend in the amount of $1.50 per share or $38.5 million. In connection with the declaration and payment of the dividend, the exercise price of some of the outstanding options at December 9, 2013 was reduced by an amount of $1.50 per share. During 2012, Wingstop’s Board of Directors authorized a dividend in the amount of $0.77 per share or $19.3 million. In connection with the declaration and payment of the dividend, the exercise price of some of the outstanding options at December 29, 2012 was reduced by an amount of $0.77 per share. At each dividend date, management evaluated the option modification for incremental compensation expense and calculated $163,000 and $104,000 of total incremental compensation for the modifications during each of the years ended 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

(15) Related Party Transactions

The Company is party to a management agreement with Roark Capital Management, LLC (“Roark”), an affiliate of Wingstop’s majority stockholder. Pursuant to this management agreement, Roark has agreed to provide the Company with advice concerning finance, strategic planning and other services. Beginning December 15, 2011, the agreement provides that the Company will pay an annual management fee of $412,000 payable in quarterly installments of $103,000, subject to an increase of 3% each January, plus reimbursement of any reasonable expenses. The agreement has an initial term of 10 years, with automatic renewals. After the initial term, the agreement may be terminated by either party with reasonable advance notice, within the terms of the agreement.

Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid to Roark fees and expense reimbursement totaling $449,000, $436,000 and $422,000 for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(16) Business Segments

Information on segments and a reconciliation to income (loss) before taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year ended  
     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
     December 29,
2012
 

Revenue:

        

Franchise segment

   $ 38,032       $ 30,202       $ 25,057   

Company segment

     29,417         28,797         26,534   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment revenue

$ 67,449    $ 58,999    $ 51,591   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment profit:

Franchise segment

$ 15,213    $ 13,106    $ 10,801   

Company segment

  5,471      2,605      1,432   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment profit

  20,684      15,711      12,233   

Corporate and other (1)

  2,618      831      730   

Earn-out obligation

  —        —        2,500   

Interest expense, net

  3,684      2,863      2,431   

Other expenses (income), net

  84      (6   (8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

$ 14,298    $ 12,023    $ 6,580   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization:

Franchise segment

$ 1,868    $ 1,715    $ 1,724   

Company segment

  1,036      1,315      1,206   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

  2,904      3,030      2,930   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital expenditures:

Franchise segment

$ 1,159    $ 871    $ 1,041   

Company segment

  351      1,275      576   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital expenditures

$ 1,510    $ 2,146    $ 1,617   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Corporate and other includes corporate related items not allocated to reportable segments and consists primarily of expenses associated with the Company’s initial public offering and management fees discussed in Note 15.

Information on segment assets and a reconciliation to consolidated assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of December 27, 2014      As of December 28, 2013  

Segment assets:

     

Franchise segment

   $ 97,296       $ 96,909   

Company segment

     8,751         10,254   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment assets

  106,047      107,163   

Corporate and other (2)

  14,189      6,288   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 120,236    $ 113,451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) Corporate and other includes corporate related items not allocated to reportable segments and consists primarily of cash and cash equivalents, advertising fund restricted assets and capitalized costs associated with the issuance of indebtedness.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Segment goodwill:

Franchise segment

$ 39,930    $ 39,930   

Company segment

  5,198      5,640   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total goodwill

$ 45,128    $ 45,570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(17) Subsequent Events

The Company evaluates events and transactions that occur after the balance sheet date as potential subsequent events. The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 27, 2015 and has determined no other subsequent events have occurred.

In March 2015, the Company amended and restated the senior secured credit facility. In connection with the amended and restated facility, the facility size was increased to $137.5 million and is comprised of a $132.5 million term loan and a $5.0 million revolving credit facility. The Company used a portion of the proceeds from the amended and restated facility and cash on hand to pay a dividend of $48.0 million to its stockholders. Borrowings under the facility bear interest, payable quarterly, at the Company’s option at the base rate plus a margin (1.50%% to 2.25%, dependent on the Company’s reported leverage ratio) or LIBOR plus a margin (2.50% to 3.25%, dependent on our reported leverage ratio), at the Company’s option. The amended and restated facility also extended the maturity date of the senior secured credit facility from December 2018 to March 2020. Principal installments ranging from $1.66 million to $3.31 million are due quarterly starting June 30, 2015, with all unpaid amounts due at maturity in March 2020. Subject to certain conditions, the Company has the ability to increase the senior secured credit facility by up to an additional $30.0 million.

 

(18) Earnings Per Share

The unaudited pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted, for fiscal 2014 gives effect to the number of shares whose proceeds would be necessary to pay the dividend on March 18, 2015, which was partially funded by proceeds from the amended and restated senior secured credit facility. Additionally, the Company intends to use a portion of the net proceeds of the offering to pay down indebtedness. Adjusted pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted, gives effect to the number of shares whose proceeds would be necessary to pay the dividend that was partially funded by the increased size of the credit facility.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table sets forth the computation of the unaudited pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year ended
December 27, 2014
 

Pro forma earnings per common share, basic (unaudited):

  

Net income

   $ 8,986   

Pro forma weighted average number of shares

  

Weighted average number of common shares

     25,846   

Shares issued in offering necessary to pay dividend

     2,150   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares

  27,996   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per common share, basic

$ 0.32   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per common share, diluted (unaudited):

Net income

$ 8,986   

Pro forma diluted weighted average number of shares

Diluted weighted average number of common shares

  26,204   

Shares issued in offering necessary to pay dividend

  2,150   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma diluted weighted average number of common shares

  28,354   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per common share, diluted

$ 0.32   
  

 

 

 

 

(19) Reorganization

On May 28, 2015, Wing Stop Holding Corporation merged with and into Wingstop Inc., with Wingstop Inc. as the surviving corporation in the merger. Pursuant to the merger, each holder of Wing Stop Holding Corporation common stock received 0.545 shares of common stock of Wingstop Inc. for each one share of Wing Stop Holding Corporation and each option to purchase common stock of Wing Stop Holding Corporation was assumed by Wingstop Inc. and converted into an option to purchase 0.545 shares of common stock of Wingstop Inc. for each one share of Wing Stop Holding Corporation with the remaining terms of each such option remaining unchanged, except as was necessary to reflect the reorganization. All references to shares in the financial statements and the notes to the financial statements, including but not limited to the number of shares and per share amounts, unless otherwise noted, have been adjusted to reflect the reorganization retrospectively.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     March 28,
2015
(Unaudited)
    December 27,
2014
 

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,902      $ 9,723   

Accounts receivable, net

     2,078        2,380   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,273        2,848   

Advertising fund assets, restricted

     4,145        3,170   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

  12,398      18,121   

Property and equipment, net

  3,393      3,622   

Goodwill

  45,128      45,128   

Trademarks

  32,700      32,700   

Customer relationships, net

  19,325      19,668   

Other non-current assets

  1,127      997   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 114,071    $ 120,236   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

Current liabilities

Accounts payable

$ 1,743    $ 1,502   

Other current liabilities

  6,181      6,895   

Current portion of debt

  4,969      4,869   

Advertising fund liabilities, restricted

  4,145      3,170   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  17,038      16,436   

Long-term debt, net of current

  127,531      88,852   

Deferred revenues, net of current

  6,978      7,159   

Deferred income tax liabilities, net

  15,045      15,250   

Other non-current liabilities

  1,527      1,533   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  168,119      129,230   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (see note 8)

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 26,158,882 and 26,101,755 shares issued and outstanding as of March 28, 2015 and December 27, 2014, respectively

  262      261   

Additional paid-in-capital

  71      2,313   

Accumulated deficit

  (54,381   (11,568
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  (54,048   (8,994
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

$ 114,071    $ 120,236   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-28


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended  
     March 28,
2015
     March 29,
2014
 

Revenue

     

Royalty revenue and franchise fees

   $ 11,157       $ 8,659   

Company-owned restaurant sales

     7,869         8,015   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

  19,026      16,674   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Costs and expenses

Cost of sales (*)

  5,736      5,311   

Selling, general and administrative

  7,676      4,761   

Depreciation and amortization

  663      815   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

  14,075      10,887   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

  4,951      5,787   

Interest expense, net

  787      1,016   

Other (income) expense, net

  29      23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

  4,135      4,748   

Income tax expense

  1,581      1,764   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

$ 2,554    $ 2,984   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share

Basic

$ 0.10    $ 0.12   

Diluted

$ 0.10    $ 0.11   

Weighted average shares outstanding

Basic

  26,290      25,621   

Diluted

  26,607      26,053   

Dividends per share

$ 1.83      —     

(*) exclusive of depreciation and amortization, shown separately

Pro forma earnings per share (unaudited):

Basic

$ 0.09      —     

Diluted

$ 0.09      —     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(amounts in thousands, except share data)

(Unaudited)

 

    

 

Common Stock

     Additional
Paid-
In Capital
    Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit)
 
     Shares      Amount         

Balance at December 27, 2014

     26,101,755       $ 261       $ 2,313      $ (11,568   $ (8,994

Net income

     —           —           —          2,554        2,554   

Exercise of stock options

     57,127         1         107        —          108   

Stock-based compensation expense

           94          94   

Excess tax benefit of stock-based compensation

           189          189   

Dividends paid

     —           —           (2,632     (45,367     (47,999
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 28, 2015

  26,158,882    $ 262    $ 71    $ (54,381 $ (54,048
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(amounts in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended  
     March 28,
2015
    March 29,
2014
 

Operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 2,554      $ 2,984   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     663        815   

Excess tax benefit of stock-based compensation

     (94     (81

Deferred income taxes

     (134     (509

Stock-based compensation expense

     189        103   

(Gain)/Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     4        (95

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     49        46   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     302        (237

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (446     76   

Accounts payable and current liabilities

     (280     1,718   

Deferred revenue

     (280     836   

Other long-term liabilities attributable to deferred rent and lease incentives

     (7     107   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities

  2,520      5,763   

Investing activities

Purchases of property and equipment

  (99   (440

Proceeds from sales of assets

  —        1,147   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash (used in) provided by investing activities

  (99   707   

Financing activities

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

  108      117   

Borrowings of long term debt

  40,000      —     

Principal payments on long-term debt

  (1,218   —     

Payment of deferred financing costs

  (227   —     

Excess tax benefit of stock-based compensation

  94      81   

Dividends paid

  (47,999   —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash (used in) provided by financing activities

  (9,242   198   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

  (6,821   6,668   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  9,723      3,173   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 2,902    $ 9,841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

(1) Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Overview and Basis of Presentation

Wingstop Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on March 18, 2015 (“Wingstop” or the “Company”). Wing Stop Holding Corporation was merged with and into Wingstop Inc. pursuant to the reorganization described in Note 12 on May 28, 2015. Wing Stop Holding Corporation was originally formed on March 16, 2010 to purchase 100% of the equity interests of Wingstop Holdings, Inc. (“WHI”). WHI owns 100% of the common stock of Wingstop Restaurants Inc. (“WRI”). Wingstop, through its primary operating subsidiary, WRI, collectively referred to as the “Company”, is in the business of franchising and operating Wingstop restaurants. As of March 28, 2015, 681 franchised restaurants were in operation domestically. As of March 28, 2015, 45 international franchised restaurants were in operation across five countries. As of March 28, 2015, WRI owned and operated 19 restaurants.

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for interim financial information. Consequently, financial information and disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared annually in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) have been condensed or omitted. Balance sheet amounts are as of March 28, 2015 and December 27, 2014 and operating results are for the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014. In the Company’s opinion, all necessary adjustments have been made for the fair presentation of the results of the interim periods presented. The results of operations for such interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. The accompanying interim unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and the related notes thereto for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2014 included in the Company’s Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-203891) which was declared effective by the SEC on             (as amended, the “Registration Statement”).

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

(a) Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying interim unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Wingstop Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

(b) Fiscal Year End

The Company uses a 52/53-week fiscal year that ends on the last Saturday of the calendar year. Fiscal years 2015 and 2014 each consist of 52 weeks. The fiscal quarters ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014 each consisted of 13 weeks.

 

(c) Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions, primarily related to long-lived asset (valuation), indefinite and finite lived intangible asset valuation, income taxes, leases, stock-based compensation, contingencies and common stock equity valuations. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Although management bases its estimates on historical experience and assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

(d) Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income is the same as net income for all periods presented. Therefore, a separate statement of comprehensive income (loss) is not included in the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

(e) Advertising Expenses

WRI administers the Wingstop Restaurants Advertising Fund, for which WRI collects a percentage, generally 2%, of gross sales from Wingstop restaurant franchisees and WRI-owned restaurants, to be used for various forms of advertising for the Wingstop brand. In some international markets, franchisees manage their own advertising expenditures, which are not included in the advertising fund.

WRI administers and directs the development of all advertising and promotion programs in the advertising fund for which it collects advertising contributions, in accordance with the provisions of its franchise agreements. WRI has a contractual obligation with regard to these advertising contributions. The Company consolidates and reports all assets and liabilities of the advertising fund as restricted assets of the advertising fund and restricted liabilities of the advertising fund within current assets and current liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The assets and liabilities of the advertising fund consist primarily of cash, receivables, accrued expenses, other liabilities, and any cumulative surplus related specifically to the advertising fund. The revenues, expenses and cash flows of the advertising fund are not included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations or the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows because the Company does not have complete discretion over the usage of the funds. Rather, under the franchise agreements, contributions to the advertising fund are restricted to advertising, public relations, merchandising, similar activities, and administrative expenses to increase sales and further enhance the public reputation of the Wingstop brand. The aforementioned administrative expenses may also include personnel expenses and allocated costs incurred by the Company which are directly associated with administering the advertising fund, as outlined in the provisions of the franchise agreements.

WRI made discretionary contributions to the advertising fund for the purpose of supplementing national and regional advertising in certain markets of $547,000 and $325,000 for the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014, respectively, which are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Additionally, WRI made net contributions to the advertising fund based on its sales as owner and operator of WRI owned restaurants of approximately $157,000 and $160,000 during the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014, respectively, which are included in Costs of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In addition to the contributions to the Ad Fund, advertising costs, which are expensed as incurred, were $407,000 and $378,000 thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014, respectively.

 

(f) Net Income Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the reporting period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. For the calculation of diluted net income per share, the basic weighted average number of shares is increased by the dilutive effect of stock options and restricted share awards, determined using the treasury stock method. We had approximately 25,000 and 134,000 stock options outstanding at March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014, respectively, that were not included in the dilutive earnings per share calculation because the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding is reconciled to diluted weighted average shares outstanding as follows (in thousands):

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended  
     March 28,
2015
     March 29,
2014
 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

     26,290         25,621   

Dilutive stock options

     317         432   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

  26,607      26,053   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(g) Business Segments

The Company identifies its reporting segments based on the organizational units used by management to monitor performance and make operating decisions. These reporting segments are as follows: franchise operations and company restaurant operations.

Franchise Segment

The Franchise segment consists of our domestic and international franchise restaurants, which represent the majority of our system-wide restaurants. As of March 28, 2015, the franchise operations segment consisted of 726 restaurants operated by Wingstop franchisees in the United States and five countries outside of the United States. Franchise operations revenue consists primarily of franchise royalty revenue, sales of franchise and development fees and international territory fees. Additionally, vendor rebates received for system-wide volume purchases in excess of the total expense of the vendor’s products are recognized as revenue of franchise operations.

Company Segment

The Company segment consists of our company-owned restaurants, which are located only in the United States. Company restaurant sales are for food and beverage sales at company-owned restaurants. Company restaurant expenses are operating expenses at company-owned restaurants and include food, beverage, labor, benefits, utilities, rent and other operating costs.

 

     Fiscal Quarter Ended  
     March 28, 2015      March 29, 2014  

Franchised Restaurant Activity:

     

Beginning of period

     693         590   

Openings

     34         14   

Refranchised (*)

     —           5   

Closures and relocations

     (1      (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restaurants end of period

  726      608   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Company-Owned Restaurant Activity:

Beginning of period

  19      24   

Openings

  —        —     

Refranchised (*)

  —        (5

Closures and relocations

  —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restaurants end of period

  19      19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Restaurants

  745      627   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Restaurant(s) sold by us to a franchisee. See footnote 3.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Certain corporate related items are not allocated to the reportable segments and consist primarily of expenses associated with the Company’s initial public offering and management fees. The Company allocates selling general and administrative expenses based on the relative support provided to each reportable segment.

 

(h) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity . The amendments in ASU 2014-08 change the criteria for reporting discontinued operations while enhancing disclosures in this area. It also addresses sources of confusion and inconsistent application related to financial reporting of discontinued operations guidance in U.S. GAAP. Under the new guidance, only disposals representing a strategic shift in operations should be presented as discontinued operations. Those strategic shifts should have a major effect on the organization’s operations and financial results. Examples include a disposal of a major geographic area, a major line of business, or a major equity method investment. In addition, the new guidance requires expanded disclosures about discontinued operations that will provide financial statement users with more information about the assets, liabilities, income, and expenses of discontinued operations. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, after December 31, 2015.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . This update provides a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts. This update is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016, which will require us to adopt these provisions in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. Early application is not permitted. This update permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company is evaluating the effect this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures and have not yet selected a transition method.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . The amendments in ASU 2014-15 are intended to define management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an organization’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Under GAAP, financial statements are prepared under the presumption that the reporting organization will continue to operate as a going concern, except in limited circumstances. The going concern basis of accounting is critical to financial reporting because it establishes the fundamental basis for measuring and classifying assets and liabilities. Currently, GAAP lacks guidance about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about the organization’s ability to continue as a going concern or to provide related footnote disclosures. This ASU provides guidance to an organization’s management, with principles and definitions that are intended to reduce diversity in the timing and content of disclosures that are commonly provided by organizations today in the financial statement footnotes. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, after December 31, 2016. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03,  Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. This update intends to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs in the balance sheet. The ASU specifies that debt issuance costs related to a note shall be reported

 

F-35


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the face amount of that note, and that amortization of debt issuance costs also shall be reported as interest expense. The ASU does not affect the current guidance on the recognition and measurement of debt issuance costs. The update is effective for the Company in fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is allowed for all entities for financial statements that have not been previously issued. Entities would apply the new guidance retrospectively to all prior periods presented. The company has evaluated the ASU and determined that it has no material impact on the consolidated financial statements and has elected not to early adopt.

 

(2) Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid upon transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability. Assets and liabilities are classified using a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value as follows:

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

Level 2—Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs corroborated by market data.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs reflecting management’s estimates and assumptions.

The following table shows the Company’s financial assets that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis in our Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value
Hierarchy
     March 28,
2015
     December 27,
2014
 

Other non-current assets:

        

Interest rate caps

     Level 2       $ 9       $ 38   

The fair value of the interest rate caps are estimated using industry standard valuation models and market-based observable inputs, including interest rate curves. In addition, the fair value of the interest rate caps includes consideration of the counterparty’s non-performance risk.

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. Fair value of our debt is determined on a non-recurring basis, which results are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value
Hierarchy
     March 28, 2015      December 27, 2014  
        Carrying
Value
     Fair Value      Carrying
Value
     Fair
Value
 

Total debt obligations:

              

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility (1)

     Level 3       $ 132,500       $ 132,500       $ 93,721       $ 94,443   

 

(1) The fair value of long-term debt was estimated using a discounted cash flow method based on a discount rate, reflecting the applicable credit spread.

The Company estimated the fair value of debt using prevailing market rates for debt of similar remaining maturities and credit risk for our revolving and term loan facilities.

In connection with purchase accounting, the Company made estimates of the fair value of its long-lived and intangible assets based upon assumptions related to the future cash flows, discount rates and asset lives utilizing

 

F-36


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

currently available information, and in some cases, valuation results from independent valuation specialists (Level 3 determination of fair value). The Company also measures certain non-financial assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, primarily long-lived assets, intangible assets and goodwill, in connection with our periodic evaluations of such assets for potential impairment.

 

(3) Divestures

In February 2014, WRI sold five restaurants to an existing franchisee, which had a carrying value of $1.0 million, comprised of $610,000 in net assets and $442,000 in allocated goodwill, for proceeds of $1.1 million, resulting in a gain on disposal of approximately $100,000. Upon disposal of the assets, any gain or loss is recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Operations in Selling, general and administrative.

 

(4) Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets and Other Current Liabilities

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     March 28,
2015
     December 27,
2014
 

Prepaid expenses

   $ 1,716       $ 1,170   

Deferred income tax asset

     1,364         1,408   

Inventories

     193         176   

Other

     —           94   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 3,273    $ 2,848   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     March 28,
2015
     December 27,
2014
 

Accrued payroll and bonuses

   $ 1,101       $ 1,814   

Current portion of deferred revenues

     1,661         1,759   

Accrued legal and other professional fees

     749         1,655   

Accrued interest

     737         749   

Other accrued liabilities

     1,933         918   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 6,181    $ 6,895   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(5) Derivative Financial Instruments

At March 28, 2015, the Company had outstanding floating rate debt obligations of $132.5 million. In March 2012, the Company entered into interest rate cap agreements for an aggregate notional amount of $25.5 million to minimize the variability of its cash flows related to a portion of its floating rate indebtedness. The interest rate cap agreement caps LIBOR at 1.5% from March 2012 through December 2014 with respect to the $25.5 million notional amount of such agreements. In March 2014, the Company entered into an additional interest rate cap agreement for an additional notional amount of $24.4 million to minimize the variability of its cash flows related to a portion of its floating rate indebtedness. The interest rate cap agreement caps LIBOR at 2.50% from March 2014 through December 2016 with respect to the $24.4 million notional amount of such agreements. On December 31, 2014, the notional amount increased by $24.3 million to $48.7 million.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Gains and losses realized due to the expiration of applicable portions of the interest rate caps are reclassified to Other (income) expense at the time quarterly interest payments are made.

 

(6) Income Taxes

The Company recognized income tax expense of $1.6 million on income before income taxes of $4.1 million, or an effective tax rate of 38.2%, for the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015, compared to income tax expense of $1.8 million on income before income taxes of $4.7 million, or an effective tax rate of 37.2%, for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2014.

 

(7) Debt Obligations

In March 2015, the Company amended and restated the senior secured credit facility previously entered into in December 2013. In connection with the second amended and restated facility, the facility size was increased to $137.5 million and is comprised of a $132.5 million term loan and a $5.0 million revolving credit facility. The Company used a portion of the proceeds from the second amended and restated facility and cash on hand to pay a dividend of $48.0 million to its shareholders. Borrowings under the facility bear interest, payable quarterly, at the Company’s option at the base rate plus a margin (1.50% to 2.25%, dependent on the Company’s reported leverage ratio) or LIBOR plus a margin (2.50% to 3.25%, dependent on our reported leverage ratio), at the Company’s option. The second amended and restated facility also extended the maturity date of the senior secured credit facility from December 2018 to March 2020. Principal installments ranging from $1.66 million to $3.31 million are due quarterly starting June 30, 2015, with all unpaid amounts due at maturity in March 2020. Subject to certain conditions, the Company has the ability to increase the second senior secured credit facility by up to an additional $30.0 million. As of March 28, 2015, term loan of $132.5 million bears interest at 3.52%.

The second amended and restated senior secured credit facility includes a $5.0 million revolver. The revolver bears interest, payable quarterly at the base rate plus a margin, as defined in the credit agreement documentation or LIBOR plus a margin, as defined in the credit agreement, with all unpaid amounts due at maturity in December 2018. At March 28, 2015 and December 27, 2014, there were no amounts outstanding on the line of credit.

In conjunction with the second amended and restated senior secured facility, the Company evaluated the refinancing of the amended facility and determined substantially all of the $132.5 million was accounted for as a debt modification. The Company incurred $888,000 in financing costs of which $661,000 was expensed and $227,000 was capitalized and is being amortized using the effective interest rate method.

In December 2013, the Company entered into a $107.5 million amended and restated senior secured credit facility which includes a term loan of $102.5 million and a revolver of $5.0 million. The Company used a portion of the proceeds from the amended and restated facility and cash on hand to pay a dividend of $38.5 million to its stockholders. The term loan bears interest, payable quarterly, at the base rate plus a margin (1.75% to 2.50%, dependent on the Company’s reported leverage ratio), or LIBOR plus a margin (2.75% to 3.50%, dependent on the Company’s reported leverage ratio), as defined in the amended and restated facility. In June of 2014, the Company made a $5.0 million prepayment towards the principle balance of the term loan.

The second senior secured credit facility includes a $3.0 million line of credit which the Company may utilize to issue letters of credit. The letter of credit facility matures in March 2020. At March 28, 2015 and December 27, 2014, there were no letters of credit outstanding.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

The amended and restated senior secured credit facility is secured by substantially all assets of the Company and requires compliance with certain financial and non-financial covenants. As of March 28, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants.

As of March 28, 2015, the scheduled principle payments on debt were as follows (in thousands):

 

Remainder of fiscal year 2015

$ 3,312   

Fiscal year 2016

  8,281   

Fiscal year 2017

  6,625   

Fiscal year 2018

  9,938   

Fiscal year 2019

  11,594   

Fiscal year 2020

  92,750   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 132,500   
  

 

 

 

 

(8) Commitments and Contingencies

WRI leases certain office and retail space and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases with terms expiring at various date through October 2025.

A schedule of future minimum rental payments required under our operating leases, excluding contingent rent, that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year, as of March 28, 2015, is as follows (in thousands):

 

Remainder of fiscal year 2015

$ 940   

Fiscal year 2016

  1,145   

Fiscal year 2017

  1,061   

Fiscal year 2018

  846   

Fiscal year 2019

  631   

Fiscal year 2020

  506   

Thereafter

  2,448   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 7,577   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense under cancelable and non-cancelable leases was $472,000 and $521,000 for the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014, respectively.

The Company is subject to legal proceedings, claims and liabilities, such as employment-related claims and slip and fall cases, which arise in the ordinary course of business and are generally covered by insurance. In the opinion of management, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to those actions should not have a material adverse impact on financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Many of the food products the Company purchases are subject to changes in the price and availability of food commodities, including chicken. The Company works with its suppliers and uses a mix of forward pricing protocols for certain items under which we agree with our supplier on fixed prices for deliveries at some time in the future, fixed pricing protocols under which we agree on a fixed price with our supplier for the duration of that protocol, and formula pricing protocols under which the prices we pay are based on a specified formula related to the prices of the goods, such as spot prices.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

The Company’s use of any forward pricing arrangements varies substantially from time to time and these arrangements tend to cover relatively short periods (i.e., typically twelve months or less). Such contracts are used in the normal purchases of our food products and not for speculative purposes, and as such are not required to be evaluated as derivative instruments. The Company does not enter into futures contracts or other derivative instruments.

 

(9) Stock-Based Compensation

Wingstop’s 2010 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) permits the granting of awards to employees, directors and other eligible persons of the Company in the form of stock options. The Plan is administered by Wingstop’s board of directors. The options granted under the Plan are generally exercisable within a 10-year period from the date of grant.

The options are subject to either service-based or performance-based vesting. Service-based options contain a service-based, or time-based, vesting provision. Performance-based options contain performance-based vesting provisions based on the Company meeting certain Adjusted EBITDA profitability targets for each fiscal year during the vesting period. Any options that have not vested prior to a change of control or do not vest in connection with a change of control or do vest but are not exercised will be forfeited by the grantee upon a change of control for no consideration. Options issued and outstanding expire on various dates up to fiscal year 2024.

Under the Plan, Wingstop had 3,304,115 shares authorized for issuance. There are 1,356,262 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of currently outstanding options at March 28, 2015 and 212,259 shares available for future grants.

The following table summarizes stock option activity (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Stock
Options
    Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
     Weighted
Average
Remaining Term
 

Outstanding—December 27, 2014

     1,466      $ 3.74       $ 7,551         8.0   
       

 

 

    

Granted

  —        —     

Exercised

  (57 $ 1.89   

Canceled

  (53 $ 0.86   
  

 

 

         

Outstanding—March 28, 2015

  1,356    $ 3.03    $ 9,158      7.6   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date, based on the calculated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the requisite employee service period (generally the vesting period of the grant). The Company recognized approximately $189,000 and $103,000 in stock compensation expense for thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014, respectively, with a corresponding increase to additional paid-in-capital. As of March 28, 2015, there was $3.3 million of total unrecognized stock compensation expense related to non-vested stock options, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.2 years. Stock compensation expense is included in Selling, general and administrative in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. There were no grants during the thirteen week period ending March 28, 2015.

During 2015, the Wingstop’s Board of Directors authorized a dividend in the amount of $1.83 per share or $48.0 million. In connection with the declaration and payment of the dividend, the exercise price of some of the

 

F-40


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

outstanding options on March 27, 2015 was reduced by an amount of $1.83 per share. Management evaluated the option modification for incremental compensation expense and calculated $537,000, of which $57,000 was recorded during the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015.

 

(10) Related Party Transactions

The Company is party to a management agreement with Roark Capital Management, LLC (“Roark”), an affiliate of Wingstop’s majority shareholder. Pursuant to this management agreement, Roark has agreed to provide the Company with advice concerning finance, strategic planning and other services. Beginning December 15, 2011, the agreement provides that the Company will pay an annual management fee of $412,000 payable in quarterly installments of $103,000, subject to an increase of 3% each January, plus reimbursement of any reasonable expenses. The agreement has an initial term of 10 years, with automatic renewals. After the initial term, the agreement may be terminated by either party with reasonable advance notice, within the terms of the agreement.

Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid to Roark fees and expense reimbursement totaling $117,000 and $113,000 for the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014, respectively.

 

(11) Business Segments

Information on segments and a reconciliation to income (loss) before taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended  
     March 28,
2015
     March 29,
2014
 

Revenue:

     

Franchise segment

   $ 11,157       $ 8,659   

Company segment

     7,869         8,015   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment revenue

$ 19,026    $ 16,674   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment profit:

Franchise segment

$ 5,048    $ 4,110   

Company segment

  1,317      1,790   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment profit

  6,365      5,900   

Corporate and other (1)

  1,414      113   

Interest expense, net

  787      1,016   

Other expenses (income), net

  29      23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

$ 4,135    $ 4,748   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Corporate and other includes corporate related items not allocated to reportable segments and consists primarily of expenses associated with the Company’s initial public offering and management fees discussed in Note 10.

 

(12) Subsequent Events

The Company evaluates events and transactions that occur after the balance sheet date as potential subsequent events. The Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 14, 2015 and has determined no other subsequent events have occurred.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

WINGSTOP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

On May 28, 2015, Wing Stop Holding Corporation merged with and into Wingstop Inc., with Wingstop Inc. as the surviving corporation in the merger. Pursuant to the merger, each holder of Wing Stop Holding Corporation common stock received 0.545 shares of common stock of Wingstop Inc. for each one share of Wing Stop Holding Corporation and each option to purchase common stock of Wing Stop Holding Corporation was assumed by Wingstop Inc. and converted into an option to purchase 0.545 shares of common stock of Wingstop Inc. for each one share of Wing Stop Holding Corporation with the remaining terms of each such option remaining unchanged, except as was necessary to reflect the reorganization. All references to shares in the financial statements and the notes to the financial statements, including but not limited to the number of shares and per share amounts, unless otherwise noted, have been adjusted to reflect the reorganization retrospectively.

 

(13) Earnings Per Share

The unaudited pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted, for the fiscal quarter ended March 28, 2015 gives effect to the number of shares whose proceeds would be necessary to pay the dividend on March 18, 2015, which was partially funded by proceeds from the amended and restated senior secured credit facility. Additionally, the Company intends to use a portion of the net proceeds of the offering to pay down indebtedness. Adjusted pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted, gives effect to the number of shares whose proceeds would be necessary to pay the dividend that was partially funded by the increased size of the credit facility.

The following table sets forth the computation of the unaudited pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted (in thousands, except per share data).

 

     Thirteen weeks
ended

March 28, 2015
 

Pro forma earnings per common share, basic (unaudited):

  

Net income

   $ 2,554   

Pro forma weighted average number of shares

  

Weighted average number of common shares

     26,290   

Shares issued necessary to pay dividend

     2,150   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares

  28,440   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per common share, basic

$ 0.09   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per common share, diluted (unaudited):

Net income

$ 2,554   

Pro forma weighted average number of shares

Weighted average number of common shares

  26,607   

Shares issued necessary to pay dividend

  2,150   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares

  28,757   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per common share, basic

$ 0.09   
  

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

THE WING WING STOP EXPERTS

CLASSIS AND BONELESS WINGS

ON THE SIDE

COMBOS & PACKS BY THE PIECE

6

2 FLAVOR + 1 DIP

FRIES OR VEG STICKS • 20 OZ SOFT DRINK

8

2 FLAVORS + 1 DIP

FRIES OR VEG STICKS • 20 OZ SOFT DRINK

10

2 FLAVORS + 1 DIP

FRIES OR VEG STICKS • 20 OZ SOFT DRINK

15

2 FLAVORS + 2 DIPS

LG FRIES OR LG VEG STICKS • 2 20 OZ SOFT DRINKS

30

PACK

3 FLAVORS +

3

DIPS

LG FRIES, VEG STICKS

40

PACK

4 FLAVORS +

4

DIPS

LG FRIES, 2 VEG STICKS

50

PACK

4 FLAVORS +

4

DIPS

LG FRIES AND LG SIDE, 2 VEG STICKS

SEASONED

WITH CHEESE

YOURCHOICE OF CAJUN LEMONN PEPPER PARMESAN OR FRY SEASONING

VEGGIE STICKS

COLESLAW

POTATO SALAD

BAKED

BEANS

BAKED

ROLLS

RANCH

BLEU CHEESE

HONEY MUSTARD

CHEESE SAUCE

SOFT DRINK/TEA

FLAVORS

ORIGINAL HOT

LEMON PEPPER

A BLEND OF HEAT AND TANG

A HIT OF CITRUS AND BLACK PEPPER

ATOMIC

LOUISIANA RUB

GARLIC PARMESAN

A HABANERO FUELED INFERNO

A SOUTHERN MIX W/ HINTS OF GARLIC

SAVORY AND BUTTERY

MANGO HABANERO

MILD

HAWAIIAN

SWEET AND SPICY COLLIDE

ALL THE FLAVOR MINUS THE BURN

BIG TANGY ISLAND FLAVOR

CAJUN

HICKORY SMOKED BBQ

TERIYAKI

HOT WITH A SOUTHERN TWIST

SWEET. SMOKEY. RICH.

BOLD AND SWEET ASIAN SPICES

$16.99 $49.99 $24.49 $40.99 $81.99

ADD 5 WINGS TO ANY ORDER $4.59

COMBOS & PACKS

BY

THE PIECE

1 DIP

3

FRIES OR VEG STICKS • 20 OZ SOFT DRINK

4

1

DIP

1 DIP

5

FRIES OR VEG STICKS • 20 OZ SOFT DRINKS

7

2

DIPS

2 DIPS

8

LG FRIES OR LG VEG STICKS • 2 20 OZ SOFT DRINKS TENDERS 40

OUR FAMOUS HANDCUT FRIES CLASSIC

VEGGIE STICKS

15

3

DIPS

3 DIPS

16

PACK

LG FRIES, 4 ROLLS

20

4

DIPS

4 DIPS

24

PACK

LG FRIES AND LG SIDE, 6 ROLLS

30

4

DIPS

SKIP THE WAIT. ORDER ONLINE. WINGSTOP.COM


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

 

 

5,800,000 shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

LOGO

 

Morgan Stanley Jefferies Baird
Goldman, Sachs & Co. Barclays Wells Fargo Securities

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Part II: Information not required in the prospectus

 

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

The following table sets forth all fees and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions payable solely by the registrant in connection with the offer and sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimated except for the registration fee of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the FINRA filing fee and The Nasdaq Global Select Market listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

$ 10,851   

FINRA filing fee

  14,507   

The Nasdaq Global Select Market listing fee

  150,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

  375,000   

Legal fees and expenses

  1,750,000   

Printing fees and expenses

  300,000   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

  10,000   

Blue sky fees and expenses

  15,000   

Miscellaneous

  418,142   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 3,043,500   
  

 

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.

Section 145 of the DGCL, which we refer to as Section 145, provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal.

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking, by or on behalf of an indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

We expect to maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification to our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

 

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

The following list sets forth information as to all securities we have sold or exchanged since March 27, 2012, which were not registered under the Act. Amounts below give effect to our reorganization and, in connection therewith, the conversion of all common stock of Wing Stop Holding Corporation and options to purchase common stock of Wing Stop Holding Corporation into an aggregate of 26,431,182 shares of common stock of Wingstop Inc. and 1,127,560 options to purchase shares of common stock of Wingstop Inc.

 

  1. Since March 27, 2012, we have granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,351,600 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $3.49 to $8.90 per share to employees under our 2010 Stock Option Plan. During 2012, our board of directors authorized a dividend in the amount of $0.77 per share or $19.3 million. In connection with the declaration and payment of the dividend, the exercise price of some of our outstanding options was reduced by an amount of $0.77 per share. During 2013, our board of directors authorized a dividend in the amount of $1.50 per share or $38.5 million. In connection with the declaration and payment of the dividend, the exercise price of some of our outstanding options was reduced by an amount of $1.50 per share. During the first quarter of 2015, our board of directors authorized a dividend in the amount of $1.83 per share or $48.0 million. In connection with the declaration and payment of the dividend, the exercise price of some of our outstanding options was reduced by an amount of $1.83 per share.

 

  2. Since March 27, 2012, we have issued and sold an aggregate of 1,458,346 shares of our common stock to employees and directors upon payment of approximately $1,456,657 pursuant to exercises of options granted under our 2010 Stock Option Plan.

We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sales and issuances of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs (1) and (2) above under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that such sales and issuances did not involve a public offering or under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, in that they were offered and sold either pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation, as provided by Rule 701.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statements.

(a) The exhibit index attached hereto is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 17. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby further undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial  bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Dallas, Texas on June 2, 2015.

 

Wingstop Inc.
By:  

/s/ Charles R. Morrison

  Charles R. Morrison
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth opposite their names and on the date indicated above.

 

Signature    Title

/s/    Charles R. Morrison        

Charles R. Morrison

  
  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/    Michael F. Mravle        

Michael F. Mravle

  
  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

*

   Chairman of the Board of Directors
Neal K. Aronson   

*

   Director
Sidney J. Feltenstein   

*

   Director
Michael J. Hislop   

*

   Director
Lawrence P. Molloy   

*

   Director
Erik O. Morris   

*

   Director
Steven M. Romaniello   

 

*By:   /s/    Jay A. Young        
 

Jay A. Young

Attorney-in-fact

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Index to exhibits

 

Exhibit
No.

    
  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1*    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Wingstop Inc.
  3.2*    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Wingstop Inc.
  4.1*    Form of Stock Certificate for Common Stock
  5.1*    Opinion of King & Spalding LLP regarding legality of securities being offered
10.1*    Form of Shareholder Agreement by and among Wingstop Holdings, Inc., RC II WS LLC and the other shareholders party thereto (Form 1)
10.2*    Form of Shareholder Agreement by and among Wingstop Holdings, Inc., RC II WS LLC and the other shareholders party thereto (Form 2)
10.3*    Shareholder Agreement, dated April, 9, 2010, by and among Wingstop Holdings, Inc., RC II WS LLC and Gleacher Mezzanine Fund II, L.P.
10.4*    Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and between Wingstop Inc., RC II WS LLC and certain other stockholders party thereto
10.5†    Amended and Restated Management Advisory and Consulting Services Agreement, dated December 15, 2011, by and between Wing Stop Holding Corporation and Roark Capital Management, LLC
10.6    Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated March 18, 2015, by and among Wing Stop Holding Corporation, as Borrower, the subsidiaries of Wing Stop Holding Corporation, as Guarantors, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender, and Regions Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith as Co-Syndication Agent et al.
10.7†    Wing Stop Holding Corporation 2010 Stock Option Plan
10.8*†    Form of Option Award Agreement for Wing Stop Holding Corporation 2010 Stock Option Plan (Form 1)
10.9*†   

Form of Option Award Agreement for Wing Stop Holding Corporation 2010 Stock Option Plan

(Form 2)

10.10*†    Form of Option Award Agreement for Wing Stop Holding Corporation 2010 Stock Option Plan (Form 3)
10.11*†    Form of Option Award Agreement for Wing Stop Holding Corporation 2010 Stock Option Plan (Form 4)
10.12†    Employment Agreement, dated June 25, 2012, by and between Wingstop Restaurants Inc. and Charles Morrison
10.13†    Employment Agreement, dated September 22, 2014, by and between Wingstop Restaurants Inc. and Michael F. Mravle
10.14†    Employment Agreement, dated September 2, 2014, by and between Wingstop Restaurants Inc. and William Engen
10.15*†    Form of Change in Control Bonus Award Agreement
10.16*†    Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.17*†    Form of Indemnification Agreement (RC II WS LLC affiliated directors)


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

    
10.18*†    Wingstop Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan
10.19*    Form of Stock Transfer Restriction Agreement by and among Wing Stop Holding Corporation, Wingstop Inc., RC II WS LLC and certain stockholders party thereto
16.1    Letter to the Securities and Exchange Commission from McGladrey LLP
21.1*    List of subsidiaries of Wingstop Inc.
23.1*    Consent of King & Spalding LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)
23.2*    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
24.1    Powers of Attorney

 

* Filed herewith.
Indicates management agreement.

Exhibit 1.1

[ ] Shares

WINGSTOP INC.

COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[ ● ], 2015


[ ● ], 2015

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Jefferies LLC

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

as representatives of the several

underwriters

set forth in Schedule II hereto (the “Representatives”)

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

c/o Jefferies LLC

520 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

c/o Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

777 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 2800

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Wingstop Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto (the “ Underwriters ”), and certain stockholders of the Company (the “ Selling Shareholders ”) named in Schedule I hereto severally propose to sell to the several Underwriters, an aggregate of [ ● ] shares of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Firm Shares ”), of which [ ● ] shares are to be issued and sold by the Company and [ ● ] shares are to be sold by the Selling Shareholders, each Selling Shareholder selling the amount set forth opposite such Selling Shareholder’s name in Schedule I hereto.

One of the Selling Shareholders also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional [ ● ] shares of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share of the Company (the “ Additional Shares ”), if and to the extent that you, as the Representatives of the offering, shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of common stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 3 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Shares .” The shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the “ Common Stock .” The Company and the Selling Shareholders are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the “Sellers.”

 

1


The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus .” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the preliminary prospectus together with the documents and pricing information set forth in Schedule III hereto, and “ broadly available road show ” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “preliminary prospectus,” “Time of Sale Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein as of the date hereof.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley”) has agreed to reserve a portion of the Shares to be purchased by it under this Agreement for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, employees and business associates and other parties related to the Company (collectively, “ Participants ”), as set forth in the Prospectus under the heading “Underwriters” (the “ Directed Share Program ”). The Shares to be sold by Morgan Stanley and its affiliates pursuant to the Directed Share Program are referred to hereinafter as the “ Directed Shares ” Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participant by the end of the business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.

1. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

(a) The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission.

(b) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material

 

2


fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 5), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter expressly for use therein.

(c) The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule III hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to you before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.

(d) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(e) Each of the Company’s significant subsidiaries as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (each, a “ Significant Subsidiary ”) has been

 

3


duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; all of the issued shares of capital stock of each Significant Subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims.

(f) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(g) The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters to the description thereof contained in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(h) The shares of Common Stock (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholders) outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(i) The Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

(j) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene (i) any provision of applicable law, (ii) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company, (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, except, with respect to clauses (i) and (iv) above, where any such contravention would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the power and ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as has already been obtained or as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states or the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

(k) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

4


(l) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in the Time of Sale Prospectus and proceedings that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described in all material respects; and there are no statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described in all material respects or filed as required.

(m) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the registration statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(n) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(o) The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the human health and safety, environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(p) There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

5


(q) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.

(r) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, nor any director or officer, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee, agent or representative of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; and the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintain and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein. For the purposes of this Section 1(r), “controlled affiliate” shall mean an affiliate over which the Company possesses the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies thereof.

(s) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(t) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director or officer thereof, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is:

(A) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), the U.S. Department of State (including, without limitation, through designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council (“ UNSC ”), the European Union (“ EU ”) or Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”) (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor

(B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (currently Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

 

6


(i) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:

(A) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

(B) in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

(ii) For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction was the subject of Sanctions.

(u) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.

(v) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real property and personal property owned by them which is material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

7


(w) The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, all material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names currently employed by them in connection with the business now operated by them in the manner set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus, except where the failure to own, possess or acquire any of the foregoing, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(x) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent; and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that could have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(y) The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(z) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except where the failure to possess any such certificate, authorization or permit would not reasonably be expected, when taken in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(aa) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii)transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in

 

8


conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“ U.S. GAAP ”) and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (i) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (ii) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(bb) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

(cc) The Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus and any preliminary prospectus comply, and any amendments or supplements thereto will comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program.

(dd) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency, other than those obtained, is required in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares in any jurisdiction where the Directed Shares are being offered.

(ee) The Company has not offered, or caused Morgan Stanley or any Morgan Stanley Entity as defined in Section 12 to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

(ff) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions thereof (except where the failure to file would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole) and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon (except for cases in which the failure to file or pay would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or, except as currently being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by U.S. GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company), and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries which

 

9


has had (nor does the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which would reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries and which would reasonably be expected to have) a material adverse effect.

(gg) From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”). “ Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

(hh) The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications. “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(ii) As of the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, none of (A) the Time of Sale Prospectus, (B) any free writing prospectus, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, and (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(jj) (i) Each of the franchise agreements entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries and described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus (collectively, the “Franchise Agreements”) is in full force and effect; (ii) to the Company’s knowledge, none of the persons or entities (the “Franchise Owners”) holding franchise rights from the Company or any of its Subsidiary is in breach or violation of, or in default under (nor has any event occurred which with notice, lapse of time, or both would result in any breach or violation of, or constitute a default under) any such Franchise Agreement; (iii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any Franchise Owner has the right to terminate any Franchise Agreement prior to the termination of its stated term, and no event or circumstance has occurred which, with notice, lapse of time or both, would create such a right; and (iv) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received, or, to the Company’s knowledge, been threatened with, a termination notice from any Franchise Owner or any other party with respect to a Franchise Agreement, nor is the Company aware that any person or entity intends to furnish such a notice; except, in the case of clauses (i) through (iv), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect.

(kk) Except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the applicable requirements of the Federal Trade Commission rules governing franchising and applicable provisions of federal, provincial, state or local laws or regulations governing the business of a franchise or that are applicable to their business as presently conducted, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

10


2. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Shareholders. Each Selling Shareholder represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

(a) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder.

(b) The execution and delivery by such Selling Shareholder of, and the performance by such Selling Shareholder of its obligations under, this Agreement, the Custody Agreement signed by such Selling Shareholder and Computershare Inc., as Custodian, relating to the deposit of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder (the “Custody Agreement”) and the Power of Attorney appointing certain individuals as such Selling Shareholder’s attorneys-in-fact to the extent set forth therein, relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement (the “Power of Attorney”) will not contravene any provision of applicable law, or the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of such Selling Shareholder (if such Selling Shareholder is a corporation), or any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Selling Shareholder or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over such Selling Shareholder except, in each case, where any such contravention would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such Selling Shareholder to perform its obligations hereunder, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by such Selling Shareholder of its obligations under this Agreement or the Custody Agreement or Power of Attorney of such Selling Shareholder, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares, except where the failure to obtain such consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such Selling Shareholder to perform its obligations hereunder.

(c) Such Selling Shareholder has, and on the Closing Date will have, valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code in respect of, the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities or other encumbrances and the legal right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney and to sell, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder or a security entitlement in respect of such Shares.

 

11


(d) The Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Shareholder and are valid and binding agreements of such Selling Shareholder.

(e) Upon payment for the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Shares, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“Cede”) or such other nominee as may be designated by the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee and the crediting of such Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (the “UCC”)) to such Shares), (A) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC, (B) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares and (C) no action based on any “adverse claim”, within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, to such Shares may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; for purposes of this representation, such Selling Shareholder may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (x) such Shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC.

(f) Such Selling Shareholder is not prompted by any information concerning the Company or its subsidiaries which is not set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus to sell its Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

(g) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 5), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (iii) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, provided that such representations and warranties set forth in this subsection (g) apply only to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with Shareholder Information (defined below) relating to such Selling Shareholder furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto.

 

12


3. Agreements to Sell and Purchase.

(a) Each Seller, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Seller, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from such Seller at $ [ ● ] per share (the “ Purchase Price ”) the number of Firm Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the number of Firm Shares to be sold by such Seller as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, each Seller, severally and not jointly, agrees to sell to the Underwriters the number of Additional Shares that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchases as the number of Firm Shares sold by such Selling Shareholder as set forth on Schedule I hereto to the total number of Firm Shares purchased, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to [ ● ] Additional Shares at the Purchase Price, provided, however, that the amount paid by the Underwriters for any Additional Shares shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on such Additional Shares. You may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least one business day after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 5 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “ Option Closing Date ”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley and Jefferies LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “ Restricted Period ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or

 

13


exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.

The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (a) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (b) the issuance of shares of Common Stock, (c) the issuance of Common Stock upon exercise of options, pursuant to any share or stock option, share or stock bonus or other share or stock plan or arrangement described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus provided that each holder shall sign and deliver a Lock-Up Letter Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, (d) the issuance and sale of Common Stock, or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, Common Stock, pursuant to any share or stock option, share or stock bonus or other share or stock plan or arrangement described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, provided that each transferee shall sign and deliver a Lock-Up Letter Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, (e) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 (or equivalent form) with the Commission, and (f) the issuance of Common Stock in connection with the acquisition of another company, provided that each transferee shall sign and deliver a Lock-Up Letter Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto and provided further , that the number of shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to this clause (f) shall not exceed 5% of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding.

If Morgan Stanley and Jefferies LLC, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6 (g) hereof for a stockholder, officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

4. Terms of Public Offering. The Sellers are advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Sellers are further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $[ ● ] a share (the “ Public Offering Price ”) and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $[ ● ] a share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $[ ● ] a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.

5. Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Firm Shares to be sold by each Seller shall be made to such Seller in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several

 

14


Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on [ ● ], 2015, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than [ ● ], 2015, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 3 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than [ ● ], 2015, as shall be designated in writing by you.

The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters. The Purchase Price payable by the Underwriters shall be reduced by (i) any transfer taxes paid by, or on behalf of, the Underwriters in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid and (ii) any withholding required by law.

6. Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Sellers to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than [ ● ] (New York City time) on the date hereof.

The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

(i) the Company has no debt securities or preferred stock that is rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating agency” (as that term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the 1934 Act); and

(ii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 6 (a) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the

 

15


Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

(c) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of King & Spalding LLP, outside counsel for the Company and the Selling Shareholders as indicated on Schedule IV, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, to the effect of Exhibit C.

(d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of counsel for the Selling Shareholders as indicated on Schedule IV, dated the Closing Date, to the effect of Exhibit D.

(e) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, in the form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you.

The opinions described in Sections 6(c) and 6(d) above shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Company or one or more of the Selling Shareholders, as the case may be, and shall so state therein.

(f) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.

(g) The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain stockholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

(h) The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing Date of the following:

(i) a certificate, dated the Option Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, confirming that the certificate delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof remains true and correct as of such Option Closing Date;

 

16


(ii) an opinion of King & Spalding LLP, outside counsel for the Company and the Selling Shareholders indicated on Schedule IV, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(c) hereof;

(iii) an opinion of outside counsel for the Selling Shareholders indicated on Schedule IV, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(d) hereof;

(iv) an opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(e) hereof;

(v) a letter dated the Option Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Underwriters pursuant to Section 6(f) hereof; provided that the letter delivered on the Option Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than three business days prior to such Option Closing Date; and

(vi) such other documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares.

7. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) To furnish to you if requested, without charge, four (4) signed copies of the Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 7 (e) or 7 (f) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

(b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

 

17


(c) To furnish to you a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to (i) make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus or (ii) use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which you reasonably object.

(d) Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(e) If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(f) If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(g) To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request; provided , that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified.

 

18


(h) To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to you as soon as practicable an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(i) To comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

(j) If any Seller is not a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), on or before the Closing Date, (i) a certificate with respect to the Company’s status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” dated not more than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date, as described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.897-2(h) and 1.1445-2(c)(3), and (ii) proof of delivery to the IRS of the required notice, as described in Treasury Regulations 1.897-2(h)(2).

(k) The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (a) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (b) completion of the Restricted Period referred to in Section 3.

(l) If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

8. Covenants of the Sellers . Each Seller, severally and not jointly, covenants with each Underwriter that it will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), prior to or at the Closing Date, a properly completed and executed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 or an IRS Form W-8, as appropriate, together with all required attachments to such form.

9. Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Sellers agree to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel, the Company’s accountants and counsel for the Selling Shareholders in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or

 

19


expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 7 (g) hereof, including filing fees and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters of up to $10,000 in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters of up to $30,000 incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and one-half of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show (the remaining half of the cost to be paid by the Underwriters), (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement, (x) fees and disbursements of counsel incurred of up to $5,000 by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and (xi) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 11 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution”, Section 12 entitled “Directed Share Program Indemnification” and the last paragraph of Section 14 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

The provisions of this Section shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the Sellers may otherwise have for the allocation of such expenses among themselves.

10. Covenants of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter severally covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file

 

20


with the Commission under Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter.

11. Indemnity and Contribution . (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each Selling Shareholder, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter or any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter or Selling Shareholder within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”), or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Written Testing the Waters Communication, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(b) Each Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”), or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein or based upon the information relating to such Selling Shareholder furnished to the Company in writing by such Selling Shareholder expressly

 

21


for use therein, it being understood and agreed that (1) the only information relating to any Selling Shareholder, furnished by any Selling Shareholder consists of the following information in the Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus: the name of such Selling Shareholder and the beneficial ownership information (excluding percentages) and number of Shares being sold by such Selling Shareholder, each as described under the caption “Principal and Selling Shareholders” (the “ Shareholder Information ”) and (2) the liability of each Selling Shareholder under the indemnity and contribution provisions contained in Section 8 and this Section 11 shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds (but before expenses), to such Selling Shareholder from the sale of Shares sold by such Selling Shareholder (with respect to each Selling Shareholder, the “ Selling Shareholder Amount ”).

(c) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Selling Shareholders, the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus, road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(d) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 11(a), 11 (b) or 11(c), such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in such proceeding and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and, except as provided in the following sentence, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel

 

22


shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section and (iii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Selling Shareholders and all persons, if any, who control any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Representatives. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. In the case of any such separate firm for the Selling Shareholders and such control persons of any Selling Shareholders, such firm shall be designated in writing by the persons named as attorneys-in-fact for the Selling Shareholders under the Powers of Attorney. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(e) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 11(a), 11(b) or 11(c) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to

 

23


the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 11(e)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 11(e)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by each of the Company and Selling Shareholder and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Shareholders or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 11 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.

(f) The Company and the Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 11 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 11(e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 11(e) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(e) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 11 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 11 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling

 

24


Shareholders contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter, any Selling Shareholder or any person controlling any Selling Shareholder, or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

12. Directed Share Program Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Morgan Stanley, each person, if any, who controls Morgan Stanley within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each affiliate of Morgan Stanley within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act (“ Morgan Stanley Entities ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of Morgan Stanley Entities.

(b) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Morgan Stanley Entity in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 12(a), the Morgan Stanley Entity seeking indemnity, shall promptly notify the Company in writing and the Company shall be entitled to participate in such proceeding and, to the extent that it shall wish, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and except as provided in the following sentence, after notice from the Company to the Morgan Stanley Entity of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Company shall not be liable to the Morgan Stanley Entity under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by the Morgan Stanley Entity, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. In any such proceeding, any Morgan Stanley Entity shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Morgan Stanley Entity unless (i) the Company shall have agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and the Morgan Stanley Entity and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. The Company shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Morgan Stanley Entities. Any such separate firm for the Morgan Stanley Entities shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley. The Company shall not be liable for any

 

25


settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Company agrees to indemnify the Morgan Stanley Entities from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time a Morgan Stanley Entity shall have requested the Company to reimburse it for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the Company agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Company of the aforesaid request and (ii) the Company shall not have reimbursed the Morgan Stanley Entity in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Morgan Stanley Entity is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Morgan Stanley Entity, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of the Morgan Stanley Entities from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(c) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 12(a) is unavailable to a Morgan Stanley Entity or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the Company in lieu of indemnifying the Morgan Stanley Entity thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entity as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand from the offering of the Directed Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 12(c)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 12(c)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with any statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Morgan Stanley Entities for the Directed Shares, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Directed Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or liability is caused by an untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement or the omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Morgan Stanley Entities and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(d) The Company and the Morgan Stanley Entities agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 12 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Morgan Stanley Entities were treated as one entity for such purpose)

 

26


or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 12(c). The amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entities as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 12, no Morgan Stanley Entity shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Directed Shares distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Morgan Stanley Entity has otherwise been required to pay. The remedies provided for in this Section 12 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(e) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 12 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Morgan Stanley Entity or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Directed Shares.

13. Termination . The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company and the Selling Shareholders, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago Board of Trade or other relevant exchanges, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over the counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred or other relevant jurisdiction, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets, or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in the Representatives’ judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.

14. Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting

 

27


Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 14 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to you, the Company and the Selling Shareholders for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Shareholders. In any such case either you or the relevant Sellers shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of any Seller to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason any Seller shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all reasonably incurred out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

15. Entire Agreement . (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company and the Selling Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.

(b) The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arm’s length with, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written

 

28


agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, and (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

17. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

18. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

19. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to you at Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; Jefferies LLC, 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Facsimile: (646) 619-4437, Attention: General Counsel; and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, 777 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1800, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, Attention: General Counsel; if to the Company shall be delivered, mailed or sent to 5501 LBJ Freeway, 5 th Floor, Dallas, Texas 75240 and if to the Selling Shareholders shall be delivered, mailed or sent to Roark Capital Management, LLC, 1180 Peachtree Street, Suite 2500, Atlanta, GA, 30309, Attention: General Counsel.

 

29


Very truly yours,
WINGSTOP INC.
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

30


The Selling Shareholders named in Schedule I hereto, acting severally
By:

 

Attorney-in Fact

 

Accepted as of the date hereof
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Jefferies LLC

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto

By: Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:

 

Name:
Title:
By: Jefferies LLC
By:

 

Name:
Title:
By: Robert W. Baird & Co. LLC
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

31


SCHEDULE I

 

Selling Shareholder

   Number of Firm Shares
To Be Sold

RC II WS LLC

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

Total:

  

 

 

1


SCHEDULE II

 

Underwriter

   Number of Firm Shares
To Be Purchased

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

Total:

  

 

 

1


SCHEDULE III

Time of Sale Prospectus

 

1. Preliminary Prospectus issued [ ● ], 2015

 

2. [ ● ].

 

1


SCHEDULE IV

Selling Shareholder Opinions

 

Selling Shareholder

   Counsel
  
  
  
  

 

2


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER]

[ ● ], 2015

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Jefferies LLC

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

as representatives of the several underwriters

set forth in Schedule II hereto (the “ Representatives ”)

 

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

 

c/o Jefferies LLC

520 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

 

c/o Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

777 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 2800

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that the Representatives proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with Wingstop Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), providing for the public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) by the several Underwriters, including the Representatives (the “ Underwriters ”), of shares (the “ Shares ”) of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”).

To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Jefferies LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus (the “ Restricted Period )” relating to the Public Offering (the “ Prospectus ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), by the undersigned or any other Related Securities (as defined below) so owned or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the shares of Common Stock, whether any such

 

1


transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (a) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or Related Securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, (b) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, a disposition, transfer or distribution of shares of Common Stock or Related Securities to its controlled affiliates, limited or general partners, members, stockholders or other equity holders of the undersigned, (c) if the undersigned is an individual, transfers of shares of Common Stock or Related Securities as bona fide gifts or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the undersigned or immediate family members of the undersigned, (d) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or Related Securities by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, (e) if the undersigned is an individual, transfers of shares of Common Stock or Related Securities by will or intestacy, (f) transfers to the Company, as permitted or required under any benefit plans as in effect and disclosed in the final prospectus used for the Public Offering, any agreement pursuant to which such shares of Common Stock were issued, as in effect in all material respects on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws in connection with the repurchase or forfeiture of shares of Common Stock or Related Securities, (g) the exercise of options, stock appreciation rights or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock that would otherwise expire before the expiration of the 180-day period referred to above pursuant to an employee benefit plan disclosed in the final prospectus used for the Public Offering, (h) transfers to the Company pursuant to a net exercise or cashless exercise by the undersigned of outstanding equity awards pursuant to an equity incentive plan of the Company as in effect and disclosed in the final prospectus used for the Public Offering, (i) transfers, sales, tenders or other dispositions of Common Stock to a bona fide third party pursuant to a tender offer for securities of the Company or any merger, consolidation or other business combination involving a Change of Control of the Company that, in each case, has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (including, without limitation, entering into any lock-up, voting or similar agreement pursuant to which the undersigned may agree to transfer, sell, tender or otherwise dispose of Stock in connection with any such transaction, or vote any Stock in favor of any such transaction); provided that all shares of Common Stock subject to this agreement that are not so transferred, sold, tendered or otherwise disposed of remain subject to this agreement; and provided , further , that it shall be a condition of transfer, sale, tender or other disposition that if such tender offer or other transaction is not completed, any Common Stock subject to this agreement shall remain subject to the restrictions herein, (j) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer, sale or any other disposition of shares of Common Stock or (k) the Shares to be sold pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; provided that (A) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (b), (c), (d) and (e) above, each donee, transferee or pledgee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter, (B) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (a), (b), (c) and (f) no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the

 

2


180-day period referred to above), (C) in the case of clauses (g) and (h) above, that any shares of Common Stock received upon such exercise, vesting, conversion, exchange or settlement shall be subject to all of the restrictions set forth in this agreement, (D) in the case of clause (j) above such plan does not provide for the transfer of shares of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and the entry into such plan is not publicly disclosed, including in any filing under the Exchange Act, during the Restricted Period and, (E) any filing or announcement by the Company or the undersigned relating to a transfer or distribution under clauses (d), (e), (g), (h) or (i) above shall briefly note the applicable circumstances that cause such clause to apply and explain that the filing or announcement relates solely to transfers or distributions falling within the category described in the relevant clause. “ Related Securities ” shall mean any options or warrants or other rights to acquire Common Stock or any securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Common Stock, or to acquire other securities or rights ultimately exchangeable or exercisable for, or convertible into, Common Stock. For the purposes of clause (i), “ Change of Control ” shall mean shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an Underwriter pursuant to the Public Offering), of the Company’s voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity).

In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Jefferies LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the Restricted Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or Related Securities. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of a stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

Nothing in this agreement shall prevent the undersigned from making a demand for, or exercising any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or Related Securities, except for any such demand or any such exercise that is publicly disclosed (or required to be publicly disclosed) by the undersigned or any of its controlled affiliates prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period; provided that in no event shall the Company be required or permitted to file a registration statement pursuant to such demand or such exercise prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Shares the undersigned may purchase in the offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Jefferies LLC agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Jefferies LLC will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting

 

3


Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Jefferies LLC hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this agreement shall be of no further force or effect and the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this agreement if (i) the closing of the Public Offering has not occurred on or prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on December 31, 2015, (ii) the Company files an application to withdraw the Registration Statement related to the Public Offering, (iii) prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement by the parties thereto, either the Representatives, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, notifies the other(s) in writing that it does not intend to proceed with the Public Offering, or (iv) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the shares of Common Stock to be sold thereunder.

This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Name)

 

(Address)

 

4


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF WAIVER OF LOCK-UP

[ ● ], 2015

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Wingstop Inc. (the “ Company ”) of [ ● ] shares of common stock, $0.01 par value (the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated [ ● ], 2015 (the “ Lock-up Letter ”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated [ ● ], 2015, with respect to [ ● ] shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”).

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Jefferies LLC hereby agrees to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective [ ● ], 2015; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

Very truly yours,

 

A-1


Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

cc: Company

 

B-2


FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

Wingstop Inc.

[Date]

Wingstop Inc. (the “ Company ”) announced today that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Jefferies LLC, the lead book-running managers in the recent public offering of [ ● ] shares of the Company’s common stock is [waiving][releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [ ● ] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver][release] will take effect on [ ● ], 2015, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

B-3


EXHIBIT C

Opinion of King & Spalding LLP

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

Opinion of Selling Shareholders Counsel

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

WINGSTOP INC.

ARTICLE I - NAME

The name of the corporation is Wingstop Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II - REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 North Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III - PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE IV - CAPITALIZATION

(a) Authorized Shares . The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 115,000,000, consisting of:

 

  i. 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”), and

 

  ii. 15,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

Such stock may be issued from time to time by the Corporation for such consideration as may be fixed by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”).

(b) Common Stock . Subject to the powers, preferences and rights of any Preferred Stock, including any series thereof having any preference or priority over, or rights superior to, Common Stock, and except as otherwise provided by law and this Article IV, the holders of Common Stock shall have all powers and voting and other rights pertaining to the stock of the Corporation.

 

  i.

Voting.  Each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including,


  but not limited to, any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including, but not limited to, any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL. There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of directors.

 

  ii. Dividends.  Dividends may be declared and paid on Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the Board of Directors and subject to any preferential dividend rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of record of Common Stock shall share ratably in all dividends payable in cash, stock or otherwise and other distributions, whether in respect of liquidation or dissolution (voluntary or involuntary) or otherwise.

 

  iii. No Preemptive Rights.  The holders of Common Stock shall have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any shares of any class of stock of the Corporation whether now or hereafter authorized.

 

  iv. No Conversion Rights.  Common Stock shall not be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same class of the Corporation’s capital stock.

 

  v. Liquidation Rights.  Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them, subject to any preferential rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock. A merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity or a sale or conveyance of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation, in any such case which shall not in fact result in the liquidation of the Corporation and the distribution of assets to its stockholders, shall not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Article IV(b)(v).

(c) Preferred Stock . Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series, from time to time, with each such series to consist of such number of shares and to have such voting powers relative to other classes or series of Preferred Stock, if any, or Common Stock, with full, limited or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series of Preferred Stock adopted by the Board of Directors, and the Board of Directors is hereby expressly vested with the authority, to the full extent now or hereafter provided by applicable law, to adopt any such resolution or resolutions. Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, no vote of the holders of Preferred Stock or Common Stock shall be a


prerequisite to the designation or issuance of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock authorized by and complying with the conditions of this Certificate of Incorporation, the right to have such vote being expressly waived by all present and future holders of the capital stock of the Corporation. Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed, purchased or acquired by the Corporation may be reissued except as otherwise provided by law or this Certificate of Incorporation. Different series of Preferred Stock shall not be construed to constitute different classes of shares for the purposes of voting by classes unless expressly provided in the certificate of designations or any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series adopted by the Board of Directors.

(d) No Class Vote On Changes In Authorized Number of Shares Of Preferred Stock . Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation, any certificate of designations or any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series of stock adopted by the Board of Directors, the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“ Voting Stock ”), voting together as a single class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

ARTICLE V - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

(a) Number of Directors; Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be not fewer than three and not more than fifteen, each of whom shall be a natural person. Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the precise number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Vacancies and newly-created directorships shall be filled exclusively by vote of a majority of the directors then in office or by a sole remaining director. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office, and a director chosen to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of his or her successor and to his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

(b) Classified Board of Directors . Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors shall be classified into three classes: Class I; Class II; and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors and the allocation of directors among the three classes shall be determined by the Board of Directors. The initial Class I Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation; the initial Class II Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation; and the initial Class III Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation. Each director in each class shall hold office until his or her successor is duly


elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. At each annual meeting of stockholders beginning with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation, the directors (or successors thereof) of the class whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in the third year following the year of their election, with each director in each such class to hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible and such apportionment shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

(c) Removal . Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, directors of the Corporation may be removed only for cause at a meeting of stockholders called for that purpose, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class; provided , however , at any time RC II WS LLC (“ RC II WS ”) and its Affiliates collectively own at least fifty percent (50%) of the Voting Stock, directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of RC II WS and its Affiliates that beneficially own outstanding shares of Voting Stock. “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, any other person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person (other than with respect to RC II WS, the Corporation and its subsidiaries); the term “ control ,” as used in this definition, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and “ controlled ” and “ controlling ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. The term “ person ” means an individual, any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, business trust, joint stock company, joint venture, unincorporated association, cooperative or association or any other legal entity or organization of whatever nature, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity. For the purpose of this Certificate of Incorporation, “ beneficial ownership ” shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”).

ARTICLE VI - LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

To the fullest extent that the DGCL or any other law of the State of Delaware (as they exist on the date hereof or as they may hereafter be amended) permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

No amendment to, or modification or repeal of, this Article VI shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation against liability existing hereunder with respect to any state of facts existing or act or omission occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article VI, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal. If the DGCL is amended after the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.


ARTICLE VII - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

(a) Action by Written Consent . The stockholders of the Corporation may take any action required or permitted to be taken by the Corporation’s stockholders by written consent in lieu of a meeting, provided , however , at any time RC II WS and its Affiliates collectively own less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

(b) Annual Meetings of Stockholders . The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such date, time and place, if any, as shall be determined exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion.

(c) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Subject to any special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the total number of directors then in office, or (ii) by the chairman of the Board of Directors. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

(d) Election of Directors by Written Ballot . Election of directors need not be by written ballot.

ARTICLE VIII - BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

(a) Opt Out of DGCL 203 . The Corporation shall not be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

(b) Limitations on Business Combinations . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below), at any point in time at which the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three (3) years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

  i. prior to such time, the Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, or

 

  ii.

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Voting Stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the Voting Stock outstanding (but not the outstanding Voting Stock owned by the interested stockholder) those


  shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers of the Corporation and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer, or

 

  iii. at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding Voting Stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

(c) Certain Definitions . Solely for purposes of this Article VIII, references to:

 

  i. affiliate ” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.

 

  ii. associate ,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (A) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of any class of Voting Stock; (B) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a twenty percent (20%) beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (C) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

 

  iii. business combination ,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:

 

  A. any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (1) with the interested stockholder, or (2) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Article (VIII)(b) is not applicable to the surviving entity;

 

  B. any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to ten percent (10%) or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation;


  C. any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (1) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (2) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (3) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all stockholders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (4) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all stockholders of said stock; or (5) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided , however , that in no case under items (3)-(5) of this subsection (C) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);

 

  D. any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or

 

  E. any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (A)-(D) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

 

  iv.

control ,” including the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise. A person who is the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other


  entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this Article VIII, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

 

  v. Exempted Person ” means any of RC II WS, any affiliate of RC II WS (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries), any of their respective direct or indirect transferees of at least 15% of the Corporation’s outstanding common stock and any “group” of which any such person is a part under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act.

 

  vi. interested stockholder ” means any person (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) that (A) is the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the Voting Stock of the Corporation, or (B) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the Voting Stock of the Corporation at any time within the three (3) year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder; and the affiliates and associates of such person; but “interested stockholder” shall not include (1) any Exempted Person, or (2) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the fifteen percent (15%) limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation; provided that with respect to clause (2) such person shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the Voting Stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

  vii. owner ,” including the terms “ own ” and “ owned ,” when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:

 

  A. beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or

 

  B.

has (1) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided , however , that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made


  by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (2) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to ten (10) or more persons; or

 

  C. has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in Article VIII(c)(vii)(B)(2) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.

 

  viii. person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.

 

  ix. stock ” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.

ARTICLE IX - RENOUNCEMENT OF CORPORATE OPPORTUNITY

(a) Certain Acknowledgments . In recognition and anticipation that (i) the directors, officers and/or employees of RC II WS and its Affiliates may serve as directors and/or officers of the Corporation, (ii) RC II WS and its Affiliates engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) that the Corporation may engage in material business transactions with RC II WS and its Affiliates and that the Corporation is expected to benefit therefrom, the provisions of this Article IX are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve RC II WS or its Affiliates, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith.

(b) Competition and Corporate Opportunities . Neither of RC II WS nor any of its Affiliates shall have any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation and neither RC II WS nor any officer or director thereof (except as provided in paragraph (c) below) shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of any such activities of RC II WS or any of its Affiliates. In the event that RC II WS or any of its Affiliates acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for itself and the Corporation, neither of RC II WS nor any of its Affiliates shall have any duty to communicate or offer such corporate opportunity to the Corporation and shall not be liable to the


Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder of the Corporation solely by reason of the fact that RC II WS or any of its Affiliates pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person, or does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Corporation.

(c) Allocation of Corporate Opportunities . In the event that a director or officer of the Corporation who is also a director or officer of RC II WS acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for the Corporation and RC II WS or any of its Affiliates, such director or officer of the Corporation shall have fully satisfied and fulfilled the fiduciary duty of such director or officer to the Corporation and its stockholders with respect to such corporate opportunity, if such director or officer acts in a manner consistent with the following policy:

 

  i. A corporate opportunity offered to any person who is a director or officer of the Corporation, and who is also a director or officer of RC II WS or any of its Affiliates, shall belong to the Corporation if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation.

 

  ii. Otherwise, such corporate opportunity shall belong to RC II WS and its Affiliates.

(d) Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities . In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to belong to the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that the Corporation is not permitted to undertake under the terms of Article III or that the Corporation is not financially able or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

(e) Renouncement of Certain Corporate Opportunities . Except as provided in paragraph (c)(i) above, if a director or officer of the Corporation who is also a director or officer of RC II WS or any of its Affiliates acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity, the Corporation shall have no interest in such corporate opportunity and no expectancy that such corporate opportunity be offered to it, any such interest or expectancy being hereby renounced, so that such person shall have no duty to present such corporate opportunity to the Corporation and shall have the right to hold and exploit any such corporate opportunity for its (and its officers’, employees’, directors’, agents’, stockholders’, members’, partners’, affiliates’ or subsidiaries’) own account or to direct, sell, assign or transfer such corporate opportunity to persons other than the Corporation. Such person shall not breach any fiduciary duty to the Corporation or to its stockholders by reason of the fact that such person does not present such corporate opportunity to the Corporation or pursues, acquires or exploits such corporate opportunity for itself or directs, sells, assigns or transfers such corporate opportunity to another person.


(f) Agreements and Transactions with RC II WS.  In the event that RC II WS or any of its Affiliates enters into an agreement or transaction with the Corporation, a director or officer of the Corporation who is also a director or officer of RC II WS or any of its Affiliates shall have fully satisfied and fulfilled the fiduciary duty of such director or officer to the Corporation and its stockholders with respect to such agreement or transaction, if:

 

  i. The agreement or transaction was approved by (A) an affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who are not persons with a material financial interest in the agreement or transaction (“ Interested Persons ”), (B) an affirmative vote of a majority of the members of a committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation consisting of members who are not Interested Persons or (C) one or more of the Corporation’s officers or employees who are not Interested Persons and who were authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or committee thereof in the manner set forth in (A) and (B) above, in each case after being made aware of the material facts of the relationship between each of the Corporation and RC II WS or an Affiliate thereof and the material terms and facts of the agreement or transaction;

 

  ii. The agreement or transaction was fair to the Corporation at the time the agreement or transaction was entered into by the Corporation; or

 

  iii. The agreement or transaction was approved by an affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock entitled to vote, excluding shares beneficially owned by RC II WS, any Affiliate or Interested Person.

(g) Termination . The provisions of this Article IX shall have no further force or effect for RC II WS and its Affiliates at such time as RC II WS and any company controlling, controlled by or under common control with RC II WS shall first cease to be the owner, in the aggregate, of Common Stock representing five percent (5%) or more of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all the then outstanding shares of Common Stock; provided , however , that such termination shall not terminate the effect of such provisions with respect to (i) any agreement between the Corporation and RC II WS or any Affiliate thereof that was entered into before such time or any transaction entered into in the performance of such agreement, whether entered into before or after such time, or (ii) any transaction or agreement entered into between the Corporation and RC II WS or any affiliate thereof.

(h) Deemed Notice . Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice or and to have consented to the provisions of this Article IX.

ARTICLE X - EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION FOR CERTAIN ACTIONS

Unless the Corporation, as authorized by the Board of Directors, consents in writing to the selection of one or more alternative forums, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware


shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s bylaws or (d) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensible parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in the shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article X.

ARTICLE XI - AMENDMENTS

The Corporation reserves the right to alter, amend, repeal or adopt any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the DGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage may be permitted from time to time by applicable law, no provision of Article V, Article VI, paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX, Article X and this Article XI may be altered, amended or repealed in any respect, nor may any provision or bylaw inconsistent therewith be adopted, unless in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise required by law, (i) at any time RC II WS and its Affiliates collectively own at least fifty percent (50%) of the Voting Stock, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) at any time RC II WS and its Affiliates collectively own less than fifty percent (50%) of the Voting Stock, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose by, in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XII - SEVERABILITY

If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by the officer below this 28 th day of May, 2015.

 

WINGSTOP INC.
By:

/s/ Jay A. Young

Name: Jay A. Young
Title: General Counsel

Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS

OF

WINGSTOP INC.

ARTICLE 1 - OFFICES

Section 1.1. Registered Office .

The registered office of Wingstop Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), shall be in the County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 1.2. Other Offices .

The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, either within or outside of the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE 2 - STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1. Annual Meeting .

An annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation for the election of directors to succeed those whose term expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at the place, if any, within or outside of the State of Delaware, on the date and at the time that the Board of Directors shall each year fix. Unless stated otherwise in the notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, such annual meeting shall be at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section 2.2. Advance Notice of Nominations and Proposals of Business .

(a) Business at Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

(i) Only such business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and is governed exclusively by Section 2.2(b) of these Bylaws) shall be conducted at an annual meeting of the stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting (A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 2.2(a) and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.2(a). For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (C) of this Section 2.2(a)(i) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose such business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.


(ii) For business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and is governed exclusively by Section 2.2(b) of these Bylaws) to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in Section 2.2(a)(iii) to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be appropriate for stockholder action under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for such business must be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation in proper written form not less than ninety (90) days and not more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if and only if the annual meeting is not held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before such anniversary date and ends seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, such stockholder’s notice must be delivered not earlier than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the annual meeting and not later than the later of (A) the tenth day following the day of the Public Announcement (as defined in Section 2.2(f) below) of the date of the annual meeting or (B) the date which is ninety (90) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. In no event shall any adjournment, deferral or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iii) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Corporation shall set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting (including the specific text of any resolutions or actions proposed for consideration and if such business includes a proposal to amend the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the specific language of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (B) the name and address of the stockholder proposing such business, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, the residence name and address (if different from the Corporation’s books) of such proposing stockholder, and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined in Section 2.2(f) below) covered by clauses (C), (D), (F) and (G) below, (C) the class and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly held of record or beneficially owned by such stockholder or by any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities, a description of any Derivative Positions (as defined in Section 2.2(f) below) directly or indirectly held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, and whether and the extent to which a Hedging Transaction (as defined in Section 2.2(f) below) has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any other person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder, any Stockholder Associated Person or such other person or entity in such business, (E) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting, (F) any other information related to such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents (even if a solicitation is not involved) by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person in support of

 

2


the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and (G) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person intends to deliver a proxy statement or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding shares required to approve the proposal or otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of the proposal. In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 2.2(d).

Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and is governed exclusively by Section 2.2(b) of these Bylaws) shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2(a). At an annual meeting, the chairman of the meeting shall determine, if the facts warrant, that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these Bylaws, and if the chairman should so determine, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting, and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

(b) Nominations at Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

(i) Only persons who are nominated in accordance and compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2(b) of these Bylaws shall be eligible for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

(ii) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (B) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 2.2(b)(ii) and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.2(b)(ii). For the avoidance of doubt, clause (B) of this Section 2.2(b)(ii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Any nominations by stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders shall be made pursuant to timely notice in proper written form as described in Section 2.2(b)(iii) to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors must be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation in proper written form not less than ninety (90) days and not more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if and only if the annual meeting is not held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before such anniversary date and ends seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, such stockholder’s notice must be delivered not earlier than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the annual meeting and not later than the later of (C) the tenth day following the day of the Public Announcement of the date of the annual meeting or (D) the date which is ninety (90) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. In no event shall any adjournment, deferral or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

3


(iii) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Corporation shall set forth (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation, (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (2) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (3) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly owned beneficially or of record by the person, (4) the date such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition and (5) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents for a contested election of directors (even if an election contest or proxy solicitation is not involved), or is otherwise required, pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee, if applicable, and to serving if elected); and (B) as to the stockholder giving the notice (1) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, the residence name and address (if different from the Corporation’s books) of such proposing stockholder, and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person covered by clauses (2), (3), (5) and (6) below, (2) the class and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly held of record or beneficially owned by such stockholder or by any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities, a description of any Derivative Positions directly or indirectly held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, and whether and the extent to which a Hedging Transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (3) a description of all arrangements or understandings (including financial transactions and direct or indirect compensation) between such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and each proposed nominee and any other person or entity (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder, (4) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice, (5) any other information relating to such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents for a contested election of directors (even if an election contest or proxy solicitation is not involved), or otherwise required, pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and (6) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person intends to deliver a proxy statement or form of proxy to the holders of a sufficient number of the Corporation’s outstanding shares to elect each proposed nominee or otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of the nomination. In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to this Section 2.2(b) is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 2.2(d). At an annual meeting, the chairman of the meeting shall determine, if the facts warrant, that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws, and if the chairman should so determine, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in the fourth sentence of Section 2.2(b)(ii) of these Bylaws to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no Public Announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least 100 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by Section 2.2(b)(ii) of these Bylaws shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

4


(c) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Subject to Section 2.2(e) of these Bylaws, only persons who are nominated in accordance and compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2(c) shall be eligible for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors are to be elected at such special meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (A) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 2.2(c) and at the time of the special meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) complies with the notice procedures provided for in this Section 2.2(c). For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (ii) of this Section 2.2(c) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting of stockholders. Any nominations by stockholders at a special meeting of stockholders shall be made pursuant to timely notice in proper written form as described in this Section 2.2(c) to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors must be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the special meeting and not later than the later of (1) the tenth day following the day of the Public Announcement of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting or (2) the date which is ninety (90) days prior to the date of the special meeting. In no event shall any adjournment, deferral or postponement of a special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice shall set forth all of the information required by, and otherwise be in compliance with, Section 2.2(b)(iii) of these Bylaws. In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to this Section 2.2(c) is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 2.2(d). At a special meeting, the chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a proposal or nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws, and if the chairman should so determine, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting, and the defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.

 

5


(d) Update and Supplement of Stockholder’s Notice . Any stockholder who submits a notice of proposal for business or nomination for election pursuant to this Section 2.2 is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting of stockholders and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to such meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting of stockholders (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

(e) Requirements of Exchange Act . In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.2, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in these Bylaws; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements of these Bylaws applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to these Bylaws regardless of the stockholder’s intent to utilize Rule 14a-8 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Nothing in this Section 2.2 shall be deemed to affect any rights (i) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 promulgated under the Exchange Act or (ii) of the holders of any series of preferred stock if and to the extent provided for under law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

(f) Definitions . For purposes of Section 2.2 of these Bylaws, the term:

(i) “ Derivative Positions ” means, with respect to a stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, any derivative positions including, without limitation, any short position, profits interest, option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise and any performance-related fees to which such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is entitled based, directly or indirectly, on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of capital stock of the Corporation;

(ii) “ Hedging Transaction ” means, with respect to a stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, any hedging or other transaction (such as borrowed or loaned shares) or series of transactions, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding, the effect or intent of which is to increase or decrease the voting power or economic or pecuniary interest of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities;

 

6


(iii) “ Public Announcement ” means disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or comparable news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

(iv) “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder means (A) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (B) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder or (C) any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Stockholder Associated Person.

(v) “ Beneficial ownership ” shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Section 2.3. Special Meetings; Notice .

Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. Notice of every special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall state the purpose or purposes of such meeting. Except as otherwise required by law, the business conducted at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall be limited exclusively to the business set forth in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, and the individual or group calling such meeting shall have exclusive authority to determine the business included in such notice.

Section 2.4. Notice of Meetings .

Notice of the place, if any, date and time of all meetings of stockholders of the Corporation, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting) and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed present and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of all special meetings of stockholders, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, shall be given, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which such meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting.

The Corporation may postpone or cancel any previously called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation by making a Public Announcement (as defined in Section 2.2(f)) of such postponement or cancellation prior to the meeting. When a previously called annual or special meeting is postponed to another time, date or place, if any, notice of the place (if any), date and time of the postponed meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting) and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed present and vote at such postponed meeting, shall be given in conformity with this Section 2.4 unless such meeting is postponed to a date that is not more than 60 days after the date that the initial notice of the meeting was provided in conformity with this Section 2.4.

 

7


When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided , however , that if the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting, or if after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in conformity herewith and such notice shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date for notice of such adjourned meeting. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that may have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 2.5. Quorum .

At any meeting of the stockholders, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed. If a separate vote by one or more classes or series is required, the holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of the total votes entitled to be cast on the matter by the holders of the shares of the class or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on that matter.

Section 2.6. Organization .

The Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, in his or her absence, the person whom the Board of Directors designates or, in the absence of that person or the failure of the Board of Directors to designate a person, the President of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, the person chosen at the meeting by the vote of a majority of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary shall act as the secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence, any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or any other person the chairman appoints shall act as secretary.

Section 2.7. Conduct of Business .

The chairman of any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall determine the order of business and the rules of procedure for the conduct of such meeting, including the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as he or she determines to be in order.

The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason, including, without limitation, lack of a quorum) to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date and time, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the

 

8


chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (e) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. The chairman of the meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination or matter of business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such chairman should so determine, such chairman shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

Section 2.8. Proxies; Inspectors .

(a) Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or express consent to corporation action in writing without a meeting (if permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation) may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date.

(b) Prior to a meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the Corporation shall appoint one or more inspectors (who may be employees of the Corporation) to act at a meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by applicable law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before beginning the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of inspectors. The inspectors shall have the duties prescribed by applicable law.

Section 2.9. Voting .

Except as otherwise required by any law or regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, by the Certificate of Incorporation, by these Bylaws or by the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, when a quorum is present, all matters other than the election of directors shall be determined by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Corporation which are present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon. All elections of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast.

 

9


Section 2.10. Action by Written Consent .

Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.11. Stock List .

A complete list of stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of such stockholder, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder, for any purpose germane to a meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, for a period of at least 10 days before the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting or (ii) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation; provided , however , if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the 10 th  day before such meeting date. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the sole evidence of the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting and the number of shares held by each stockholder.

ARTICLE 3 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.1. General Powers and Qualifications of Directors .

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities these Bylaws expressly confer upon them, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by the DGCL or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation to be qualified for election or service as a director of the Corporation.

Section 3.2. Number .

Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time solely by resolutions adopted by a majority of the directors then in office.

 

10


Section 3.3. Removal; Resignation .

Directors may only be removed as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing, including by electronic transmission, to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time is not specified, upon receipt thereof. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.4. Regular Meetings .

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such places (if any), within or outside the State of Delaware, on the date and at the time as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of a regular meeting, the date of which has been so publicized, shall not be required.

Section 3.4. Special Meetings .

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or by two or more directors then in office, and shall be held at the place, if any, on the date and at the time as he, she or they shall fix. Notice of the place, if any, date and time of each special meeting shall be given to each director not less than twenty-four hours before the meeting. Any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.5. Quorum; Vote Required for Action .

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date or time, without further notice or waiver thereof. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.6. Telephone Meetings .

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all directors participating in the meeting can hear each other director, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 3.7. Conduct of Business; Action by Written Consent .

At any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, business shall be transacted in the order and manner that the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors or any committee thereof may take action without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings, or electronic transmission or electronic transmissions, are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof.

 

11


Section 3.8. Compensation of Directors .

The Board of Directors shall be authorized to fix the compensation of directors. The directors of the Corporation shall be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, paid an annual retainer or paid other compensation, including equity compensation, as the Board of Directors determines. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of committees shall have their expenses, if any, of attendance of each meeting of such committee reimbursed and may be paid compensation for attending committee meetings or being a member of a committee.

ARTICLE 4 - COMMITTEES

Section 4.1. Committees of the Board of Directors .

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees of the Board of Directors, each with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as the Board of Directors thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and shall appoint one or more directors to serve as the member or members of such committee or committees, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his or her place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member. All provisions of this Section 4.1 are subject to, and nothing in this Section 4.1 shall in any way limit the exercise, or method or timing of the exercise of the rights of any person granted by the Corporation with respect to the existence, duties, composition or conduct of any committee of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.2. Committee Rules .

Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules, each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to Article 3 of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE 5 - OFFICERS

Section 5.1. Generally .

The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may also designate as officers a President, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The compensation of officers appointed by the Board of Directors shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof or by the officers as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

12


Section 5.2. Chairman of the Board .

The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors.

Section 5.3. Chief Executive Officer .

The Chief Executive Officer shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board of Directors, the general powers and duties of supervision, direction, and management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, including, without limitation, all powers necessary to direct and control the organizational and reporting relationships within the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. In addition, the Chief Executive Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors or as are set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If the Board of Directors has not elected or appointed a President or the office of the President is otherwise vacant, and no officer otherwise functions with the powers and duties of the President, then, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall also have all the powers and duties of the President.

Section 5.4. President .

The President, if there is such an officer and the Board of Directors so directs, shall serve as chief operating officer and have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of chief operating officer unless the Board of Directors provides for another officer to serve as chief operating officer (or to have the powers and duties of chief operating officer). The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be delegated to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. If the Board of Directors has not elected or appointed a Chief Executive Officer or the office of Chief Executive Officer is otherwise vacant, then, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the President shall also have all the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5.5. Vice President .

Each Vice President shall have the powers and duties delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or his or her superior officer.

Section 5.6. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries .

The Secretary shall issue all authorized notices for, and shall keep minutes of, all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. He or she shall have charge of the corporate books and shall perform other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Any Assistant Secretary, if there is such an officer, shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act

 

13


of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

Section 5.7. Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers .

The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to such office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer or President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, if there is such an officer, to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to such office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 5.8. Delegation of Authority .

The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 5.9. Removal .

The Board of Directors may remove any officer of the Corporation at any time, with or without cause.

Section 5.10. Appointing Attorneys and Agents; Voting Securities of Other Entities . Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President may from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Corporation, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation or other entity, any of whose stock or other securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such other corporation or other entity, or to consent in writing, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such other corporation or other entity, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consents, and may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, all such written proxies or other instruments as he or she may deem necessary or proper. Any of the rights set forth in this Section 5.10 which may be delegated to an attorney or agent may also be exercised directly by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Vice President.

Section 4.12. Additional Matters . The Chief Executive Officer, the President and the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation shall have the authority to designate employees of the

 

14


Corporation to have the title of Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary. Any employee so designated shall have the powers and duties determined by the officer making such designation. The persons upon whom such titles are conferred shall not be deemed officers of the Corporation unless elected by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 6 - STOCK

Section 6.1. Certificates of Stock .

Shares of the stock of the Corporation may be certificated or uncertificated, as provided in the DGCL. Stock certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, (i) the Chairman of the Board (if any) or the vice-chairman of the Board (if any), the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President, and (ii) the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Chief Financial Officer, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder. Any signatures on a certificate may be by facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 6.2. Transfers of Stock .

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation (within or outside of the State of Delaware) or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation.

Section 6.3. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates .

In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place pursuant to regulations as the Board of Directors may establish concerning proof of the loss, theft or destruction and concerning the giving of a satisfactory bond or indemnity, if deemed appropriate.

Section 6.4. Regulations .

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be governed by other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

Section 6.5. Record Date .

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for determining stockholders entitled to vote. If no record date is fixed by the Board of

 

15


Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

(b) If and to the extent that stockholder action by written consent is permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation, in order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in this State, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the DGCL, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

ARTICLE 7 - INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

Section 7.1. Indemnification .

The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), any person (an “ Indemnitee ”) who was or is made, or is threatened to be made, a

 

16


party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or, while a director or an officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, member, trustee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, nonprofit entity or other enterprise (including, but not limited to, service with respect to employee benefit plans) (any such entity, an “ Other Entity ”), against all liability and loss suffered (including, but not limited to, expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnitee only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnitee was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or the Proceeding (or part thereof) relates to the enforcement of the Corporation’s obligations under this Section 7.1.

Section 7.2. Advancement of Expenses .

The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law pay, on an as-incurred basis, all expenses (including, but not limited to attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee in investigating, responding to, defending or testifying in any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition. Such advancement shall be unconditional, unsecured and interest free and shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay any expenses advanced; provided , however , that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an unsecured undertaking by the Indemnitee to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article 7 or otherwise.

Section 7.3. Claims .

If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article 7 is not paid in full within sixty days after a written claim therefor by the Indemnitee has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnitee may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

Section 7.4. Insurance .

The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, member, trustee or agent of an Other Entity, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article 7 or the DGCL.

 

17


Section 7.5. Survival; Non-Exclusivity of Rights .

The rights conferred on any Indemnitee by this Article 7 shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and are not exclusive of other rights arising under any bylaw, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise. Any such rights shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such Indemnitee. The Corporation may enter into agreements with any Indemnitee for the purpose of providing for indemnification or advancement of expenses.

Section 7.6. Amounts Received from an Other Entity .

The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Indemnitee who was or is serving at the Corporation’s request as a director, officer, employee, member, trustee or agent of an Other Entity shall be reduced by any amount such Indemnitee may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such Other Entity.

Section 7.7. Amendment or Repeal .

Any right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses of any Indemnitee arising hereunder shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to or repeal of this Article 7 after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the Proceeding or other matter for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought.

Section 7.8. Other Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

This Article 7 shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Indemnitees when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.

Section 7.10. Reliance .

Indemnitees who after the date of the adoption of this Article 7 become or remain an Indemnitee described in Section 7.1 will be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnity, advancement of expenses and other rights contained in this Article 7 in entering into or continuing the service. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 7 will apply to claims made against any Indemnitee described in Section 7.1 arising out of acts or omissions that occurred or occur either before or after the adoption of this Article 7 in respect of service as a director or officer of the corporation or other service described in Section 7.1.

Section 7.11. Successful Defense .

In the event that any proceeding to which an Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against the Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such proceeding for purposes of Section 145(c) of the DGCL. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

18


ARTICLE 8 - NOTICES

Section 8.1. Methods of Notice .

Except as otherwise provided herein or permitted by applicable law, notices to directors and stockholders shall be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation or given as permitted by applicable law. If mailed, notice to a stockholder of the Corporation shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to a stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders of the Corporation may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

Section 8.2. Waivers .

A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or a waiver of any notice by electronic transmission by such person or entity, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person or entity. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in the waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the sole purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE 9 - MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1. Corporate Seal .

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary of the Corporation. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or the Chief Financial Officer.

Section 9.2. Reliance upon Books, Reports, and Records .

Each director and each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books and records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers, agents or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person or entity as to matters which such director or committee member reasonably believes are within such other person’s or entity’s professional or expert competence and that has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 9.3. Fiscal Year .

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

19


Section 9.4. Time Periods .

In applying any provision of these Bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days before an event or that an act be done during a specified number of days before an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

ARTICLE 10 - AMENDMENTS

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote with respect thereto to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws. Any adoption, alteration, amendment or repeal of the bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors then in office. Notwithstanding that a lesser percentage may be permitted from time to time by applicable law, no provision of the bylaws may be adopted, altered, amended or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation in any respect, unless in addition to any other vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or required by law, (i) at any time RC II WS LLC (“ RC II WS ”) and its Affiliates (as defined herein) collectively own at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote with respect thereto, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares, voting together as a single class, and (ii) at any time RC II WS and its Affiliates collectively own less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote with respect thereto, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose by, in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares, voting together as a single class.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, any other person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person (other than with respect to RC II WS, the Corporation and its subsidiaries); the term “ control ,” as used in this definition, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and “ controlled ” and “ controlling ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. The term “ person ” means an individual, any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, business trust, joint stock company, joint venture, unincorporated association, cooperative or association or any other legal entity or organization of whatever nature, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

 

20

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

NUMBER SHARES
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF DELAWARE
WINGSTOP INC.
COMMON STOCK, $0.01 PAR VALUE PER SHARE
See Reverse for
Certain Definitions
This is to Certify that SPECIMEN is the owner of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above Corporation transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof in person or by a duly authorized Attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.
Witness, the seal of the Corporation and the Signatures of its duly authorized officers.
Dated
CORPKIT, NEW YORK

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO King & Spalding LLP
1180 Peachtree Street N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3521

June 2, 2015

Wingstop Inc.

5501 LBJ Freeway, 5 th Floor

Dallas, Texas 75240

Re: Wingstop Inc. – Form S-1 Registration Statement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Wingstop Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). The Registration Statement relates to the sale of (i) 2,150,000 shares (the “Primary Shares”) of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), by the Company and (ii) 4,520,000 shares (the “Selling Stockholder Shares” and together with the Primary Shares, the “Shares”) by the selling stockholders named in the Registration Statement.

In connection with this opinion, we have examined and relied upon such records, documents, certificates and other instruments as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to form the basis for the opinions hereinafter set forth. In all such examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of signatures on all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to original documents of all copies submitted to us as certified, conformed or photographic copies, and as to certificates of public officials, we have assumed the same to have been properly given and to be accurate. As to matters of fact material to this opinion, we have relied, without independent verification, upon statements and representations of representatives of the Company and public officials.

The opinions expressed herein are limited in all respects to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and no opinion is expressed with respect to the laws of any other jurisdiction or any effect which such laws may have on the opinions expressed herein. This opinion is limited to the matters stated herein, and no opinion is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated herein.

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to all of the assumptions, limitations and qualifications set forth herein, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized and, when the Registration Statement has become effective and the Shares have been issued, delivered and paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.


This opinion is given as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to advise you after the date hereof of facts or circumstances that come to our attention or changes in law that occur which could affect the opinions contained herein.

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus that forms a part thereof.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ King & Spalding LLP

Exhibit 10.1

WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION

SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT

THIS SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of [            ], 201[  ], by and among WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION, a Georgia corporation (the “ Company ”), RC II WS LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (the “ Majority Shareholder ”), and [            ], in [his/her] individual capacity (the “ Shareholder ”).

BACKGROUND

The Shareholder has acquired [                ] shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”) through the exercise of an option to acquire shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Option dated as of [            ], 201[  ] (the “ Option ”). The shares acquired by the Shareholder upon exercise of the Option, together with any other shares of the Company’s capital stock otherwise owned or hereafter acquired by the Shareholder, are referred to herein collectively as the “ Shares ”. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the exercise of the Option and the Shareholder’s acquisition of such shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Drag-Along Rights .

(a) The Company and the Majority Shareholder shall have the right to require the Shareholder (i) to agree to and to sell all of the Shares and any rights to acquire Shares that Shareholder may own (or, at the discretion of the Majority Shareholder, the Shareholder may be required to sell a Pro Rata Portion of the Shareholder’s Shares and rights to acquire Shares), on the same terms and conditions as the Majority Shareholder proposes to sell any shares of the Company’s Common Stock, as reflected in a written notice provided to the Shareholder by the Majority Shareholder, and (ii) as a shareholder of the Company, to vote for a sale transaction (including any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or its subsidiaries or a merger) proposed or endorsed by the Majority Shareholder in writing and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”). “ Pro Rata Portion ” means the number of shares of the Common Stock of the Company to be sold in the transaction, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Shares owned by Shareholder (including rights to acquire Shares), and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of the Company’s stock issued and outstanding (including any shares issuable by the Company upon exercise of options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of the Company’s stock, and shares issuable upon conversion of convertible securities).

(b) The obligations of the Shareholder under this Section are subject to the condition that, upon the consummation of such transaction, all of the holders of Common Stock will receive the same amount of consideration per share in respect of such shares as the other holders of the Common Stock. In any such transaction, the Shareholder’s shares of Common Stock will be subject to the same terms and conditions applicable to the shares of Common Stock of the Majority Shareholder, including any representations and warranties, indemnification


obligations, escrows and holdbacks. In connection with such transaction, the Shareholder will execute any agreements, certificates, or other instruments required in connection with the transaction, including a purchase agreement and other related agreements. The Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that such purchase agreement will authorize the Majority Shareholder (or its designee) to act as Shareholders’ Representative on behalf of the Shareholder and all other shareholders of the Company in connection with the transactions provided for under the purchase agreement. The Shareholder will bear its pro rata share of expenses incurred in connection with the proposed transaction.

2. Tag-Along Rights .

(a) If the Majority Shareholder intends to Transfer (as defined in Section 3 of this Agreement) any of its outstanding shares of Common Stock in a transaction that would result in the Majority Shareholder and its affiliates owning less than 50% of the Common Stock of the Company, then the Majority Shareholder shall notify the Shareholder in writing of such Transfer and its terms and conditions, including (i) the number of shares of Common Stock to be Transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”), (ii) the price and terms, if any, for which the Majority Shareholder proposes to Transfer the Offered Shares, and (iii) the name and address of the proposed purchaser or transferee and that such purchaser or transferee is committed to acquire the Offered Shares on the stated price and terms (“ Offering Notice ”). Within 5 days after the date of such notice, Shareholder shall notify the Majority Shareholder in writing (the “ Co-Sale Notice ”) if the Shareholder elects to participate in such Transfer, and if so delivered, the Co-Sale Notice and the Shareholder’s election to participate in such Transfer will be irrevocable.

(b) Upon delivering a Co-Sale Notice, the Shareholder shall have the right to sell, at the same price and on the same terms as the Majority Shareholder, a number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Tag-Along Shares ”) equal to the total number of Offered Shares multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock owned by Shareholder (including rights to acquire shares) and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding (including any shares issuable by the Company upon exercise of options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock, and shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of convertible securities).

(c) Nothing contained in this Section shall in any way limit or restrict the Majority Shareholder’s ability to amend, modify or terminate any agreement with a third party with respect to any Transfer of the Offered Shares, and the Majority Shareholder shall have no liability to the Shareholder with respect to such amendment, modification or termination.

(d) If no Co-Sale Notice is received during the 5-day period referred to in paragraph (a) above (or if the Co-Sale Notice does not cover all of the shares proposed to be Transferred by the Majority Shareholder), then the Majority Shareholder shall have the right to Transfer the Offered Shares (or the remaining shares) on terms and conditions no more favorable than those stated in the Offering Notice.

(e) The Shareholder shall pay its pro rata portion of the transaction expenses associated with such Transfer.

 

- 2 -


(f) The provisions of this Section 2 will not apply to any sale of shares by the Majority Shareholder in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s stock. The provisions of this Section 2 will not apply to any Transfer of shares by the Majority Shareholder to any of its affiliates, so long as the transferee affiliate agrees to be bound by this Agreement. References to the Majority Shareholder herein shall include any affiliates to which the Majority Shareholder transfers shares of Common Stock.

3. Restriction on Transfer .

(a) Except pursuant to Section 1 or Section 2 of this Agreement, the Shareholder shall not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of, including transfers pursuant to the laws of testate or intestate succession, marital dissolution, legal separation or otherwise by operation of law (“ Transfer ”) any of the Shares, without the prior written consent of the Board, in its sole discretion. The Shareholder will execute (or cause to be executed) any documentation required by the Board in connection with any such Transfer, including a general release of claims against the Company and its affiliates and an agreement by the transferee to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. Any purported Transfer that is not in full compliance with this Section 3 will be null and void.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 3(a), Shareholder may Transfer any Shares (such a Transfer, a “ Permitted Shareholder Transfer ”) to (i) Shareholder’s spouse, children, parents, or siblings (collectively, “ Shareholder Family Members ”), (ii) Shareholder’s estate ( Shareholder’s Estate ), (iii) any trust solely for the benefit of Shareholder and/or any Shareholder Family Member(s) (“ Shareholder Family Trust ”), and (iv) any partnership, corporation or limited liability company that is wholly owned and controlled by Shareholder and/or any such Shareholder Family Member(s) (“ Shareholder Family Wealth Planning Entity ”; each of Shareholder’s Estate, any Shareholder Family Member, any Shareholder Family Trust and any Shareholder Family Wealth Planning Entity being hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Permitted Shareholder Transferees , and Shareholder shall be permitted to Transfer any or all Shares to any such Permitted Shareholder Transferee; provided , however , that (A) in the case of any such Permitted Shareholder Transfer, Shareholder must retain the right to vote such Shares so long as Shareholder is alive, and (B) any such Shares will remain subject to any and all of Shareholder’s respective obligations under any of the Employment Agreement dated as of the date hereof between the Company and Shareholder, and the other documents between the Company and the Shareholder dated as of the date hereof, in addition to the obligations under this Agreement. No Permitted Shareholder Transfer shall be effective unless, contemporaneously with such Transfer, (i) the Permitted Shareholder Transferee executes a counterpart to this Agreement, thereby agreeing to be bound by all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, subject to the same restrictions and obligations as Shareholder has under this Agreement, and (ii) the Shareholder and the Permitted Transferee execute (or cause to be executed) any documentation required by the Board in connection with any such Permitted Shareholder Transfer, including a general release of claims against the Company and its affiliates, in form and substance acceptable to the Board.

 

- 3 -


4. Investment Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares and pursuant to the Investment Representation Statement attached hereto as Exhibit A , the Shareholder represents to the Company the following:

(a) The Shareholder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. The Shareholder is purchasing the Shares for investment for the Shareholder’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

(b) The Shareholder understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Shareholder’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, the Shareholder understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”), the statutory basis for such exemption may not be present if the Shareholder’s representations meant that the Shareholder’s present intention was to hold the Shares for a minimum capital gains period under applicable tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for a market rise, for a sale if the market does not rise, or for a year or any other fixed period in the future.

(c) The Shareholder further acknowledges and understands that the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Shareholder further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. The Shareholder understands that the certificate evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

5. Non-Disparagement .

(a) The Shareholder agrees that the Shareholder will not make any statement, written or verbal, to any person or entity, including in any forum or media, or take any action, in disparagement of the Company, the Board, or any of their respective current, former or future affiliates, or any current, former or future shareholders, partners, managers, members, officers, directors, employees, franchisors or franchisees of any of the foregoing (each, a “ Company Party ”), including negative references to or about any Company Party’s services, policies, practices, documents, methods of doing business, strategies, objectives, shareholders, partners, managers, members, officers, directors, or employees, or take any other action that may disparage any Company Party to the general public and/or any Company Party’s officers, directors, employees, clients, franchisees, potential franchisees, suppliers, investors, potential investors, business partners or potential business partners.

(b) The provisions of this Section 5 will survive termination of this Agreement.

 

- 4 -


6. Stock Certificate Legends . The share certificate evidencing the Shares shall be endorsed with the following legend:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. THE TRANSFER, ENCUMBRANCE, PLEDGE, ASSIGNMENT OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS SPECIFIED IN A SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF [            ], 201[  ] BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY, THE MAJORITY SHAREHOLDER AND THE SHAREHOLDER, AND THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REFUSE THE TRANSFER OF SUCH SECURITIES UNTIL SUCH CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS HAVE BEEN FULFILLED OR LIFTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TRANSFER. A COPY OF THE CONDITIONS OR AGREEMENTS REFERENCED ABOVE MAY BE OBTAINED BY THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.”

7. Market Stand-Off Agreement . The Shareholder hereby agrees, if so requested by the managing underwriters or the Company in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, to sign the form of agreement agreed to by the Company and the managing underwriters, which provides that, without the prior written consent of such managing underwriters, the Shareholder will not offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of, assign any legal or beneficial interest in or make a distribution of any capital stock of the Company held by or on behalf of the Shareholder or beneficially owned by the Shareholder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for a period of up to 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering.

8. Adjustment for Stock Split . If the Company completes a stock split, the Board may, in its discretion, make appropriate adjustments under this Agreement to reflect such change.

9. Tax Consequences . The Shareholder has reviewed with the Shareholder’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the Shareholder’s investment in the Shares and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Shareholder is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Shareholder understands that the Shareholder (and not the Company) shall be responsible for the Shareholder’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the Shareholder’s investment in the Shares or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10. Term/Termination . This Agreement will terminate on the twentieth (20 th ) anniversary of the date hereof.

11. General Provisions .

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia. This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the ownership of the Company’s Common Stock by the Shareholder and may only be modified or amended in writing signed by both parties.

 

- 5 -


(b) The Shareholder shall only have those information rights that must be provided by a corporation under Georgia law.

(c) Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or the Shareholder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of this Agreement or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing. Alternatively, notice may be provided by e-mail to the address specified below (or such other e-mail address as a party may provide to the other party).

(d) The rights and benefits of the Company and the Majority Shareholder under this Agreement shall be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the successors and assigns of the Company and/or the Majority Shareholder. The rights and obligations of the Shareholder under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Board (excluding the Shareholder) and any purported transfer otherwise shall be null and void.

(e) Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties under this Agreement are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

(f) The Shareholder agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.

(g) The Shareholder has reviewed this Agreement in its entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement.

(h) As used in this Agreement, the word “including” means “including, without limitation” in each instance.

12. Consent of Spouse . Shareholder’s spouse shall execute and deliver to the Company a consent of spouse in the form of Exhibit B hereto (“ Consent of Spouse ”), effective on the date hereof. Notwithstanding the execution and delivery thereof, such consent shall not be deemed to confer or convey to the spouse any rights in such Shareholder’s Shares that do not otherwise exist by operation of law or the agreement of the parties. If Shareholder should marry or remarry subsequent to the date of this Agreement, Shareholder shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, obtain his/her new spouse’s acknowledgement of and consent to the existence and binding effect of all restrictions contained in this Agreement by causing such spouse to execute and deliver a Consent of Spouse in the form attached as Exhibit B acknowledging the restrictions and obligations contained in this Agreement and agreeing and consenting to the same.

 

- 6 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION
By:

 

Name:

 

Its:

 

Address :
c/o Roark Capital Management LLC
1180 Peachtree Street
Suite 2500
Atlanta, Georgia 30309

Attn: Stephen D. Aronson

saronson@roarkcapital.com

SHAREHOLDER

 

Name:
Address :
RC II WS LLC
By:

 

Name:

 

Its:

 

[ Signature Page to the Shareholder Agreement ]


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PURCHASER         :
COMPANY :                     WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION
SECURITY : COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT :
DATE :

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Shareholder represents to the Company the following:

(i) Shareholder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Shareholder is acquiring these Securities for investment for Shareholder’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution’’ thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

(ii) Shareholder acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Shareholder’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Shareholder understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Shareholder’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Shareholder further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Shareholder further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Shareholder understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or an exemption from registration exists for such transfer, and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(iii) Shareholder is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer


qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the “stock purchase right” to the Shareholder, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

If the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the stock purchase right, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one (1) year (or six (6) months if the Company has been subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for 90 days and is current in its filings) after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(iv) Shareholder further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Shareholder understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

Signature of Shareholder:

 

Date:

 

- 2 -


EXHIBIT B

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

I,                                          , spouse of [                    ], acknowledge that I have read the Shareholder Agreement, dated as of [            ], 201[  ], to which this Consent is attached as Exhibit B (the “ Agreement ”), and that I know the contents of the Agreement. I am aware that the Agreement contains provisions regarding certain restrictions on transfer of the Shares (as defined in the Agreement) and other obligations on the holder of Shares which my spouse may own, including any interest I might have in the Shares.

I hereby agree that my interest, if any, in any Shares of the Company subject to the Agreement shall be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further understand and agree that any community property interest I may have in such Shares of the Company shall be similarly bound by the Agreement.

I am aware that the legal, financial and related matters contained in the Agreement are complex and that I am free to seek independent professional guidance or counsel with respect to this Consent. I have either sought such guidance or counsel or determined after reviewing the Agreement carefully that I will waive such right.

Dated as of             , 201[  ].

 

 

Signature

 

Print Name

Exhibit 10.2

WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION

SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT

THIS SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of [            ], 201[    ], by and between WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION, a Georgia corporation (the “ Company ”), and [                ], in his individual capacity (the “ Shareholder ”).

BACKGROUND

The Company, WS Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“ Merger Sub ”), Wingstop Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“WHI”), and William G. Martin, as Stockholder Representative, have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 24, 2010, as amended pursuant to Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of [            ], 201[    ] (the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into WHI, and following the Merger, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease, and WHI will continue as the surviving corporation in the Merger and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement.

The Shareholder will acquire shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share “ Common Stock ”, together with any other shares of the Company’s capital stock otherwise owned or hereafter acquired by the Shareholder, referred to herein collectively as the “ Shares ”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an Option Agreement to be granted to Shareholder in connection with the consummation of the transactions provided for under the Merger Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the grant of such option and the Shareholder’s acquisition of such shares pursuant to the exercise of such option.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Drag-Along Rights.

(a) The Company and shareholders controlling a majority of the Company’s issued and outstanding voting securities (the “ Majority Shareholders ”) shall have the right to require the Shareholder (i) to agree to and to sell all of the Shares and any rights to acquire Shares that Shareholder may own (or, at the discretion of the Majority Shareholders, the Shareholder may be required to sell a Pro Rata Portion of the Shareholder’s Shares and rights to acquire Shares), on the same terms and conditions as the Majority Shareholders propose to sell any shares of the Company’s Common Stock, as reflected in a written notice provided to the Shareholder by the Majority Shareholders, and (ii) as a shareholder of the Company, to vote for a sale transaction (including any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or its subsidiaries or a merger) proposed or endorsed by the Majority Shareholders in writing and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”). “ Pro Rata Portion ” means the number of shares of the Common Stock of the Company to be sold in the transaction, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Shares owned by Shareholder (including rights to acquire Shares), and the denominator of which is the total number of shares


of the Company’s stock issued and outstanding (including any shares issuable by the Company upon exercise of options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of the Company’s stock, and shares issuable upon conversion of convertible securities).

(b) The obligations of the Shareholder under this Section are subject to the condition that, upon the consummation of such transaction, all of the holders of Common Stock will receive the same amount of consideration per share in respect of such shares as the other holders of the Common Stock. In any such transaction, the Shareholder’s shares of Common Stock will be subject to the same terms and conditions applicable to the shares of Common Stock of the Majority Shareholders, including any representations and warranties, indemnification obligations, escrows and holdbacks. In connection with such transaction, the Shareholder will execute any agreements, certificates, or other instruments required in connection with the transaction, including a purchase agreement and other related agreements. Shareholder will bear its pro rata share of expenses incurred in connection with the proposed transaction.

2. Tag-Along Rights.

(a) If the Majority Shareholders intend to Transfer (as defined in Section 3 of this Agreement) any of its outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Company shall notify the Shareholder in writing of such Transfer and its terms and conditions, including (i) the number of shares of Common Stock to be Transferred (the “ Offered Shares ’’), (ii) the price and terms, if any, for which the Majority Shareholders propose to Transfer the Offered Shares, and (iii) the name and address of the proposed purchaser or transferee and that such purchaser or transferee is committed to acquire the Offered Shares on the stated price and terms (“ Offering Notice ”). Within 5 days after the date of such notice, Shareholder shall notify the Company in writing (the “ Co-Sale Notice ”) if the Shareholder elects to participate in such Transfer, and if so delivered, the Co-Sale Notice and the Shareholder’s election to participate in such Transfer will be irrevocable.

(b) Upon delivering a Co-Sale Notice, the Shareholder shall have the right to sell, at the same price and on the same terms as the Majority Shareholders, a number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Tag-Along Shares ”) equal to the total number of Offered Shares multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock owned by Shareholder (including rights to acquire shares) and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding (including any shares issuable by the Company upon exercise of options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock, and shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of convertible securities).

(c) Nothing contained in this Section shall in any way limit or restrict the Majority Shareholders’ ability to amend, modify or terminate any agreement with a third party with respect to any Transfer of the Offered Shares, and the Majority Shareholders shall have no liability to the Shareholder with respect to such amendment, modification or termination.

(d) If no Co-Sale Notice is received during the 5-day period referred to in paragraph (a) above (or if the Co-Sale Notice does not cover all of the shares proposed to be Transferred), the Majority Shareholders shall have the right to Transfer the Offered Shares (or the remaining shares) on terms and conditions no more favorable than those stated in the Offering Notice.

 

- 2 -


(e) The Shareholder shall pay its pro rata portion of the transaction expenses associated with such Transfer.

(f) The provisions of this Section 2 will not apply to any sale of shares by the Majority Shareholders in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s stock, subject to any restrictions recommended by the underwriters in connection with the initial public offering. The provisions of this Section 2 will not apply to any Transfer of shares by a Majority Shareholder to any of its affiliates, so long as the transferee affiliate agrees to be bound by this Agreement.

3. Restriction on Transfer.

(a) Except pursuant to Section 1, Section 2, or Section 3(b), the Shareholder shall not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of, including transfers pursuant to the laws of testate or intestate succession, marital dissolution, legal separation or otherwise by operation of law (“ Transfer ”) any of the Shares, without the prior written consent of the Board, in its sole discretion. The Shareholder will execute (or cause to be executed) any documentation required by the Board in connection with any Transfer permitted by the Board, including a general release of claims against the Company and its affiliates by the transferor and an agreement by the transferee to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3(a), Shareholder may Transfer all or a portion of the Shares to any family member or personal trust established by such person solely for estate planning purposes and which is under the control and management (including voting of shares and management of investment decisions) of Shareholder (a “Permitted Transferee”). Any such Transfers pursuant to this Section 3(b) will be subject to the execution by the transferor and the Permitted Transferee of all documentation required by the Board, including a general release of claims against the Company and its affiliates by the transferor and an agreement by the Permitted Transferee to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

(c) Any purported Transfer that is not in compliance with this Section 3 will be null and void.

4. Investment Representations. In connection with the purchase of the Shares and pursuant to the Investment Representation Statement attached hereto as Exhibit A , the Shareholder represents to the Company the following:

(a) The Shareholder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. The Shareholder is purchasing the Shares for investment for the Shareholder’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

- 3 -


(b) The Shareholder understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Shareholder’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, the Shareholder understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”), the statutory basis for such exemption may not be present if the Shareholder’s representations meant that the Shareholder’s present intention was to hold the Shares for a minimum capital gains period under applicable tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for a market rise, for a sale if the market does not rise, or for a year or any other fixed period in the future.

(c) The Shareholder further acknowledges and understands that the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Shareholder further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. The Shareholder understands that the certificate evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

5. Non-Disparagement .

(a) The Shareholder agrees that the Shareholder will not make any statement, written or verbal, to any person or entity, including in any forum or media, or take any action, in disparagement of the Company, the Board, or any of their respective current, former or future affiliates, or any current, former or future shareholders, partners, managers, members, officers, directors, employees, franchisors or franchisees of any of the foregoing (each, a “ Company Party ”), including negative references to or about any Company Party’s services, policies, practices, documents, methods of doing business, strategies, objectives, shareholders, partners, managers, members, officers, directors, or employees, or take any other action that may disparage any Company Party to the general public and/or any Company Party’s officers, directors, employees, clients, franchisees, potential franchisees, suppliers, investors, potential investors, business partners or potential business partners.

(b) The provisions of this Section 5 will survive termination of this Agreement.

6. Stock Certificate Legends. The share certificate evidencing the Shares shall be endorsed with the following legend:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. THE TRANSFER, ENCUMBRANCE, PLEDGE, ASSIGNMENT OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS SPECIFIED IN A SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF APRIL 9, 2010 BY AND BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDER, AND THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REFUSE THE TRANSFER OF SUCH SECURITIES UNTIL SUCH CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS HAVE BEEN FULFILLED OR LIFTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TRANSFER. A COPY OF THE CONDITIONS OR AGREEMENTS REFERENCED ABOVE MAY BE OBTAINED BY THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.”

 

- 4 -


7. Market Stand-Off Agreement . The Shareholder hereby agrees, if so requested by the managing underwriters or the Company in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock, to sign the form of agreement agreed to by the Company and the managing underwriters, which provides that, without the prior written consent of such managing underwriters, the Shareholder will not offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of, assign any legal or beneficial interest in or make a distribution of any capital stock of the Company held by or on behalf of the Shareholder or beneficially owned by the Shareholder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for a period of up to 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering.

8. Adjustment for Stock Split . If the Company completes a stock split, the Board may, in its discretion, make appropriate adjustments under this Agreement to reflect such change.

9. Tax Consequences . The Shareholder has reviewed with the Shareholder’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the Shareholder’s investment in the Shares and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Shareholder is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Shareholder understands that the Shareholder (and not the Company) shall be responsible for the Shareholder’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the Shareholder’s investment in the Shares or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10. Term/Termination .

(a) This Agreement will become effective as of the date hereof and will terminate on the earlier of (i) the fifteenth (15th) anniversary of the date hereof; (ii) the date on which the Shareholder no longer owns Shares; (iii) the consummation of the sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with a firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the public; (iv) a Sale of the Company (as defined below); or (v) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(b) A “ Sale of the Company ” means (i) the merger, share exchange, reorganization or consolidation involving the Company or any subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Company which constitutes the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole in which the Company’s shareholders holding the right to vote with respect to matters generally (the “ Company’s Voting Power ”) immediately preceding such merger, share exchange, reorganization or consolidation (solely by virtue of their shares or other securities of the Company or such subsidiaries) own less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests of the surviving corporation, (ii) the sale, transfer or lease (but not including a transfer or lease by pledge or mortgage to a bona fide lender), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, whether pursuant to a single transaction or a series of related transactions or plan, or (iii) the sale or transfer, whether in

 

- 5 -


a single transaction or pursuant to a series of related transactions, of the capital stock of the Company such that the Company’s Shareholders holding the Company’s Voting Power immediately prior to such sale or transfer or series of transfers cease to hold a majority of the Company’s Voting Power after such sale or transfer or series of transfers.

11. General Provisions .

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia. This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the ownership of the Company’s common stock by the Shareholder and may only be modified or amended in writing signed by both parties.

(b) The Shareholder shall only have those information rights provided for under Georgia law.

(c) Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or the Shareholder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of this Agreement or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing. Alternatively, notice may be provided by e-mail to the address specified below (or such other e-mail address as a party may provide to the other party).

(d) The rights and benefits of the Company under this Agreement shall be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of the Shareholder under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Board (excluding the Shareholder) and any purported transfer otherwise shall be null and void.

(e) Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties under this Agreement are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

(f) The Shareholder agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.

(g) The Shareholder has reviewed this Agreement in its entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement.

(h) As used in this Agreement, the word “including” means “including, without limitation” in each instance.

[signature page follows]

 

- 6 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION
By:

 

Name:
Title:
Address:

c/o Roark Capital Management LLC

1180 Peachtree Street

Suite 2500

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

Attn: Stephen D. Aronson saronson@roarkcapital.com

By:

 

Name:
Address:

[Signature Page to the Shareholder Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PURCHASER [                    ]
COMPANY WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION
SECURITY COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT [            ] SHARES
DATE [            ], 201[    ]

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Shareholder represents to the Company the following:

(i) Shareholder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Shareholder is acquiring these Securities for investment for Shareholder’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

(ii) Shareholder acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Shareholder’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Shareholder understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Shareholder’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Shareholder further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Shareholder further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Shareholder understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or an exemption from registration exists for such transfer, and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(iii) Shareholder is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of


“restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the “stock purchase right” to the Shareholder, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

If the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the stock purchase right, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one (1) year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two (2) years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(iv) Shareholder further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Shareholder understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

Signature of Shareholder:
Date: [            ], 201[    ]

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 10.3

EXECUTION COPY

WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION

SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT

THIS SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of April 9, 2010, by and among WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION , a Georgia corporation (the “ Company ”), RC II WS LLC , a Georgia limited liability company (the “ Majority Shareholder ”), and GLEACHER MEZZANINE FUND II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Shareholder ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Merger Agreement (as defined below).

BACKGROUND

The Company, WS Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“ Merger Sub ”), Wingstop Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ WHI ”), and William G. Martin, as Stockholder Representative, have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 24, 2010, as amended pursuant to Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of April 9, 2010 (the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into WHI, and following the Merger, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease, and WHI will continue as the surviving corporation in the Merger and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement.

The Shareholder will acquire shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”; together with any other shares of the Company’s capital stock or otherwise owned by such Shareholder, collectively the “ Shares ”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the Shareholder’s purchase of such shares.

In contemplation of the foregoing and in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants, representations and warranties contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Drag-Along Rights .

(a) In connection with a Sale of the Company (as defined below), the Company and the Majority Shareholder shall have the right to require the Shareholder (i) to agree to and to sell all of the Shares and any rights to acquire shares of Common Stock that the Shareholder may own; provided , that if the Majority Shareholder does not sell all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Majority Shareholder, the Shareholder shall only be required to sell a Pro Rata Portion of the Shareholder’s Shares and rights to acquire such Shares, in each case, on the same terms and conditions as the Majority Shareholder proposes to sell any shares of Common Stock in such Sale of the Company, as reflected in a written notice provided to the Shareholder by the Majority Shareholder at least five (5) days prior to such Sale of the Company, and (ii) as a shareholder of the Company, to vote (in person, by proxy or by action by written


consent, as applicable) all Shares owned or over which such Shareholder otherwise exercises voting power, in favor of, consent to and adopt, such Sale of the Company proposed or endorsed by the Majority Shareholder in writing and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”). For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Pro Rata Portion ” means the number of shares of the Common Stock to be sold in the transaction, multiplied by a fraction (such fraction, the Shareholder’s “ Pro Rata Share ”), the numerator of which is the number of Shares owned by the Shareholder (including rights to acquire Shares), and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding (including any shares of Common Stock issuable by the Company upon exercise of options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock, and shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of convertible securities). “ Sale of the Company ” means (i) the merger, share exchange, reorganization or consolidation involving the Company or any subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Company which constitutes the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole in which the Company’s shareholders holding the right to vote with respect to matters generally (the “ Company’s Voting Power ”) immediately preceding such merger, share exchange, reorganization or consolidation (solely by virtue of their shares or other securities of the Company or such subsidiaries) own less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests of the surviving corporation, (ii) the sale, transfer or lease (but not including a transfer or lease by pledge or mortgage to a bona fide lender), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, whether pursuant to a single transaction or a series of related transactions or plan, or (iii) the sale or transfer, whether in a single transaction or pursuant to a series of related transactions, of the capital stock of the Company such that the Company’s shareholders holding the Company’s Voting Power immediately prior to such sale or transfer or series of transfers cease to hold a majority of the Company’s Voting Power after such sale or transfer or series of transfers.

(b) The obligations of the Shareholder under this Section are subject to the condition that, upon the consummation of such transaction, all of the holders of Common Stock will receive the same amount of consideration per share in respect of such shares as the other holders of the Common Stock. In any such transaction, the Shareholder’s Shares will be subject to the same terms and conditions applicable to the shares of the Majority Shareholder, including any representations and warranties, indemnification obligations, escrows and holdbacks, provided that, in any such transaction, (i) the Shareholder’s liability for indemnification obligations with respect to representations, warranties and covenants of the Company shall be several and limited to the Shareholder’s Pro Rata Share of such indemnification obligations, and (ii) the Shareholder’s liability with respect to all indemnification obligations shall in no event exceed the amount of consideration otherwise payable to the Shareholder. In connection with any such transaction and subject to the immediately preceding sentences, the Shareholder will execute any agreements, certificates, or other instruments required in connection with the transaction, including a purchase agreement and other related agreements on the same terms as the Majority Shareholder. The Shareholder will bear its Pro Rata Share of expenses incurred in connection with the proposed transaction.

2. Tag-Along Rights .

(a) If the Majority Shareholder (or any Affiliate of the Majority Shareholder) intends to Transfer (as defined in Section 3 of this Agreement) any of its shares of Common

 

2


Stock, the Company shall notify the Shareholder in writing of such proposed Transfer and its terms and conditions, including (i) the number of shares of Common Stock to be Transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”), (ii) the price and terms, if any, for which the Majority Shareholder proposes to Transfer the Offered Shares, and (iii) the name and address of the proposed purchaser or transferee and that such purchaser or transferee is committed to acquire the Offered Shares on the stated price and terms (“ Offering Notice ”). Within ten (10) days after the date of the Offering Notice, the Shareholder shall notify the Company in writing (the “ Co-Sale Notice ”) if the Shareholder elects to participate in such Transfer, and if so delivered, the Co-Sale Notice and the Shareholder’s election to participate in such Transfer will be irrevocable.

(b) Upon delivering a Co-Sale Notice within the 10-day period referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Shareholder shall have the right to sell, at the same price and on the same terms as the Majority Shareholder, a number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Tag-Along Shares ”) equal to the total number of Offered Shares multiplied by the Shareholder’s Pro Rata Share, provided that the Shareholder’s liability for indemnification obligations with respect to such transaction shall be several, limited to the Shareholder’s pro rata portion of the total indemnification obligations with respect to such transaction, based on the relative proportion of the Tag-Along Shares to the total number of shares of Common Stock transferred or proposed to be transferred in such transaction, and shall in no event exceed the amount of consideration otherwise payable to the Shareholder in such transaction.

(c) Nothing contained in this Section shall in any way limit or restrict the Majority Shareholder’s ability to amend, modify or terminate any agreement with a third party with respect to any Transfer of the Offered Shares, and the Majority Shareholder shall have no liability to the Shareholder with respect to such amendment, modification or termination.

(d) If no Co-Sale Notice is received during the 10-day period referred to in paragraph (a) above (or if the Co-Sale Notice does not cover all of the shares proposed to be Transferred), then the Majority Shareholder shall have the right to Transfer the Offered Shares (or the remaining shares) on terms and conditions no more favorable than those stated in the Offering Notice.

(e) The Shareholder shall pay its pro rata portion of the transaction expenses associated with any Transfer of the Tag-Along Shares, based on the relative proportion of the Tag-Along Shares to the total number of shares of Common Stock transferred or proposed to be transferred in such transaction.

(f) The provisions of this Section 2 will not apply to any sale of shares by the Majority Shareholder in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s stock, so long as the Shareholder is entitled to participate in such offering pursuant to Section 7 hereof. The provisions of this Section 2 will not apply to Transfers by the Majority Shareholder to its Affiliates (as defined below), so long as the transferee Affiliate agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

3. Restriction on Transfer . The Shareholder may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of (including transfer by operation of law) (“ Transfer ”) all or any Shares the Shareholder currently owns or hereafter acquires,

 

3


without the prior written consent of the Board; provided , that the Shareholder will be permitted to Transfer Shares, without the prior written consent of the Board, (i) pursuant to Section 1 or Section 2 of this Agreement, and (ii) to an Affiliate of the Shareholder (so long as such transferee Affiliate executes a counterpart to this Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms hereof). The Shareholder will execute (or cause to be executed) any documentation required by the Board in connection with any such Transfer, including a general release by the Shareholder of claims against the Company and its Affiliates arising from Shareholder’s ownership of the Shares and an agreement by the transferee to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. Any purported Transfer that is not in compliance with this Section 3 will be null and void. For the purposes of this Agreement, (a) the term “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person (other than the Company or any Subsidiary) that directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with such Person, and in the case of a limited partnership, the limited partners of such Person and, in the case of a corporation, each shareholder of such Person, and (b) the term “ Control ” (“including the terms “ Controlled by ” and “ under common Control with ”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies or affairs of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, as executor, trustee or otherwise.

4. Stock Certificate Legends . The share certificates evidencing the Shares shall be endorsed with the following legend:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. THE TRANSFER, ENCUMBRANCE, PLEDGE, ASSIGNMENT OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS SPECIFIED IN A SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF APRIL 9, 2010, BY AND BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDER, AND THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REFUSE THE TRANSFER OF SUCH SECURITIES UNTIL SUCH CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS HAVE BEEN FULFILLED OR LIFTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TRANSFER. A COPY OF THE CONDITIONS OR AGREEMENTS REFERENCED ABOVE MAY BE OBTAINED BY THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.”

5. Market Stand-Off Agreement . The Shareholder hereby agrees, if so requested by the managing underwriters or the Company in connection with an initial public offering of the Company’s stock, to sign the form of agreement agreed to by the Company and the managing underwriters, which provides that, without the prior written consent of such managing underwriters, the Shareholder will not offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of, assign any legal or beneficial interest in or make a distribution of any capital stock of the Company held by or on behalf of the Shareholder or beneficially owned by Shareholder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for a period of up to 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering.

6. Tax Consequences . The Shareholder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Shareholder is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Shareholder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of its investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

4


7. Piggyback Registration Rights .

(a) If the Company (or any of its subsidiaries) shall determine to register any of its securities, either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders exercising their respective demand registration rights, other than (x) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or (y) a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other transaction under Rule 145 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), then the Company (or its subsidiary, as applicable) will:

(i) promptly give to the Shareholder written notice thereof in accordance with Section 12(b); and

(ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance) and in any underwriting involved therein, that number of the Shares specified in a written request or requests made by the Shareholder and received by the Company (or its subsidiary, as applicable) within twenty (20) days after the written notice from the Company (or its subsidiary, as applicable) described in clause (i) above is mailed or delivered by the Company (or its subsidiary, as applicable) in accordance with Section 12(b). Such written request may specify all or a part of the Shareholder’s Shares be included in the registration described in the notice.

(b) If the registration of which the Company (or its subsidiary, as applicable) gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company (or its subsidiary, as applicable) shall so advise the Shareholder as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 7(a). In such event, the right of the Shareholder to registration pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conditioned upon the Shareholder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of the Shares in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. If the Shareholder proposes to distribute securities through such underwriting, the Shareholder shall (together with the Company (or its subsidiary, as applicable) and any other stockholders registering securities) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company (or its subsidiary, as applicable).

(c) The Company (or its subsidiary, as applicable) shall bear all registration expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 7.

(d) If the Company registers any of its securities, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Shareholder, the beneficial owners, officers and directors of the Shareholder, and each Person, if any, who controls the Shareholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to which the Shareholder, or any beneficial owner, officer, director or controlling Person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise that arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a registration statement or prospectus of the Company or any amendment thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

5


(e) If the Company registers any securities of the Shareholder, the Shareholder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its respective directors and officers, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, to the same extent as the indemnity contained in Section 7(d), but only insofar as such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in a registration statement or prospectus of the Company or any amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Shareholder expressly for use therein; provided , that any liability of the Shareholder pursuant to this Section 7(e) shall not exceed the net proceeds received by the Shareholder in connection with such registration.

(f) Each indemnified party shall give reasonably prompt notice to each indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party (i) shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under the indemnity agreement provided in Section 7(d) or (e) above, unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and the lack of notice by the indemnified party materially prejudices the indemnifying party or results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) shall not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided under Section 7(d) or (e) above. After receipt of such notice, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party so notified, to assume the defense of such action or proceeding at such indemnifying party’s own expense with counsel chosen by such indemnifying party and approved by the indemnified party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , however , that, if the defendants in any such action or proceeding include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party reasonably determines, upon advice of counsel, that a conflict of interest exists or that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, then the indemnified party shall be entitled to separate counsel (which shall be limited to a single law firm), the reasonable fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the indemnifying party. If the indemnifying party does not assume the defense of any such action or proceeding, after having received the notice referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph, the indemnifying party will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel (which shall be limited to a single law firm) for the indemnified party. In such event, however, the indemnifying party will not be liable for any settlement effected without the written consent of such indemnifying party. If the indemnifying party assumes the defense of any such action or proceeding in accordance with this paragraph, such indemnifying party shall not be liable for any fees and expenses of counsel for the indemnified party incurred thereafter in connection with such action or proceeding, except as set forth in the proviso in the second sentence of this Section 7(f).

(g) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in this Section 7 is for any reason held to be unenforceable although applicable in accordance with its terms, the Company and the Shareholder shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the nature contemplated by such indemnity agreement incurred by the Company and the Shareholder, in

 

6


such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of and benefits to the Company on the one hand and the Shareholder on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits to the indemnifying party and indemnified parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the total proceeds received by the indemnifying party and indemnified parties in connection with the offering to which such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses relate. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or the indemnified parties, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action.

(h) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 7, if a registered public offering of the Company’s securities involves an underwriting, and if the underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriters may limit the number of securities to be included in the registration and the underwriting. The Company shall so advise the Shareholder, and the number of shares that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, to the Company for securities being sold for its own account, and (ii) second, to the holders of shares of the Company’s preferred stock holding superior registration rights to the holders of the Company’s Common Stock (if any), and (iii) finally, to the Shareholder and other holders of Common Stock, based on the proportion of the number of Shares requested by the Shareholder to be included in the registration to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock requested to be included in the registration held by all holders of Common Stock of the Company (including the Shareholder).

(i) If the Shareholder has requested inclusion in an underwritten registration of the Company’s securities and does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, the Shareholder may be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter. The Shares so excluded shall also be withdrawn from such registration.

8. Preemptive Rights .

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 8, if the Company issues any Equity Securities (other than Exempt Securities) subsequent to the Closing Date, it will notify Shareholder in writing (the “ Preemptive Notice ”). The Shareholder will have five (5) days from its receipt of the Preemptive Notice, time being of the essence, to notify the Company in writing of the Shareholder’s election to purchase from the Company, such number of Equity Securities equal to (i) that number of such Equity Securities proposed to be issued by the Company, multiplied by (ii) the Shareholder’s Pro Rata Share, at a price or prices and on other terms not less favorable to Shareholder than the price or prices and other terms at which such Equity Securities are proposed to be issued by the Company.

(b) The Company will provide written notice to the Shareholder setting forth the time within, and the price and other terms and conditions upon which, the Shareholder may purchase such Equity Securities. Any Equity Securities which the Company proposes to issue or

 

7


sell of which the Shareholder does not purchase its respective share pursuant to this Section 9, may be issued or sold by the Company within 180 days after the expiration of the period during which the Shareholder had the preemptive right to purchase such shares, but the Company will not sell or issue any such Equity Securities after such 180-day period without renewed compliance with this Section 8.

(c) “ Equity Securities ” means shares of Common Stock, options, warrants and other equity securities of the Company, including any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to acquire or participate with shares of Common Stock.

(d) “ Exempt Securities ” means Equity Securities issued (i) to employees, officers, board members or consultants of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or to any entity or individual other than the Majority Shareholder, (ii) in an underwritten public offering, (iii) upon conversion or exercise of Equity Securities not issued in contravention of this Agreement, (iv) as consideration in any bona fide acquisition of another business or any joint venture, licensing, marketing or other business arrangement, (v) to the lenders (or their Affiliates) in any bona fide debt financing as an “equity kicker” or similar equity incentive, or (vi) pursuant to any split of, or stock dividend on, the Common Stock.

9. Basic Financial Information . The Company will furnish the following reports to the Shareholder:

(a) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter, (i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company as at the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of operation and cash flows of the Company for such year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) consistently applied and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, (ii) an independent certified audit by a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, and (iii) a comparison to the Company’s operating plan for such year prepared by the Company.

(b) As soon as practicable after the end of the first, second, and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty five (45) days thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such quarterly period, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year and to the Company’s operating plan then in effect, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments. Such financial statements are not required to contain the notes required by generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) The Shareholder agrees to hold, and to cause the Shareholder’s officers, directors, employees and agents to hold, in confidence any and all confidential or proprietary information of the Company provided to, or learned by, the Shareholder in connection with the Shareholder’s rights under this Agreement (“ Confidential Information ”). The Shareholder further agrees not to use (and to cause such other persons and entities not to use) any Confidential Information for any purpose other than monitoring and evaluating the Shareholder’s investment in the Company or in connection with the on-going business relationship between the

 

8


Company and the Shareholder. The Shareholder will communicate all information that it is provided or that it otherwise learns in connection with the Shareholder’s rights under this Agreement to the Shareholder’s Affiliates, officers, directors, employees and agents, strictly on an as-needed basis. The Shareholder agrees to act, and to cause the Shareholder’s Affiliates, officers, directors, employees and agents to act, in accordance with this Agreement with respect to any such information that is Confidential Information and agrees to be responsible for any breach of this Agreement by any other person that receives information from the Shareholder. For the purposes of this Agreement, Confidential Information will not include information which (i) has or becomes generally known to the public without the Shareholder’s breach of this Agreement; (ii) the Shareholder rightfully receives without obligation of confidence from a third party who has the right to disclose it; (iii) the Shareholder can demonstrate to have had rightfully in its possession prior to disclosure by the Company; or (iv) is required to be disclosed by any judicial or governmental request, requirement or order; provided that the Shareholder must give the Company sufficient prior notice of such request, requirement or order in order to permit the Company to contest such request, requirement or order.

(d) The rights provided in this Section 9 will terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of: (i) the date on which the Shareholder or its Affiliates no longer own at least 50% of the Shares acquired by Shareholder on the date of this Agreement; (ii) the consummation of the sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act in connection with a firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the public; (iii) the consummation of a Sale of the Company; or (iv) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Except with respect to trade secrets, as to which the confidentiality and non-use provisions of this Agreement shall survive for so long as they remain trade secrets, the confidentiality and non-use provisions of this Agreement shall survive for so long as such information is confidential or proprietary but in no event more than three years after any such termination.

10. Effective Date; Term/Termination . This Agreement may be terminated upon the written consent of all of the parties hereto. Further, the parties agree that this Agreement shall only become effective as of the Closing. This Agreement, other than Section 5, Section 7, Section 9(c) and Section 9(d) will terminate upon the earlier of the closing of (a) the Company’s initial public offering and (b) a Sale of the Company.

11. General Provisions .

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia. This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the ownership of the Shares by the Shareholder and may only be modified or amended in writing signed by the Company, the Majority Shareholder and the Shareholder.

(b) Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or the Shareholder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered, whether in person, by overnight courier or by delivery in the U.S. mail, by certified mail, postage prepaid with return receipt requested, and addressed (in each case) to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of this Agreement or

 

9


such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing, provided that such notice may be supplemented by e-mail sent to the address of a party specified below (or such other e-mail address as a party may provide to the other party).

(c) The rights and benefits of the Company under this Agreement shall be transferable to any successor of the Company (other than in connection with a Sale of the Company in which case this Agreement shall terminate in accordance with Section 10), and all covenants and agreements under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Company’s successors. Except as set forth in Section 3, the rights and obligations of the Shareholder under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Board, and any purported transfer otherwise shall be null and void.

(d) Any party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted all parties under this Agreement are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of any party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

(e) The Shareholder agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.

(f) The Shareholder has reviewed this Agreement in its entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement.

(g) As used in this Agreement, the word “including” means “including, without limitation.”

[signature pages follow]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION
By:

/s/ Stephen D. Aronson

Name: Stephen D. Aronson
Title: Vice President

Address :

c/o Roark Capital Management
1180 Peachtree Street, Suite 2500
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
Attention: Stephen D. Aronson
Email: saronson@roarkcapital.com
Facsimile: (404) 591-5201
MAJORITY SHAREHOLDER
RC II WS LLC

By:

/s/ Stephen D. Aronson

Name:

Stephen D. Aronson

Title:

Vice President
Address :
c/o Roark Capital Management
1180 Peachtree Street, Suite 2500
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
Attention: Stephen D. Aronson
Email: saronson@roarkcapital.com
Facsimile: (404) 591-5201


SHAREHOLDER
GLEACHER MEZZANINE FUND II, L.P.
By: Gleacher Mezzanine II G.P., L.P., its general partner
By: Gleacher Mezzanine II G.P., LLC, its general partner
By:

/s/ Phillip Krall

Name: Phillip Krall
Title: Managing Member
Address :
c/o Arrowhead Mezzanine LLC
55 Railroad Avenue
Greenwich, CT 06830
Attn: Phillip Krall
Email: pkrall@arrowmezz.com

Fax: (203) 295-3771

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Bingham McCutchen LLP
2020 K Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20006
Attn: T. Malcolm Sandilands
Email: malcolm.sandilands@bingham.com
Fax: (202) 373-6001

Exhibit 10.4

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

WINGSTOP INC.,

RC II WS LLC

AND

THE STOCKHOLDERS SET FORTH ON SCHEDULE 1 ATTACHED HERETO

DATED JUNE     , 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

DEFINITIONS   2   

2.

SHELF REGISTRATIONS AND PIGGY BACK REGISTRATIONS   5   

3.

BLACK-OUT PERIODS   9   

4.

REGISTRATION PROCEDURES   10   

5.

INDEMNIFICATION   16   

6.

HOLDBACK AGREEMENT   17   

7.

TERMINATION   18   

8.

MISCELLANEOUS   18   


This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of June     , 2015, is made and entered into by and among Wingstop Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), RC II WS LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (“ RC II WS ”) and certain persons listed on  Schedule I  hereto (such persons, together with RC II WS, in their capacity as holders of Registrable Shares, the “ Holders ” and each a “ Holder ”).

RECITALS

(A) WHEREAS, the Company has prepared a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-203891) with respect to the issuance and sale of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), for an underwritten initial public offering of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ IPO ”);

(B) WHEREAS, RC II WC, LLC and the other Holders are the holders of Common Stock; and

(C) WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to provide to the Holders the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.

(D) NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Agreement shall mean this Registration Rights Agreement as originally executed and as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

Business Day shall mean any Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, or Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York or other applicable places where such act is to occur are authorized or obligated by applicable law, regulation or executive order to close.

Common Stock shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

Commission shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

Company shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Controlling Person shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) of this Agreement.

Demand Notice shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) of this Agreement.

Demand Registration shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i) of this Agreement.

Demand Registration Statement shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i) of this Agreement.

Depositary shall mean The Depository Trust Company, or any other depositary appointed by the Company.

 

2


End of Suspension Notice shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) of this Agreement.

Equity Securities of any Person means (i) any capital stock, partnership, membership, joint venture or other ownership or equity interest, participation or securities in or of such Person (whether voting or non-voting, whether preferred, common or otherwise, and including any stock appreciation, contingent interest or similar right) and (ii) any option, warrant, security or other right (including debt securities) directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise to acquire directly or indirectly, any stock, interest, participation or security described in clause (i) above.

Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any corresponding provision of succeeding law) and the rules and regulations thereunder.

FINRA shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Holder shall mean each holder of the Common Stock, listed in Schedule I attached hereto, in his, her or its capacity as a holder of Registrable Shares and their direct and indirect transferees. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company may deem and treat the registered holder of a Registrable Share as the Holder and absolute owner thereof, unless notified to the contrary in writing by the registered Holder thereof.

Initiating Holders shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(ii) of this Agreement.

IPO shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

Liabilities shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a)(i) of this Agreement.

Maximum Threshold shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d)(i) of this Agreement.

Non-Holder Securities shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d)(i) of this Agreement.

Parent shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

Person shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other governmental or legal entity.

Piggyback Registration shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(i) of this Agreement.

Prospectus means the prospectus or prospectuses included in any Registration Statement (including without limitation, any prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act and any term sheet filed pursuant to Rule 434 under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement and by all other amendments and supplements to the prospectus, including post-effective amendments and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such prospectus or prospectuses.

Registrable Shares with respect to any Holder, shall mean at any time the Common Stock (with the initial amount of Common Stock shares held by each Holder being as forth opposite such Holder’s name on Schedule I hereto), together with any class of equity securities of the Company or of a successor to the entire business of the Company which are issued in exchange for the Common Stock; provided, however, that such Registrable Shares shall cease to be Registrable Shares with

 

3


respect to any Holder upon the earliest to occur of (A) the date on which a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such Holder’s Registrable Shares shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and all of such Holder’s Registrable Shares shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement; (B) the date on which such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding; and (C) the date on which the Registrable Shares (i) may be sold without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act in a single transaction and (ii) are not prohibited from being sold pursuant to any other agreement between the Holder and the Company restricting the sale of Registrable Shares.

Registration Expenses shall mean (i) the fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Company incurred in connection with the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, and any premiums and other costs of policies of insurance obtained by the Company against liabilities arising out of the sale of any securities, (ii) all registration, filing and stock exchange fees, all fees and expenses of complying with securities or “blue sky” laws, all fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents and registrars, all printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses and any fees and disbursements of one common counsel retained by a majority of the Registrable Shares, (iii) expenses relating to any analyst or investor presentations or any “road shows” undertaken in connection with the registration, marketing or selling of the Registrable Shares, (iv) fees and expenses in connection with any review by FINRA of the underwriting arrangements or other terms of the offering, and all fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” including the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel thereto, (v) costs of printing and producing any agreements among underwriters, underwriting agreements, any “blue sky” or legal investment memoranda and any selling agreements and other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of the Registrable Shares; provided, however, that “Registration Expenses” shall not include any out-of-pocket expenses of the Holders (other than as set forth in clause (ii) above), transfer taxes, underwriting or brokerage commissions or discounts associated with effecting any sales of Registrable Shares that may be offered, which expenses shall be borne by each Holder of Registrable Shares on a pro rata basis with respect to the Registrable Shares so sold.

Registration Statement means any registration statement of the Company filed with the Commission under the Securities Act which covers any of the Registrable Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all materials incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement.

Sale Expenses shall mean other than in connection with a Registration Statement, (i) the fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Company incurred in connection with the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, and any premiums and other costs of policies of insurance obtained by the Company against liabilities arising out of the sale of any securities and (ii) all registration, filing and stock exchange fees, all fees and expenses of complying with securities or “blue sky” laws, all fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents and registrars, all printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses and any fees and disbursements of one common counsel retained by a majority of the Registrable Shares; provided, however, that “Sale Expenses” shall not include any out-of-pocket expenses of the Holders (other than as set forth in clause (ii) above), transfer taxes, underwriting or brokerage commissions or discounts associated with effecting any sales of Registrable Shares that may be offered, which expenses shall be borne by each Holder of Registrable Shares on a pro rata basis with respect to the Registrable Shares so sold.

 

4


Securities Act shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

Selling Holders’ Counsel shall mean counsel for the Holders that is selected by the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Shares included in a Registration Statement and that is reasonably acceptable to the Company. In the absence of an election, such counsel shall be King & Spalding LLP.

Shelf Registration Statement shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of this Agreement.

Suspension Event shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) of this Agreement.

Suspension Notice shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement.

Underwritten Offering shall mean a sale of securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for reoffering to the public.

Withdrawn Demand Registration shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(iv) of this Agreement.

 

2. SHELF REGISTRATIONS AND PIGGY BACK REGISTRATIONS

(a) Shelf Registration .

(i) Filing . At any time that the Company is eligible to register the Registrable Shares on a registration statement on Form S-3, upon the written request of RC II WS, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission following the receipt of such written request (the “ Demand Notice ”), one or more registration statements on Form S-3 with respect to the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act for the offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”). If such Shelf Registration Statement is not automatically declared effective by the Commission or does not automatically become effective, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable after the filing thereof. The Shelf Registration Statement and any form of prospectus included therein (or prospectus supplement relating thereto) shall reflect the plan of distribution or method of sale as RC II WS may from time to time notify the Company of. Following the receipt by the Company of any Demand Notice, all of the Registrable Shares of RC II WS shall be included in the Shelf Registration Statement without any further action unless a smaller number is requested or a dollar amount is registered. If not all of RC II WS’s Registrable Shares are included, RC II WS may submit subsequent Demand Notices. Other Holders shall be afforded five (5) Business Days to decide to include Registrable Shares in proportion to the Registrable Shares of RC II WS that are included in the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, that to the extent such other Holders wish to include additional Registrable Shares held by such Holders in the Shelf Registration Statement, such other Holders may request, within the same five Business Day notice period outlined above, that RC II WS consider including such additional shares as Registrable Shares. Upon receipt of such notice, and subject to Section 2(d)(i), RC II WS may elect to include or exclude such additional Registrable Shares from the Shelf Registration Statement in its sole and absolute discretion.

(ii) Continued Effectiveness . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep any Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for the period beginning on the date on which such Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective and ending on the date that all of the Registrable Shares registered under the Shelf Registration Statement cease to be Registrable Shares. During the period that such Shelf Registration Statement is effective, the Company shall supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by the Securities Act or if reasonably requested by the Holders of Registrable Shares registered on such Shelf Registration Statement (whether or not required by the form on which the securities are being registered), including to reflect any specific plan of distribution

 

5


or method of sale, and shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to have such supplements and amendments declared effective, if required, as soon as practicable after filing.

(iii) Underwritten Offering and Selection of Underwriters . Only RC II WS shall have the right to conduct an Underwritten Offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement; provided, that other Holders shall be afforded five (5) Business Days to decide to include Registrable Shares in any such offering in proportion to the Registrable Shares of RC II WS that are included in such offering; provided further, that to the extent such other Holders wish to include additional Registrable Shares held by such Holders in an Underwritten Offering, such other Holders may request, within the same five business day notice period outlined above, that RC II WS consider including such additional shares as Registrable Shares. Upon receipt of such notice, and subject to Section 2(d)(i), RC II WS may elect to include or exclude such additional Registrable Shares from the Underwritten Offering in its sole and absolute discretion. If any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement is an Underwritten Offering, RC II WS shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering.

(b) Demand Registrations.

(i) Right to Request Registration . So long as the Company does not have an effective Shelf Registration Statement with respect to the Registrable Shares, RC II WS may request registration under the Securities Act of all or part of its Registrable Shares (“ Demand Registration ”) with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $10.0 million at any time and from time to time.

Within seven (7) Business Days after receipt of any such request for Demand Registration, the Company shall give written notice of such request to all other Holders of Registrable Shares, if any, and shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2(d)(i) hereof, include in such registration the number of Registrable Shares of such Holder up to an amount in proportion to the Registrable Shares of RC II WS that are to be included in the Demand Registration and with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within five (5) Business Days after the receipt of the Company’s notice; provided, that to the extent such other Holders wish to include additional Registrable Shares held by such Holders in the Demand Registration, such other Holders may request, within the same five Business Day notice period outlined above, that RC II WS consider including such additional shares as Registrable Shares. Upon receipt of such notice, and subject to Section 2(d)(i), RC II WS may elect to include or exclude such additional Registrable Shares from the Underwritten Offering in its sole and absolute discretion. The Company shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission following receipt of any such request for Demand Registration one or more registration statements with respect to all such Registrable Shares with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein in accordance with this paragraph under the Securities Act (the “ Demand Registration Statement ”). The Company shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to cause such Demand Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable after the filing thereof. The Demand Registration Statement shall be on an appropriate form and the Registration Statement and any form of prospectus included therein (or prospectus supplement relating thereto) shall reflect the plan of distribution or method of sale as the Holders of shares registered on such Registration Statement may from time to time notify the Company. Following the receipt by the Company of any request for Demand Registration, subject to Section 2(d)(i), all of the Registrable Shares of any Holder electing to register Registrable Shares in accordance with this paragraph shall be included in the Demand Registration Statement without any further action by any Holder. RC II WS may cause the Company to postpone or withdraw the filing or the effectiveness of a Demand Registration at any time in its sole discretion.

(ii) Restrictions on Demand Registrations . The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within sixty (60) days after the effective date of a previous Demand Registration or a previous registration under which any Holder or Holders (the “ Initiating Holders ”) had piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2(c) hereof wherein the Initiating Holders were permitted to register, and sold, at least 50% of the shares of Registrable Shares requested to be included therein. In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration after the Company has effected three (3) Demand Registrations in any twelve (12) month period if all such registrations effected by the Company have been declared and ordered effective.

 

6


(iii) Underwritten Offering and Selection of Underwriters . Only RC II WS shall have a right to conduct an Underwritten Offering pursuant to a Demand Registration; provided, that other Holders shall be afforded the right to include Registrable Shares in any such offering in proportion to the Registrable Shares of RC II WS that are included in such offering. If any of the Registrable Shares covered by a Demand Registration hereof are to be sold in an Underwritten Offering, RC II WS shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering.

(iv) Effective Period of Demand Registrations . After any Demand Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement has become effective, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to keep such Demand Registration Statement effective for a period equal to one hundred eighty (180) days from the date on which the SEC declares such Demand Registration Statement effective (or if such Demand Registration Statement is not effective during any period within such one hundred eighty (180) days, such 180-day period shall be extended by the number of days during such period when such Demand Registration Statement is not effective), or such shorter period that shall terminate when all of the Registrable Shares covered by such Demand Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Demand Registration. If the Company shall withdraw or reduce the number of shares of Registrable Shares that is subject to any Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) (a “ Withdrawn Demand Registration ”), the Initiating Holders of the Registrable Shares remaining unsold and originally covered by such Withdrawn Demand Registration shall be entitled to a replacement Demand Registration that (subject to the provisions of this Section 2(b)) the Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to keep effective for a period commencing on the effective date of such Demand Registration and ending on the earlier to occur of the date (i) that is one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of such Demand Registration and (ii) on which all of the Registrable Shares covered by such Demand Registration has been sold. Such additional Demand Registration otherwise shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Piggyback Registrations.

(i) Right to Piggyback . Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or on Form S-4 or any similar successor forms thereto), whether for its own account or for the account of one or more stockholders of the Company, and the registration form to be used may be used for any registration of Registrable Shares (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), the Company shall give prompt written notice to all Holders of its intention to effect such a registration and, subject to Sections 2(d)(ii) and 2(d)(iii), shall include in such registration all Registrable Shares with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within five (5) Business Days after the receipt of the Company’s notice. The Company may postpone or withdraw the filing or the effectiveness of a Piggyback Registration at any time in its sole discretion.

(ii) Withdrawal . Any Holder may elect to withdraw such Holder’s request for inclusion of Registrable Shares in any Piggyback Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Company (whether on its own determination or as the result of a withdrawal by Persons making a demand pursuant to written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement at any time prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement without thereby

 

7


incurring any liability to the Holders of Registrable Shares. Notwithstanding any such withdrawal, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the Holders in connection with such Piggyback Registration as provided in Section 8(d).

(iii) Selection of Underwriters . If any of the Registrable Shares of RC II WS covered by a Piggyback Registration hereof are to be sold in an Underwritten Offering, RC II WS shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering.

(d) Priority.

(i) Priority on Shelf and Demand Registrations. If the managing underwriters of a requested Demand Registration or an underwritten sale under a Shelf Registration Statement, advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion, the number of Registrable Shares requested to be included in such Demand Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering and/or that the number of Registrable Shares proposed to be included in any such registration would adversely affect the price per share of the Company’s equity securities to be sold in such offering (such maximum number of securities or Registrable Shares, as applicable, the “ Maximum Threshold ”), the underwriting shall be allocated among the Company and all Holders as follows: (A) first, the shares comprised of Registrable Shares, as to which registration has been requested and is required pursuant to the registration rights hereof, and the shares of Common Stock of a holder of the Company’s securities other than Registrable Shares (“ Non-Holder Securities ”) that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual rights entered into prior to the date hereof, pro rata, based on the amount of such Common Stock initially requested to be registered by such Holders or holders of Non-Holder Securities or as such Holders or holders of Non-Holder Securities may otherwise agree, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), Non-Holder Securities that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual rights entered into after the date hereof, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the shares of Common Stock or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; and (D) fourth, to the extent the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), any additional Registrable Shares of Holders other than RC II WS as to which registration has been requested and that RC II WS determines, in its sole discretion, can be sold.

(ii) Priority on Primary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the Maximum Threshold, the underwriting shall be allocated among the Company and all Holders as follows: (A) first, the shares of Common Stock or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the shares comprised of Registrable Shares, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the registration rights hereof, and Non-Holder Securities that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual rights entered into prior to the date hereof, pro rata, based on the amount of such Common Stock initially requested to be registered by such Holders or holders of Non-Holder Securities or as such Holders or holders of Non-Holder Securities may otherwise agree, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold, and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), Non-Holder Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual rights entered into with such Persons after the date hereof and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold.

 

8


(iii) Priority on Secondary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of a holder of Non-Holder Securities, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering and/or that the number of Registrable Shares proposed to be included in any such registration would adversely affect the price per share of the Company’s equity securities to be sold in such offering, the underwriting shall be allocated among the holders of Non-Holder Securities and all Holders electing to participate in such offering pro rata on the basis of the Non-Holder Securities and Registrable Shares offered for such registration by the holder of Non-Holder Securities and each Holder, respectively, electing to participate in such registration.

(iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if RC II WS wishes to engage in an underwritten block trade off of an effective Shelf Registration Statement, Demand Registration Statement or Piggyback Registration, RC II WS may notify the Company of the block trade offering on the day such offering is to commence and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible use its best efforts to facilitate such offering (which may close as early as three (3) business days after the date it commences);  provided  that in the case of such underwritten block trade, only RC II WS shall have a right to notice of and to participate in such offering.

 

3. BLACK-OUT PERIODS

(a) Notwithstanding Section 2, and subject to the provisions of this Section 3, the Company shall be permitted, in limited circumstances, to suspend the use, from time to time, of the Prospectus that is part of a Shelf Registration Statement (and therefore suspend sales of the Registrable Shares under such Shelf Registration Statement), by providing written notice (a “ Suspension Notice ”) to the Selling Holders’ Counsel, if any, and the Holders, for such times as the Company reasonably may determine is necessary and advisable (but in no event for more than an aggregate of ninety (90) days in any rolling twelve (12) month period commencing on the date of this Agreement or more than forty-five (45) consecutive days, except as a result of a refusal by the Commission to declare any post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement effective after the Company has used all commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the post -effective amendment to be declared effective by the Commission, in which case, the Company must terminate the black-out period immediately following the effective date of the post-effective amendment) if any of the following events shall occur: (i) a majority of the Board determines in good faith that (A) the offer or sale of any Registrable Shares would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed financing, offer or sale of securities, acquisition, corporate reorganization or other material transaction involving the Company, (B) after the advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and (C) (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such transaction, (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate such transaction, or (z) such transaction renders the Company unable to comply with Commission requirements, in each case under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement on a post effective basis, as applicable; or (ii) a majority of the Board determines in good faith, upon the advice of counsel, that it is in the Company’s best interest or it is required by law, rule or regulation to supplement the Shelf Registration Statement or file a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement in order to ensure that the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement (1) contains the information required under Section 10(a)(3)

 

9


of the Securities Act; (2) discloses any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement (or of the most recent post-effective amendment) that, individually or in the aggregate, represents a fundamental change in the information set forth therein; or (3) discloses any material information with respect to the plan of distribution that was not disclosed in the Shelf Registration Statement or any material change to such information. Upon the occurrence of any such suspension, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement on a post effective basis or to take such action as is necessary to make resumed use of the Shelf Registration Statement as soon as possible.

(b) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Shelf Registration Statement as set forth in paragraph (a) above (a “ Suspension Event ”), the Company shall give a Suspension Notice to the Selling Holders’ Counsel, if any, and the Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Shares and such notice shall state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension shall continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing and the Company is using its commercially reasonable efforts and taking all reasonable steps to terminate suspension of the use of the Shelf Registration Statement as promptly as possible. A Holder shall not effect any sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) all copies other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession of the prospectus covering the Registrable Shares at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The Holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) following further written notice to such effect (an “ End of Suspension Notice ”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to the Holders and to the Selling Holders’ Counsel, if any, promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event and its effect.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Company shall give a Suspension Notice with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 3, the Company agrees that it shall extend the period of time during which such Shelf Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from the date of receipt by the Holders of the Suspension Notice to and including the date of receipt by the Holders of the End of Suspension Notice and provide copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus necessary to resume sales, with respect to each Suspension Event; provided that such period of time shall not be extended beyond the date that Common Stock covered by such Shelf Registration Statement are no longer Registrable Shares.

 

4. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

(a) In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement or sale of Registrable Shares as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to, as expeditiously as reasonably practicable:

(i) prepare and file with the Commission the Registration Statement, within the relevant time period specified in Section 2, on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (1) shall be selected by the Company, (2) shall be available for the registration and sale of the Registrable Shares by the selling Holders thereof, (3) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include or incorporate by reference all financial statements required by the Commission to be filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein, and (4) shall comply in all respects with the requirements of Regulation S-T under the Securities Act, and otherwise comply with its obligations under Section 2 hereof;

 

10


(ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period; and cause each prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provision then in force) under the Securities Act and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to them with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the selling Holders thereof;

(iii) (1) notify each Holder of Registrable Shares, at least five (5) Business Days after filing, that a Registration Statement with respect to the Registrable Shares has been filed and advising such Holders that the distribution of Registrable Shares will be made in accordance with any method or combination of methods legally available by the Holders of any and all Registrable Shares; (2) furnish to each Holder of Registrable Shares and to each underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Shares, if any, without charge, as many copies of each prospectus, including each preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request, including financial statements and schedules in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Shares; and (3) hereby consent to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Shares in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Shares covered by the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

(iv) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Shares under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement and each underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Shares shall reasonably request by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Holder and underwriter to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Shares owned by such Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 4(a)(iv), or (2) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(v) notify promptly each Holder of Registrable Shares under a Registration Statement and, if requested by such Holder, confirm such advice in writing promptly at the address determined in accordance with Section 8(e) of this Agreement (1) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective, (2) of any request by the Commission or any state securities authority for post-effective amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (3) of the issuance by the Commission or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (4) if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Shares covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales

 

11


agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (5) of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts during the period a Registration Statement is effective as a result of which such Registration Statement or any document incorporated by reference therein contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or, in the case of the prospectus, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (which information shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Registration Statement and the prospectus (such instruction to be provided in the same manner as a Suspension Notice) until the requisite changes have been made, at which time notice of the end of suspension shall be delivered in the same manner as an End of Suspension Notice), (6) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Shares, for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and (7) of the filing of a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement;

(vi) furnish Selling Holders’ Counsel, if any, copies of any comment letters relating to the selling Holders received from the Commission or any other request by the Commission or any state securities authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement and prospectus or for additional information relating to the selling Holders;

(vii) make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at the earliest possible moment;

(viii) furnish to each Holder of Registrable Shares, and each underwriter, if any, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules (without documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits thereto, unless requested);

(ix) cooperate with the selling Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Shares to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Shares to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, may reasonably request at least three (3) Business Days prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Shares;

(x) upon the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any facts, as contemplated by Sections 4(a)(v)(5) and 4(a)(v)(6) hereof, as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, use its commercially reasonable best efforts to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or the related prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Shares, such prospectus will not contain at the time of such delivery any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or will remain so qualified, as applicable. At such time as such public disclosure is otherwise made or the Company determines that such disclosure is not necessary, in each case to correct any misstatement of a material fact or to include any omitted material fact, the Company agrees promptly to notify each Holder of such determination and to furnish each Holder such number of copies of the prospectus as amended or supplemented, as such Holder may reasonably request;

(xi) within a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a

 

12


prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Selling Holders’ Counsel, if any, on behalf of such Holders, and make representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of Registrable Shares available for discussion of such document;

(xii) obtain a CUSIP number for the Registrable Shares not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement, and provide the Company’s transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Shares, in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary, in each case, to the extent necessary or applicable;

(xiii) enter into agreements (including underwriting agreements) and take all other customary appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Shares whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an underwritten registration:

(1) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of such Registrable Shares and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar Underwritten Offerings as may be reasonably requested by them;

(2) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to any managing underwriter(s) and their counsel) addressed to the underwriters, if any (and in the case of an underwritten registration, each selling Holder), covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in Underwritten Offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the underwriter(s);

(3) obtain “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) addressed to the underwriter(s), if any, and use reasonable efforts to have such letter addressed to the selling Holders in the case of an underwritten registration (to the extent consistent with Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accounts), such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters to underwriters in connection with similar Underwritten Offerings;

(4) enter into a securities sales agreement with the Holders and an agent of the Holders providing for, among other things, the appointment of such agent for the selling Holders for the purpose of soliciting purchases of Registrable Shares, which agreement shall be in form, substance and scope customary for similar offerings;

(5) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to set forth indemnification provisions and procedures substantially equivalent to the indemnification provisions and procedures set forth in Section 5 hereof with respect to the underwriters and all other parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section or, at the request of any underwriters, in the form customarily provided to such underwriters in similar types of transactions; and

(6) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested and as are customarily delivered in similar offerings to the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Shares being sold and the managing underwriters, if any;

 

13


(xiv) make available for inspection by any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement, Selling Holders’ Counsel and any accountant retained by a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Shares being sold, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties or assets of the Company reasonably requested by any such persons, and cause the respective officers, directors, employees, and any other agents of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, counsel or accountant in connection with a Registration Statement, and make such representatives of the Company available for discussion of such documents as shall be reasonably requested by the Company; provided, however, that the Selling Holders’ Counsel, if any, and the representatives of any underwriters will use commercially reasonable best efforts, to the extent reasonably practicable, to coordinate the foregoing inspection and information gathering and to not materially disrupt the Company’s business operations;

(xv) a reasonable time prior to filing any Registration Statement, any prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to such Registration Statement, or amendment or supplement to such prospectus, provide copies of such document to the underwriter(s) of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Shares; within five (5) Business Days after the filing of any Registration Statement, provide copies of such Registration Statement to Selling Holders’ Counsel; make such changes in any of the foregoing documents prior to the filing thereof, or in the case of changes received from Selling Holders’ Counsel by filing an amendment or supplement thereto, as the underwriter or underwriters, or in the case of changes received from Selling Holders’ Counsel relating to the selling Holders or the plan of distribution of Registrable Shares, as Selling Holders’ Counsel, reasonably requests; not file any such document in a form to which any underwriter shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy of or to which the Selling Holders’ Counsel, if any, on behalf of the Holders of Registrable Shares, or any underwriter shall reasonably object; not include in any amendment or supplement to such documents any information about the selling Holders or any change to the plan of distribution of Registrable Shares that would limit the method of distribution of the Registrable Shares unless Selling Holders’ Counsel has been advised in advance and has approved such information or change; and make the representatives of the Company available for discussion of such document as shall be reasonably requested by the Selling Holders’ Counsel, if any, on behalf of such Holders, Selling Holders’ Counsel or any underwriter;

(xvi) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Shares to be listed on any national securities exchange on which the Company’s common stock is then listed;

(xvii) otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering at least twelve (12) months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section ll(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(xviii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any “qualified independent underwriter” that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the FINRA);

 

14


(xix) the Company may (as a condition to a Holder’s participation in a Shelf Registration, Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration) require each Holder of Registrable Shares to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Shares as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

(xx) if Registrable Shares are to be sold in an Underwritten Offering, to include in the registration statement, or in the case of a Shelf Registration, a prospectus supplement, to be used all such information as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters for the marketing and sale of such Registrable Shares;

(xxi) cause the appropriate officers of the Company to (i) prepare and make presentations at any “road shows” and before analysts and rating agencies, as the case may be, (ii) take other actions to obtain ratings for any Registrable Shares and (iii) use their reasonable best efforts to cooperate as reasonably requested by the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Shares.

Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts of the type described in Section 4(a)(v) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement relating to such Registrable Shares until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(a)(v) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies in such Holder’s possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Shares current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

5. INDEMNIFICATION

(a) Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any such Person, and each Person (a “ Controlling Person ”), if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any of the foregoing Persons, as follows:

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment, actions, other liabilities and expenses whatsoever (the “ Liabilities ”), as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) pursuant to which Registrable Shares were registered under the Securities Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission therefrom at such date of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(ii) against any and all Liabilities, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 5(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by any indemnified party), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above; provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any Liabilities to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Holder expressly for use in a Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

15


(b) Indemnification by the Holders . Each Holder severally, but not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the other selling Holders, and each of their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents, against any and all Liabilities described in the indemnity contained in Section 5(a) hereof, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any prospectus included therein (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Holder furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); provided, however, that no such Holder shall be liable for any claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement.

(c) Notices of Claims, etc . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying party or parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whosoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 5 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) Indemnification Payments . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by

 

16


Section 5(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than forty-five (45) days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least thirty (30) days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

(e) Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any Liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such Liabilities incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Holders on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Company and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 5. The aggregate amount of Liabilities incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 5 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 5, each Person, if any, who controls the a Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as a Holder, and each director of the Company, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

 

6. HOLDBACK AGREEMENT

(a) Each Holder agrees not to effect any sale, transfer, or other actual or pecuniary transfer (including heading and similar arrangements) of any Registrable Shares or of any other equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such stock or securities, during the period beginning seven days prior to, and ending 90 days after (or for such shorter period as to which the managing underwriter(s) may agree), the date of the underwriting agreement of each Underwritten Offering made pursuant to a Registration Statement other than Registrable Shares sold pursuant to such Underwritten Offering; and (b) the Company agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities (or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities) during the seven days prior to and during the 90-day period beginning on the effective date of any underwritten Demand Registration (or for such shorter period as to which the managing underwriter or underwriters may agree), except as part of such

 

17


Demand Registration or in connection with any employee benefit or similar plan, any dividend reinvestment plan, or a business acquisition or combination and to use all reasonable efforts to cause each holder of at least 5% (on a fully diluted basis) of its equity securities (or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities) which are or may be purchased from the Company at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than in a registered offering) to agree not to effect any sale or distribution of any such securities during such period (except as part of such Underwritten Offering, if otherwise permitted). Each Holder agrees to enter into any agreements reasonably requested by any managing underwriter reflecting the terms of this Section 6.

 

7. TERMINATION

Survival . The rights of each Holder under this Agreement shall terminate upon the date that all of the Registrable Shares cease to be Registrable Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the parties under Sections 5 and 2 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect following such time.

 

8. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) Covenants Relating To Rule 144 . For so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15 of the Securities Act, the Company covenants that it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder. If the Company ceases to be so required to file such reports, the Company covenants that it will upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Shares (a) make publicly available such information as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (b) deliver such information to a prospective purchaser as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Shares may reasonably request, and (c) take such further action that is reasonable in the circumstances, in each case, to the extent required, from time to time, to enable such Holder to sell its Registrable Shares without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, (ii) Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or (iii) any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Shares, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first Registration Statement filed by the Company for an offering of its Common Stock to the general public) and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), a copy of the most recent annual and quarterly report(s) of the Company, and such other reports, documents or stockholder communications of the Company, and take such further actions consistent with this Section 8(a), as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such Registrable Shares without registration.

(b) Cooperation . The Company shall cooperate with RC II WS in any sale and or transfer of Registrable Shares including by means not involving a registration statement.

(c) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company has not entered into and the Company will not after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not and will not for the term of this Agreement in any way conflict with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.

 

18


(d) Expenses . All Registration Expenses or Sale Expenses of any Holder shall be borne by the Company, whether or not any Registration Statement related thereto becomes effective or other Sale takes place.

(e) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived at any time only by the written agreement of the Company and the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any such Holders of any provision or condition of this Agreement must be made in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in writing. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder of Registrable Shares and the Company.

(f) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, registered first-class mail, facsimile or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8(f); and (b) if to the Company, to Wingstop Inc., Attention: Jay Young (facsimile: (214) 853-9296). All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; two (2) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if sent by facsimile (provided confirmation of transmission is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party) and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

(g) Successor and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company. In addition, RC II WS may assign its rights hereunder to subsequent Holders. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Shares, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Shares shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Shares such person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement, and such person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.

(h) Specific Enforcement . Without limiting the remedies available to the Holders, the Company acknowledges that any failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 2 hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it would not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, a Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s obligations under Section 2 hereof.

(i) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(j) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof

(k) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE.

 

19


(l) Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have affixed my signature hereto this      day of              2015

 

WINGSTOP INC.

 

Name:
Title:
RC II WS LLC

 

Name:
Title:

 

21


[STOCKHOLDER]

 

 

22


SCHEDULE I

 

23

Exhibit 10.8

WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION

2010 STOCK OPTION PLAN

NON-INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

GRANT

This Option Certificate (this “Option Certificate”) evidences the grant by Wing Stop Holding Corporation (the “Company”), in accordance with the Wing Stop Holding Corporation 2010 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), of a Non-Incentive Stock Option (the “Option”) to [                ] (“Holder”) to purchase from the Company [                ] shares of the $.01 par value common stock of the Company (the “Stock”), at an Option Price per share equal to $[        ] (the “Option Price”). The Option is granted effective as of [                ] (the “Grant Date”). The Option does not constitute an incentive stock option under § 422 of the Code.

 

WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION
By:

 

Name:
Title:

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

§ 1 Plan . The Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Option Certificate, and all capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Option Certificate have the respective meaning of such terms as defined in the Plan. If a determination is made that any term or condition set forth in this Option Certificate is inconsistent with the Plan, the Plan shall control. A copy of the Plan will be made available to Holder upon written request to the Company.

§ 2 Exercise Rights .

 

  (a) Vesting .

 

  (1) Holder will vest with respect to [    ]% of the Option if Holder remains a member of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) continuously until the [            ] anniversary of the Grant Date; and Holder will vest with respect to an additional [    ]% of the Option on each of the next [            ] anniversaries of the Grant Date if Holder remains a member of the Board continuously through such respective anniversary date (e.g., if Holder is a member of the Board continuously through the [            ] anniversary of the Grant Date, the Option would be [    ]% vested).

 

  (2) Upon a Change in Control, Director will vest automatically with respect to all of the Options (to the extent not previously vested) if Director remains a member of the Board continuously through the Change Effective Date for the Change in Control.


  (b) Death or Disability . If Holder’s service as a member of the Board terminates due to “Disability” (as defined in § 2(d)) or death, the Option must be exercised within [    ] year[s] of such Disability or death, to the extent then vested. At the end of such [    ]-year period, the Option shall expire and be forfeited to the extent then un-exercised.

 

  (c) Change in Control . If there is a Change in Control, Holder may be required by the Board to exercise all vested Options. Any vested Options must be exercised within [    ] calendar days following receipt by Holder of written notice of the Change in Control from the Board; any Options that are not exercised within such [    ] day period will be cancelled as of the Change Effective Date of the Change in Control.

 

  (d) Disability . For purposes of this Option Certificate, “Disability” means the suffering by Holder for at least a [    ]-consecutive-day period of a physical or mental condition resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental disorder that renders Holder incapable of continuing even with reasonable accommodation to serve as a member of the Board. The Board shall determine whether Holder has a Disability. If Holder disputes such determination, the issue shall be submitted to a competent licensed doctor appointed by the Board, and the doctor’s determination as to whether Holder has a Disability shall be binding on the Company and on Holder.

§ 3 Life of Option . The Option shall expire and shall not be exercisable for any reason on or after the [    ] anniversary of the Grant Date.

§ 4 Method of Exercise of Option . Holder may exercise the Option in whole or in part (to the extent the Option is otherwise exercisable under § 2) on any normal business day of the Company by (a) delivering this Option Certificate to the Company, together with written notice of the exercise of the Option, and (b) simultaneously paying to the Company the Option Price. The payment of such Option Price shall be made either in cash or by check acceptable to the Company.

§ 5 Delivery . The Company shall deliver a properly issued certificate for any Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option as soon as practicable after such exercise (or otherwise register such Stock in the name of Holder), and such delivery (or registration in the name of Holder) shall discharge the Company of all of its duties and responsibilities with respect to the Option.

§ 6 Nontransferable . Except as expressly authorized in writing by the Board, no rights granted under this Option Certificate or the Option shall be transferable by Holder other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and the rights granted under this Option Certificate and the Option shall be exercisable during Holder’s lifetime only by Holder. The person or persons, if any, to whom the Option is transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or through written Board authorization shall be treated after such transfer the same as Holder under this Option Certificate.

 

- 2 -


§ 7 Release . As a condition to the Company’s issuance of shares of Stock or making any payment pursuant to this Option Certificate, the Company, at its option, may require Holder to execute a full and complete release on behalf of Holder and Holder’s heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, releasing all claims, actions and causes of action against the Company and each parent, Subsidiary and affiliate of the Company, and their respective current and former directors, officers, administrators, trustees, employees, agents, and other representatives. Such release must be in form and substance satisfactory to the Company. “Subsidiary” means any entity as to which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting equity interests.

§ 8 No Right to Employment . Neither the Plan, this Option Certificate, the Option, nor any related material shall give Holder the right to employment by the Company or any Subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or to serve as a member of the Board.

§ 9 Shareholder Status . Holder shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares of Stock under the Option until such shares have been duly issued and delivered to (or registered in the name of) Holder and, except as expressly set forth in the Plan, no adjustment shall be made for dividends of any kind or description whatsoever or for distributions of other rights of any kind or description whatsoever respecting such Stock.

§ 10 Securities Registration . As a condition to the delivery of the certificate for any shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option (or the registration of such Stock in the name of Holder), Holder shall, if so requested by the Company, hold such shares of Stock for investment and not with a view of resale or distribution to the public and, if so requested by the Company, shall deliver to the Company a written statement satisfactory to the Company to that effect.

§ 11 Other Laws . If any change in circumstances after the grant of the Option would create a substantial risk for the Company that the issuance or transfer of any Stock under this Option Certificate to Holder at the time Holder tenders any payment to exercise the Option would violate any applicable law or regulation, the Company at that time shall (a) take such action as the Board deems fair and reasonable and permissible under such law or regulation either (1) to continue to maintain the status of the Option as outstanding until Holder can exercise the Option without any substantial risk of such a violation, or (2) to fully and fairly compensate Holder for the cancellation of the Option and thereafter to cancel the Option, and (b) refund any payment made by Holder to exercise the Option.

§ 12 Other Agreements . If so requested by the Board, Holder shall (as a condition to the exercise of the Option) enter into such additional shareholder, buy-sell or other agreement or agreements prepared by the Company as the Company deems appropriate, which may restrict the transfer of shares of Stock acquired pursuant to this Option Certificate and provide for the repurchase of such Stock by the Company under certain circumstances. The certificate(s) evidencing the Stock may include one or more legends that reference or describe the conditions upon exercise referenced in this § 12.

 

- 3 -


§ 13 Withholding . The Company, or a Subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, shall have the right upon the exercise of the Option to take such action as the Company or Subsidiary or affiliate of the Company deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy the minimum statutory federal and state tax withholding requirements arising out of the exercise of the Option, including (but not limited to) withholding shares of Stock that otherwise would be transferred to Holder as a result of the exercise of the Option to satisfy the minimum statutory withholding requirements.

§ 14 Governing Law . The Plan and this Option Certificate shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia.

§ 15 Binding Effect . This Option Certificate shall be binding upon the Company and Holder and their respective heirs, executors, administrators and successors.

§ 16 Headings and Sections . The headings contained in this Option Certificate are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Option Certificate. Any references to sections (§) in this Option Certificate shall be to sections (§) of this Option Certificate unless otherwise expressly stated as part of such reference.

 

- 4 -

Exhibit 10.9

WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION

2010 STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

EBITDA AND SERVICE VESTING

GRANT

This Option Certificate (this “Option Certificate”) evidences the grant by Wing Stop Holding Corporation (the “Company”), in accordance with the Wing Stop Holding Corporation 2010 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), of a Stock Option (the “Option”) to [            ] (“Eligible Employee”) to purchase from the Company [                ] shares of the $.01 par value common stock of the Company (the “Shares”) at an Option Price per share equal to $[        ]. This Option is granted effective as of [            ]. This Option is a non-qualified option; that is, it is not qualified as an incentive stock option under § 422 of the Code.

 

WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION
By:

 

Name:
Title:

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

§ 1 Plan . This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Option Certificate, and all capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Option Certificate have the respective meaning of such terms as defined in the Plan. If a determination is made that any term or condition set forth in this Option Certificate is inconsistent with the Plan, the Plan will control. A copy of the Plan will be made available to Eligible Employee upon written request to the Secretary of the Company.

§ 2 Exercise Rights .

(a) EBITDA Target Vesting . The Option to purchase the number of Shares described in § 2(a)(4) (the “EBITDA Target Option”) will vest and become exercisable upon the Company’s achievement of EBITDA Targets, as set forth below in this § 2(a).

(1) EBITDA . For purposes of this Option Certificate, “EBITDA” means earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization for a fiscal year. The amount of EBITDA actually achieved for a year will be determined by the Board based upon the Company’s audited financial statements, as reviewed and approved by the Board.

(2) Annual Targets . If Eligible Employee remains continuously employed by the Company or a Subsidiary (“Employer”) throughout the respective year, and the annual EBITDA target for that year, as set forth in § 2(a)(4), (each, an “EBITDA Target”), is met or


exceeded during that year, as reflected in the Company’s annual audited financial statements, then the EBITDA Target Option automatically will become vested and exercisable with respect to the number of Shares set forth opposite such annual EBITDA Target for that year. If the annual EBITDA Target for a year as set forth in § 2(a)(4) is not met or exceeded for that year, then the EBITDA Target Option automatically will be forfeited with respect to the number of Shares set forth opposite such annual EBITDA Target , except as provided in §2(a)(5) below. For the avoidance of doubt, if the actual EBITDA for one year does not meet or exceed the applicable EBITDA Target, but the actual EBITDA for the following year meets or exceeds the applicable EBITDA Target for that year, then the EBITDA Target Option will become vested only with respect to the number of Shares for the year in which the EBITDA Target is attained, and not with respect to the number of Shares for the preceding year in which the EBITDA Target was not attained.

(3) EBITDA Target Adjustment . The EBITDA Targets in § 2(a)(4) may be adjusted upward by the Board in its discretion to take into consideration earnings that result from capital expenditures, acquisitions or other extraordinary expenditures. The EBITDA Targets in § 2(a)(4) may be adjusted by the Board in its discretion to take into consideration accounting changes which go into effect subsequent to the establishment of the EBITDA Targets.

(4) EBITDA Targets .

 

Year Ending

   Annual EBITDA Target      Number of Shares  

[                    ]

   $ [                  [                

[                    ]

   $ [                  [                

[                    ]

   $ [                  [                

[                    ]

   $ [                  [                

[                    ]

   $ [                  [                
        [                

(5) If Eligible Employee is continuously employed by Employer through calendar year [    ] and if the Company meets or exceeds [    ]% of the EBITDA Target in [    ], or in the case of a Change in Control prior to December 31, [    ] has met or exceeded [    ]% of the EBITDA Target the year prior to the Change in Control and the Board determines that the Company is on track to meet or exceed [    ]% of the current year’s EBITDA Target, then Eligible Employee will vest in any portion of the previous year’s EBITDA Target Option that was not earned due to missing that year’s EBITDA Target, subject to the termination provisions below.

(b) Service Based Vesting . The Option to purchase [                ] Shares (the “Service Based Option”) will vest over a [        ] year period and will become exercisable according to the following service based vesting schedule:

(1) Eligible Employee will vest with respect to [    ]% of the Service Based Option if Eligible Employee remains continuously employed by Employer until December 31, [    ] (the initial “Vesting Date”); and Eligible Employee will vest with respect to an additional [    ]% of the Service Based Option on each of the next [    ] anniversaries of the initial Vesting Date if

 

-2-


Eligible Employee remains continuously employed by Employer through the respective anniversary date (e.g., if Eligible Employee is continuously employed as of the [    ] anniversary of the initial Vesting Date, the Service Based Option would be [    ]% vested).

(2) Upon a Change in Control, Eligible Employee will vest automatically with respect to all of the Service Based Option (to the extent not previously vested) if Eligible Employee remains continuously employed by Employer until the Change Effective Date for the Change in Control.

(c) Openings Based Vesting . The Option to purchase the number of Shares described in § 2(c)(3) (the “Openings Based Option”) will vest and become exercisable upon the Company’s achievement of Net Openings targets as set forth below in this § 2(c).

(1) Net Openings . For purposes of this Option Certificate, “Net Openings” is equal to the number of new franchise stores opened during the period between January 1, [    ] through December 31, [    ] (the “Openings Period”), less the number of franchise stores closed during the Openings Period.

(2) Openings Targets . If (I) the Net Openings during the Openings Period is equal to or greater than [    ] and (ii) the Eligible Employee remains continuously employed by Employer through December 31, [    ], then the Openings Based Option automatically will become vested and exercisable with respect to the number of Shares set forth opposite the Net Openings range, as set forth in § 2(c)(3) (each, an “Openings Range”), within which the number of Net Openings falls. If Net Openings does not fall into the highest Openings Range, then the Openings Based Option automatically will be forfeited with respect to the additional Shares granted for such unmet Openings Ranges (e.g., if Net Openings as of December 31, [    ] is [    ], the Openings Based Option would vest and become exercisable with respect to [                ] Shares and be forfeited with respect to [                ] Shares).

(3) Net Openings Targets .

 

Openings Range

   Total Number of Shares  

[            ] Net Openings

     [                

[            ] Net Openings

     [                

[            ] Net Openings

     [                

greater than [    ] Net Openings

     [                

(4) Change in Control . If Eligible Employee is continuously employed by Employer through the date of consummation of a Change in Control, and the Change in Control is consummated prior to December 31, [    ], the Board will determine the number of Net Openings that the Company is reasonably expected to achieve by the end of the Openings Period. Eligible Employee will vest in the number of Shares that corresponds to the level of Net Openings that the Board has determined the Company is expected to achieve. For example, assume that a Change in Control occurs during calendar year [        ], and that the Board determines that the Company is on track to achieve [        ] Net Openings by the end of the Openings Period; [        ] Net Openings would result in the vesting of [                ] Shares, and the cancellation of the remaining Openings Based Options.

 

-3-


(d) Special Rules .

(1) Termination without Cause . Subject to § 3, if Employer terminates Eligible Employee’s employment without “Cause” (as defined in § 2(e)), then the Option, to the extent then vested and exercisable, must be exercised within [    ] days of the effective date of such termination. At the end of such [    ]-day period, the Option will expire and be forfeited to the extent then un-exercised. The unvested remainder of the Option will be immediately and automatically forfeited upon the effective date of such termination of employment.

(2) Termination for Cause . If Employer terminates Eligible Employee’s employment for Cause, the Option will expire and be forfeited in full immediately and automatically at the time Eligible Employee’s employment terminates, whether vested or not.

(3) Resignation . If Eligible Employee terminates his employment, Eligible Employee must exercise the portion of the Option that is vested prior to his resignation or it will be forfeited. The portion of the Option that is not vested will be forfeited automatically upon resignation.

(4) Death or Disability . Subject to § 3, if Eligible Employee’s employment with Employer terminates due to “Disability” (as defined in § 2(e)) or death, the Option to the extent then vested and exercisable must be exercised within [        ] days of such death or Disability. At the end of such [    ] day period, the Option shall expire and be forfeited to the extent then un-exercised. The unvested remainder of the Option shall be immediately and automatically forfeited upon Eligible Employee’s death or Disability. In the case of death or Disability, for purposes of determining vesting under §2(a) and §2(b) with respect to the EBITDA Target Option and the Service Based Option, respectively, Eligible Employee’s employment will be deemed to have been terminated on the last day of the year in which the death or Disability occurs, and that year will count towards the applicable vesting schedule (subject to the achievement of EBITDA Targets, in the case of the EBITDA Target Option).

(5) Change in Control . If there is a Change Effective Date for a Change in Control, then to the extent not otherwise vested pursuant to § 2(a), § 2(b), or § 2(c), the unvested portion of the Option shall be forfeited as of the Change Effective Date. The vested portion of the Option must be exercised within [    ] calendar days following receipt by the Eligible Employee of written notice of the Change in Control from the Board; any vested portion of the Option that is not exercised within such [    ] day period will be cancelled as of the Change Effective Date.

(e) Definitions .

(1) Cause . For purposes of this Option Certificate, “Cause” shall exist if (A) Eligible Employee has engaged in conduct that in the judgment of the Board constitutes gross negligence, misconduct or gross neglect in the performance of Eligible Employee’s duties

 

-4-


and responsibilities, including conduct resulting or intending to result directly or indirectly in gain or personal enrichment for Eligible Employee at the Company’s expense, (B) Eligible Employee has committed fraud, embezzlement or theft, (C) Eligible Employee has engaged in a breach of any policy of Employer or the Company for which termination of employment is a permissible consequence or Eligible Employee has not immediately cured any performance or other issues raised by Eligible Employee’s supervisor, (D) Eligible Employee had knowledge of (and did not disclose to the Board in writing) any legal or contractual limitation that could potentially impair Eligible Employee’s ability to perform the functions of his job fully, completely and successfully, or (E) Eligible Employee has engaged in any conduct that would constitute “cause” under the terms of his employment agreement, if any.

(2) Disability . For purposes of this Option Certificate, “Disability” means the suffering by Eligible Employee for at least a [    ]-consecutive-day period of a physical or mental condition resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental disorder that renders Eligible Employee incapable of continuing even with reasonable accommodation to perform the essential functions of his job. The Board shall determine whether Eligible Employee has a Disability. If Eligible Employee disputes such determination, the issue shall be submitted to a competent licensed physician appointed by the Board, and the physician’s determination as to whether Eligible Employee has a Disability shall be binding on the Company and on Eligible Employee.

(3) Subsidiary . A “Subsidiary” means any entity as to which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting equity interests.

(f) Employment Status . A transfer between the Company and a Subsidiary, or between Subsidiaries, shall not be treated as a termination of employment with Employer under the Plan or this Option Certificate.

§ 3 Life of Option . This Option shall expire and shall not be exercisable for any reason on or after the tenth anniversary of the Vesting Date.

§ 4 Method of Exercise of Option . Eligible Employee may exercise the Option in whole or in part (to the extent the Option is otherwise exercisable under § 2) on any normal business day of the Company by (a) delivering this Option Certificate to the Company, together with written notice of the exercise of the Option, and (b) simultaneously paying to the Company the Option Price. The Option Price shall be payable in full upon the exercise of the Option in cash.

§ 5 Delivery . The Company will deliver a properly issued certificate for any Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option as soon as practicable after such exercise (or otherwise register such Shares in the name of Eligible Employee), and such delivery (or registration in the name of Eligible Employee) shall discharge the Company of all of its duties and responsibilities with respect to the Option under this Option Certificate.

§ 6 Nontransferable . Except as expressly authorized in writing by the Board, no rights granted under this Option Certificate or with respect to the Option shall be transferable by Eligible Employee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and the rights

 

-5-


granted under this Option Certificate with respect to the Option shall be exercisable during Eligible Employee’s lifetime only by Eligible Employee. The person or persons, if any, to whom the Option is transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or through a written Board authorization shall be treated after such transfer the same as Eligible Employee under this Option Certificate.

§ 7 Release .

(a) As a condition to Eligible Employee’s right to retain his rights under this Option Certificate with respect to the Option, if Eligible Employee’s employment with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries is terminated for any reason, then the Company, at its option, may require Eligible Employee (or his executor, personal representative or assigns) to execute a general release and non-disparagement agreement on behalf of Eligible Employee and Eligible Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, releasing all claims, actions and causes of action against the Company and each parent, subsidiary and affiliate of the Company (including RC II Wingstop, LLC, Roark Capital Management LLC and its their respective affiliates), and their respective current and former directors, officers, administrators, trustees, employees, agents, and other representatives. Such release and non-disparagement agreement must be executed and delivered to the Company within [    ] business days following request from the Company and must be in form and substance satisfactory to the Board.

(b) As a condition to the Company’s obligation to issue the Shares upon exercise of the Option, the Company, at its option, may require Eligible Employee (or his executor, personal representative or assigns) to execute a general release on behalf of Eligible Employee and Eligible Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, releasing all claims, actions and causes of action against the Company and each parent, subsidiary and affiliate of the Company (including RC II Wingstop, LLC, Roark Capital Management LLC and its their respective affiliates), and their respective current and former directors, officers, administrators, trustees, employees, agents, and other representatives. Such release must be in form and substance satisfactory to the Board.

§ 8 No Right to Continue Service . Neither the Plan, this Option Certificate, the Option, nor any related material shall give Eligible Employee the right to continue in employment by Employer or any affiliate or shall adversely affect the right of Employer or any affiliate to terminate Eligible Employee’s employment with or without Cause at any time.

§ 9 Shareholder Status . Eligible Employee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares under this Option Certificate until such Shares have been duly issued and delivered to (or registered in the name of) Eligible Employee and, except as expressly set forth in the Plan, no adjustment shall be made for dividends of any kind or description whatsoever or for distributions of other rights of any kind or description whatsoever respecting such Shares.

§ 10 Securities Registration . As a condition to the delivery of the certificate for any Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option (or the registration of such Shares in the name of Eligible Employee), Eligible Employee shall, if so requested by the Company, hold such Shares for investment and not with a view of resale or distribution to the public and, if so requested by the Company, shall deliver to the Company a written statement satisfactory to the Company to that effect.

 

-6-


§ 11 Other Laws . If any change in circumstances after the grant of the Option would create a substantial risk for the Company that the issuance or transfer of any Shares under this Option Certificate to Eligible Employee at the time Eligible Employee tenders any payment to exercise the Option would violate any applicable law or regulation, the Company at that time shall (a) take such action as the Board deems appropriate and permissible under such law or regulation either (1) to continue to maintain the status of the Option as outstanding until Eligible Employee can exercise the Option without any substantial risk of such a violation, or (2) to compensate Eligible Employee for the cancellation of the Option and thereafter to cancel the Option, and (b) refund any payment made by Eligible Employee to exercise the Option.

§ 12 Other Agreements . Eligible Employee shall (as a condition to the exercise of the Option) enter into such additional shareholder, covenant not to compete, non-disparagement and non-solicitation and other agreements as the Company deems appropriate, all in a form acceptable to the Board. The certificate(s) evidencing the Shares may include one or more legends that reference or describe the conditions upon exercise referenced in this § 12.

§ 13 Withholding . Employer or an affiliate shall have the right upon the exercise of the Option to take such action as Employer or such other affiliate deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy the statutory federal and state tax withholding requirements arising out of the exercise of the Option, including withholding Shares that otherwise would be transferred to Eligible Employee as a result of the exercise of the Option to satisfy statutory withholding requirements.

§ 14 Governing Law . The Plan and this Option Certificate shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia.

§ 15 Binding Effect . This Option Certificate shall be binding upon the Company and Eligible Employee and their respective heirs, executors, administrators and successors.

§ 16 Headings and Sections . The headings contained in this Option Certificate are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Option Certificate. Any references to sections (§) in this Option Certificate shall be to sections (§) of this Option Certificate unless otherwise expressly stated as part of such reference.

 

-7-

Exhibit 10.10

WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION

2010 STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

EBITDA AND SERVICE VESTING

GRANT

This Option Certificate (this “Option Certificate”) evidences the grant by Wing Stop Holding Corporation (the “Company”), in accordance with the Wing Stop Holding Corporation 2010 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), of a Stock Option (the “Option”) to [                ] (“Eligible Employee”) to purchase from the Company [                ] shares of the $.01 par value common stock of the Company (the “Shares”) at an Option Price per share equal to $[        ]. This Option is granted effective as of [                ]. This Option is a non-qualified option; that is, it is not qualified as an incentive stock option under § 422 of the Code.

 

WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION
By:

 

Name:
Title:

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

§ 1 Plan . This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Option Certificate, and all capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Option Certificate have the respective meaning of such terms as defined in the Plan. If a determination is made that any term or condition set forth in this Option Certificate is inconsistent with the Plan, the Plan will control. A copy of the Plan will be made available to Eligible Employee upon written request to the Secretary of the Company.

§ 2 Exercise Rights .

(a) EBITDA Target Vesting . The Option to purchase the number of Shares described in § 2(a)(4) (the “EBITDA Target Option”) will vest and become exercisable upon the Company’s achievement of EBITDA Targets, as set forth below in this § 2(a).

(1) EBITDA . For purposes of this Option Certificate, “EBITDA” means earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization for a fiscal year. The amount of EBITDA actually achieved for a year will be determined by the Board based upon the Company’s audited financial statements, as reviewed and approved by the Board.

(2) Annual Targets . If Eligible Employee remains continuously employed by the Company or a Subsidiary (“Employer”) throughout the respective year, and the annual EBITDA target for that year, as set forth in § 2(a)(4), (each, an “EBITDA Target”), is met or exceeded during that year, as reflected in the Company’s annual audited financial statements, then the EBITDA Target Option automatically will become vested and exercisable with respect to the number of Shares set forth opposite such annual EBITDA Target for that year. If the


annual EBITDA Target for a year as set forth in § 2(a)(4) is not met or exceeded for that year, then the EBITDA Target Option automatically will be forfeited with respect to the number of Shares set forth opposite such annual EBITDA Target, except as provided in §2(a)(5) and §2(a)(6) below. For the avoidance of doubt, if the actual EBITDA for one year does not meet or exceed the applicable EBITDA Target, but the actual EBITDA for the following year meets or exceeds the applicable EBITDA Target for that year, then the EBITDA Target Option will become vested only with respect to the number of Shares for the year in which the EBITDA Target is attained, and not with respect to the number of Shares for the preceding year in which the EBITDA Target was not attained.

(3) EBITDA Target Adjustment . The EBITDA Targets in § 2(a)(4) may be adjusted upward by the Board in its discretion to take into consideration earnings that result from capital expenditures, acquisitions or other extraordinary expenditures. The EBITDA Targets in § 2(a)(4) may be adjusted by the Board in its discretion to take into consideration accounting changes which go into effect subsequent to the establishment of the EBITDA Targets.

(4) EBITDA Targets .

 

Year Ending

   Annual EBITDA Target      Number of Shares  

year ended 12-31-[    ]

   $ [                  [            

year ended 12-31-[    ]

   $ [                  [            

year ended 12-31-[    ]

   $ [                  [            

year ended 12-31-[    ]

   $ [                  [            
        [            

(5) If Eligible Employee is continuously employed by Employer through calendar year [            ] and if the Company meets or exceeds [    ]% of the EBITDA Target in [    ], or in the case of a Change in Control prior to December 31, [            ], the Board determines in its sole discretion that the Company is on track to meet or exceed [    ]% of the current year’s EBITDA Target, then Eligible Employee will vest in any portion of the previous year’s EBITDA Target Option that was not earned due to missing that year’s EBITDA Target, subject to the termination provisions below.

(6) If Eligible Employee is continuously employed by Employer through the date of a Change in Control that occurs prior to [    ], and, during the year preceding the Change in Control, the Company has met or exceeded [    ]% of the EBITDA Target for any year after the Change in Control, and the Board determines in its sole discretion that the Company is on track to meet or exceed [    ]% of the EBITDA Target for the year in which the Change in Control occurs, then Eligible Employee will vest in the portion of the subsequent year’s EBITDA Target Option for which the EBITDA Target was achieved. For example, if the Change in Control occurs during [    ], and the Company achieves $[        ] of EBITDA during [    ], and the Board determines in its sole discretion that the Company is on track to achieve at least $[        ] in EBITDA during [    ], then Executive will vest in the EBITDA Target Option for each of years [        ], [    ] and [    ].

 

2


(b) Service Based Vesting . The Option to purchase [                ] Shares (the “Service Based Option”) will vest and will become exercisable according to the following service based vesting schedule:

(1) Eligible Employee will vest with respect to [    ]% of the Service Based Option if Eligible Employee remains continuously employed by Employer until December 31, [    ](the initial “Vesting Date”); and Eligible Employee will vest with respect to an additional [    ]% of the Service Based Option on each of the next [    ] anniversaries of the initial Vesting Date if Eligible Employee remains continuously employed by Employer through the respective anniversary date (e.g., if Eligible Employee is continuously employed as of the [    ] anniversary of the initial Vesting Date, the Service Based Option would be [    ]% vested).

(2) If Eligible Employee is continuously employed by Employer through the Change Effective Date of a Change in Control that occurs on or after the [    ] anniversary of the Vesting Date, then the Service Based Option would be [    ]% vested as of the Change Effective Date of the Change of Control the Change in Control.

(3) If Eligible Employee is continuously employed by Employer through the Change Effective Date of a Change in Control that occurs prior to the [    ] anniversary of the Vesting Date, then Eligible Employee will vest with respect to an additional [    ]% of the Service Based Option as of the Change Effective Date of the Change in Control (e.g., if the Change in Control occurs after the [    ] anniversary of the Vesting Date but prior to the [    ] anniversary of the Vesting Date, the Service Based Option would be [    ]% vested).

(c) Special Rules .

(1) Termination without Cause . Subject to § 3, if Employer terminates Eligible Employee’s employment without “Cause” (as defined in § 2(e)), then the Option, to the extent then vested and exercisable, must be exercised within [    ] days of the effective date of such termination. At the end of such [    ]-day period, the Option will expire and be forfeited to the extent then un-exercised. The unvested remainder of the Option will be immediately and automatically forfeited upon the effective date of such termination of employment.

(2) Termination for Cause . If Employer terminates Eligible Employee’s employment for Cause, the Option will expire and be forfeited in full immediately and automatically at the time Eligible Employee’s employment terminates, whether vested or not.

(3) Resignation . If Eligible Employee terminates his employment, Eligible Employee must exercise the portion of the Option that is vested prior to his resignation or it will be forfeited. The portion of the Option that is not vested will be forfeited automatically upon resignation.

(4) Death or Disability . Subject to § 3, if Eligible Employee’s employment with Employer terminates due to “Disability” (as defined in § 2(e)) or death, the Option to the extent then vested and exercisable must be exercised within [    ] days of such death or Disability. At the end of such [    ] day period, the Option shall expire and be forfeited to the extent then un-exercised. The unvested remainder of the Option shall be immediately and automatically forfeited upon Eligible Employee’s death or Disability. In the case of death or Disability, for

 

3


purposes of determining vesting under §2(a) and §2(b) with respect to the EBITDA Target Option and the Service Based Option, respectively, Eligible Employee’s employment will be deemed to have been terminated on the last day of the year in which the death or Disability occurs, and that year will count towards the applicable vesting schedule (subject to the achievement of EBITDA Targets, in the case of the EBITDA Target Option).

(5) Change in Control . If there is a Change Effective Date for a Change in Control, then to the extent not otherwise vested pursuant to § 2(a) or § 2(b), the unvested portion of the Option shall be forfeited as of the Change Effective Date. The vested portion of the Option must be exercised within [    ] calendar days following receipt by the Eligible Employee of written notice of the Change in Control from the Board; any vested portion of the Option that is not exercised within such [    ] day period will be cancelled as of the Change Effective Date.

(d) Definitions .

(1) Cause . For purposes of this Option Certificate, “Cause” has the meaning specified in Holder’s Employment Agreement.

(2) Disability . For purposes of this Option Certificate, “Disability” has the meaning specified in Holder’s Employment Agreement.

(3) Subsidiary . A “Subsidiary” means any entity as to which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting equity interests.

(e) Employment Status . A transfer between the Company and a Subsidiary, or between Subsidiaries, shall not be treated as a termination of employment with Employer under the Plan or this Option Certificate.

§ 3 Life of Option . This Option shall expire and shall not be exercisable for any reason on or after the [    ] anniversary of the Vesting Date.

§ 4 Method of Exercise of Option . Eligible Employee may exercise the Option in whole or in part (to the extent the Option is otherwise exercisable under § 2) on any normal business day of the Company by (a) delivering this Option Certificate to the Company, together with written notice of the exercise of the Option, and (b) simultaneously paying to the Company the Option Price. The Option Price shall be payable in full upon the exercise of the Option in cash.

§ 5 Delivery . The Company will deliver a properly issued certificate for any Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option as soon as practicable after such exercise (or otherwise register such Shares in the name of Eligible Employee), and such delivery (or registration in the name of Eligible Employee) shall discharge the Company of all of its duties and responsibilities with respect to the Option under this Option Certificate.

§ 6 Nontransferable . Except as expressly authorized in writing by the Board, no rights granted under this Option Certificate or with respect to the Option shall be transferable by Eligible Employee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and the rights granted under this Option Certificate with respect to the Option shall be exercisable during

 

4


Eligible Employee’s lifetime only by Eligible Employee. The person or persons, if any, to whom the Option is transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or through a written Board authorization shall be treated after such transfer the same as Eligible Employee under this Option Certificate.

§ 7 Release .

(a) As a condition to Eligible Employee’s right to retain his rights under this Option Certificate with respect to the Option, if Eligible Employee’s employment with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries is terminated for any reason, then the Company, at its option, may require Eligible Employee (or his executor, personal representative or assigns) to execute a general release and non-disparagement agreement on behalf of Eligible Employee and Eligible Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, releasing all claims, actions and causes of action against the Company and each parent, subsidiary and affiliate of the Company (including RC II Wingstop, LLC, Roark Capital Management LLC and its their respective affiliates), and their respective current and former directors, officers, administrators, trustees, employees, agents, and other representatives. Such release and non-disparagement agreement must be executed and delivered to the Company within [    ] business days following request from the Company and must be in form and substance satisfactory to the Board.

(b) As a condition to the Company’s obligation to issue the Shares upon exercise of the Option, the Company, at its option, may require Eligible Employee (or his executor, personal representative or assigns) to execute a general release on behalf of Eligible Employee and Eligible Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, releasing all claims, actions and causes of action against the Company and each parent, subsidiary and affiliate of the Company (including RC II Wingstop, LLC, Roark Capital Management LLC and its their respective affiliates), and their respective current and former directors, officers, administrators, trustees, employees, agents, and other representatives. Such release must be in form and substance satisfactory to the Board.

§ 8 No Right to Continue Service . Neither the Plan, this Option Certificate, the Option, nor any related material shall give Eligible Employee the right to continue in employment by Employer or any affiliate or shall adversely affect the right of Employer or any affiliate to terminate Eligible Employee’s employment with or without Cause at any time.

§ 9 Shareholder Status . Eligible Employee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares under this Option Certificate until such Shares have been duly issued and delivered to (or registered in the name of) Eligible Employee and, except as expressly set forth in the Plan, no adjustment shall be made for dividends of any kind or description whatsoever or for distributions of other rights of any kind or description whatsoever respecting such Shares.

§ 10 Securities Registration . As a condition to the delivery of the certificate for any Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option (or the registration of such Shares in the name of Eligible Employee), Eligible Employee shall, if so requested by the Company, hold such Shares for investment and not with a view of resale or distribution to the public and, if so requested by the Company, shall deliver to the Company a written statement satisfactory to the Company to that effect.

 

5


§ 11 Other Laws . If any change in circumstances after the grant of the Option would create a substantial risk for the Company that the issuance or transfer of any Shares under this Option Certificate to Eligible Employee at the time Eligible Employee tenders any payment to exercise the Option would violate any applicable law or regulation, the Company at that time shall (a) take such action as the Board deems appropriate and permissible under such law or regulation either (1) to continue to maintain the status of the Option as outstanding until Eligible Employee can exercise the Option without any substantial risk of such a violation, or (2) to compensate Eligible Employee for the cancellation of the Option and thereafter to cancel the Option, and (b) refund any payment made by Eligible Employee to exercise the Option.

§ 12 Other Agreements . Eligible Employee shall (as a condition to the exercise of the Option) enter into such additional shareholder, covenant not to compete, non-disparagement and non-solicitation and other agreements as the Company deems appropriate, all in a form acceptable to the Board. The certificate(s) evidencing the Shares may include one or more legends that reference or describe the conditions upon exercise referenced in this § 12.

§ 13 Withholding . Employer or an affiliate shall have the right upon the exercise of the Option to take such action as Employer or such other affiliate deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy the statutory federal and state tax withholding requirements arising out of the exercise of the Option, including withholding Shares that otherwise would be transferred to Eligible Employee as a result of the exercise of the Option to satisfy statutory withholding requirements.

§ 14 Governing Law . The Plan and this Option Certificate shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia.

§ 15 Binding Effect . This Option Certificate shall be binding upon the Company and Eligible Employee and their respective heirs, executors, administrators and successors.

§ 16 Headings and Sections . The headings contained in this Option Certificate are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Option Certificate. Any references to sections (§) in this Option Certificate shall be to sections (§) of this Option Certificate unless otherwise expressly stated as part of such reference.

 

6

Exhibit 10.11

WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION 2010 STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

EBITDA AND SERVICE VESTING GRANT

This Option Certificate (this “Option Certificate”) evidences the grant by Wing Stop Holding Corporation (the “Company”), in accordance with the Wing Stop Holding Corporation 2010 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), of a Stock Option (the “Option”) to [                ] (“Eligible Employee”) to purchase from the Company [                ] shares of the $.01 par value common stock of the Company (the “Shares”) at an Option Price per share equal to $[                ]. This Option is granted effective as of [                ] (the “Grant Date”). This Option is a non-qualified option; that is, it is not qualified as an incentive stock option under § 422 of the Code.

 

WING STOP HOLDING CORPORATION
By:

 

Name: Stephen D. Aronson
Title: Director

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

§1 Plan . This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Option Certificate, and all capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Option Certificate have the respective meaning of such terms as defined in the Plan. If a determination is made that any tern or condition set forth in this Option Certificate is inconsistent with the Plan, the Plan will control. A copy of the Plan will be made available to Eligible Employee upon written request to the Secretary of the Company.

§2 Exercise Rights .

(a) EBITDA Target Vesting . The Option to purchase the number of Shares described in § 2(a)(4) (the “EBITDA Target Option”) will vest and become exercisable upon the Company’s achievement of EBITDA Targets, as set forth below in this § 2(a).

(1) EBITDA . For purposes of this Option Certificate, “EBITDA” means earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization for a fiscal year. The amount of EBITDA actually achieved for a year will be determined by the Board based upon the Company’s audited financial statements, as reviewed and approved by the Board.

(2) Annual Targets . If Eligible Employee remains continuously employed by the Company or a Subsidiary (“Employer”) throughout the respective year, and the annual EBITDA target for that year, as set forth in §2(a)(4), (each, an “EBITDA Target”), is met or exceeded during that year, as reflected in the Company’s annual audited financial statements, then the EBITDA Target Option automatically will become vested and exercisable with respect to the number of Shares set forth opposite such annual EBITDA Target for that year. If the annual EBITDA Target for a year as set forth in §2(a)(4) is not met or exceeded for that year, then the EBITDA Target Option automatically will be


forfeited with respect to the number of Shares set forth opposite such annual EBITDA Target, except as provided in §2(a)(5) and §2(a)(6) below. For the avoidance of doubt, if the actual EBITDA for one year does not meet or exceed the applicable EBITDA Target, but the actual EBITDA for the following year meets or exceeds the applicable EBITDA Target for that year, then the EBITDA Target Option will become vested only with respect to the number of Shares for the year in which the EBITDA Target is attained, and not with respect to the number of Shares for the preceding year in which the EBITDA Target was not attained.

(3) EBITDA Target Adjustment . The EBITDA Targets in §2(a)(4) may be adjusted upward by the Board in its discretion to take into consideration earnings that result from capital expenditures, acquisitions or other extraordinary expenditures. The EBITDA Targets in §2(a)(4) may be adjusted by the Board in its discretion to take into consideration accounting changes which go into effect subsequent to the establishment of the EBITDA Targets.

(4) EBITDA Targets .

 

Year Ending

   Annual EBITDA Target      Number of Shares  

year ended 12-31-[    ]

   $ [    ]         [            ]   

year ended 12-31-[    ]

   $ [    ]         [            ]   

year ended 12-31-[    ]

   $ [    ]         [            ]   

year ended 12-31-[    ]

   $ [    ]         [            ]   

year ended 12-31-[    ]

   $ [    ]         [            ]   

(5) If Eligible Employee is continuously employed by Employer through fiscal year [            ] and if the Company meets or exceeds [    ]% of the EBITDA Target in [    ], or in the case of a Change in Control prior to December 31, [            ], has met or exceeded [    ]% of the EBITDA Target the year prior to the Change in Control and the Board determines that the Company is on track to meet or exceed [    ]% of the current year’s EBITDA Target, then Eligible Employee will vest in any portion of the previous year’s EBITDA Target Option that was not earned due to missing that year’s EBITDA Target, subject to the termination provisions below.

(6) If Eligible Employee is continuously employed by Employer through the date of a Change in Control that occurs prior to December 31, [            ], then Eligible Employee will vest in the portion of the EBITDA Target Option for the year in which the Change of Control occurs and for any subsequent year so long as both of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) during the year preceding the Change of Control, the Company achieved the EBITDA Target for a year following the Change of Control, and (ii) the Board determines in its sole discretion that the Company is on track to achieve the EBITDA Target for such subsequent year in the year in which the Change in Control occurs. For example, if the Change in Control occurs during [    ], and the Company achieves $[        ] of EBITDA during [    ], and the Board determines in its sole discretion that the

 

- 2 -


Company is on track to achieve at least $[        ] in EBITDA during [    ], then Executive will vest in the EBITDA Target Option for each of years [    ], [    ], [    ], [    ] and [    ]. If the Change in Control occurs during [    ], and the Company achieves $[        ] of EBITDA during [    ], and the Board determines in its sole discretion that the Company is on track to achieve at least $[        ] in EBITDA during [    ], then Executive will vest in the EBITDA Target Option for each of years [    ], [    ], and [    ], but not [    ] or [    ]. If the Change in Control occurs during [    ], and the Company achieves $[        ] of EBITDA during [    ], and the Board determines in its sole discretion that the Company is on track to achieve $[        ] in EBITDA during [    ], then Executive will vest in the EBITDA Target Option for each of years [    ] and [    ], but not [    ], [    ] or [    ].

(b) Service Based Vesting . The Option to purchase [                ] Shares (the “Service Based Option”) will vest and will become exercisable according to the following service based vesting schedule:

(1) Eligible Employee will vest with respect to [    ]% of the Service Based Option if Eligible Employee remains continuously employed by Employer the first anniversary of the Grant Date (the initial “Vesting Date”); and Eligible Employee will vest with respect to an additional [    ]% of the Service Based Option on each of the next [    ] anniversaries of the initial Vesting Date if Eligible Employee remains continuously employed by Employer through the respective anniversary date (e.g., if Eligible Employee is continuously employed as of the [    ] anniversary of the initial Vesting Date, the Service Based Option would be [    ]% vested).

(c) Special Rules .

(1) Termination without Cause . Subject to §3, if Employer terminates Eligible Employee’s employment without “Cause” (as defined in §2(d)), then the Option, to the extent then vested and exercisable, must be exercised within [    ] days of the effective date of such termination. At the end of such [    ]-day period, the Option will expire and be forfeited to the extent then un-exercised. The unvested remainder of the Option will be immediately and automatically forfeited upon the effective date of such termination of employment.

(2) Termination for Cause . If Employer terminates Eligible Employee’s employment for Cause, the Option will expire and be forfeited in full immediately and automatically at the time Eligible Employee’s employment terminates, whether vested or not.

(3) Resignation . If Eligible Employee terminates his employment, Eligible Employee must exercise the portion of the Option that is vested prior to his resignation or it will be forfeited. The portion of the Option that is not vested will be forfeited automatically upon resignation.

 

- 3 -


(4) Death or Permanent Disability . Subject to §3, if Eligible Employee’s employment with Employer terminates due to “Permanent Disability” (as defined in §2(d)) or death, the Option to the extent then vested and exercisable must be exercised within [    ] days of such death or Permanent Disability. At the end of such [    ] day period, the Option shall expire and be forfeited to the extent then un-exercised. The unvested remainder of the Option shall be immediately and automatically forfeited upon Eligible Employee’ s death or Permanent Disability. In the case of death or Permanent Disability, for purposes of determining vesting under §2(a) and §2(b) with respect to the EBITDA Target Option and the Service Based Option, respectively, Eligible Employee’s employment will be deemed to have been terminated on the last day of the year in which the death or Permanent Disability occurs, and that year will count towards the applicable vesting schedule (subject to the achievement of EBITDA Targets, in the case of the EBITDA Target Option).

(5) Change in Control . If there is a Change Effective Date for a Change in Control, then to the extent not otherwise vested pursuant to §2(a) or §2(b), the unvested portion of the Option shall be forfeited as of the Change Effective Date. The vested portion of the Option must be exercised within [    ] calendar days following receipt by the Eligible Employee of written notice of the Change in Control from the Board; any vested portion of the Option that is not exercised within such [    ] day period will be cancelled as of the Change Effective Date.

(d) Definitions .

(1) Cause . For purposes of this Option Certificate, “Cause” has the meaning specified in Eligible Employee’s employment agreement with Wingstop Restaurants, Inc.

(2) Permanent Disability . For purposes of this Option Certificate, “Permanent Disability” has the meaning specified in Eligible Employee’s employment agreement with Wingstop Restaurants, Inc.

(3) Subsidiary . A “Subsidiary” means any entity as to which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting equity interests.

(e) Employment Status . A transfer between the Company and a Subsidiary, or between Subsidiaries, shall not be treated as a termination of employment with Employer under the Plan or this Option Certificate.

§3 Life of Option . This Option shall expire and shall not be exercisable for any reason on or after the [    ] anniversary of the Vesting Date.

§4 Method of Exercise of Option . Eligible Employee may exercise the Option in whole or in part (to the extent the Option is otherwise exercisable under §2) on any normal business day of the Company by (a) delivering this Option Certificate to the Company, together

 

- 4 -


with written notice of the exercise of the Option, and (b) simultaneously paying to the Company the Option Price. The Option Price shall be payable in full upon the exercise of the Option in cash.

§5 Delivery . The Company will deliver a properly issued certificate for any Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option as soon as practicable after such exercise (or otherwise register such Shares in the name of Eligible Employee), and such delivery (or registration in the name of Eligible Employee) shall discharge the Company of all of its duties and responsibilities with respect to the Option under this Option Certificate.

§6 Nontransferable . Except as expressly authorized in writing by the Board, no rights granted under this Option Certificate or with respect to the Option shall be transferable by Eligible Employee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and the rights granted under this Option Certificate with respect to the Option shall be exercisable during Eligible Employee’s lifetime only by Eligible Employee. The person or persons, if any, to whom the Option is transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or through a written Board authorization shall be treated after such transfer the same as Eligible Employee under this Option Certificate.

§7 Release .

(a) As a condition to Eligible Employee’s right to retain his rights under this Option Certificate with respect to the Option, if Eligible Employee’s employment with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries is terminated for any reason, then the Company, at its option, may require Eligible Employee (or his executor, personal representative or assigns) to execute a general release and non-disparagement agreement on behalf of Eligible Employee and Eligible Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, releasing all claims, actions and causes of action against the Company and each parent, subsidiary and affiliate of the Company (including RC II Wingstop, LLC, Roark Capital Management LLC and its their respective affiliates), and their respective current and former directors, officers, administrators, trustees, employees, agents, and other representatives. Such release and non-disparagement agreement must be executed and delivered to the Company within [    ] business days following request from the Company and must be in form and substance satisfactory to the Board.

(b) As a condition to the Company’s obligation to issue the Shares upon exercise of the Option, the Company, at its option, may require Eligible Employee (or his executor, personal representative or assigns) to execute a general release on behalf of Eligible Employee and Eligible Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, releasing all claims, actions and causes of action against the Company and each parent, subsidiary and affiliate of the Company (including RC II Wingstop, LLC, Roark Capital Management LLC and its their respective affiliates), and their respective current and former directors, officers, administrators, trustees, employees, agents, and other representatives. Such release must be in form and substance satisfactory to the Board.

§8 No Right to Continue Service . Neither the Plan, this Option Certificate, the Option, nor any related material shall give Eligible Employee the right to continue in employment by Employer or any affiliate or shall adversely affect the right of Employer or any affiliate to terminate Eligible Employee’s employment with or without Cause at any time.

 

- 5 -


§9 Shareholder Status . Eligible Employee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares under this Option Certificate until such Shares have been duly issued and delivered to (or registered in the name of) Eligible Employee and, except as expressly set forth in the Plan, no adjustment shall be made for dividends of any kind or description whatsoever or for distributions of other rights of any kind or description whatsoever respecting such Shares.

§10 Securities Registration . As a condition to the delivery of the certificate for any Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option (or the registration of such Shares in the name of Eligible Employee), Eligible Employee shall, if so requested by the Company, hold such Shares for investment and not with a view of resale or distribution to the public and, if so requested by the Company, shall deliver to the Company a written statement satisfactory to the Company to that effect.

§11 Other Laws . If any change in circumstances after the grant of the Option would create a substantial risk for the Company that the issuance or transfer of any Shares under this Option Certificate to Eligible Employee at the time Eligible Employee tenders any payment to exercise the Option would violate any applicable law or regulation, the Company at that time shall (a) take such action as the Board deems appropriate and permissible under such law or regulation either (1) to continue to maintain the status of the Option as outstanding until Eligible Employee can exercise the Option without any substantial risk of such a violation, or (2) to compensate Eligible Employee for the cancellation of the Option and thereafter to cancel the Option, and (b) refund any payment made by Eligible Employee to exercise the Option.

§12 Other Agreements . Eligible Employee shall (as a condition to the exercise of the Option) enter into such additional shareholder, covenant not to compete, non-disparagement and non-solicitation and other agreements as the Company deems appropriate, all in a form acceptable to the Board. The certificate(s) evidencing the Shares may include one or more legends that reference or describe the conditions upon exercise referenced in this §12.

§13 Withholding . Employer or an affiliate shall have the right upon the exercise of the Option to take such action as Employer or such other affiliate deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy the statutory federal and state tax withholding requirements arising out of the exercise of the Option, including withholding Shares that otherwise would be transferred to Eligible Employee as a result of the exercise of the Option to satisfy statutory withholding requirements.

§14 Governing Law . The Plan and this Option Certificate shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia.

§15 Binding Effect . This Option Certificate shall be binding upon the Company and Eligible Employee and their respective heirs, executors, administrators and successors.

§16 Headings and Sections . The headings contained in this Option Certificate are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Option Certificate. Any references to sections (§) in this Option Certificate shall be to sections (§) of this Option Certificate unless otherwise expressly stated as part of such reference.

 

- 6 -

Exhibit 10.15

WINGSTOP RESTAURANTS, INC.

CHANGE IN CONTROL BONUS AWARD AGREEMENT

GRANT

Wingstop Restaurants, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants to                         (“[Grantee/Executive]”) a Change in Control Bonus Award (the “Bonus”) in the amount determined pursuant to Section 2 below, which Bonus will become payable only upon consummation of a transaction resulting in a Change in Control (as defined in Section 1 below) of Wing Stop Holding Corporation (“Parent”), and is subject to [Grantee/Executive]’s compliance with each of the requirements of this Change in Control Bonus Award Agreement (this “Agreement”). [Grantee/Executive] hereby accepts the Bonus described in this Agreement subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

WINGSTOP RESTAURANTS, INC. [GRANTEE/EXECUTIVE]

By:

 

By:

 

Name: Date:
Title:
Date:

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

§ 1 Payment of Bonus .

(a) A Bonus will become payable to [Grantee/Executive] upon the consummation of a transaction that results in a Change in Control of Parent, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The amount of the Bonus will be as calculated in Section 2, and the payment terms are as set forth in Section 3.

(b) A “Change in Control” means the first to occur of: (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) a person (or more than one person acting as a group) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group), whether by stock sale, merger, exchange, or other transaction, ownership of common stock of Parent possessing more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of Parent; provided that, a sale or transfer from one Roark Capital Management affiliate to another Roark Capital Management affiliate will not be considered for purposes of determining a Change in Control.

§ 2 Calculation of Amount of Bonus .

(a) Subject to Section 2(b), the Bonus that will be payable upon the consummation of a Change in Control is a dollar amount equal to the number of [Grantee/Executive]’s Covered Securities, multiplied by [      ] (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations). [Grantee/Executive]’s “Covered Securities” means


(i) the number of shares of the $.01 par value common stock of Parent (“Common Stock”) owned by [Grantee/Executive] immediately prior to the consummation of the Change in Control as the result of [Grantee/Executive]’s exercise of a Covered Option after [                    ] , 201[    ], plus (ii) the number of vested Covered Options that are acquired from the [Grantee/Executive] for consideration in connection with the Change in Control transaction. “Covered Option” means an option to acquire shares of Common Stock issued to [Grantee/Executive] prior to [                    ] , 201[    ].

(b) Notwithstanding Section 2(a) above, if the consideration payable with respect to a share of Common Stock in connection with the Change in Control transaction is equal to or less than $ [    ] per share, then no Bonus will be payable pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 2(a) above, if [Grantee/Executive] is not [affiliated/employed] [(either by way of employment or by serving on the Parent’s Board of Directors)] with the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, on the date of the consummation of the Change of Control transaction, then no Bonus will be payable pursuant to this Agreement.

§ 3 Time and Form of Payment . Such Bonus, if any, will be paid to [Grantee/Executive] in cash on the same schedule and under the same terms and conditions as apply to payments to be received by shareholders of Parent in connection with such Change in Control transaction (but in no event later than five (5) years following the effective date of such Change in Control transaction).

§ 4 Release . As a condition to the Company paying the Bonus pursuant to this Agreement, [Grantee/Executive] must execute and not revoke a general release on behalf of [Grantee/Executive] and [Grantee/Executive]’s heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, releasing all claims, actions and causes of action against Parent, the Company and each subsidiary and affiliate of the Company, and their respective current and former shareholders, directors, officers, administrators, trustees, employees, agents, and other representatives. Such release shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, and must be delivered to the Company and become non-revocable prior to the date on which payments to shareholders of Parent in connection with the Change in Control transaction are made as contemplated under Section 3 above.

§ 5 No Right to Continue Service . Neither the Bonus nor this Agreement shall give [Grantee/Executive] the right to continue his [affiliation/employment] with the Company, or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, or shall adversely affect the right of the Company, or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, to terminate [its affiliation with] [Grantee/Executive] with or without cause at any time.

§ 6 Confidential Information .

(a) [Grantee/Executive], while [affiliated/employed] with the Company and during the five (5) year period following termination of [Grantee/Executive]’s [affiliation/employment] with the Company (except that a trade secret shall not be disclosed for so long as it remains a

 

-2-


trade secret), agrees that he shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company and shall not directly or indirectly use or disclose, any “Confidential Information” that [Grantee/Executive] may have acquired (whether or not developed or compiled by [Grantee/Executive] and whether or not [Grantee/Executive] is authorized to have access to such information) during the term of, and in the course of, or as a result of [Grantee/Executive]’s [affiliation/employment] with the Company.

(b) The term “Confidential Information” means any secret, confidential or proprietary information possessed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates relating to its businesses, including, without limitation, trade secrets, customer lists, details of client or consultant contracts, the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including the amount of the Bonus), current and anticipated customer requirements, pricing policies, price lists, market studies, business plans, licensing strategies, advertising campaigns, operational methods, marketing plans or strategies, product development techniques or flaws, computer software programs (including object code and source code), data and documentation, data base technologies, systems, structures and architectures, inventions and ideas, past, current and planned research and development, compilations, devices, methods, techniques, processes, financial information and data, business acquisition plans and new personnel acquisition plans, that has not become generally available to the public by the act of one who has the right to disclose such information without violating any right of the Company.

§ 7 Cooperation . [Grantee/Executive] agrees that, following the termination of [Grantee/Executive]’s [affiliation/employment] with the Company, [Grantee/Executive] will cooperate with all reasonable requests by the Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company) for assistance in connection with any investigations or legal proceedings involving the Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company).

§ 8 Non-Disparagement . [Grantee/Executive] agrees that [Grantee/Executive] will not make any statement, written or verbal, to any person or entity, including in any forum or media, or take any action, in disparagement of the Company, the Board of Directors of the Company, or any of their respective current, former or future affiliates, or any current, former or future shareholders, partners, managers, members, officers, directors, employees, franchisors or franchisees of any of the foregoing (each, a “Company Party”), including negative references to or about any Company Party’s services, policies, practices, documents, methods of doing business, strategies, objectives, shareholders, partners, managers, members, officers, directors, or employees, or take any other action that may disparage any Company Party to the general public and/or any Company Party’s officers, directors, employees, clients, franchisees, potential franchisees, suppliers, investors, potential investors, business partners or potential business partners. The provisions of this Section 8 will survive the termination of [Grantee/Executive]’s [affiliation/employment] with the Company.

§ 9 Withholding . The Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company shall have the right to take such action as the Company or such subsidiary or affiliate deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy the minimum statutory federal and state tax withholding requirements arising out of payment of the Bonus.

 

-3-


§ 10 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas.

§ 11 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and [Grantee/Executive] and their respective heirs, executors, administrators and successors.

§ 12 409A Provisions . The parties intend that payments under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively, “Code Section 409A”), and the Company shall have complete discretion to interpret and construe this Agreement and any associated documents in any manner that establishes an exemption from (or compliance with) the requirements of Code Section 409A. If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement does not accurately reflect its intended establishment of an exemption from (or compliance with) Code Section 409A, as demonstrated by consistent interpretations or other evidence of intent, such provision shall be considered ambiguous as to its exemption from (or compliance with) Code Section 409A and shall be interpreted by the Company in a manner consistent with such intent, as determined in the discretion of the Company. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to [Grantee/Executive] or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A, but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, Code Section 409A.

§ 13 Headings and Sections . The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Any references to sections (§) in this Agreement shall be to sections (§) of this Agreement unless otherwise expressly stated as part of such reference.

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.16

Execution Version

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT is made and executed effective as of this      day of             , 2015, by and between Wingstop Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                     , an individual resident of the State of                     (the “Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, the Company is aware that, in order to induce highly competent persons to serve the Company as directors or officers or in other capacities, the Company must provide such persons with adequate protection through indemnification against risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company’s stockholders that the Company act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate and Bylaws (as defined below) of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve, and take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby agree as follows:

1. Service by the Indemnitee . The Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company and/or another Enterprise, as applicable, faithfully and will discharge his duties and responsibilities to the best of his ability so long as the Indemnitee is duly elected or qualified in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as may be amended from time to time, the “Certificate”), the Bylaws of the Company (as may be amended from time to time, the “Bylaws”), other similar organizational document of another Enterprise, as applicable, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “DGCL”) and any other applicable law in effect on the date of this Agreement and from time to time, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. The Indemnitee may, at any time and for any reason, resign from such position (subject to any


other contractual obligation or other obligation imposed by operation by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue the employment or directorship of the Indemnitee and Indemnitee shall have no further obligation to serve. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Indemnitee the right to continue in the employ of the Company or another Enterprise or as a director of the Company or another Enterprise or affect the right of the Company or another Enterprise to terminate the Indemnitee’s employment at any time in the sole discretion of the Company or applicable Enterprise, with or without cause, subject to any contract rights of the Indemnitee created or existing otherwise than under this Agreement.

2. Indemnification . The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the Certificate, Bylaws and DGCL or other applicable law in effect on the date of this Agreement and to any greater extent that applicable law may in the future from time to time permit. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2(a) if Indemnitee is made, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in (as a witness or otherwise) any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement (including, without limitation, all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any of the foregoing) (collectively, “Losses”) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any action, discovery event, claim, issue or matter therein or related thereto, if Indemnitee acted in good faith, for a purpose which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, in addition, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b) Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2(b) if Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 2(b) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court in a non-appealable decision to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that any court in which the Proceeding was brought or the Chancery Court in the State of Delaware shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

3. Partial Indemnification . If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Losses actually and

 

2


reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any Proceeding, but is not entitled to indemnification for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of such Losses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee to which the Indemnitee is entitled. For purposes of this Section 3 and without limitation, (1) the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter, and (2) a decision by any government, regulatory or self regulatory authority, agency or body not to commence or pursue any investigation, civil or criminal enforcement matter or case or in any civil suit, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

4. Indemnity for Expenses Incurred to Secure Recovery or as a Witness .

(a) The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall advance on an as-incurred basis (as provided in Section 9 of this Agreement) such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action or proceeding or part thereof brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement, any other agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company as now or hereafter in effect; or (ii) recovery under any director and officer liability insurance policies maintained by the Company.

(b) To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness (or is forced or asked to respond to discovery requests) in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, and the Company will advance on an as-incurred basis (as provided in Section 9 of this Agreement), all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith.

5. Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Sections 2, 3 or 4 hereof, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee, to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) law against all Losses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company). No indemnification shall be made under this Section 5 on account of Indemnitee’s conduct that is finally determined (under the procedures and subject to the presumptions set forth in Sections 7, 8 and 10 hereof) to be an act or omission not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law.

6. Contribution .

(a) Whether or not any of the indemnification and hold harmless rights provided in Sections 2, 3, 4 and 5 hereof are available in respect of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the

 

3


Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Losses actually incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such Proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement, as well as any other equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary, and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee from any claims for contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s). No contribution shall be made under this Section 6(d) on account of Indemnitee’s conduct that is finally determined (under the procedures and subject to the presumptions set forth in Sections 7, 8 and 10 hereof) to be an act or omission not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law.

 

4


7. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit a written request to the Company for indemnification hereunder. The time at which Indemnitee submits a written request for indemnification shall be determined by the Indemnitee in the Indemnitee’s sole discretion. Once Indemnitee submits such a written request for indemnification (and only at such time that Indemnitee submits such a written request for indemnification), a Determination (as defined by Section 25 of this Agreement) shall thereafter be made, as provided in and only to the extent required by Section 7(c) of this Agreement. In no event shall a Determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification be made, or be required to be made, as a condition to or otherwise in connection with any advancement of Expenses pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement or, with respect to any Proceeding, to the extent Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such Proceeding. If, at the time of receipt of any such request for indemnification, the Company has director and officer insurance policies in effect, the Company will promptly notify the relevant insurers in accordance with the procedures and requirements of such policies.

(b) The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of a claim for indemnification from the Indemnitee, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Any Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the Indemnitee’s request for indemnification hereunder shall be borne by the Company. The Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold the Indemnitee harmless for any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee under the immediately preceding sentence irrespective of the outcome of the determination of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification.

(c) Upon submission of a written request by the Indemnitee for indemnification as provided in Section 7(a), a Determination shall be made as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification. Any such Determination shall be made within thirty (30) days after receipt of Indemnitee’s written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a), unless Indemnitee agrees to a longer period, and such Determination shall be made either (i) by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, so long as Indemnitee does not request that such Determination be made by Independent Counsel, or (ii) if so requested by Indemnitee, in Indemnitee’s sole discretion, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee. If a Determination is made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such Determination. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such Determination. Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating shall be advanced and borne by the Company (irrespective of the Determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company is liable to indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. If the person, persons or entity making such Determination shall determine that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification as to part (but not all) of the application for indemnification, such person, persons or entity shall reasonably prorate such part of indemnification among such claims, issues or matters.

 

5


(d) In the event Indemnitee requests that the Determination be made by Independent Counsel, Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection by made by the Board of Directors, in which event the Board of Directors shall make such selection on behalf of the Company, subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 7(d)), and Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, shall give written notice to the other, advising the Company or Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. The Company or Indemnitee, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been received, deliver to Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 25 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a) of this Agreement, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under this Agreement. Any expenses incurred by Independent Counsel shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the Determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and not by Indemnitee.

8. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) In making a Determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification, the Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification hereunder and the Company shall bear the burden to make any showing necessary to the making of any determination contrary to such presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b) If the Board of Directors or, if so elected by Indemnitee, Independent Counsel shall have failed to make a Determination as to entitlement to indemnification under Section 7 of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of such request, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and the Indemnitee shall be absolutely entitled to such indemnification, absent actual fraud in the request for indemnification or a prohibition of indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such thirty (30) day period may be extended (or any claim, issue or matter therein)

 

6


for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making the Determination in good faith requires such additional time for obtaining or evaluating documentation and/or information relating thereto. The termination of any Proceeding covered by Section 2 hereof by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself adversely affect the rights of the Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was not unlawful, except as may be provided herein.

(c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 8(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(d) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

9. Advancement of Expenses .

(a) To obtain advancement of Expenses under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor, together with such invoices or other supporting information as may be reasonably requested by the Company and reasonably available to Indemnitee, and an unsecured, interest-free written undertaking by Indemnitee to repay amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses by the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise. The Company shall make advance payment of Expenses to Indemnitee, without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement, no later than ten (10) days after receipt of the written request for advancement (and each subsequent request for advancement) by Indemnitee. If, at the time of receipt of any such written request for advancement of Expenses, the Company has director and officer insurance policies in effect, the Company will promptly notify the relevant insurers in accordance with the procedures and requirements of such policies. The Company shall thereafter keep such director and officer insurers informed of the status of the Proceeding or other claim, as appropriate to secure coverage of Indemnitee for such claim. The Indemnitee’s entitlement to such Expenses shall include those incurred in connection with any proceeding by the Indemnitee seeking an adjudication or award in arbitration pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) Indemnitee’s right to advancement of Expenses under this Section 9 shall continue until such time as a final determination of the Proceeding for which advancement or indemnification is sought hereunder, from which all rights to appeal have been exhausted, is made pursuant to Sections 7 and 10 of this Agreement.

 

7


10. Remedies of the Indemnitee in Cases of Determination not to Indemnify or to Advance Expenses . In the event that a Determination is made that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder, or if payment of indemnification has not been made within ten (10) days following a Determination of entitlement to indemnification pursuant to Section 7, or if Expenses are not advanced pursuant to Section 9, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification or advance. Alternatively, the Indemnitee may, at the Indemnitee’s option, seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, such award to be made within 60 days following the filing of the demand for arbitration. The Company shall not oppose the Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration or any other claim. Such judicial proceeding or arbitration shall be made de novo , and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of a prior determination (if so made) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. If a Determination is made or deemed to have been made pursuant to the terms of Section 7 hereof that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination and shall be precluded from asserting that such determination has not been made or that the procedure by which such determination was made is not valid, binding and enforceable. The Company further agrees to stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement and is precluded from making any assertions to the contrary. The Company shall advance all reasonable Expenses actually incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such adjudication or award in arbitration (including, but not limited to, any appellate proceedings) in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 9 of this Agreement.

11. Notification and Defense of Claim . Indemnitee agrees to notify the Company promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder. Any failure by Indemnitee to notify any the Company will relieve the Company of its advancement or indemnification obligations under this Agreement only to the extent the Company can establish that such omission to notify resulted in actual prejudice to it, and the omission to notify the Company will, in any event, not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to indemnify Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement. A notice provided under this Section 11 shall not be construed as a request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7 or a request for advancement of Expenses under Section 9 of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, with respect to any such Proceeding as to which the Indemnitee gives notice to the Company of the commencement thereof:

(a) The Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense.

 

8


(b) If Indemnitee is a participant in a Proceeding with any other Company directors or officers to whom the Company owes an indemnification obligation, the Company shall not be required to advance expenses for more than one law firm (and, if necessary, an additional law firm to act as local counsel) to represent collectively Indemnitee and such other Company directors or officers in respect of the same matter unless Indemnitee reasonably concludes, in its sole discretion, that the representation of Indemnitee and such other Company directors or officers gives rise to a actual or potential conflict of interest.

(c) The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which may be provided or withheld in Indemnitee’s sole discretion, effect any settlement of any Proceeding against Indemnitee or which could have been brought against Indemnitee or which potentially or actually imposes any cost, liability, exposure or burden on Indemnitee, including without limitation the entry of any contribution bar order, other bar order or other similar order, decree or stipulation pursuant to 15 U.S.C. § 78u-4 or any other foreign, federal or state statute, regulation, rule or law, unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money or performance of any obligation by persons other than Indemnitee and includes an unconditional release of Indemnitee from all liability on any matters that are the subject of such Proceeding. The Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee against amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding against Indemnitee if such settlement is effected by Indemnitee without the Company’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

12. Other Right to Indemnification; Insurance; Subrogation .

(a) The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement are cumulative, and not exclusive, and are in addition to any other rights to which the Indemnitee may now or in the future be entitled under any provision of the Bylaws or Certificate, any vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors, any provision of law or otherwise. Except as required by applicable law, the Company shall not adopt any amendment to the Bylaws or Certificate the effect of which would be to deny, diminish or encumber the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

(b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(c) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(d) The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee,

 

9


partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such Enterprise.

13. Director and Officer Liability Insurance . The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Among other considerations, the Company will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage. In the event the Company maintains directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, the Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such manner as to provide the Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s officers or directors. However, the Company agrees that the provisions hereof shall remain in effect regardless of whether liability or other insurance coverage is at any time obtained or retained by the Company; except that any payments made to, or on behalf of, the Indemnitee under an insurance policy shall reduce the obligations of the Company hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, if the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided or if the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit.

14. Spousal Indemnification . The Company will indemnify the Indemnitee’s spouse to whom the Indemnitee is legally married at any time the Indemnitee is covered under the indemnification provided in this Agreement (even if Indemnitee did not remain married to him or her during the entire period of coverage) against any Proceeding for the same period, to the same extent and subject to the same standards, limitations, obligations and conditions under which the Indemnitee is provided indemnification herein, if the Indemnitee’s spouse (or former spouse) becomes involved in a pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or investigation solely by reason of his status as Indemnitee’s spouse, including, without limitation, any pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or investigation that seeks damages recoverable from marital community property, jointly-owned property or property purported to have been transferred from the Indemnitee to his spouse (or former spouse). The Indemnitee’s spouse or former spouse also shall be entitled to advancement of Expenses to the same extent that Indemnitee is entitled to advancement of Expenses herein. The Company may maintain insurance to cover its obligation hereunder with respect to Indemnitee’s spouse (or former spouse) or set aside assets in a trust or escrow fund for that purpose.

15. Security . To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

16. Intent . This Agreement is intended to be broader than any statutory indemnification rights applicable in the State of Delaware and shall be in addition to any other

 

10


rights Indemnitee may have under the Certificate, Bylaws, applicable law or otherwise. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Certificate, Bylaws, applicable law or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

17. Attorney’s Fees and Other Expenses to Enforce Agreement . In the event that the Indemnitee is subject to or intervenes in any Proceeding in which the validity or enforceability of this Agreement is at issue or seeks an adjudication or award in arbitration to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement the Indemnitee, if he prevails in whole or in part in such action, shall be entitled to advancement of Expenses, including for attorneys’ fees and disbursements reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 9 of this Agreement.

18. Effective Date . The provisions of this Agreement shall cover claims, actions, suits or proceedings whether now pending or hereafter commenced and shall be retroactive to cover acts or omissions or alleged acts or omissions which heretofore have taken place. The Company shall be liable under this Agreement, to the extent specified in Section 2, 3, 4 or 5 hereof, for all acts and omissions of the Indemnitee while serving as a director and/or officer, notwithstanding the termination of the Indemnitee’s service, if such act was performed or omitted to be performed during the term of the Indemnitee’s service to the Company.

19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .

(a) This Agreement shall survive and continue even though the Indemnitee may have terminated his service as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or as a director, officer, partner, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other entity or Enterprise, including, but not limited to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, employee benefit plan, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or by reason of any act or omission by the Indemnitee in any such capacity.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including, without limitation, any corporation or other entity which may have acquired all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business or into which the Company may be consolidated or merged, and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee and his spouse, successors, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors, administrators or other legal representatives. The Company shall require any successor or assignee (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

(c) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company or another Enterprise.

 

11


20. Third-Party Beneficiary. The Independent Counsel are express third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement, and may specifically enforce the Company’s obligations hereunder as though a party hereunder.

21. Disclosure of Payments . Except as required by any Federal or state securities laws or other Federal or state law, neither party shall disclose any payments under this Agreement unless prior approval of the other party is obtained.

22. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, all portions of any Sections of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifest by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

24. Captions . The captions and headings used in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

25. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(b) “Determination” shall mean that either (x) there is a reasonable basis for the conclusion that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee met a particular standard of conduct or (y) there is no reasonable basis for the conclusion that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee met a particular standard of conduct.

(c) “Disinterested Director” shall mean a director of the Company who is not or was not a party to the action, suit, investigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is being sought by the Indemnitee.

 

12


(d) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company, any subsidiary of the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other Enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent.

(e) “Expenses” shall include all attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature, in each case to the extent reasonable.

(f) “Independent Counsel” shall mean a law firm or a member of a law firm that neither is presently nor in the past five years has been retained to represent (i) the Company or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party or (ii) any other party to the action, suit, investigation or proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

(g) “Proceeding” shall include any actual, threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened, pending or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative in nature, in which Indemnitee was, is, may be or will be involved as a party, witness or otherwise, by reason of Indemnitee’s status as a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise (in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity or has such status at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement), or any foreign equivalent of the foregoing.

26. Entire Agreement, Modification and Waiver . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto regarding the subject matter hereof, and no supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed

 

13


in writing by both parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall limit or restrict any right of the Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any act or omission of the Indemnitee prior to the effective date of such supplement, modification or amendment unless expressly provided therein.

27. Notices . All notices, requests, demands or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or if (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested with postage prepaid, on the date shown on the return receipt:

 

(a) If to the Indemnitee to:

 

 

 

 

(b) If to the Company, to:

Wingstop Inc.

5501 LBJ Freeway, 5th Floor,
Dallas, Texas 75240
Attention: Jay Young, General Counsel
with a copy to:
King & Spalding LLP
1180 Peachtree Street
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
Attention: Keith M. Townsend

or to such other address as may be furnished to the Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by the Indemnitee, as the case may be.

28. Governing Law . The parties hereto agree that this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement, and any claim or controversy directly or indirectly based upon, or arising out of, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (whether based upon contact, tort or any other theory), including all matters of construction, validity and performance, shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without giving effect to any conflicts-of-law principles.

[Signature page follows]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

Wingstop Inc.

By

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

INDEMNITEE:
By

 

Name:

 

Exhibit 10.17

Execution Version (RC II WS LLC affiliated directors)

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT is made and executed effective as of this      day of             , 2015, by and between Wingstop Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                     , an individual resident of the State of                      (the “Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, the Company is aware that, in order to induce highly competent persons to serve the Company as directors or officers or in other capacities, the Company must provide such persons with adequate protection through indemnification against risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company’s stockholders that the Company act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate and Bylaws (as defined below) of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve, and take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a representative of RC II WS LLC and/or certain of its affiliates (including Roark Capital Partners II, LP, Roark Capital Partners Parallel II, LP and Roark Capital Management, LLC, collectively, the “Sponsor Indemnitors”) and may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the Sponsor Indemnitors, which Indemnitee, the Company and the Sponsor Indemnitors intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve as a director of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby agree as follows:

1. Service by the Indemnitee . The Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company and/or another Enterprise, as applicable, faithfully


and will discharge his duties and responsibilities to the best of his ability so long as the Indemnitee is duly elected or qualified in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as may be amended from time to time, the “Certificate”), the Bylaws of the Company (as may be amended from time to time, the “Bylaws”), other similar organizational document of another Enterprise, as applicable, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “DGCL”) and any other applicable law in effect on the date of this Agreement and from time to time, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. The Indemnitee may, at any time and for any reason, resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or other obligation imposed by operation by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue the employment or directorship of the Indemnitee and Indemnitee shall have no further obligation to serve. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Indemnitee the right to continue in the employ of the Company or another Enterprise or as a director of the Company or another Enterprise or affect the right of the Company or another Enterprise to terminate the Indemnitee’s employment at any time in the sole discretion of the Company or applicable Enterprise, with or without cause, subject to any contract rights of the Indemnitee created or existing otherwise than under this Agreement.

2. Indemnification . The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the Certificate, Bylaws and DGCL or other applicable law in effect on the date of this Agreement and to any greater extent that applicable law may in the future from time to time permit. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2(a) if Indemnitee is made, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in (as a witness or otherwise) any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement (including, without limitation, all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any of the foregoing) (collectively, “Losses”) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any action, discovery event, claim, issue or matter therein or related thereto, if Indemnitee acted in good faith, for a purpose which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, in addition, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b) Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2(b) if Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No

 

2


indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 2(b) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court in a non-appealable decision to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that any court in which the Proceeding was brought or the Chancery Court in the State of Delaware shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

3. Partial Indemnification . If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Losses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any Proceeding, but is not entitled to indemnification for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of such Losses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee to which the Indemnitee is entitled. For purposes of this Section 3 and without limitation, (1) the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter, and (2) a decision by any government, regulatory or self regulatory authority, agency or body not to commence or pursue any investigation, civil or criminal enforcement matter or case or in any civil suit, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

4. Indemnity for Expenses Incurred to Secure Recovery or as a Witness.

(a) The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall advance on an as-incurred basis (as provided in Section 9 of this Agreement) such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action or proceeding or part thereof brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement, any other agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company as now or hereafter in effect; or (ii) recovery under any director and officer liability insurance policies maintained by the Company.

(b) To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness (or is forced or asked to respond to discovery requests) in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, and the Company will advance on an as-incurred basis (as provided in Section 9 of this Agreement), all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith.

5. Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Sections 2, 3 or 4 hereof, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee, to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) law against all Losses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the

 

3


Company). No indemnification shall be made under this Section 5 on account of Indemnitee’s conduct that is finally determined (under the procedures and subject to the presumptions set forth in Sections 7, 8 and 10 hereof) to be an act or omission not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law.

6. Contribution .

(a) Whether or not any of the indemnification and hold harmless rights provided in Sections 2, 3, 4 and 5 hereof are available in respect of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Losses actually incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such Proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement, as well as any other equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary, and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee from any claims for contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines,

 

4


penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s). No contribution shall be made under this Section 6(d) on account of Indemnitee’s conduct that is finally determined (under the procedures and subject to the presumptions set forth in Sections 7, 8 and 10 hereof) to be an act or omission not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law.

7. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit a written request to the Company for indemnification hereunder. The time at which Indemnitee submits a written request for indemnification shall be determined by the Indemnitee in the Indemnitee’s sole discretion. Once Indemnitee submits such a written request for indemnification (and only at such time that Indemnitee submits such a written request for indemnification), a Determination (as defined by Section 26 of this Agreement) shall thereafter be made, as provided in and only to the extent required by Section 7(c) of this Agreement. In no event shall a Determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification be made, or be required to be made, as a condition to or otherwise in connection with any advancement of Expenses pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement or, with respect to any Proceeding, to the extent Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such Proceeding. If, at the time of receipt of any such request for indemnification, the Company has director and officer insurance policies in effect, the Company will promptly notify the relevant insurers in accordance with the procedures and requirements of such policies.

(b) The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of a claim for indemnification from the Indemnitee, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Any Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the Indemnitee’s request for indemnification hereunder shall be borne by the Company. The Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold the Indemnitee harmless for any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee under the immediately preceding sentence irrespective of the outcome of the determination of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification.

(c) Upon submission of a written request by the Indemnitee for indemnification as provided in Section 7(a), a Determination shall be made as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification. Any such Determination shall be made within thirty (30) days after receipt of Indemnitee’s written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a), unless Indemnitee agrees to a longer period, and such Determination shall be made either (i) by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, so long as Indemnitee does not request that such Determination be made by Independent Counsel, or (ii) if so requested by Indemnitee, in Indemnitee’s sole discretion, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee. If a Determination is made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such

 

5


Determination. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such Determination. Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating shall be advanced and borne by the Company (irrespective of the Determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company is liable to indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. If the person, persons or entity making such Determination shall determine that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification as to part (but not all) of the application for indemnification, such person, persons or entity shall reasonably prorate such part of indemnification among such claims, issues or matters.

(d) In the event Indemnitee requests that the Determination be made by Independent Counsel, Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection by made by the Board of Directors, in which event the Board of Directors shall make such selection on behalf of the Company, subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 7(d)), and Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, shall give written notice to the other, advising the Company or Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. The Company or Indemnitee, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been received, deliver to Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 26 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a) of this Agreement, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under this Agreement. Any expenses incurred by Independent Counsel shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the Determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and not by Indemnitee.

8. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) In making a Determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification, the Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification hereunder and the Company shall bear the burden to make any showing necessary to the making of any determination contrary to such presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or

 

6


independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b) If the Board of Directors or, if so elected by Indemnitee, Independent Counsel shall have failed to make a Determination as to entitlement to indemnification under Section 7 of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of such request, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and the Indemnitee shall be absolutely entitled to such indemnification, absent actual fraud in the request for indemnification or a prohibition of indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such thirty (30) day period may be extended (or any claim, issue or matter therein) for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making the Determination in good faith requires such additional time for obtaining or evaluating documentation and/or information relating thereto. The termination of any Proceeding covered by Section 2 hereof by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself adversely affect the rights of the Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was not unlawful, except as may be provided herein.

(c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 8(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(d) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

9. Advancement of Expenses .

(a) To obtain advancement of Expenses under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor, together with such invoices or other supporting information as may be reasonably requested by the Company and reasonably available to Indemnitee, and an unsecured, interest-free written undertaking by Indemnitee to repay amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be

 

7


indemnified against such Expenses by the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise. The Company shall make advance payment of Expenses to Indemnitee, without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement, no later than ten (10) days after receipt of the written request for advancement (and each subsequent request for advancement) by Indemnitee. If, at the time of receipt of any such written request for advancement of Expenses, the Company has director and officer insurance policies in effect, the Company will promptly notify the relevant insurers in accordance with the procedures and requirements of such policies. The Company shall thereafter keep such director and officer insurers informed of the status of the Proceeding or other claim, as appropriate to secure coverage of Indemnitee for such claim. The Indemnitee’s entitlement to such Expenses shall include those incurred in connection with any proceeding by the Indemnitee seeking an adjudication or award in arbitration pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) Indemnitee’s right to advancement of Expenses under this Section 9 shall continue until such time as a final determination of the Proceeding for which advancement or indemnification is sought hereunder, from which all rights to appeal have been exhausted, is made pursuant to Sections 7 and 10 of this Agreement.

10. Remedies of the Indemnitee in Cases of Determination not to Indemnify or to Advance Expenses . In the event that a Determination is made that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder, or if payment of indemnification has not been made within ten (10) days following a Determination of entitlement to indemnification pursuant to Section 7, or if Expenses are not advanced pursuant to Section 9, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification or advance. Alternatively, the Indemnitee may, at the Indemnitee’s option, seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, such award to be made within 60 days following the filing of the demand for arbitration. The Company shall not oppose the Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration or any other claim. Such judicial proceeding or arbitration shall be made de novo , and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of a prior determination (if so made) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. If a Determination is made or deemed to have been made pursuant to the terms of Section 7 hereof that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination and shall be precluded from asserting that such determination has not been made or that the procedure by which such determination was made is not valid, binding and enforceable. The Company further agrees to stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement and is precluded from making any assertions to the contrary. The Company shall advance all reasonable Expenses actually incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such adjudication or award in arbitration (including, but not limited to, any appellate proceedings) in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 9 of this Agreement.

11. Notification and Defense of Claim . Indemnitee agrees to notify the Company promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to

 

8


indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder. Any failure by Indemnitee to notify any the Company will relieve the Company of its advancement or indemnification obligations under this Agreement only to the extent the Company can establish that such omission to notify resulted in actual prejudice to it, and the omission to notify the Company will, in any event, not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to indemnify Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement. A notice provided under this Section 11 shall not be construed as a request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7 or a request for advancement of Expenses under Section 9 of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, with respect to any such Proceeding as to which the Indemnitee gives notice to the Company of the commencement thereof:

(a) The Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense.

(b) If Indemnitee is a participant in a Proceeding with any other Company directors or officers to whom the Company owes an indemnification obligation, the Company shall not be required to advance expenses for more than one law firm (and, if necessary, an additional law firm to act as local counsel) to represent collectively Indemnitee and such other Company directors or officers in respect of the same matter unless Indemnitee reasonably concludes, in its sole discretion, that the representation of Indemnitee and such other Company directors or officers gives rise to a actual or potential conflict of interest.

(c) The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which may be provided or withheld in Indemnitee’s sole discretion, effect any settlement of any Proceeding against Indemnitee or which could have been brought against Indemnitee or which potentially or actually imposes any cost, liability, exposure or burden on Indemnitee, including without limitation the entry of any contribution bar order, other bar order or other similar order, decree or stipulation pursuant to 15 U.S.C. § 78u-4 or any other foreign, federal or state statute, regulation, rule or law, unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money or performance of any obligation by persons other than Indemnitee and includes an unconditional release of Indemnitee from all liability on any matters that are the subject of such Proceeding. The Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee against amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding against Indemnitee if such settlement is effected by Indemnitee without the Company’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

12. Other Right to Indemnification; Insurance; Subrogation .

(a) Except with regard to the Company’s primary obligations, as set forth in Section 14 hereof, the indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement are cumulative, and not exclusive, and are in addition to any other rights to which the Indemnitee may now or in the future be entitled under any provision of the Bylaws or Certificate, any vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors, any provision of law or otherwise. Except as required by applicable law, the Company shall not adopt any amendment to the Bylaws or Certificate the effect of which would be to deny, diminish or encumber the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

9


(b) Except as provided for in Section 14 hereof, in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee (other than against the Sponsor Indemnitors), who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(c) Except as provided for in Section 14 hereof, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(d) Except as provided for in Section 14 hereof, the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such Enterprise.

13. Director and Officer Liability Insurance . The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Among other considerations, the Company will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage. In the event the Company maintains directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, the Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such manner as to provide the Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s officers or directors. However, the Company agrees that the provisions hereof shall remain in effect regardless of whether liability or other insurance coverage is at any time obtained or retained by the Company; except that any payments made to, or on behalf of, the Indemnitee under an insurance policy shall reduce the obligations of the Company hereunder (except with regard to the Company’s primary obligations, as set forth in Section 14 hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, if the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided or if the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit.

14. Company Obligations Primary. The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the Sponsor Indemnitors. The Company hereby agrees that (a) its obligations to Indemnitee under this Agreement or any other agreement or undertaking to provide

 

10


advancement, indemnification or both to Indemnitee are primary, and any obligation of the Sponsor Indemnitors to provide advancement or indemnification for any Losses incurred by Indemnitee are secondary, (b) it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and the Company shall be liable for the full amount of all Losses to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and Certificate or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Sponsor Indemnitors, and (c) if the Sponsor Indemnitors pays or causes to be paid, for any reason, any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement with Indemnitee (whether pursuant to the Bylaws or Certificate or another contract), then (i) the Sponsor Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be fully subrogated to all rights of Indemnitee with respect to such payment and (ii) the Company shall fully indemnify, reimburse and hold harmless the Sponsor Indemnitors for all such payments actually made by the Sponsor Indemnitors. In addition, the Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, relinquishes, releases, and covenants and agrees not to exercise, any rights that the Company may now have or hereafter acquires against the Sponsor Indemnitors or Indemnitee that arise from or relate to contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind under this Agreement or any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to the Bylaws or Certificate or another contract). The Company and Indemnitee hereby agree that this Section 14 shall be deemed exclusive and shall be deemed to modify, amend and clarify any right to indemnification or advancement provided to Indemnitee under any other contract, agreement or document with the Company.

15. Spousal Indemnification . The Company will indemnify the Indemnitee’s spouse to whom the Indemnitee is legally married at any time the Indemnitee is covered under the indemnification provided in this Agreement (even if Indemnitee did not remain married to him or her during the entire period of coverage) against any Proceeding for the same period, to the same extent and subject to the same standards, limitations, obligations and conditions under which the Indemnitee is provided indemnification herein, if the Indemnitee’s spouse (or former spouse) becomes involved in a pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or investigation solely by reason of his status as Indemnitee’s spouse, including, without limitation, any pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or investigation that seeks damages recoverable from marital community property, jointly-owned property or property purported to have been transferred from the Indemnitee to his spouse (or former spouse). The Indemnitee’s spouse or former spouse also shall be entitled to advancement of Expenses to the same extent that Indemnitee is entitled to advancement of Expenses herein. The Company may maintain insurance to cover its obligation hereunder with respect to Indemnitee’s spouse (or former spouse) or set aside assets in a trust or escrow fund for that purpose.

16. Security . To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

17. Intent . This Agreement is intended to be broader than any statutory indemnification rights applicable in the State of Delaware and shall be in addition to any other

 

11


rights Indemnitee may have under the Certificate, Bylaws, applicable law or otherwise. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Certificate, Bylaws, applicable law or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

18. Attorney’s Fees and Other Expenses to Enforce Agreement . In the event that the Indemnitee is subject to or intervenes in any Proceeding in which the validity or enforceability of this Agreement is at issue or seeks an adjudication or award in arbitration to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement the Indemnitee, if he prevails in whole or in part in such action, shall be entitled to advancement of Expenses, including for attorneys’ fees and disbursements reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 9 of this Agreement.

19. Effective Date . The provisions of this Agreement shall cover claims, actions, suits or proceedings whether now pending or hereafter commenced and shall be retroactive to cover acts or omissions or alleged acts or omissions which heretofore have taken place. The Company shall be liable under this Agreement, to the extent specified in Section 2, 3, 4 or 5 hereof, for all acts and omissions of the Indemnitee while serving as a director and/or officer, notwithstanding the termination of the Indemnitee’s service, if such act was performed or omitted to be performed during the term of the Indemnitee’s service to the Company.

20. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .

(a) This Agreement shall survive and continue even though the Indemnitee may have terminated his service as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or as a director, officer, partner, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other entity or Enterprise, including, but not limited to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, employee benefit plan, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or by reason of any act or omission by the Indemnitee in any such capacity.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including, without limitation, any corporation or other entity which may have acquired all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business or into which the Company may be consolidated or merged, and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee and his spouse, successors, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors, administrators or other legal representatives. The Company shall require any successor or assignee (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

(c) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company or another Enterprise.

 

12


21. Third-Party Beneficiary. The Sponsor Indemnitors and Independent Counsel are express third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement, and may specifically enforce the Company’s obligations hereunder (including, but not limited to, the obligations specified in Section 14 hereof) as though a party hereunder.

22. Disclosure of Payments . Except as required by any Federal or state securities laws or other Federal or state law, neither party shall disclose any payments under this Agreement unless prior approval of the other party is obtained.

23. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, all portions of any Sections of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifest by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

24. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

25. Captions . The captions and headings used in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

26. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(b) “Determination” shall mean that either (x) there is a reasonable basis for the conclusion that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee met a particular standard of conduct or (y) there is no reasonable basis for the conclusion that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee met a particular standard of conduct.

(c) “Disinterested Director” shall mean a director of the Company who is not or was not a party to the action, suit, investigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is being sought by the Indemnitee.

 

13


(d) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company, any subsidiary of the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other Enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent.

(e) “Expenses” shall include all attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature, in each case to the extent reasonable.

(f) “Independent Counsel” shall mean a law firm or a member of a law firm that neither is presently nor in the past five years has been retained to represent (i) the Company or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party or (ii) any other party to the action, suit, investigation or proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

(g) “Proceeding” shall include any actual, threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened, pending or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative in nature, in which Indemnitee was, is, may be or will be involved as a party, witness or otherwise, by reason of Indemnitee’s status as a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise (in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity or has such status at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement), or any foreign equivalent of the foregoing.

27. Entire Agreement, Modification and Waiver . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto regarding the subject matter hereof, and

 

14


no supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall limit or restrict any right of the Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any act or omission of the Indemnitee prior to the effective date of such supplement, modification or amendment unless expressly provided therein.

28. Notices . All notices, requests, demands or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or if (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested with postage prepaid, on the date shown on the return receipt:

 

(a) If to the Indemnitee to:

 

 

 

(b) If to the Company, to:
Wingstop Inc.
5501 LBJ Freeway, 5th Floor,
Dallas, Texas 75240
Attention: Jay Young, General Counsel
with a copy to:
King & Spalding LLP
1180 Peachtree Street
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
Attention: Keith M. Townsend

or to such other address as may be furnished to the Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by the Indemnitee, as the case may be.

29. Governing Law . The parties hereto agree that this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement, and any claim or controversy directly or indirectly based upon, or arising out of, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (whether based upon contact, tort or any other theory), including all matters of construction, validity and performance, shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without giving effect to any conflicts-of-law principles.

 

15


[Signature page follows]

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

Wingstop Inc.
By

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

INDEMNITEE:
By

 

Name:

 

Exhibit 10.18

WINGSTOP HOLDING CORPORATION

2015 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

ARTICLE I.

ESTABLISHMENT; PURPOSES; AND DURATION

1.1. Establishment of the Plan . WingStop Holding Corporation, a Georgia corporation (the “Company”) hereby establishes this omnibus incentive compensation plan to be known as the “WingStop Holding Corporation 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan,” as set forth in this document. Following adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors, the Plan shall become effective upon the date on which the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company (the “ Effective Date ”), which approval must occur within the period ending twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

1.2. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of the Plan are: to provide additional incentives to non-employee directors, officers, eligible employees and consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates whose substantial contributions are essential to the continued growth and success of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, to strengthen their commitment to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, to attract and retain competent and dedicated individuals whose efforts will result in the long-term growth and profitability of the Company, and to further align the interests of such non-employee directors, officers, employees and consultants with the interests of the stockholders of the Company. To accomplish such purposes, the Plan provides that the Committee may grant Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards.

1.3. Duration of the Plan . The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date and shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Board of Directors to amend or terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to Article XVI, until all Shares subject to it shall have been delivered, and any restrictions on such Shares have lapsed, pursuant to the Plan’s provisions. However, in no event may an Award be granted under the Plan on or after ten years from the Effective Date.

ARTICLE II.

DEFINITIONS

Certain terms used herein have the definitions given to them in the first instance in which they are used. In addition, for purposes of the Plan, the following terms are defined as set forth below:

2.1. “ Affiliate ” means any entity that is affiliated with the Company through stock or equity ownership or otherwise in which the Company has at least a 50% equity interest and is designated as an Affiliate for purposes of the Plan by the Committee.

 

-1-


2.2. “ Applicable Exchange ” means the NASDAQ or such other securities exchange as may at the applicable time be the principal market for the Common Stock.

2.3. “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Cash-Based Awards, and Other Stock-Based Awards.

2.4. “ Award Agreement ” means either: (a) a written agreement entered into by a Participant and the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan, or (b) a written or electronic statement issued by the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate to a Participant describing the terms and provisions of such Award, including any amendment or modification thereof. The Committee may provide for the use of electronic, internet or other non-paper Award Agreements, and the use of electronic, internet or other non-paper means for the acceptance thereof and actions thereunder by a Participant.

2.5. “ Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.6. “ Cash-Based Award ” means an Award as described in Article IX whose value is determined by the Committee.

2.7. “ Cause ” means, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, (i) the definition set forth in any employment agreement between the Participant and the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, or (ii) if there is no such employment agreement, or such agreement does not define Cause: (A) commission of (1) a felony (or its equivalent in a non-United States jurisdiction) or (2) other conduct of a criminal nature that has or is likely to have a material adverse effect on the reputation or standing in the community of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate or that legally prohibits the Participant from working for the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate; (B) breach by the Participant of a regulatory rule that adversely affects the Participant’s ability to perform the Participant’s duties to the Company and the Subsidiaries and Affiliates; (C) dishonesty in the course of fulfilling the Participant’s employment duties; (D) deliberate failure on the part of the Participant (1) to perform the Participant’s principal employment duties, (2) to comply with the policies of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate in any material respect, or (3) to follow specific reasonable directions received from the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate; or (E) before a Change in Control, such other events as shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in a Participant’s Award Agreement. Any determination by the Committee as to whether “Cause” exists shall be subject to de novo review.

2.8 “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) any individual, group or entity (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company or an Affiliate, any Roark Capital Entity, an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or any entity directly or indirectly owned by the shareholders

 

-2-


of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company) (a “Person”) which acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company which, together with securities already held by such Person, represents [50%] or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a beneficial owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (i) of paragraph (c) below; or

(b) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving on the Board: individuals who, on the Effective Date, constitute the Board and any new director whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the Effective Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or

(c) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other than (i) a merger or consolidation which results in the directors of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to constitute at least a majority of the Board, the surviving entity or any parent thereof, or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

(d) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale.

2.9. “ Change in Control Price ” means the price per share offered in respect of the Common Stock in conjunction with any transaction resulting in a Change in Control on a fully-diluted basis (as determined by the Board or the Committee as constituted before the Change in Control, if any part of the offered price is payable other than in cash) or, in the case of a Change in Control occurring solely by reason of a change in the composition of the Board, the highest Fair Market Value of a Share on any of the 30 trading days immediately preceding the date on which a Change in Control occurs.

2.10. “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time, including rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and successor provisions and rules and regulations thereto.

 

-3-


2.11. “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or a subcommittee thereof, or such other committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan.

2.12. “ Common Stock ” means an ordinary share, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

2.13. “the Company” means WingStop Holding, Inc., or any successor to WingStop Holding, Inc.

2.14. “ Consultant ” means any individual who is engaged by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services.

2.15. “ Covered Employee ” means any Participant who the Committee determines is at the Grant Date of an Award granted to such Participant, or may be as of the end of the taxable year in which the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate would claim a tax deduction in connection with such Award, a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, and successor provisions.

2.16 “ Director ” means any individual who is a member of the Board.

2.17. “ Disability ” means (i) “Disability” as defined in the applicable Award Agreement to which the Participant is a party, or (ii) if the Award Agreement does not define “Disability,” (A) permanent and total disability as determined under the Company’s or a Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s, long-term disability plan applicable to the Participant, or (B) if there is no such plan applicable to the Participant, “disability” as determined by the Committee.

2.18. “ Disaffiliation ” means a Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s ceasing to be a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company for any reason (including as a result of a public offering, or a spin-off or sale by the Company, of the stock of the Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company) or a sale of a division of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.

2.19. “ Dividend Equivalents ” means the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends that would otherwise be paid on the Shares subject to an Award but that have not been issued or delivered, as described in Article XI.

2.20. “ Effective Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1.1.

2.21. “ Eligible Individual ” means any Employee, Non-Employee Director, or Consultant, and any prospective Employee who has accepted an offer of employment from the the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

2.22. “ Employee ” means any person designated as an employee of the Company, a Subsidiary and/or an Affiliate on the payroll records thereof. An Employee shall not include any individual during any period he or she is classified or treated by the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate as an independent contractor, a Consultant, or any employee of an employment, consulting, or temporary agency or any other entity other than the Company, a Subsidiary and/or an Affiliate without regard to whether such individual is subsequently determined to have been, or is subsequently retroactively reclassified as a common-law employee of the Company, a

 

-4-


Subsidiary and/or an Affiliate during such period. For the avoidance of doubt, a Director who would otherwise be an “Employee” within the meaning of this Section shall be considered an Employee for purposes of the Plan.

2.23. “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it may be amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and successor provisions and rules and regulations thereto.

2.24. “ Fair Market Value ” means, if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, as of any given date, the closing price for the Common Stock on such date on the Applicable Exchange, or if Shares were not traded on the Applicable Exchange on such measurement date, then on the next preceding date on which Shares are traded, all as reported by such source as the Committee may select. If the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange, Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in its good faith discretion.

2.25. “ Fiscal Year ” means the calendar year, or such other consecutive twelve-month period as the Committee may select.

2.26. “ Freestanding SAR ” means an SAR that is granted independently of any Options, as described in Article VII.

2.27. “ Good Reason ” means, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, (i) the definition set forth in any employment agreement between the Participant and the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, or (ii) if there is no such employment agreement, or such agreement does not define Good Reason: (A) a material reduction by the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate in the Participant’s rate of annual base salary from that in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control; (B) a material reduction by the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate in the Participant’s annual target bonus opportunity from that in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control; or (C) the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate requires the Participant to change the Participant’s principal location of work to a location that is in excess of fifty (50) miles from the location thereof immediately prior to the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Termination of a Participant for Good Reason shall not have occurred unless (i) the Participant gives written notice to the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, as applicable, of Termination within thirty (30) days after the Participant first becomes aware of the occurrence of the circumstances constituting Good Reason, specifying in reasonable detail the circumstances constituting Good Reason, and (ii) the Company, the Subsidiary or the Affiliate, as the case may be, has failed within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice to cure the circumstances constituting Good Reason.

2.28. “ Grant Date ” means (a) the date on which the Committee (or its designee) by resolution, written consent or other appropriate action selects an Eligible Individual to receive a grant of an Award, determines the number of Shares or other amount to be subject to such Award and, if applicable, determines the Option Price or Grant Price of such Award, or (b) such later date as the Committee (or such designee) shall provide in such resolution, consent or action.

 

-5-


2.29. “ Grant Price ” means the price established as of the Grant Date of an SAR pursuant to Article VII used to determine whether there is any payment due upon exercise of the SAR.

2.30. “ Incentive Stock Option ” or “ ISO ” means a right to purchase Shares under the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Article VI and which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and which is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

2.31. “ Insider ” means an individual who is, on the relevant date, an officer, director or ten percent (10%) beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any class of the Company’s equity securities that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

2.32. “ New Employer ” means, after a Change in Control, a Participant’s employer, or any direct or indirect parent or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of such employer.

2.33. “ Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

2.34. “ Nonqualified Stock Option ” or “ NQSO ” means a right to purchase Shares under the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Article VI and which is not intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or otherwise does not meet such requirements.

2.35. “ Notice ” means notice provided by a Participant to the Company in a manner prescribed by the Committee.

2.36. “ Option ” or “ Stock Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option, as described in Article VI.

2.37. “ Option Price ” means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option.

2.38. “ Other Stock-Based Award ” means an equity-based or equity-related Award described in Section 10.1, granted in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Article X.

2.39. “ Participant ” means any Eligible Individual as set forth in Article V who holds one or more outstanding Awards.

2.40. “ Performance-Based Compensation ” means compensation under an Award that is intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 162(m) for certain performance-based compensation paid to Covered Employees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in the Plan shall be construed to mean that an Award which does not satisfy the requirements for performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m) does not constitute performance-based compensation for any other purpose, such as Code Section 409A.

 

-6-


2.41. “ Performance Measure ” means any performance criteria or measures as described in Section 12.1 on which the performance goals described in Article XII are based and which are approved by the Company’s shareholders pursuant to the Plan in order to qualify certain Awards as Performance-Based Compensation in accordance with Article XII.

2.42. “ Performance Period ” means the period of time during which the performance goals must be met in order to determine the degree of payout and/or vesting with respect to, or the amount or entitlement to, an Award.

2.43. “ Performance Share ” means an Award granted pursuant to Article IX of a unit valued by reference to a designated number of Shares payable, in whole or in part, to the extent applicable performance goals are achieved over a specified period in accordance with Article IX.

2.44. “ Performance Unit ” means a fixed or variable dollar denominated unit granted pursuant to Article IX, the value of which is determined by the Committee, payable, in whole or in part, to the extent applicable performance goals are achieved over a specified period in accordance with Article IX.

2.45. “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which Shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, and, in the case of Restricted Stock, the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock is limited in some way, as provided in Article VIII.

2.46. “ Restricted Stock ” means an Award granted to a Participant, subject to the Period of Restriction, pursuant to Article VIII.

2.47. “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means an Award, whose value is equal to a Share, granted to a Participant, subject to the Period of Restriction, pursuant to Article VIII.

2.48. “ Retirement ” means (i) “Retirement” as defined in the applicable Award Agreement to which the Participant is a party, or (ii) if the Award Agreement does not define “Retirement”, retirement from active employment with the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, as determined by the Committee.

2.49. “ Roark Capital Entity ” means any of the following entities: Roark Capital Partners II, LP; Roark Capital Partners Parallel II, LP; RC II WS LLC; Roark Capital GenPar II, LLC; or Roark Capital Management, LLC.

2.50. “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule, as the same may be amended from time to time.

2.51. “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

2.52. “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as it may be amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and successor provisions and rules and regulations thereto.

 

-7-


2.53. “ Share ” means a share of Common Stock (including any new, additional or different stock or securities resulting from any change in corporate capitalization as listed in Section 4.4).

2.54. “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means an Award, granted alone (a “ Freestanding SAR ”) or in connection with a related Option (a “ Tandem SAR ”), designated as an SAR, pursuant to the terms of Article VII.

2.55. “ Subsidiary ” means any present or future corporation which is or would be a “subsidiary corporation” of the Company as the term is defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

2.56. “ Substitute Awards ” means Awards granted or Shares issued by the Company in assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, options or other awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to grant future options or other awards, by a company acquired by the Company, a Subsidiary and/or an Affiliate or with which the Company, a Subsidiary and/or an Affiliate combines, or otherwise in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization involving the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, including a transaction described in Code Section 424(a).

2.57. “ Termination ” means the termination of the applicable Participant’s employment with, or performance of services for, the Company or any Affiliate or Subsidiary under any circumstances. A Participant employed by, or performing services for, a Subsidiary or Affiliate or a division of the Company or of a Subsidiary or Affiliate shall be deemed to incur a Termination if such Subsidiary, Affiliate or division ceases to be a Subsidiary or Affiliate or such a division, as the case may be, and the Participant does not immediately thereafter become an employee of, or service provider for, the Company or another Subsidiary or Affiliate.

ARTICLE III.

ADMINISTRATION

3.1. General . The Committee shall have exclusive authority to operate, manage and administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and conditions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights, duties and responsibilities of the Committee under the Plan, including establishing procedures to be followed by the Committee, but excluding matters which under any applicable law, regulation or rule, including any exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3), are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee. If and to the extent that the Committee does not exist or cannot function, the Board may take any action under the Plan that would otherwise be the responsibility of the Committee, subject to the limitations set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

3.2. Authority of the Committee . The Committee shall have full discretionary authority to grant, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, Awards to those individuals who are eligible to receive Awards under the Plan. Except as limited by law or by the charter or by-laws of the Company, and subject to the provisions herein, the Committee shall have full power, in accordance with the other terms and provisions of the Plan, to:

(a) select Eligible Individuals who may receive Awards under the Plan and become Participants;

 

-8-


(b) determine eligibility for participation in the Plan and decide all questions concerning eligibility for, and the amount of, Awards under the Plan;

(c) determine the sizes and types of Awards;

(d) determine the terms and conditions of Awards, including the Option Prices of Options and the Grant Prices of SARs;

(e) grant Awards as an alternative to, or as the form of payment for grants or rights earned or payable under, other bonus or compensation plans, arrangements or policies of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate;

(f) grant Substitute Awards on such terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe, subject to compliance with the ISO rules under Code Section 422 and the nonqualified deferred compensation rules under Code Section 409A, where applicable;

(g) make all determinations under the Plan concerning Termination of any Participant’s employment or service with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, including whether such Termination occurs by reason of Cause, Good Reason, Disability, Retirement or in connection with a Change in Control, and whether a leave constitutes a Termination;

(h) determine whether a Change in Control shall have occurred;

(i) construe and interpret the Plan and any agreement or instrument entered into under the Plan, including any Award Agreement;

(j) establish and administer any terms, conditions, restrictions, limitations, forfeiture, vesting or exercise schedule, and other provisions of or relating to any Award;

(k) establish and administer any performance goals in connection with any Awards, including related Performance Measures or other performance criteria and applicable Performance Periods, determine the extent to which any performance goals and/or other terms and conditions of an Award are attained or are not attained, and certify whether, and to what extent, any such performance goals and other material terms applicable to Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation were in fact satisfied;

(l) subject to Section 9.3, make adjustments in the performance goals of an Award, provided that adjustments with respect to Performance-Based Compensation subject to Code Section 162(m) shall not be inconsistent with the requirements of Code Section 162(m) and the regulations thereunder;

 

-9-


(m) construe any ambiguous provisions, correct any defects, supply any omissions and reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan and/or any Award Agreement or any other instrument relating to any Awards;

(n) establish, adopt, amend, waive and/or rescind rules, regulations, procedures, guidelines, forms and/or instruments for the Plan’s operation or administration;

(o) make all valuation determinations relating to Awards and the payment or settlement thereof;

(p) grant waivers of terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations under the Plan or applicable to any Award, or accelerate the vesting or exercisability of any Award;

(q) amend or adjust the terms and conditions of any outstanding Award and/or adjust the number and/or class of shares of stock subject to any outstanding Award;

(r) at any time and from time to time after the granting of an Award, specify such additional terms, conditions and restrictions with respect to such Award as may be deemed necessary or appropriate to ensure compliance with any and all applicable laws or rules, including terms, restrictions and conditions for compliance with applicable securities laws or listing rules, methods of withholding or providing for the payment of required taxes and restrictions regarding a Participant’s ability to exercise Options through a cashless (broker-assisted) exercise;

(s) establish any “blackout” period that the Committee in its sole discretion deems necessary or advisable;

(t) exercise all such other authorities, take all such other actions and make all such other determinations as it deems necessary or advisable for the proper operation and/or administration of the Plan;

(u) determine on the Grant Date whether the Award is intended or not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 162(m) and so note in the applicable Award Agreement; and

(v) notwithstanding any provisions in this Plan, no action shall be taken which will prevent Awards hereunder (i) that are intended to provide Performance-Based Compensation from doing so, or (ii) that are intended to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A from doing so.

3.3. Award Agreements . The Committee shall, subject to applicable laws and rules, determine the date an Award is granted. Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement; however , two or more Awards granted to a single Participant may be combined in a single Award Agreement. An Award Agreement shall not be a precondition to the granting of an Award; provided , however , that (a) the Committee may, but need not, require as a condition to

 

-10-


any Award Agreement’s effectiveness, that such Award Agreement be executed on behalf of the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate and/or by the Participant to whom the Award evidenced thereby shall have been granted (including by electronic signature or other electronic indication of acceptance), and such executed Award Agreement be delivered to the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate and (b) no person shall have any rights under any Award unless and until the Participant to whom such Award shall have been granted has complied with the applicable terms and conditions of the Award. The Committee shall prescribe the form of all Award Agreements, and, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, shall determine the content of all Award Agreements. Subject to the other provisions of the Plan, any Award Agreement may be supplemented or amended in writing from time to time as approved by the Committee; provided that the terms and conditions of any such Award Agreement as supplemented or amended are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan. In the event of any dispute or discrepancy concerning the terms of an Award, the records of the Committee or its designee shall be determinative.

3.4. Discretionary Authority; Decisions Binding . The Committee shall have full discretionary authority in all matters related to the discharge of its responsibilities and the exercise of its authority under the Plan. All determinations, decisions, actions and interpretations by the Committee with respect to the Plan and any Award Agreement, and all related orders and resolutions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Participants, the Company and its stockholders, and any Subsidiary or Affiliate and all persons having or claiming to have any right or interest in or under the Plan and/or any Award Agreement. The Committee shall consider such factors as it deems relevant to making or taking such decisions, determinations, actions and interpretations, including the recommendations or advice of any Director or officer or Employee of the Company, any director, officer or Employee of a Subsidiary or Affiliate and such attorneys, consultants and accountants as the Committee may select. A Participant or other holder of an Award may contest a decision or action by the Committee with respect to such person or Award only on the grounds that such decision or action was arbitrary or capricious or was unlawful, and any review of such decision or action shall be limited to determining whether the Committee’s decision or action was arbitrary or capricious or was unlawful.

3.5. Attorneys; Consultants . The Committee may consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company. The Committee may employ such other attorneys and/or consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers, agents and other persons, any of whom may be an Eligible Individual, as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate. The Committee, the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and their respective officers and Directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons. The Committee shall not incur any liability for any action taken in good faith in reliance upon the advice of such counsel or other persons.

3.6. Delegation of Administration . Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, including any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3), or the applicable rules of a stock exchange, the Committee may, in its discretion, allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers under this Article III to any one or more of its members and/or delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers under this Article III to any person or persons selected by it; provided , however , that the Committee may not delegate to

 

-11-


any executive officer of the Company or an Affiliate, or a committee that includes any such executive officer, the Committee’s authority to grant Awards, or the Committee’s authority otherwise concerning Awards, awarded to executive officers of the Company or an Affiliate. Any such authority delegated or allocated by the Committee under this Section 3.6 shall be exercised in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and any rules, regulations or administrative guidelines that may from time to time be established by the Committee, and any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time.

ARTICLE IV.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

4.1. Number of Shares Available for Grants . The shares of stock subject to Awards granted under the Plan shall be Shares. Such Shares subject to the Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares (which will not be subject to preemptive rights) or previously issued shares acquired by the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.4, the total number of Shares that may be delivered pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be [        ] Shares. Of the total number of Shares that are available for issuance under the Plan all may be granted as ISOs.

4.2. Rules for Calculating Shares Delivered . Subject to, in the case of ISOs, any limitations applicable thereto under the Code, if (a) any Shares are subject to an Option, SAR, or other Award which for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled without having been fully exercised or satisfied, or are subject to any Restricted Stock Award (including any Shares subject to a Participant’s Restricted Stock Award that are repurchased by the Company at the Participant’s cost), Restricted Stock Unit Award or other Award granted under the Plan which are forfeited, or (b) any Award based on Shares is settled for cash, expires or otherwise terminates without the issuance of such Shares, the Shares subject to such Award shall, to the extent of any such expiration, termination, cancellation, forfeiture or cash settlement, be available for delivery in connection with future Awards under the Plan. Any Shares delivered under the Plan upon exercise or satisfaction of Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares available for delivery under the Plan. If the Option Price of any Option and/or tax withholding obligations relating to any Award are satisfied by delivering Shares to the Company (by either actual delivery or by attestation), the number of such Shares so delivered or attested to shall be deemed delivered for purposes of the limits set forth in Section 4.1. To the extent any Shares subject to an Award are withheld to satisfy the Option Price (in the case of an Option) and/or the tax withholding obligations relating to such Award, such Shares shall be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of the limits set forth in Section 4.1. Upon the exercise of a SAR, the total number of Shares subject to such exercise shall reduce the number of Shares available for delivery under the Plan.

 

-12-


4.3. Award Limits .

The following limits shall apply to grants of all Awards under the Plan:

(a) Options and SARs : The maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Options and SARs granted in any Fiscal Year to any one Participant shall be 500,000 Shares, including ISOs. Any Shares covered by Options which include Tandem SARs granted to one Participant in any Fiscal Year shall reduce this limit on the number of Shares subject to Options and SARs that can be granted to such Participant in such Fiscal Year.

(b) Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Other Stock-Based Awards : The maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to all Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Other Stock-Based Awards granted in any Fiscal Year to any one Participant shall be 350,000 Shares (or cash amounts with respect to Other Stock-Based Awards based on the Fair Market Value of such number of Shares on the Grant Date).

(c) Performance Units : The maximum aggregate amount awarded with respect to Performance Units made in any Fiscal Year to any one Participant shall not exceed $5,000,000.

(d) Cash-Based Awards : The maximum aggregate amount awarded with respect to Cash-Based Awards made in any Fiscal Year to any one Participant shall not exceed $5,000,000.

To the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code, Shares subject to Options or SARs which are canceled shall continue to be counted against the limits set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) immediately preceding.

4.4. Adjustment Provisions . In the event of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, share combination or exchange, or recapitalization or similar event affecting the capital structure of the Company (each a “ Share Change ”), or a merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition of property or shares, separation, spin-off, split-up, other distribution of stock or property (including any extraordinary cash or stock dividend), reorganization, stock rights offering, liquidation, Disaffiliation, or similar event affecting the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (each, a “ Corporate Transaction ”), the Committee or the Board shall make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to (A) the aggregate number, class and kind of Shares or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the Plan, (B) the number, class and kind of Shares or other securities subject to outstanding Awards; (C) the Option Price, Grant Price or other price of securities subject to outstanding Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and, to the extent applicable, other Awards; and (D) the Award limits set forth in Section 4.3; provided , however , that the number of Shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number. In the case of Corporate Transactions, such adjustments may include, without limitation, (1) the cancellation of outstanding Awards in exchange for payments of cash, property or a combination thereof having an aggregate value equal to the value of such Awards, as determined by the Committee or the Board in its discretion (it being understood that in the case of a Corporate Transaction with respect to which holders of Common Stock receive consideration other than publicly traded equity securities of the ultimate surviving entity, any

 

-13-


such determination by the Committee that the value of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall for this purpose be deemed to be equal to the excess, if any, of the value of the consideration being paid for each Share pursuant to such Corporate Transaction over the exercise price of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall conclusively be deemed valid); (2) the substitution of other property (including, without limitation, cash or other securities of the Company and securities of entities other than the Company) for the Shares subject to outstanding Awards; and (3) in connection with any Disaffiliation, arranging for the assumption of Awards, or replacement of Awards with new awards based on other property or other securities (including other securities of the Company and securities of entities other than the Company), by the affected Subsidiary, Affiliate, or division or by the entity that controls such Subsidiary, Affiliate, or division following such Disaffiliation (as well as any corresponding adjustments to Awards that remain based upon the Company securities). The Committee shall also make appropriate adjustments and modifications in the terms of any outstanding Awards to reflect, or related to, any such events, adjustments, substitutions or changes, including modifications of performance goals and changes in the length of Performance Periods, subject to the requirements of Article XII in the case of Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation. The Committee shall determine any adjustment, substitution or change pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) with respect to an Award that provides for Performance-Based Compensation consistent with the intent that such Award qualify for the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m) of the Code, and (b) after taking into account, among other things, to the extent applicable, the provisions of the Code applicable to Incentive Stock Options and the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. All determinations of the Committee as to adjustments, substitutions and changes, if any, under this Section 4.4 shall be conclusive and binding on the Participants.

4.5. No Limitation on Corporate Actions . The existence of the Plan and any Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in its capital structure or business structure, any merger or consolidation, any issuance of debt, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Shares, additional shares of capital stock or other securities or subscription rights thereto, any dissolution or liquidation, any sale or transfer of all or part of its assets or business or any other corporate act or proceeding.

ARTICLE V.

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

5.1. Eligibility . Eligible Individuals shall be eligible to become Participants and receive Awards in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan, subject to the limitations on the granting of ISOs set forth in Section 6.9(a).

5.2. Actual Participation . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select Participants from all Eligible Individuals and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award.

 

-14-


ARTICLE VI.

STOCK OPTIONS

6.1. Grant of Options . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Options may be granted to Participants in such number (subject to Article IV), and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee may grant an Option or provide for the grant of an Option, either from time to time in the discretion of the Committee or automatically upon the occurrence of specified events, including the achievement of performance goals, the satisfaction of an event or condition within the control of the recipient of the Option or within the control of others.

6.2. Award Agreement . Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Option Price, the maximum duration of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, the conditions upon which the Option shall become exercisable and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine, which are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan. The Award Agreement also shall specify whether the Option is intended to be an ISO or an NQSO. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an ISO (whether because of its provisions or the time or manner of its exercise or otherwise), such Option, or the portion thereof which does not so qualify, shall constitute a separate NQSO.

6.3. Option Price . The Option Price for each Option shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that, subject to Section 6.9(c), the Option Price of an Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date of such Option; provided further , that Substitute Awards or Awards granted in connection with an adjustment provided for in Section 4.4, in the form of stock options, shall have an Option Price per Share that is intended to maintain the economic value of the Award that was replaced or adjusted, as determined by the Committee.

6.4. Duration of Options . Each Option granted to a Participant shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine as of the Grant Date and set forth in the Award Agreement; provided , however , that no Stock Option shall be exercisable later than the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of its Grant Date.

6.5. Exercise of Options . Options shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance determine and set forth in the Award Agreement, which need not be the same for each grant or for each Option or Participant. An Award Agreement may provide that the period of time over which an Option other than an ISO may be exercised shall be automatically extended if on the scheduled expiration date of such Option the Participant’s exercise of such Option would violate an applicable law or the Participant is subject to a “black-out” period; provided , however , that during such extended exercise period the Option may only be exercised to the extent the Option was exercisable in accordance with its terms immediately prior to such scheduled expiration date; provided further , however , that such extended exercise period shall end not later than thirty (30) days after the exercise of such Option first would no longer violate such law or be subject to such “black-out” period.

 

-15-


6.6. Payment . Options shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company, in a form specified or accepted by the Committee, or by complying with any alternative exercise procedures that may be authorized by the Committee, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for such Shares, which shall include applicable taxes, if any, in accordance with Article XVII. The Option Price upon exercise of any Option shall be payable to the Company in full by certified or bank check or such other instrument as the Committee may accept. If approved by the Committee, and subject to any such terms, conditions and limitations as the Committee may prescribe and to the extent permitted by applicable law, payment of the Option Price, in full or in part, may also be made as follows:

(a) Payment may be made, in whole or in part, in the form of unrestricted and unencumbered Shares (by actual delivery of such Shares or by attestation) already owned by the Participant exercising such Option, or by such Participant and his or her spouse jointly (based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Option is exercised); provided , however , that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the right to make a payment in the form of such already owned Shares may be authorized only as of the Grant Date of such Incentive Stock Option and provided further that such already owned Shares must have been either held by the Participant for at least six (6) months at the time of exercise or purchased on the open market.

(b) Payment may be made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the Company, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds necessary to pay the Option Price, and, if requested, the amount of any federal, state, local or non-United States withholding taxes. To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms.

(c) Payment may be made by instructing the Committee to withhold a number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant pursuant to the Option having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the product of: (i) the Option Price multiplied by (ii) the number of Shares in respect of which the Option shall have been exercised.

(d) Payment may be made by any other method approved or accepted by the Committee in its discretion.

Subject to any governing rules or regulations, as soon as practicable after receipt of a written notification of exercise and full payment in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 6.6 and satisfaction of tax obligations in accordance with Article XVII, the Company shall deliver to the Participant exercising an Option, in the Participant’s name, evidence of book entry Shares, in an appropriate amount based upon the number of Shares purchased under the Option, subject to Section 20.9. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, all payments under all of the methods described above shall be paid in United States dollars.

 

-16-


6.7. Rights as a Stockholder . No Participant or other person shall become the beneficial owner of any Shares subject to an Option, nor have any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to any such Shares, until a book entry has been created for the Participant has actually received such Shares following exercise of his or her Option in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

6.8. Termination of Employment or Service . The Committee may establish and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement the terms and conditions on which an Option shall remain exercisable, if at all, upon a Termination of the Participant. The Committee may waive or modify these provisions at any time. To the extent that a Participant is not entitled to exercise an Option at the date of his or her Termination, or if the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Option) does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified in the Award Agreement or below (as applicable), effective as of the date of such Termination, the Option shall terminate and the Shares underlying the unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan and become available for future Awards. In no event may an Option be exercised after the expiration date of such Option specified in the applicable Award Agreement, except as provided in the last sentence of Section 6.5. Subject to the last sentence of this Section 6.8, a Participant’s Option shall be forfeited upon his or her Termination, except as set forth below:

(a) Death . Upon a Participant’s Termination by reason of death, any Option held by such Participant that was vested and exercisable immediately before such Termination may be exercised at any time until the earlier of (A) the first anniversary of the date of such death and (B) the expiration date of such Option specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(b) Disability . Upon a Participant’s Termination by reason of Disability, any Option held by such Participant that was vested and exercisable immediately before such Termination may be exercised at any time until the earlier of (A) the first anniversary of such Termination and (B) the expiration date of such Option specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(c) Retirement . Upon a Participant’s Termination by reason of Retirement, any Option held by such Participant that was vested and exercisable immediately before such Termination may be exercised at any time until the earlier of (A) the fifth (5th) anniversary of such Termination and (B) the expiration date of such Option specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(d) For Cause. Upon a Participant’s Termination for Cause, any Option held by such Participant shall be forfeited, effective as of such Termination.

(e) Other than Death, Disability, Retirement or For Cause . Upon a Participant’s Termination for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement or for Cause, any Option held by such Participant that was vested and exercisable immediately before such Termination may be exercised at any time until the earlier of (A) the ninetieth (90 th ) day following such Termination and (B) the expiration date of such Option specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(f) Death after Termination . Notwithstanding the above provisions of this Section 6.8, if a Participant dies after such Participant’s Termination, but while his or her Option remains exercisable as set forth above, such Option may be exercised at any time until the earlier of (A) the first anniversary of the date of such death and (B) the expiration date of such Option specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

-17-


Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.8, the Committee shall have the power, in its discretion, to apply different rules concerning the consequences of a Termination; provided , however , that such rules shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

6.9. Limitations on Incentive Stock Options .

(a) General . No ISO shall be granted to any Eligible Individual who is not an Employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on the Grant Date of such Option. Any ISO granted under the Plan shall contain such terms and conditions, consistent with the Plan, as the Committee may determine to be necessary to qualify such Option as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. Any ISO granted under the Plan may be modified by the Committee to disqualify such Option from treatment as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code.

(b) $100,000 Per Year Limitation . Notwithstanding any intent to grant ISOs, an Option granted under the Plan will not be considered an ISO to the extent that it, together with any other “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but without regard to subsection (d) of such Section) under the Plan and any other “incentive stock option” plans of the Company, any Subsidiary and any “parent corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code, are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year with respect to Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000 (or such other limit as may be required by the Code) as of the Grant Date of the Option with respect to such Shares. The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted.

(c) Options Granted to Certain Stockholders . No ISO shall be granted to an individual otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan who owns (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code), at the Grant Date of such Option, more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or a Subsidiary or any “parent corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code. This restriction does not apply if at the Grant Date of such ISO the Option Price of the ISO is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date of such ISO, and the ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from such Grant Date.

ARTICLE VII.

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

7.1. Grant of SARs . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, SARs may be granted to Participants at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee may grant an SAR (a) in connection with, and at the Grant Date of,

 

-18-


a related Option (a Tandem SAR), or (b) independent of, and unrelated to, an Option (a Freestanding SAR). The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of Shares to which a SAR pertains (subject to Article IV) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to any SAR.

7.2. Grant Price . The Grant Price for each SAR shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement, subject to the limitations of this Section 7.2. The Grant Price for each Freestanding SAR shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date of such Freestanding SAR, except in the case of Substitute Awards or Awards granted in connection with an adjustment provided for in Section 4.4. The Grant Price of a Tandem SAR shall be equal to the Option Price of the related Option.

7.3. Exercise of Tandem SARs . Tandem SARs may be exercised for all or part of the Shares subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option. A Tandem SAR shall be exercisable only when and to the extent the related Option is exercisable and may be exercised only with respect to the Shares for which the related Option is then exercisable. A Tandem SAR shall entitle a Participant to elect, in the manner set forth in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, in lieu of exercising his or her unexercised related Option for all or a portion of the Shares for which such Option is then exercisable pursuant to its terms, to surrender such Option to the Company with respect to any or all of such Shares and to receive from the Company in exchange therefor a payment described in Section 7.7. An Option with respect to which a Participant has elected to exercise a Tandem SAR shall, to the extent of the Shares covered by such exercise, be canceled automatically and surrendered to the Company. Such Option shall thereafter remain exercisable according to its terms only with respect to the number of Shares as to which it would otherwise be exercisable, less the number of Shares with respect to which such Tandem SAR has been so exercised. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to a Tandem SAR granted in connection with an ISO: (a) the Tandem SAR will expire no later than the expiration of the related ISO; (b) the value of the payment with respect to the Tandem SAR may not exceed the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the related ISO at the time the Tandem SAR is exercised and the Option Price of the related ISO; and (c) the Tandem SAR may be exercised only when the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the ISO exceeds the Option Price of the ISO.

7.4. Exercise of Freestanding SARs . Freestanding SARs may be exercised upon whatever terms and conditions the Committee, in its sole discretion, in accordance with the Plan, determines and sets forth in the Award Agreement. An Agreement may provide that the period of time over which a Freestanding SAR may be exercised shall be automatically extended if on the scheduled expiration date of such SAR the Participant’s exercise of such SAR would violate an applicable law; provided , however , that during such extended exercise period the SAR may only be exercised to the extent the SAR was exercisable in accordance with its terms immediately prior to such scheduled expiration date; provided further , however , that such extended exercise period shall end not later than thirty (30) days after the exercise of such SAR first would no longer violate such law.

7.5. Award Agreement . Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the number of Shares to which the SAR pertains, the Grant Price, the term of the SAR, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine in accordance with the Plan.

 

-19-


7.6. Term of SARs . The term of a SAR granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion; provided , however , that the term of any Tandem SAR shall be the same as the related Option.

7.7. Payment of SAR Amount . An election to exercise SARs shall be deemed to have been made on the date of Notice of such election to the Company. As soon as practicable following such Notice, the Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(a) The excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the Grant Price of the SAR; by

(b) The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.7 to the contrary, the Committee may establish and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement a maximum amount per Share that will be payable upon the exercise of a SAR. At the discretion of the Committee, such payment upon exercise of a SAR shall be in cash, in Shares of equivalent Fair Market Value, or in some combination thereof.

7.8. Rights as a Stockholder . A Participant receiving a SAR shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to Shares, if any, actually earned upon satisfaction or achievement of the terms and conditions of the Award, and in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, and not with respect to Shares to which such Award relates but for which a book entry is not created for such Participant.

7.9. Termination of Employment or Service . The Committee may establish and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement the terms and conditions under which a SAR shall remain exercisable, if at all, upon a Termination of the Participant; provided , however , that in no event may a SAR be exercised after the expiration date of such SAR specified in the applicable Award Agreement, except as provided in the last sentence of Section 6.5 (in the case of Tandem SARs) or in the last sentence of Section 7.4 (in the case of Freestanding SARs). The provisions of Section 6.8 above shall apply to any SAR if the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR does not specify the terms and conditions upon which such SAR shall be forfeited or be exercisable or terminate upon, or after, a Termination of the Participant.

ARTICLE VIII.

RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

8.1. Awards of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units to Participants in such amounts as the Committee shall determine. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article VIII and the Award Agreement, upon creation of a book entry evidencing a Participant’s ownership of Shares of Restricted Stock, pursuant to Section 8.6, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a

 

-20-


stockholder with respect to such Shares, subject to the terms and restrictions set forth in this Article VIII or the applicable Award Agreement or as determined by the Committee. Restricted Stock Units shall be similar to Restricted Stock, except no Shares are actually awarded to a Participant who is granted Restricted Stock Units on the Grant Date thereof, and such Participant shall have no rights of a stockholder with respect to such Restricted Stock Units.

8.2. Award Agreement . Each Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares of Restricted Stock or the number of Restricted Stock Units granted, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine in accordance with the Plan.

8.3. Nontransferability of Restricted Stock . Except as provided in this Article VIII, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, encumbered, alienated, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction established by the Committee and specified in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

8.4. Period of Restriction and Other Restrictions . The Period of Restriction shall lapse based on a Participant’s continuing service or employment with the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, the achievement of performance goals, the satisfaction of other conditions or restrictions or upon the occurrence of other events, in each case, as determined by the Committee, at its discretion, and stated in the Award Agreement.

8.5. Delivery of Shares, Payment of Restricted Stock Units . Subject to Section 20.9, after the last day of the Period of Restriction applicable to a Participant’s Shares of Restricted Stock, and after all conditions and restrictions applicable to such Shares of Restricted Stock have been satisfied or lapse (including satisfaction of any applicable withholding tax obligations), pursuant to the applicable Award Agreement, such Shares of Restricted Stock shall become freely transferable by such Participant. After the last day of the Period of Restriction applicable to a Participant’s Restricted Stock Units, and after all conditions and restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock Units have been satisfied or lapse (including satisfaction of any applicable withholding tax obligations), pursuant to the applicable Award Agreement, such Restricted Stock Units shall be settled by delivery of Shares, a cash payment determined by reference to the then current Fair Market Value of Shares, or a combination of Shares and cash, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, either by the terms of the Award Agreement or otherwise.

8.6. Forms of Restricted Stock Awards . Each Participant who receives an Award of Shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued “book entry” Shares (i.e., a computerized or manual entry) in the records of the Company or its transfer agent in the name of the Participant who has received the Award. Such records of the Company or such agent shall, absent manifest error, be binding on all Participants who receive Restricted Stock Awards. Such records shall also refer to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Award, substantially in the following form:

“The transferability of the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of the WingStop Holding Corporation 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan and an Award Agreement, as well as the terms and conditions of applicable law. Copies of such plan and agreement are on file at the offices of WingStop Holding Corporation.”

 

-21-


The Committee may require a Participant who receives book entry Shares evidencing a Restricted Stock Award to immediately deposit a stock power or other appropriate instrument of transfer, endorsed in blank by the Participant, with signatures guaranteed in accordance with the Exchange Act if required by the Committee, with the Secretary of the Company or an escrow holder as provided in the immediately following sentence. The Secretary of the Company or such escrow holder as the Committee may appoint shall retain custody of the Shares representing a Restricted Stock Award until the Period of Restriction and any other restrictions imposed by the Committee or under the Award Agreement with respect to the Shares evidenced by such certificate expire or shall have been removed. The use of book entries to evidence the ownership of Shares of Restricted Stock, in accordance with this Section 8.6, shall not affect the rights of Participants as owners of the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded to them, nor affect the restrictions applicable to such Shares under the Award Agreement or the Plan, including the Period of Restriction.

8.7. Voting Rights . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and set forth in a Participant’s Award Agreement, to the extent permitted or required by law, as determined by the Committee, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock shall be granted the right to exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares during the Period of Restriction. A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units.

8.8. Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock shall be credited with any cash dividends paid with respect to such Shares while they are so held, and such dividends shall be paid to the Participants if and when their rights vest at the end of the Period of Restriction, unless otherwise determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. Except as set forth in the Award Agreement, in the event of (a) any adjustment as provided in Section 4.4, or (b) any shares or securities are received as a dividend, or an extraordinary dividend is paid in cash, on Shares of Restricted Stock, any new or additional Shares or securities or any extraordinary dividends paid in cash received by a recipient of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the same terms and conditions, including the Period of Restriction, as relate to the original Shares of Restricted Stock.

8.9. Termination of Employment or Service . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8.9, during the Period of Restriction, any Restricted Stock Units and/or Shares of Restricted Stock held by a Participant shall be forfeited and revert to the Company (or, if Shares of Restricted Stock were sold to the Participant, the Participant shall be required to resell such Shares to the Company at cost) upon the Participant’s Termination or the failure to meet or satisfy any applicable performance goals or other terms, conditions and restrictions to the extent set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Each applicable Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which, if any, the Participant shall have the right to retain Restricted Stock Units and/or Shares of Restricted Stock, then subject to the Period of Restriction, following such Participant’s Termination. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the applicable Award Agreement, need not be uniform among all such Awards issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for, or circumstances of, such Termination.

 

-22-


ARTICLE IX.

PERFORMANCE SHARES, PERFORMANCE UNITS, AND CASH-BASED AWARDS

9.1. Grant of Performance Shares, Performance Units and Cash-Based Awards . Subject to the terms of the Plan, Performance Shares, Performance Units, and/or Cash-Based Awards may be granted to Participants in such amounts and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee, in accordance with the Plan. A Performance Share, Performance Unit or Cash-Based Award entitles the Participant who receives such Award to receive Shares or cash upon the attainment of applicable performance goals for the applicable Performance Period, and/or satisfaction of other terms and conditions, in each case determined by the Committee, and which may be set forth in the Award Agreement. Such entitlements of a Participant with respect to his or her outstanding Performance Share, Performance Unit or Cash-Based Award shall be reflected by a bookkeeping entry in the records of the Company, unless otherwise provided by the Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of such Awards shall be consistent with the Plan and set forth in the Award Agreement and need not be uniform among all such Awards or all Participants receiving such Awards.

9.2. Earned Performance Shares, Performance Units and Cash-Based Awards . Performance Shares, Performance Units and Cash-Based Awards shall become earned, in whole or in part, based upon the attainment of performance goals specified by the Committee and/or the occurrence of any event or events and/or satisfaction of such terms and conditions, including a Change in Control, as the Committee shall determine, either at or after the Grant Date. The Committee shall determine the extent to which any applicable performance goals and/or other terms and conditions of a Performance Unit, Performance Share or Cash-Based Award are attained or not attained following conclusion of the applicable Performance Period. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive any such performance goals and/or other terms and conditions relating to any such Award, subject to Section 12.3.

9.3. Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units, Performance Shares and Cash-Based Awards . Payment of earned Performance Units, Performance Shares and Cash-Based Awards shall be as determined by the Committee and as set forth in the Award Agreement. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units, Performance Shares and Cash-Based Awards in the form of cash or in Shares (or in a combination thereof) which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units, Performance Shares or Cash-Based Awards following conclusion of the Performance Period and the Committee’s determination of attainment of applicable performance goals and/or other terms and conditions in accordance with Section 9.2. Such Shares may be granted subject to any restrictions that may be imposed by the Committee, including a Period of Restriction or mandatory deferral. The determination of the Committee with respect to the form of payment of such Awards shall be set forth in the Award Agreement pertaining to the grant of the Award.

9.4. Rights as a Stockholder . A Participant receiving a Performance Unit, Performance Share or Cash-Based Award shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to Shares, if any, actually received by the Participant upon satisfaction or achievement of the terms and conditions of such Award and not with respect to Shares subject to the Award but not actually issued to such Participant.

9.5. Termination of Employment or Service . Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to retain Performance Units, Performance Shares and/or Cash-Based Awards following such Participant’s Termination. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the applicable Award Agreement, need not be uniform among all such Awards issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for Termination.

 

-23-


ARTICLE X.

STOCK-BASED AWARDS

10.1. Other Stock-Based Awards . The Committee may grant types of equity-based or equity-related Awards not otherwise described by the terms of the Plan (including the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted Shares), in such amounts (subject to Article IV) and subject to such terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine. More specifically, grants of equity-based or equity-related Awards can be made to pay all or a portion of a Participant’s salary or bonus or in addition to a Participant’s salary or bonus. Such Other Stock-Based Awards may involve the transfer of actual Shares to Participants, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of Shares and may include Awards designed to comply with or take advantage of the applicable local laws of jurisdictions other than the United States.

10.2. Value of Other Stock-Based Awards . Each Other Stock-Based Award shall be expressed in terms of Shares or units based on Shares, as determined by the Committee. The Committee may establish performance goals in its discretion, and any such performance goals shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. If the Committee exercises its discretion to establish performance goals, the number and/or value of Other Stock-Based Awards that will be paid out to the Participant will depend on the extent to which such performance goals are met.

10.3. Payment of Other Stock-Based Awards . Payment, if any, with respect to an Other Stock-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award, as set forth in the Award Agreement, in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares, as the Committee determines.

10.4. Termination of Employment or Service . The Committee shall determine the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to receive Other Stock-Based Awards following the Participant’s Termination. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, such provisions may be included in the applicable Award Agreement, but need not be uniform among all Other Stock-Based Awards issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for Termination.

ARTICLE XI.

DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS

11.1. Dividend Equivalents . Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, no adjustment shall be made in the Shares issuable or taken into account under Awards on account of cash dividends that may be paid or other rights that may be issued to the holders of Shares prior to issuance of such Shares under such Award. The Committee may grant Dividend Equivalents based on the dividends declared on Shares that are subject to any Award, including

 

-24-


any Award the payment or settlement of which is deferred pursuant to Section 20.6. Dividend Equivalents may be credited as of the dividend payment dates, during the period between the Grant Date of the Award and the date the Award becomes payable or terminates or expires. Dividend Equivalents may be subject to any limitations and/or restrictions determined by the Committee. Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional Shares by such formula and at such time, and shall be paid at such times, as may be determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Dividend Equivalents shall not be payable until and to the extent the underlying Award vests or is exercised.

ARTICLE XII.

PERFORMANCE MEASURES

12.1. Performance Measures .

The objective performance goals upon which the granting, payment and/or vesting of Awards that are intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation may occur shall be based on any one or more of the following Performance Measures selected by the Committee:

net sales; systemwide sales; comparable store sales; revenue; revenue growth or product revenue growth; operating income (before or after taxes); pre- or after-tax income or loss (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); earnings or loss per share; net income or loss (before or after taxes); adjusted operating income; adjusted net income; adjusted earnings per share; channel revenue; channel revenue growth; franchising commitments; manufacturing profit; manufacturing profit margin; store closures; return on equity; total stockholder return; return on assets or net assets; appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of the shares or any other publicly-traded securities of the company; market share; gross profits; earnings or losses (including earnings or losses before taxes, before interest and taxes, or before interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); economic value-added measurements; comparisons with various stock market indices; reductions in costs; cash flow or cash flow per share (before or after dividends); return on capital (including return on total capital or return on invested capital); cash flow return on investment; attainment of expense, working capital, cash, inventory or accounts receivable levels; operating margin; gross margin; year-end cash; cash margin; debt reduction; stockholders’ equity; market share; customer satisfaction; customer growth; supply chain achievements (including establishing relationships with suppliers, points of distribution, gross or net store openings); financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; cost of capital or assets under management; financing, factoring transactions and other capital raising transactions; strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified goals with respect to research, development, manufacturing, commercialization, products or projects, production volume levels, acquisitions and divestitures; and recruiting or turnover of personnel.

Such performance goals shall be established by the Committee within the time period prescribed by, and shall otherwise comply with the requirements of, Code Section 162(m)(4)(C), or any successor provision thereto, and the regulations thereunder, for Performance-Based

 

-25-


Compensation, and may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Any Performance Measures may be used to measure the performance of the Company, Subsidiaries and/or any Affiliates or any business unit, division, service or product of the Company, its Affiliates, and/or Subsidiaries or any combination thereof, over such period or periods, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above Performance Measures as compared to the performance of one or more comparator companies, or published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or the Committee may select any relevant Performance Measure as compared to any stock market index or indices, growth rates or trends.

12.2. Evaluation of Performance .

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, payment or vesting of any such Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall not be made until the Committee certifies in writing that the applicable performance goals and any other material terms of such Award were in fact satisfied, except as otherwise provided in Section 12.3. The Committee may provide in the Award Agreement with respect to any such Award that any evaluation of performance shall include or exclude any of the following events that occur during a Performance Period: (a) gains or losses on sales or dispositions, (b) asset write-downs, (c) changes in tax law or rate, including the impact on deferred tax liabilities, (d) the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles or changes in accounting policies, (e) (1) with respect to fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning prior to December 16, 2015, “extraordinary items” described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30, and/or (2) with respect to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, events of an “unusual nature” and/or of a type that indicate “infrequency of occurrence,” each as defined in FASB Accounting Standards Update 2015 – 01, and in the case of events described in (e)(1) and (e)(2) above, appearing in the Company’s financial statements or notes thereto appearing in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10K, and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial performance appearing in such Annual Report, (f) acquisitions occurring after the start of a Performance Period or unbudgeted costs incurred related to future acquisitions, (g) operations discontinued, divested or restructured, including severance costs, (h) gains or losses on refinancing or extinguishment of debt, (i) foreign exchange gains and losses and (j) any similar event or condition specified in such Award Agreement. To the extent such inclusions or exclusions affect Awards to Covered Employees, they shall be prescribed in a form that meets the requirements of Code Section 162(m) for deductibility.

12.3. Adjustment of Performance-Based Compensation .

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, (a) the Committee may adjust downwards, but not upwards, any amount payable, or other benefits granted, issued, retained and/or vested pursuant to such an Award on account of satisfaction of the applicable performance goals on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee in its discretion shall determine, and (b) the Committee may not waive the achievement of the applicable performance goals, except in the case of the Participant’s death or disability or a Change in Control.

 

-26-


12.4. Committee Discretion .

In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Measures without obtaining shareholder approval of such changes, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining shareholder approval. In addition, in the event that the Committee determines that it is advisable to grant Awards that shall not qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, the Committee may make such grants without satisfying the requirements of Code Section 162(m) and base vesting of such Awards on performance measures other than those set forth in Section 12.1.

ARTICLE XIII.

TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS; BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

13.1. Transferability of Incentive Stock Options . No ISO or Tandem SAR granted in connection with an ISO may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, (ii) to the extent permitted by the Code, by gift or other transfer to any trust or estate in which the original ISO recipient or such recipient’s spouse or other immediate relative has a substantial beneficial interest, or to a spouse or other immediate relative, provided that any such transfer is permitted subject to Rule 16b-3 issued pursuant to the Exchange Act as in effect when such transfer occurs and the Board does not rescind this provision prior to such transfer; or (iii) in accordance with Section 13.3. No ISO or Tandem SAR shall be transferable pursuant to a domestic relations order or similar order. Further, all ISOs and Tandem SARs granted in connection with ISOs granted to a Participant shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant.

13.2. All Other Awards . Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.5 or Section 13.3 or a Participant’s Award Agreement or otherwise determined at any time by the Committee, no Award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or (ii) by gift or other transfer to any trust or estate in which the original Award recipient or such recipient’s spouse or other immediate relative has a substantial beneficial interest, or to a spouse or other immediate relative, provided that any such transfer is permitted subject to Rule 16b-3 issued pursuant to the Exchange Act as in effect when such transfer occurs and the Board does not rescind this provision prior to such transfer; provided that the Committee may permit further transferability, on a general or a specific basis, and may impose conditions and limitations on any permitted transferability, subject to Section 13.1 and any applicable Period of Restriction; provided further , however , that no Award may be transferred for value or other consideration without first obtaining approval thereof by the stockholders of the Company and no Award shall be transferable pursuant to a domestic relations order or similar order. Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement or otherwise determined at any time by the Committee, or unless the Committee decides to permit further transferability, subject to Section 13.1 and any applicable Period of Restriction, all Awards granted to a Participant under the Plan, and all rights with respect to such Awards, shall be exercisable or available during his or her lifetime only by or to such Participant. With respect to those Awards, if any, that are permitted to be transferred to another individual, references in the Plan to exercise or payment related to such Awards by or to the Participant shall be deemed to include, as determined by the Committee, the Participant’s permitted transferee. In the event any Award is exercised by or otherwise paid to the executors, administrators, heirs or distributees of the estate of a deceased

 

-27-


Participant, or such a Participant’s beneficiary, or the transferee of an Award, in any such case, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Agreement and in accordance with such terms and conditions as may be specified from time to time by the Committee, the Company shall be under no obligation to issue Shares thereunder unless and until the Company is satisfied, as determined in the discretion of the Committee, that the person or persons exercising such Award, or to receive such payment, are the duly appointed legal representative of the deceased Participant’s estate or the proper legatees or distributees thereof or the named beneficiary of such Participant, or the valid transferee of such Award, as applicable. Any purported assignment, transfer or encumbrance of an Award that does not comply with this Section 13.2 shall be void and unenforceable against the Company.

13.3. Beneficiary Designation . Each Participant may, from time to time, name any beneficiary or beneficiaries who shall be permitted to exercise his or her Option or SAR or to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid in case of the Participant’s death before he or she fully exercises his or her Option or SAR or receives any or all of such benefit. Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Committee during the Participant’s lifetime. In the absence of any such beneficiary designation, a Participant’s unexercised Option or SAR, or amounts due but remaining unpaid to such Participant, at the Participant’s death, shall be exercised or paid as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

ARTICLE XIV.

RIGHTS OF PARTICIPANTS

14.1. Rights or Claims . No person shall have any rights or claims under the Plan except in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement. The liability of the Company and any Subsidiary or Affiliate under the Plan is limited to the obligations expressly set forth in the Plan, and no term or provision of the Plan may be construed to impose any further or additional duties, obligations, or costs on the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate thereof or the Board or the Committee not expressly set forth in the Plan. The grant of an Award under the Plan shall not confer any rights upon the Participant holding such Award other than such terms, and subject to such conditions, as are specified in the Plan as being applicable to such type of Award, or to all Awards, or as are expressly set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the existence of the Plan nor anything contained in the Plan or in any Award Agreement shall be deemed to:

(a) Give any Eligible Individual the right to be retained in the service of the Company, an Affiliate and/or a Subsidiary, whether in any particular position, at any particular rate of compensation, for any particular period of time or otherwise;

(b) Restrict in any way the right of the Company, an Affiliate and/or a Subsidiary to terminate, change or modify any Eligible Individual’s employment or service at any time with or without Cause;

 

-28-


(c) Confer on any Eligible Individual any right of continued relationship with the Company, an Affiliate and/or a Subsidiary, or alter any relationship between them, including any right of the Company or an Affiliate or Subsidiary to terminate, change or modify its relationship with an Eligible Individual;

(d) Constitute a contract of employment or service between the Company or any Affiliate or Subsidiary and any Eligible Individual, nor shall it constitute a right to remain in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate or Subsidiary;

(e) Give any Eligible Individual the right to receive any bonus, whether payable in cash or in Shares, or in any combination thereof, from the Company, an Affiliate and/or a Subsidiary, nor be construed as limiting in any way the right of the Company, an Affiliate and/or a Subsidiary to determine, in its sole discretion, whether or not it shall pay any Eligible Individual bonuses, and, if so paid, the amount thereof and the manner of such payment; or

(f) Give any Participant any rights whatsoever with respect to an Award except as specifically provided in the Plan and the Award Agreement.

14.2. Adoption of the Plan . The adoption of the Plan shall not be deemed to give any Eligible Individual or any other individual any right to be selected as a Participant or to be granted an Award, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future Award.

14.3. Vesting . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a Participant’s right or entitlement to exercise or otherwise vest in any Award not exercisable or vested at the Grant Date thereof shall only result from continued employment, or continued services as a Non-Employee Director or Consultant , as the case may be, with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or satisfaction of any performance goals or other conditions or restrictions applicable, by its terms, to such Award, except, in each such case, as the Committee may, in its discretion, expressly determine otherwise.

14.4. No Effects on Benefits; No Damages . Payments and other compensation received by a Participant under an Award are not part of such Participant’s normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including calculating termination, indemnity, severance, resignation, redundancy, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments under any laws, plans, contracts, policies, programs, arrangements, or otherwise. A Participant shall, by participating in the Plan, waive any and all rights to compensation or damages in consequence of Termination of such Participant for any reason whatsoever, whether lawfully or otherwise, insofar as those rights arise or may arise from such Participant ceasing to have rights under the Plan as a result of such Termination, or from the loss or diminution in value of such rights or entitlements, including by reason of the operation of the terms of the Plan or the provisions of any statute or law relating to taxation. No claim or entitlement to compensation or damages arises from the termination of the Plan or diminution in value of any Award or Shares purchased or otherwise received under the Plan.

14.5. One or More Types of Awards . A particular type of Award may be granted to a Participant either alone or in addition to other Awards under the Plan.

 

-29-


ARTICLE XV.

CHANGE IN CONTROL

15.1. Alternative Awards . The occurrence of a Change in Control will not itself result in the cancellation, acceleration of exercisability or vesting, lapse of any Period of Restriction or settlement or other payment with respect to any outstanding Award to the extent that the Board or the Committee determines in its discretion, prior to such Change in Control, that such outstanding Award shall be honored or assumed, or new rights substituted therefor (such honored, assumed or substituted Award being hereinafter referred to as an “ Alternative Award ”) by the New Employer, provided that any Alternative Award must:

(a) be based on securities that are traded on an established United States securities market, or which will be so traded within sixty (60) days following the Change in Control;

(b) provide the Participant (or each Participant in a class of Participants) with rights and entitlements substantially equivalent to or better than the rights, terms and conditions applicable under such Award, including an identical or better exercise or vesting schedule and identical or better timing and methods of payment;

(c) have substantially equivalent economic value to such Award immediately prior to the Change in Control (as determined by the Board or the Committee (as constituted prior to the Change in Control), in its discretion);

(d) have terms and conditions which provide that if the Participant incurs a Termination by the New Employer under any circumstances other than involuntary Termination for Cause or resignation without Good Reason within one (1) year following the Change in Control, (i) any conditions on a Participant’s rights under, or any restrictions on transfer or exercisability applicable to, such Alternative Award shall be waived or shall lapse in full, and such Alternative Award shall become fully vested and exercisable, as the case may be, and (ii) to the extent applicable, each such Alternative Award outstanding as of the date of such Termination may thereafter be exercised until the later of (A) the last date on which such Award would have been exercisable in the absence of this Section 15.1, and (B) the earlier of (I) the third anniversary of such Change in Control and (II) expiration of the term of such Award; and

(e) not subject the Participant to the assessment of additional taxes or interest under Section 409A of the Code.

15.2 Accelerated Vesting and Payment .

(a) In the event Section 15.1 does not apply, upon a Change in Control, (i) all outstanding Awards shall become fully vested, nonforfeitable and, to the extent applicable, exercisable immediately prior to the Change in Control; (ii) the Board or the Committee (as constituted prior the Change in Control) shall provide that in connection with the Change in Control (A) each outstanding Option and Stock Appreciation Right shall be cancelled in exchange for an amount (payable in accordance with Section 15.2(b)) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on

 

-30-


the date of the Change in Control over the Option Price or Grant Price applicable to such Option or Stock Appreciation Right, (B) each Share of Restricted Stock, each Restricted Stock Unit and each other Award denominated in Shares shall be cancelled in exchange for an amount (payable in accordance with Section 15.2(b)) equal to the Change in Control Price multiplied by the number of Shares covered by such Award, (C) each Award not denominated in Shares shall be cancelled in exchange for the full amount of such Award (payable in accordance with Section 15.2(b)), and (D) any Award the payment or settlement of which was deferred under Section 20.6 or otherwise shall be cancelled in exchange for the full amount of such deferred Award (payable in accordance with Section 15.2(b)); (iii) the performance goals applicable to any outstanding Awards of Performance Shares, Performance Units, Cash-Based Awards and other Awards shall be deemed to have been attained at the target level (unless actual performance exceeds the target, in which case actual performance shall be used) for the entire applicable Performance Period then outstanding; and (iv) the Board or the Committee (as constituted prior the Change in Control) may, in addition to the consequences otherwise set forth in this Section 15.2(a), make adjustments and / or settlements of outstanding Awards as it deems appropriate and consistent with the Plan’s purposes.

(b) Payments . Payment of any amounts in accordance with this Section 15.2 shall be made in cash or, if determined by the Board or the Committee (as constituted prior to the Change in Control), in securities of the New Employer that are traded on an established United States securities market, or which will be so traded within sixty (60) days following the Change in Control, having an aggregate fair market value (as determined by such Board or Committee) equal to such amount or in a combination of such securities and cash. All amounts payable hereunder shall be payable in full, as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than ten (10) business days, following the Change in Control.

15.3 Certain Terminations Prior to Change in Control . Any Participant who incurs a Termination under any circumstances other than involuntary Termination for Cause or resignation without Good Reason on or after the date on which the Company entered into an agreement in principle the consummation of which would constitute a Change in Control, but prior to such consummation, and such Change in Control actually occurs, shall be treated, solely for purposes of the Plan (including this Article XV), as continuing in the Company’s, or the applicable Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s, employment or service until the occurrence of such Change in Control and to have been Terminated under such circumstances immediately thereafter.

15.4 No Implied Rights; Other Limitations . No Participant shall have any right to prevent the consummation of any of the acts described in Section 4.4 or 15.1 affecting the number of Shares available to, or other entitlement of, such Participant under the Plan or such Participant’s Award. Any actions or determinations of the Committee under this Article XV need not be uniform as to all outstanding Awards, nor treat all Participants identically. Notwithstanding the adjustments described in Section 15.1, in no event may any ISO be exercised after ten (10) years from the Grant Date thereof, and any changes to ISOs pursuant to this Article XV shall, unless the Committee determines otherwise, only be effective to the extent such adjustments or changes do not cause a “modification” (within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code) of such ISOs or adversely affect the tax status of such ISOs.

 

-31-


15.5 Termination, Amendment, and Modifications of Change in Control Provisions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan (but subject to the limitations of the last sentence of Section 16.1 and Section 16.2) or any Award Agreement provision, the provisions of this Article XV may not be terminated, amended, or modified on or after the date of a Change in Control to materially impair any Participant’s Award theretofore granted and then outstanding under the Plan without the prior written consent of such Participant.

15.6 Excess Parachute Payments . It is recognized that under certain circumstances: (a) payments or benefits provided to a Participant might give rise to an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code; and (b) it might be beneficial to a Participant to disclaim some portion of the payment or benefit in order to avoid such “excess parachute payment” and thereby avoid the imposition of an excise tax resulting therefrom; and (c) under such circumstances it would not be to the disadvantage of the Company to permit the Participant to disclaim any such payment or benefit in order to avoid the “excess parachute payment” and the excise tax resulting therefrom.

Accordingly, the Participant may, at the Participant’s option, exercisable at any time or from time to time, disclaim any entitlement to any portion of the payment or benefits arising under this Plan which would constitute “excess parachute payments,” and it shall be the Participant’s choice as to which payments or benefits shall be so surrendered, if and to the extent that the Participant exercises such option, so as to avoid “excess parachute payments” provided, however, that Participant must first surrender payments or benefits that are payable in the same calendar year as the event giving rise to such “excess parachute payment” and, if additional payments or benefits are surrendered, must then surrender payments or benefits that are payable in the immediately succeeding calendar year and provided further that no payment or benefit that is surrendered shall affect the amount of payment or benefit payable in a subsequent calendar year.

ARTICLE XVI.

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION

16.1. Amendment, Modification, and Termination . The Board may, at any time and with or without prior notice, amend, alter, suspend, or terminate the Plan, and the Committee may, to the extent permitted by the Plan, amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, including any Award Agreement, in each case, retroactively or prospectively; provided , however , that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, or termination of the Plan shall be made which, without first obtaining approval of the stockholders of the Company (where such approval is necessary to satisfy (i) the then-applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3, (ii) any requirements under the Code relating to ISOs, or (iii) any applicable law, regulation or rule (including the applicable regulations and rules of the SEC and any national securities exchange)), would:

(a) except as is provided in Section 4.4, increase the maximum number of Shares which may be sold or awarded under the Plan or increase the maximum limitations set forth in Section 4.3;

 

-32-


(b) except as is provided in Section 4.4, decrease the minimum Option Price or Grant Price requirements of Sections 6.3 and 7.2, respectively;

(c) change the class of persons eligible to receive Awards under the Plan;

(d) change the Performance Measures set forth in Section 12.1;

(e) extend the duration of the Plan or the maximum period during which Options or SARs may be exercised under Section 6.4 or 7.6, as applicable; or

(f) otherwise require stockholder approval to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule (including the applicable regulations and rules of the SEC and any national securities exchange).

In addition, (A) no such amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan or any Award theretofore granted, including any Award Agreement, shall be made which would materially impair the previously accrued rights of a Participant under any outstanding Award without the written consent of such Participant, provided , however , that the Board may amend or alter the Plan and the Committee may amend or alter any Award, including any Agreement, either retroactively or prospectively, without the consent of the applicable Participant, (x) so as to preserve or come within any exemptions from liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, pursuant to the rules and releases promulgated by the SEC (including Rule 16b-3), and/or so that any Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall qualify for the performance-based compensation exception under Code Section 162(m) (or any successor provision), or (y) if the Board or the Committee determines in its discretion that such amendment or alteration either (I) is required or advisable for the Company, the Plan or the Award to satisfy, comply with or meet the requirements of any law, regulation, rule or accounting standard or (II) is not reasonably likely to significantly diminish the benefits provided under such Award, or that such diminishment has been or will be adequately compensated, and (B) except in connection with a Share Change or Corporate Transaction or as otherwise provided in Section 4.4, but notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, neither the Board nor the Committee may take any action: (1) to amend the terms of an outstanding Option or SAR to reduce the Option Price or Grant Price thereof, cancel an Option or SAR and replace it with a new Option or SAR with a lower Option Price or Grant Price, or that has an economic effect that is the same as any such reduction or cancellation; or (2) to cancel an outstanding Option or SAR in exchange for the grant of another type of Award, without, in each such case, first obtaining approval of the stockholders of the Company of such action.

16.2. Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events . The Board or the Committee shall make such adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards as the Board or the Committee deems appropriate and equitable in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including the events described in Section 4.4) affecting the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or the financial statements of the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, rules or accounting principles. The Committee shall determine any adjustment pursuant to this Section 16.2(a) with respect to an Award that provides for Performance-Based Compensation consistent with the intent that such Award qualify for the performance-based compensation

 

-33-


exception under Section 162(m) of the Code, and (b) after taking into account, among other things, to the extent applicable, the provisions of the Code applicable to Incentive Stock Options and the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. The determination of the Committee as to the foregoing adjustments, if any, shall be conclusive and binding on Participants under the Plan.

ARTICLE XVII.

TAX WITHHOLDING AND OTHER TAX MATTERS

17.1. Tax Withholding . the Company and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate are authorized to withhold from any Award granted or payment due under the Plan the amount of all federal, state, local and non-United States taxes due in respect of such Award or payment and take any such other action as may be necessary or appropriate, as determined by the Committee, to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes. No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income or wages of a Participant for federal, state, local, or non-U.S. tax purposes with respect to any Award, such Participant shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding the payment of, any federal, state, local or non-U.S. taxes or social security (or similar) contributions of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Committee in its discretion), and the Company and the Subsidiaries and Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to such Participant, whether or not under the Plan.

17.2. Withholding or Tendering Shares . Without limiting the generality of Section 17.1, subject to any applicable laws, the Committee may in its discretion permit a Participant to satisfy or arrange to satisfy, in whole or in part, the tax obligations incident to an Award by: (a) electing to have the Company withhold Shares or other property otherwise deliverable to such Participant pursuant to his or her Award ( provided , however , that the amount of any Shares so withheld shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy required federal, state, local and non-United States withholding obligations using the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and/or non-U.S. tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income) and/or (b) tendering to the Company Shares already owned by such Participant (or by such Participant and his or her spouse jointly) and either held by the Participant for at least six (6) months at the time of exercise or purchased on the open market, based, in each case, on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the payment date as determined by the Committee. All such elections shall be irrevocable, made in writing, signed by the Participant, and shall be subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. The Committee may establish such procedures as it deems appropriate, including making irrevocable elections, for settlement of withholding obligations with Common Stock.

17.3. Restrictions . The satisfaction of tax obligations pursuant to this Article XVII shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose, including any restrictions required by applicable law or the rules and regulations of the SEC, and shall be construed consistent with an intent to comply with any such applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

-34-


17.4. Special ISO Obligations . The Committee may require a Participant to give prompt written notice to the Company concerning any disposition of Shares received upon the exercise of an ISO within: (i) two (2) years from the Grant Date of such ISO to such Participant or (ii) one (1) year from the transfer of such Shares to such Participant or (iii) such other period as the Committee may from time to time determine. The Committee may direct that a Participant with respect to an ISO undertake in the applicable Award Agreement to give such written notice described in the preceding sentence, at such time and containing such information as the Committee may prescribe, and/or that the book entry Shares acquired by exercise of an ISO refer to such requirement to give such notice.

17.5. Section 83(b) Election . If a Participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to an Award as of the date of transfer of Shares rather than as of the date or dates upon which the Participant would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, such Participant shall deliver a copy of such election to the Company upon or prior to the filing of such election with the Internal Revenue Service. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall have any liability or responsibility relating to or arising out of the filing or not filing of any such election or any defects in its construction.

17.6. No Guarantee of Favorable Tax Treatment . Although the Company intends to administer the Plan so that Awards will be exempt from, or will comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, the Company does not warrant that any Award under the Plan will qualify for favorable tax treatment under Code Section 409A or any other provision of federal, state, local, or non-United States law. the Company shall not be liable to any Participant for any tax, interest, or penalties the Participant might owe as a result of the grant, holding, vesting, exercise, or payment of any Award under the Plan.

17.7. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation .

(a) It is the intention of the Company that no Award shall be deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A unless and to the extent that the Committee specifically determines otherwise as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 17.7, and the Plan and the terms and conditions of all Awards shall be interpreted and administered accordingly.

(b) The terms and conditions governing any Awards that the Committee determines will be subject to Section 409A of the Code, including any rules for payment, including elective or mandatory deferral of the payment or delivery of cash or Shares pursuant thereto, and any rules regarding treatment of such Awards in the event of a Change in Control, shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and shall be intended to comply in all respects with Section 409A of the Code, and the Plan and the terms and conditions of such Awards shall be interpreted and administered accordingly.

(c) The Committee shall not extend the period to exercise an Option or Stock Appreciation Right to the extent that such extension would cause the Option or Stock Appreciation Right to become subject to Code Section 409A.

 

-35-


(d) Unless the Committee provides otherwise in an Award Agreement, each Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit, Performance Share, Cash-Based Award and/or Other Stock-Based Award shall be paid in full to the Participant no later than the fifteenth day of the third month after the end of the first calendar year in which such Award is no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Code Section 409A. If the Committee provides in an Award Agreement that a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit, Performance Share, Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award is intended to be subject to Code Section 409A, the Award Agreement shall include terms that are intended to comply in all respects with Code Section 409A.

(e) No Dividend Equivalents shall relate to Shares underlying an Option or SAR unless such Dividend Equivalent rights are explicitly set forth as a separate arrangement and do not cause any such Option or SAR to be subject to Code Section 409A.

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, no event or condition shall constitute a Change in Control with respect to an Award to the extent that, if it were, a 20% additional income tax would be imposed under Section 409A of the Code on the Participant who holds such Award; provided that, in such a case, the event or condition shall continue to constitute a Change in Control to the maximum extent possible (for example, if applicable, in respect of vesting without an acceleration of payment of such an Award) without causing the imposition of such 20% tax.

ARTICLE XVIII.

LIMITS OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

18.1. Limits of Liability .

Any liability of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate to any Participant with respect to any Award shall be based solely upon contractual obligations created by the Plan and the Award Agreement.

(a) None of the Company, any Subsidiary, any Affiliate, any member of the Board or the Committee or any other person participating in any determination of any question under the Plan, or in the interpretation, administration or application of the Plan, shall have any liability, in the absence of bad faith, to any party for any action taken or not taken in connection with the Plan, except as may expressly be provided by statute.

(b) Each member of the Committee, while serving as such, shall be considered to be acting in his or her capacity as a director of the Company. Members of the Board of Directors and members of the Committee acting under the Plan shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the advice of counsel and shall incur no liability except for gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of their duties.

(c) The Company shall not be liable to a Participant or any other person as to: (i) the non-issuance of Shares as to which the Company has been unable to obtain from

 

-36-


any regulatory body having relevant jurisdiction the authority deemed by the Committee or the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, and (ii) any tax consequence expected, but not realized, by any Participant or other person due to the receipt, exercise or settlement of any Option or other Award.

18.2. Indemnification . Subject to the requirements of Delaware law, each individual who is or shall have been a member of the Committee or of the Board, or an officer of the Company or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to whom authority was delegated in accordance with Article III, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf, unless such loss, cost, liability, or expense is a result of the individual’s own willful misconduct or except as provided by statute. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such individual may be entitled under the charter or by-laws of the Company, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify or hold harmless such individual.

ARTICLE XIX.

SUCCESSORS

19.1. General . All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding on successors, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

ARTICLE XX.

MISCELLANEOUS

20.1. Drafting Context; Captions . Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural. The words “Article,” “Section,” and “paragraph” herein shall refer to provisions of the Plan, unless expressly indicated otherwise. The words “include,” “includes,” and “including” herein shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation” whether or not they are in fact followed by such words or words of similar import, unless the context otherwise requires. The headings and captions appearing herein are inserted only as a matter of convenience. They do not define, limit, construe, or describe the scope or intent of the provisions of the Plan.

 

-37-


20.2. Forfeiture Events .

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have the authority to determine (and may so provide in any Agreement) that a Participant’s (including his or her estate’s, beneficiary’s or transferee’s) rights (including the right to exercise any Option or SAR), payments and benefits with respect to any Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment (to the extent permitted by applicable law) in the event of the Participant’s Termination for Cause; serious misconduct; violation of the Company’s or a Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s policies; breach of fiduciary duty; unauthorized disclosure of any trade secret or confidential information of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate; breach of applicable noncompetition, nonsolicitation, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants; or other conduct or activity that is in competition with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or otherwise detrimental to the business, reputation or interests of the Company and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate; or upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the applicable Award Agreement (in any such case, whether or not the Participant is then an Employee or Non-Employee Director). The determination of whether a Participant’s conduct, activities or circumstances are described in the immediately preceding sentence shall be made by the Committee in its discretion, and pending any such determination, the Committee shall have the authority to suspend the exercise, payment, delivery or settlement of all or any portion of such Participant’s outstanding Awards pending an investigation of the matter.

(b) [If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the Company’s material noncompliance (as determined by the Company) with any financial reporting requirement under the federal securities laws, the Company will seek to recover from any current or former executive officer of the Company any payment in settlement of an Award earned or accrued during the three-year period preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement payment. The amount to be recovered from the executive officer will be based on the excess, if any, of the compensation paid to the executive officer under the Award based on the erroneous data over the compensation that would have been paid to the executive officer under the Award if the financial accounting statements had been as presented in the restatement. For purposes of this policy, the definition of “executive officer”, the date on which the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement and the amount to be recovered shall be determined by the Committee acting in its discretion. The Committee shall have the discretion to interpret the terms of this policy and to apply this policy to a particular situation. The Board may amend this policy from time to time in its discretion and shall amend this policy to the extent deemed necessary or appropriate to reflect the regulations to be adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 10D(b)(2) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, any rules or standards adopted by a national securities exchange, any related guidance from a governmental agency which has jurisdiction over the administration of such provision, any judicial interpretation of such provision and any changes in applicable law.]

 

-38-


20.3. Severability . In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

20.4. Transfer, Leave of Absence . For purposes of the Plan, a transfer of an Eligible Individual from the Company to an Affiliate or Subsidiary (or, for purposes of any ISO granted under the Plan, only a Subsidiary), or vice versa, or from one Affiliate or Subsidiary to another (or in the case of an ISO, only from one Subsidiary to another), and a leave of absence, duly authorized in writing by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, shall not be deemed a Termination of the Eligible Individual for purposes of the Plan or with respect to any Award (in the case of ISOs, to the extent permitted by the Code).

20.5. Exercise and Payment of Awards . An Award shall be deemed exercised or claimed when the Secretary of the Company or any other official or other person designated by the Committee for such purpose receives appropriate written notice from a Participant, in form acceptable to the Committee, together with payment of the applicable Option Price, Grant Price or other purchase price, if any, and compliance with Article XVI, in accordance with the Plan and such Participant’s Award Agreement.

20.6. Deferrals . Subject to applicable law, the Committee may from time to time establish procedures pursuant to which a Participant may defer on an elective or mandatory basis receipt of all or a portion of the cash or Shares subject to an Award on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine, including those of any deferred compensation plan of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate specified by the Committee for such purpose.

20.7. No Effect on Other Plans . Neither the adoption of the Plan nor anything contained herein shall affect any other compensation or incentive plans or arrangements of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or prevent or limit the right of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for their directors, officers, eligible employees or consultants or grant or assume options or other rights otherwise than under the Plan.

20.8. Section 16 of Exchange Act and Section 162(m) of the Code . The provisions and operation of the Plan are intended to ensure that no transaction under the Plan is subject to (and not exempt from) the short-swing profit recovery rules of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. Unless otherwise stated in the Award Agreement, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any Award granted to an Insider shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule, and the Plan and the Award Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such limitations. Furthermore, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement, any Award to a Covered Employee that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be subject to any applicable limitations set forth in Code Section 162(m) or any regulations or rulings issued thereunder (including any amendment to the foregoing) that are requirements for qualification as “other performance-based compensation” as described in Code Section 162(m)(4)(C), and the Plan and the Award Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements and no action of the Committee that would cause such Award not to so qualify shall be effective.

 

-39-


20.9. Requirements of Law; Limitations on Awards .

(a) The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(b) If at any time the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration and/or qualification of Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or non-United States law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the sale or purchase of Shares hereunder, the Company shall have no obligation to allow the grant, exercise or payment of any Award, or to issue or deliver evidence of title for Shares issued under the Plan, in whole or in part, unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent and/or approval shall have been effected or obtained, or otherwise provided for, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

(c) If at any time counsel to the Company shall be of the opinion that any sale or delivery of Shares pursuant to an Award is or may be in the circumstances unlawful or result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate under the statutes, rules or regulations of any applicable jurisdiction, the Company shall have no obligation to make such sale or delivery, or to make any application or to effect or to maintain any qualification or registration under the Securities Act, or otherwise with respect to Shares or Awards and the right to exercise or payment of any Option or Award shall be suspended until, in the opinion of such counsel, such sale or delivery shall be lawful or will not result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

(d) Upon termination of any period of suspension under this Section 20.9, any Award affected by such suspension which shall not then have expired or terminated shall be reinstated as to all Shares available before such suspension and as to the Shares which would otherwise have become available during the period of such suspension, but no suspension shall extend the term of any Award.

(e) The Committee may require each person receiving Shares in connection with any Award under the Plan to represent and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring such Shares for investment without a view to the distribution thereof, and/or provide such other representations and agreements as the Committee may prescribe. The Committee, in its absolute discretion, may impose such restrictions on the ownership and transferability of the Shares purchasable or otherwise receivable by any person under any Award as it deems appropriate. Any such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and the certificates evidencing such shares may include any legend that the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any such restrictions.

(f) An Award and any Shares received upon the exercise or payment of an Award shall be subject to such other transfer and/or ownership restrictions and/or legending requirements as the Committee may establish in its discretion and may be referred to on the certificates evidencing such Shares, including restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed and/or traded, and under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.

 

-40-


20.10. Participants Deemed to Accept Plan . By accepting any benefit under the Plan, each Participant and each person claiming under or through any such Participant shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated their acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and any action taken under the Plan by the Board, the Committee or the Company, in any case in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan.

20.11. Governing Law . The Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, Participants are deemed to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal or state courts of the State of Delaware, to resolve any and all issues that may arise out of or relate to the Plan or any related Award Agreement.

20.12. Plan Unfunded . The Plan shall be unfunded. The Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets to assure the issuance of Shares or the payment of cash upon exercise or payment of any Award. Proceeds from the sale of Shares pursuant to Options or other Awards granted under the Plan shall constitute general funds of the Company.

20.13. Administration Costs . The Company shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in administering the Plan, including expenses of issuing Shares pursuant to any Options or other Awards granted hereunder.

20.14. No Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issued upon the exercise or payment of an Option or other Award. The Committee may, in its discretion, pay cash in lieu of fractional shares or require that fractional shares be forfeited.

20.15. Subsidiary or Affiliate Eligible Individuals . In the case of a grant of an Award to any Eligible Individual of a Subsidiary or Affiliate, the Company may, if the Committee so directs, issue or transfer the Shares, if any, covered by the Award to such Subsidiary or Affiliate, for such lawful consideration as the Committee may specify, upon the condition or understanding that such Subsidiary or Affiliate will transfer such Shares to such Eligible Individual in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Award and those of the Plan. The Committee may also adopt procedures regarding treatment of any Shares so transferred to a Subsidiary or Affiliate that are subsequently forfeited or canceled.

20.16. Data Protection . By participating in the Plan, each Participant consents to the collection, processing, transmission and storage by the Company, in any form whatsoever, of any

 

-41-


data of a professional or personal nature which is necessary for the purposes of administering the Plan. The Company may share such information with any Subsidiary or Affiliate, any trustee, its registrars, brokers, other third-party administrator or any person who obtains control of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or any division respectively thereof.

20.17. Right of Offset . The Company and the Subsidiaries and Affiliates shall have the right to offset against the obligations to make payment or issue any Shares to any Participant under the Plan, any outstanding amounts (including travel and entertainment advance balances, loans, tax withholding amounts paid by the employer or amounts repayable to the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate pursuant to tax equalization, housing, automobile or other employee programs) such Participant then owes to the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate and any amounts the Committee otherwise deems appropriate pursuant to any tax equalization policy or agreement.

20.18. Participants Based Outside of the United States . The Committee may grant Awards to Eligible Individuals who are non-United States nationals, or who reside outside the United States or who are not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States or who are otherwise subject to (or could cause the Company to be subject to) legal or regulatory provisions of countries or jurisdictions outside the United States, on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan and comply with such legal or regulatory provisions, and, in furtherance of such purposes, the Committee may make or establish such modifications, amendments, procedures or subplans as may be necessary or advisable to comply with such legal or regulatory requirements (including triggering a public offering or to maximize tax efficiency).

 

-42-

Exhibit 10.19

May     , 2015

Wing Stop Holding Corporation

5501 LBJ Freeway, 5 th Floor,

Dallas, Texas 75240

Wingstop Inc.

5501 LBJ Freeway, 5 th Floor,

Dallas, Texas 75240

RC II WS LLC

1180 Peachtree Street, Suite 2500

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned shareholder of Wing Stop Holding Corporation (“ WSHC ”) understands that WSHC is considering an initial public offering (the “ Offering ”) of common stock of its proposed successor, Wingstop Inc., which is currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of WSHC (“ Wingstop ”) and has elected to participate in the Offering. In connection with the Offering, WSHC will merge with and into Wingstop (the “ Reorganization ”), with Wingstop surviving the merger as a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). Immediately following the Reorganization, shares of WSHC common stock will be converted into shares of Wingstop common stock (the “ Shares ”) and shareholders of WSHC will receive 0.545 Shares for each one (1) share of WSHC common stock, with any resulting fractional shares being cashed out. In addition, each outstanding option of WSHC will be converted into an option that represents the right to acquire 0.545 Shares for each one (1) share of WSHC common stock subject to the option, with the number of shares resulting from the conversion being rounded to the nearest whole share. The exercise price of each converted option will be equal to the current exercise price of the option divided by 0.545.

The undersigned is party to a shareholders agreement (the “ Shareholders Agreement ”) by and among the undersigned, WSHC and RC II WS LLC (the “ Majority Shareholder ”). In lieu of the obligations contained in the Shareholders Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees that, effective as of the Closing (as defined below), without the prior written consent of the Company and the Majority Shareholder, it will not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of:

 

  (i) any of the Subject Shares (as defined below) for a period of six (6) months following the date (the “ Closing Date ”) of the closing of the Offering (the “ Closing ”);

 

  (ii) two-thirds of the Subject Shares (rounding down to the nearest whole share) during the period beginning six (6) months following the Closing Date and ending on the date that is 12 months following the Closing Date; and

 

  (iii) one-third of the Subject Shares (rounding down to the nearest whole share) during the period beginning 12 months following the Closing Date and ending on the earlier of (x) the date that is 18 months following the Closing Date and (y) the date that the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock held by non-affiliates of the Company exceeds 50% of the total outstanding shares of common stock.


For the avoidance of doubt, none of the Subject Shares will be restricted following the date that is 18 months following the Closing Date. For purposes hereof, “ Subject Shares ” means those shares of the Company’s common stock owned by the undersigned immediately following the Closing, including shares issuable upon the exercise of options.

The foregoing paragraph shall not apply to (a) transactions relating to Shares acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Offering, (b) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, a disposition, transfer or distribution of Shares to its controlled affiliates, limited or general partners, members, stockholders or other equity holders of the undersigned, (c) if the undersigned is an individual, transfers of Shares as bona fide gifts or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the undersigned or immediate family members of the undersigned, (d) transactions relating to Shares by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, (e) if the undersigned is an individual, transfers of Shares by will or intestacy, (f) transfers to the Company, [and] (g) the exercise of options, [(h) Shares sold in the Offering, and (i) Shares sold in a subsequent registered underwritten public offering in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below)];  provided  that (A) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (b), (c), (d) and (e) above, each donee, transferee or pledgee must sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter, and (B) in the case of clauses (g) above, any Shares received upon such exercise shall be subject to all of the restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

[Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the undersigned from exercising any right under that certain registration rights agreement by and among the undersigned, the Company, the Majority Shareholder and certain other shareholders of the Company (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”).]

In addition, the parties hereto agree that effective upon the Closing, the Shareholders Agreement will terminate and be of no further force and effect. The undersigned understands that the Company and the Majority Shareholder are relying upon this Agreement in agreeing to terminate the Shareholders Agreement.

The undersigned further understands that this Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. The rights and benefits of WSHC, the Majority Shareholder and the Company under this Agreement shall be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by WSHC’s, the Majority Shareholder’s and the Company’s successors and assigns. The undersigned agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.

 

2


This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia. This Agreement may only be modified or amended in writing signed by all parties hereto.

Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be of no further force or effect and the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Agreement if the Closing has not occurred on or prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on December 31, 2015.

 

Very truly yours,
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

Confirmed and Agreed to:
Wing Stop Holding Corporation
By:

 

Name: Charles R. Morrison
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
Date:

 

Wingstop Inc.
By:

 

Name: Charles R. Morrison
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
Date:

 

RC II WS LLC
By:

 

Name: Stephen D. Aronson
Title: Authorized Signatory
Date:

 

 

3

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries of

Wingstop Inc.

 

Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

Wingstop Holdings, Inc.

  Delaware

Wingstop Restaurants Inc.

  Texas

Wingstop Restaurants LLC

  Nevada

Wingstop Beverages, Inc.

  Texas

Wingstop Beverages II, Inc.

  Texas

Wingstop Beverages III, Inc.

  Texas

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 27, 2015 (except Note 19, as to which the date is June 2, 2015), in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement and related Prospectus of Wingstop Inc. (formerly Wing Stop Holding Corporation) and Subsidiaries for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Dallas, Texas

June 2, 2015